Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198748 | System and Method for Burst Traffic Smoothing for SIP Processing Elements - A system and method for burst traffic smoothing for Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) processing elements are provided. A dispatch queue management engine determines whether a received packet is a TCP or UDP packet. If the packet is a TCP packet, the packet is automatically added to the dispatch queue. If the packet is a UDP packet, a value for a drop function f is generated and a random or pseudo-random number r is generated. If r has a predetermined relationship to f, then the UDP packet is added to the dispatch queue, otherwise the UDP packet is discarded. The value for f is based on the current dispatch queue load, the network quality, the retransmission rate, and the allowable drop rate. Thus, the determination as to whether to drop UDP packets or not is configurable by an administrator and also adaptable to the current network and dispatch queue conditions. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198749 | Technique for handling service requests in an information handling system - A technique for handling a service request in an information handling system includes receiving, at a data link layer device, a packet transmitted from a client, the data link layer device including multiple ports. The packet is examined to determine whether the packet includes a first-type request. The packet is then routed to a server via a trusted port, included within the multiple ports, when the packet includes the first-type request. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205271 | VIRTUAL CONNECTION ROUTE SELECTION APPARATUS AND TECHNIQUES - Virtual connection route selection apparatus and techniques are disclosed. At a communication traffic routing apparatus, metric information associated with multiple different routes for a virtual connection, such as a PseudoWire, toward a destination is collected. The metric information may be collected from one or more remote route computation elements capable of computing routes for virtual connections between the routing apparatus and other routing apparatus over an underlying communication system, or during actual establishment of the virtual connections, for example. An initial or re-optimized route for a virtual connection can then be selected at the routing apparatus based on the collected metric information. In some embodiments, although the virtual connection routes are paths computed by Path Computation Elements (PCEs), actual path selection decisions are distributed to routers. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205272 | SLICED TUNNELS IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, a sliced tunnel is signaled between a head-end node and a tail-end node. One or more fork nodes along the sliced tunnel are configured to furcate the sliced tunnel into a plurality of child tunnels of the sliced tunnel. Also, one or more merge nodes along the sliced tunnel are configured to merge a plurality of child tunnels of the sliced tunnel that intersect at the merge node. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205273 | Network traffic monitoring - Systems, methods, and devices are described that monitor network traffic. One method includes monitoring a number of packets received by a network device based on a number of criteria to determine a flow of the packets. For each monitored packet for a particular source IP address/destination IP address pair, the method includes hashing a destination TCP/UDP port number into a range [0 . . . N]. The method further includes setting a bit in a bit field that has a width of N+1 bits based on the hashing. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205274 | System and method for monitoring network traffic - A transceiver ( | 08-28-2008 |
20080205275 | Communication Resource Scheduling - In a method for scheduling communication resources, data-flow-specific information relating to a next scheduling period for a set of data flows is determined in a first entity. The determined data-flow-specific information is submitted to a second entity, where communication resource properties for communication resources are estimated. Communication resources in the next scheduling period are allocated in the second entity based at least on said data-flow-specific information and said communication resource properties. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205276 | Slotted ALOHA Congestion Control - A slotted Aloha communication system is provided according to one embodiment of the invention. The system may include a hub and a plurality of RCSTs. According to one embodiment, congestion control may occur at the RCST based in part on the number of segments received at the hub, the number of retransmission segments received at the hub and the number of successful collision retransmission segments received at the hub. The hub may communicate information regarding received segments. Congestion control may include calculating a transmission probably, performing a skewed probability measure with a probability equal to the transmission probability. If the results of the probability measure is positive the RCST may transmit or retransmit a segment within a first time prior, if the probability measure is negative then the RCST waits a set time period and reperforms the skewed probability measure. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205277 | Congestion control in an IP network - Upon detection of an overload condition at a network element, the network element sends two messages to those other network elements which may potentially send request messages to the overloaded network element. If the network utilizes the SIP signaling protocol, then the messages sent by an overloaded network element are SIP INVITE and SIP CANCEL. The CANCEL message comprises an indication that the sending network element is unavailable and an amount of time which the recipient network elements are to wait before sending any requests to the overloaded network node. Upon receipt of these messages, the receiving network elements wait for a delay time period before sending any additional request messages to the overloaded network element. During the waiting period, the waiting network elements may send request messages to network elements other than the overloaded network element which provide functionality similar to that of the overloaded network element. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205278 | METHOD FOR ACTIVELY MANAGING CENTRAL QUEUE BUFFER ALLOCATION - A method is provided for packet flow control for a switching node of a data transfer network. The method includes actively managing space allocations in a central queue of a switching node allotted to the ports of the switching node based on the amount of unused space currently available in the central queue. In a further aspect, the method includes separately tracking unallocated space and vacated allocated space, which had been used to buffer packets received by the ports but were vacated since a previous management update due to a packet being removed from the central queue. Each port is offered vacated space that is currently allocated to that port and a quantity of the currently unallocated space in the central queue to distribute to one or more virtual lanes of the port. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205279 | Method, Apparatus and System for Accomplishing the Function of Text-to-Speech Conversion - A method, apparatus and system can accomplish the function of text-to-speech conversion using the H.248 protocol. The method includes defining the H.248 protocol extended packet by the media resource control device to make the H.248 message carry the extended packet parameter which includes the associated information of the text string, indicating the media resource processing device to execute the text-to-speech processing which correspond to the parameter, and the media resource processing device executing the text-to-speech processing based on the above message, and feeding the text-to-speech processing result back to the media resource control device. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212473 | System and Method for Aggregated Shaping of Multiple Prioritized Classes of Service Flows - A system coupled between at least one input port and at least one output port comprises at least one queue, each queue being identified by a QID and operable to receive and buffer data in at least one service flow from the at least one input port. The system further comprises a predetermined at least one token allocated to each queue, each token indicative whether a predetermined amount of data may be dequeued from a queue and transmitted to the output port. The system comprises at least one group of queues where each queue in the group has a subordinate QID identifying a subordinate queue in the group having a lower priority for reallocating unused tokens. The at least one output port receives at least one output flow comprising the dequeued data from the at least one queue. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212474 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS TRAFFIC SHAPING - A method, a system, and a computer program product implements traffic shaping by processing as a synchronous request, tasks representing one or more units of work contained within the request. Before a request is sent through the network, the request is inspected in order to derive the amount of work that the request would generate in the network. A traffic manager queries the amount of work in that request compared to the amount of work that the network can support and generates a number of traffic envelopes. Based on the results of this query, “task pruning” may be implemented to break the request into smaller manageable task that fit into the traffic envelopes. Task pruning may also enable only a subset of the work to be performed. Thus, a measure of the amount of work, rather than the amount of data, within a request is considered when scheduling the request. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212475 | Method and Device for Management of Flow in a Packet-Telecommunication Network - This A flow management method includes a step (E | 09-04-2008 |
20080212476 | Wlan Transmit Scheduler Comprising an Accelerated Back-Off Function - This invention can generally be described as an overall transmit (TX) scheduler state-machine that is broken down into two different state-machines: One first TX-scheduler state-machine (FTSM), executed in software, and one second TX-scheduler state-machine (STSM) executed in hardware, which is operating in four different basic states. The functional partitioning between the two state-machines is such that the most constrained real-time requirements are allocated to the STSM, while all complex decisions and non time-critical controls are allocated to the FTSM. The invention also relates to a terminal comprising the invented transmit scheduler. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212477 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING MULTI-ROUND CONTENTION AVOIDANCE - An apparatus and method for transmitting data by using Multi-round Contention Avoidance (MrCA) are provided. The method includes initializing a contention window for each of a plurality of contention rounds and setting a backoff counter corresponding to a size of the contention window for each contention round, starting from a first contention round to a last contention round, decrementing a backoff counter of a corresponding contention round in a time slot unit and transmitting data when the decremented backoff counter is zero and when the corresponding contention round is a last contention round. Accordingly, the number of contending nodes is exponentially decreased for each contention round, resulting in significant decrease in a collision probability in addition to improving fairness on channel use among users. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212478 | Service based bearer control and traffic flow template operation with mobile IP - A method for updating filters, at a Packet Data Serving Node, with a care-of-address associated with at least one of a mobile station or a correspondent node. The method includes the steps of implementing a soft filtering rule at a Packet Data Serving Node and receiving, by the Packet Data Serving Node, a care-of-address that is associated with at least one the mobile station and a correspondent node. The method also includes updating, by the Packet Data Serving Node, filters with the care-of-address to correctly identify flows belonging to a particular session during Mobile IP use. The method further includes filtering, by the Packet Data Serving Node, packets including a care-of-address that is associated with one of the mobile station and the correspondent node. | 09-04-2008 |
20080219163 | PACKAGE SWITCHING NETWORK WITH A DETERMINISTIC BEHAVIOR - A packet switching network including subscriber stations connected to each other through at least one switch, which has a behavior defined as deterministic in that any packet sent on the network from a source subscriber station joins the destination subscriber station(s) within a limited time. In the packet switching network each output port from each switch on the network satisfies the relationship: | 09-11-2008 |
20080219164 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL WHICH PERFORM LOW-DELAY COMMUNICATION - A communication terminal used in a communication system which sets a communication session between a plurality of terminals through a network to perform data transmission and reception includes a first transmission bandwidth control unit which performs transmission bandwidth control independently of a state of the network, a second transmission bandwidth control unit which performs transmission bandwidth control depending on a state of the network, and a bandwidth estimating unit which determines a transmission bandwidth when bandwidth control by the second transmission bandwidth control unit is started. When transmission is started, bandwidth control by the first transmission bandwidth control unit is performed, and when a transmission bandwidth is determined by the bandwidth estimating unit on the basis of a response packet to a transmission packet based on the bandwidth control, the bandwidth control by the second transmission bandwidth control unit is performed. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219165 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A first controller calculates a first read-out speed based on the traffic volume in a first buffer and information of a request for the first read-out speed, sets the speed in a first scheduler. The first controller also generates information of a request for a second read-out speed based on the traffic volume in the first buffer. A second controller calculates the second read-out speed based on the traffic volume in a second buffer and the information of the request for the second read-out speed, sets the speed in a second scheduler. The second controller also generates information of a request for the first read-out speed based on the traffic volume in the second buffer. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219166 | NODE AND FAIR RATE CALCULATING METHOD - A topology database stores the number of RPR nodes which belong to an RPR network. A traffic rate measuring unit sends a variety of parameters for calculating a communication band available to a fairness controlled traffic packet to a fairness control unit. Upon detection of congestion, the fairness control unit calculates a communication band available for transmission of the fairness controlled traffic packet from the parameters sent from the traffic rate measuring unit, divides the communication band by the number of nodes to find an initial value for a fair rate. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225717 | TRAFFIC ENGINEERING ON WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - Techniques are described for intelligently allocating bandwidth in a wireless mesh network. The wireless mesh network includes a nodes and links interconnecting the nodes. In order to increase capacity and avoid congestion in the network, a network administrator may regulate network traffic by adjusting various parameters that control the operation of network nodes. The network administrator may identify topology information, which indicates a configuration of the nodes and links, and a traffic matrix, which indicates a relative traffic demand weighting for each source node-destination node pair. From this information, the network administrator may calculate a bandwidth assignment for each link. Network administrator may use the bandwidth assignments to calculate a parameter for each node. That parameter may affect the amount of bandwidth used by a node. These parameters may be transmitted to their respective nodes. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225718 | Systems and Methods for Providing Global Server Load Balancing of Heterogeneous Devices - The present invention provides improvements to load balancing by providing a load balancing solution that distributes a load among a plurality of heterogenous devices, such as different types of local load balancers, using metrics collected from the different devices. The load balancing appliance collects metrics from heterogenous devices using a network management protocol and communication model, such as a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). These heterogenous device metrics are available on the load balancing appliance with appliance determined metrics and metrics obtained by the appliance from homogenous devices using a metric exchange protocol. Via a configuration interface of the appliance, a user can select one or more of these different metrics for global load balancing. As such, the load balancing appliance described herein obtains a multitude of metrics from the different devices under management. Additionally, the load balancing appliance described herein provides great flexibility in allowing the user to configure the global load balancer based on the user's understanding of these multitudes of metrics and to take into account the different characteristics and behaviors of the heterogenous devices. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225719 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING OBJECT ORIENTED EXPRESSIONS TO CONFIGURE APPLICATION SECURITY POLICIES - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225720 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING FLOW CONTROL OF POLICY EXPRESSIONS - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225721 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE PRECEDENCE IN TCP CONGESTION CONTROL - Systems and methods for dynamically controlling bandwidth of connections are described. In some embodiments, a proxy for one or more connections may allocate, distribute, or generate indications of network congestion via one or more connections in order to induce the senders of the connections to reduce their rates of transmission. The proxy may allocate, distribute, or generate these indications in such a way as to provide quality of service to one or more connections, or to ensure that a number of connections transmit within an accepted bandwidth limit. In other embodiments, a sender of a transport layer connection may have a method for determining a response to congestion indications which accounts for a priority of the connection. In these embodiments, a sender may reduce or increase parameters related to transmission rate at different rates according to a priority of the connection. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225722 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING POLICY BANK INVOCATIONS - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225723 | Optical Impairment Aware Path Computation Architecture in PCE Based Network - An apparatus comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising receiving a path computation request comprising at least one path computation constraint, and determining whether there is a path through an optical network that satisfies the path computation constraints. Also disclosed is an apparatus configured to process a data structure comprising a flags field comprising at least one flag having one of an active state or an inactive state, wherein each flag is representative of an optical quality constraint. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225724 | Method and Apparatus for Improved Data Transmission Through a Data Connection - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable code for receiving data from a sender across a network connection for the data transfer. An expected size for a congestion window for the sender is identified. An amount of the data received from the sender is tracked. An acknowledgment is sent in response to the amount of data received from the sender meet in the expected size of the congestion window for the sender. | 09-18-2008 |
20080232249 | Rank Order Filtering for Randomly Sampled Data Points - A method of rank order filtering and a rank order filter apparatus is defined by an established rank order and accepts into a buffer, data points to be filtered, each data point having a data value and an associated time stamp. Data points are accepted until the buffer contains data points representing a minimum predefined time span. The filter calculating an amount of time the data values in the buffer are above an approximate filter value and adjusts the approximate filter value based upon the relationship of the amount of time to the rank order. The steps iterate to approach a value defined by the rank order and the approximate filtered value is output. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232250 | SELECTION OF AN AUDIO VISUAL STREAM BY SAMPLING - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems for providing quality of service to network data that is received by an intermediate node in a local area network. In some embodiments, network data is categorized based on data flow, and based on such data flow, determining whether such flow exceeds a threshold. If the flow exceeds a threshold, such data flow is accordingly provided quality of service. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232251 | FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND RECEIVING END DEVICE - A method and device for a flow control over network devices includes a receiving end device and a transmitting end device. The receiving end device monitors an input buffer and determines whether an available space in the input buffer is less than a predetermined threshold. Upon determining that the available space in the input buffer is less than the predetermined threshold, the receiving end device sets, in a MAC control code, an identifier that indicates an extended pause frame, and transmits the extended pause frame to the transmitting end device. The receiving end device also sets, in a stop time period field, output control data to control data transmission for each class based on the available space in the input buffer. Based on the output control data of the extended pause frame transmitted from the receiving end device, the transmitting end device exercises band control for each priority class. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232252 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SERVICE INFORMATION, AND RADIO SYSTEM - The invention relates to a radio system which transmits packet traffic and to a method of transmitting service information flexibly between a network part and a terminal in a radio system which transmits packet traffic and in which a connection set-up process is activated by means of a session management arrangement when a connection is established between the terminal ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080239957 | Ransmission Capacity Allocation Method, Communications Network, and Network Resource Management Device - The invention implements inter-terminal transmission with guaranteed capacity based on the single-path configuration function of networks composed of switching hubs with an MAC address learning function and centralized management of transmission capacity, without control over hubs. The capacity to be used by transmission links on a network is stored in advance and transmission capacity along the path to be used is allocated based on requests from terminals, with the allocation removed using a Terminate Request. At such time, by using transmission links and switching hubs with an MAC address learning function, transmission is limited to single-path transmission. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239958 | ROUTING PATH CALCULATION APPARATUS AND METHODS - Routing path calculation apparatus and methods are disclosed. Calculation of routing paths within different routing areas of a communication system is handled by respective routing path calculation devices. Multiple devices may be requested to perform respective routing path calculations for segments of a routing path between endpoints in different routing areas. Recalculations may be requested from the same or different devices in the event of a change in a routing area that affects a segment of a routing path. A routing path calculation device, whether or not in this type of distributed routing path calculation system, may determine whether a previously configured path exists between an intermediate node of a calculated routing path, and take the previously configured path into account in calculating the routing path if it is determined that a previously configured path exists. The previously configured path may be an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) shortcut, for example. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239959 | Methods and Apparatus for Routing Using Bifurcated Network Flows - Methods and apparatus are provided with improved routing techniques for bifurcated flows. Routing methods and apparatus are provided that obtain a fractional flow from a set of nodes to a given destination having a maximum load, L, on any link between a node in the set and the given destination; and generate a bifurcated flow between the set of nodes and the given destination from the fractional flow such that the maximum load on any link in the bifurcated flow does not exceed 2L, wherein the bifurcated flow allows a flow from a given node to be sent on at most two outgoing links. The fractional flow can be, for example, a fractional single-sink multicommodity flow | 10-02-2008 |
20080239960 | PATH-BASED ADAPTIVE PRIORITIZATION AND LATENCY MANAGEMENT - An improved solution for managing messages through a request response protocol network utilizing a path-based adaptive prioritization and latency management is provided. In an embodiment of the invention, a method of managing a message being conveyed through a request response protocol network via a path includes: receiving the message; determining for the message at least one of: an incoming portion of the path or an outgoing portion of the path; and adjusting a priority of the message based on a latency target for the determined portion of the path. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239961 | Packet routing based on application source - A traffic manager may monitor network performance, detect that the network performance has changed, and may prioritize network traffic based on which application or function is associated with the traffic. Each packet of network traffic may be analyzed to determine a source application or source function and allowed or disallowed along the network based on a set of predetermined priorities. Several sets of priorities may be established for various network performance conditions. In some embodiments, traffic may be routed along different paths using the sets of priorities and the source application or function. The traffic manager is adaptable for web-based services, applications, or other functions provided over a network connection. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239962 | NETWORK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND RADIO CONTROL APPARATUS - RNC includes an RNSAP protocol unit that receives a protocol message containing TFS (maximum number of blocks, TB size, TTI), a data definition unit that defines a first factor which is an average value of transport blocks and a second factor which is an average value of data size of a particular portion of an IP transport, and a resource management/CAC unit that calculates the amount of data on a user plane and the amount of data in the particular portion of the IP transport by using TFS that is included in the received protocol message and the first and second factors. The resource management/CAC unit employs the sum of the calculated amount of data on the user plane and amount of data in the particular portion as a band accumulated value for connection admission control. | 10-02-2008 |
20080239963 | BYPASSING ROUTING STACKS USING MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL - Methods, systems and computer program products for load balancing using Mobile Internet Protocol (IP) Version 6 are provided. A request for a connection is received from a client at a routing stack. A Mobile IP Version 6 Binding Update message is transmitted from the routing stack to the client responsive to the received request. The Binding Update message identifies a selected target stack so as to allow the client to communicate directly with the target stack bypassing the routing stack. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247314 | Automatic policy change management scheme for DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks - A policy change management scheme for network resource management through dynamic policy adaptations especially suitable for DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks is presented. The scheme incorporates automated resource adaptation capabilities to assure QoS for user traffic and to promote resource utilization in DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks. A suite of resource management policies, an ordered set of methods for adjusting policies, and interfaces to a companion policy-based network management system are provided. The policies are periodically adjusted based on predictive bandwidth estimation algorithms ensuring optimal resource allocation to individual service classes and enabling adjustment of resources for handling current traffic and traffic expected for the near future. Resource allocations to individual service classes are adapted through policy changes when bandwidth utilization deviates from normal level or congestion exists in one or more service classes, allowing corrections to abnormal allocation of resources in incipient phases of congestion. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247315 | Flooding of Data Packets in a Switching Telecommunications Device - A technique is described for flooding data packets in a telecommunication switching device comprising a plurality of interface blades. The technique comprises arranging a logical ring by interconnecting a group of interface blades of the telecommunication switching device, wherein the interface blades of the group comprise all leaf ports of the telecommunication device. Upon receiving a packet with un known destination at a particular interface blade of the logical ring, the packet is forwarded along the logical ring using unicast transmission. At each of the interface blades holding at least one leaf port, the packet is fed to at least one leaf port of the interface blade. The technique both ensures that the packet will be received at its destination via any of the leaf ports, and prevents burst flooding in the telecommunication switching device. | 10-09-2008 |
20080253287 | Methods and Apparatus for Flow Data Acquisition in a Multi-Frequency Network - Methods and apparatus for flow data acquisition in a multi-frequency network. In an aspect, a method includes receiving flow registrations associated with flows, assigning a priority to the flow registrations, grouping the flows into flow groups based on their priority and RF channels carrying the flows, wherein each flow group is assigned a ranking, selecting a flow group based on the ranking, and acquiring flow data for the flows associated with the flow group. An apparatus includes registration logic configured to receive flow registrations associated with flows, priority logic configured to assign a priority to the flow registrations, and acquisition processing logic configured to group the flows into flow groups based on their priority and RF channels carrying the flows, wherein each flow group is assigned a ranking, select a flow group based on the ranking, and acquire flow data for the flows associated with the flow group. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259797 | Load-Balancing Bridge Cluster For Network Nodes - A network load-balancing cluster configured to function as a transparent bridge, by connecting the load-balancing nodes in series rather than in parallel, as is done in prior-art configurations. A load-balancing algorithm and method are disclosed, by which each node in the configuration independently determines whether to process a data packet or pass the data packet along for processing by another node. To support this, load-balancing nodes are equipped with both software and hardware data pass-through capabilities that allow the nodes to pass along data packets that are processed by a different nodes. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259798 | FLOW AND CONGESTION CONTROL IN SWITCH ARCHITECTURES FOR MULTI-HOP, MEMORY EFFICIENT FABRICS - A shared memory switch and switch fabric architecture are described which employ partitions of the shared memory to implement multiple, independent virtual congestion domains, thereby allowing congestion to be handled for different classes of traffic independently. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259799 | Packet Scheduling with Quality-Aware Frame Dropping for Video Streaming - The embodiments of the invention relate to video streaming, particularly to quality-aware adaptive and selective transmissions. The embodiments of the present invention provide for a set of scheduling patterns to be evaluated, and from such set determine the target scheduling pattern that is calculated to provide the least distortion increment based on the evaluation set. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259800 | Method and System for Correlating Streams within a Packet Network - A method and system for correlating data streams within a packet network. The method relies on independently selecting the same packets as reference packets at different places and times within the network. Once selected, the data contained in a given reference packet is utilized to generate a unique tag for that reference packet. This tag can later be compared with other tags generated at other places and times within the network to track the reference packet and its containing stream as it travels over the network. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259801 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING REVERSE-LINK DATA TRANSMISSION RATE DURING HANDOFF - Method and apparatus for controlling data transmission rate in a wireless communication system during handoff comprises a terminal recognizing an active set comprising a serving base station and at least one non-serving base station with respect to the terminal communicating with the network at a first data transmission rate, receiving a first rate control parameter from the serving base station and a second rate control parameter from the at least one non-serving base station, wherein the first and second rate control parameters are associated with determination of a second data transmission rate of the terminal during the handoff and determining the second data transmission rate in response to the first and the second rate control parameters, wherein the second data transmission rate is one of increased rate, decreased rate and same rate from the first data transmission rate. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259802 | Frequency domain packet scheduling under fractional load - Methods, apparatus and computer program products implement frequency domain packet scheduling in a fractional load situation by detecting a fractional load situation in a wireless communications network; receiving information indicative of signal conditions in a cell; using the information indicative of signal conditions in the cell to determine physical resource blocks in use in a nearby cell; determining how many physical resource blocks are need to perform packet transmission operations in dependence on packet traffic in the cell; selecting particular physical resource blocks to be used to perform initial packet transmission operations in the cell downlink so as to avoid those physical resource blocks in use in the nearby cell; and when selecting physical resource blocks to perform future packet transmission operations in the cell downlink, favoring those physical resource blocks used to perform initial packet transmission operations. | 10-23-2008 |
20080267066 | Remote Direct Memory Access - Methods, parallel computers, and computer program products are disclosed for remote direct memory access. Embodiments include transmitting, from an origin DMA engine on an origin compute node to a plurality target DMA engines on target compute nodes, a request to send message, the request to send message specifying a data to be transferred from the origin DMA engine to data storage on each target compute node; receiving, by each target DMA engine on each target compute node, the request to send message; preparing, by each target DMA engine, to store data according to the data storage reference and the data length, including assigning a base storage address for the data storage reference; sending, by one or more of the target DMA engines, an acknowledgment message acknowledging that all the target DMA engines are prepared to receive a data transmission from the origin DMA engine; receiving, by the origin DMA engine, the acknowledgement message from the one or more of the target DMA engines; and transferring, by the origin DMA engine, data to data storage on each of the target compute nodes according to the data storage reference using a single direct put operation. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267067 | CONTROLLING THE FLOW OF DATA UPDATES BETWEEN A RECEIVING STATION AND A SENDING STATION - Methods and systems for controlling the flow of data updates between a receiving station and a sending station are described herein. At least some illustrative embodiments comprise a method that comprises determining (by a sending station) whether a trigger event has occurred, and transmitting a data update to a receiving station if the trigger event occurred and if a time elapsed since a transmission time of a previous data update exceeds a minimum threshold time period. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267068 | Lightweight bandwidth-management scheme for elastic traffic - A lightweight probabilistic mechanism used to estimate the number of active flows, which estimate is used to determine the probability of admitting a new flow into the network. In one embodiment, a method for controlling admission of new flows at a node in a network of nodes interconnected by links includes: (a) for each of a plurality of incoming packets arriving at the node, each incoming packet corresponding to an active flow traversing the node: (a1) randomly selecting a packet from an output buffer of the node; (a2) determining whether the incoming packet is from the same active flow as the randomly-selected packet; and (a3) updating an estimate of the number of active flows traversing the node based on the determination of step (a2); and (b) determining whether to admit or drop part or all of a new flow at the node based on the estimated number of active flows traversing the node. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267069 | Method for signal adjustment through latency control - Various embodiments of a method for signal adjustment through control of latency are disclosed. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267070 | System and program storage device for controlling data packet flows by manipulating data packets according to an actual manipulation rate - A network device and a computer program element are introduced for controlling data packet flows in a network device by manipulating data packets according to an actual manipulation rate. Amongst data packets received by a network device such as a router, data packets are identified that are marked with a pattern according to a congestion notification scheme. A pattern rate of data packets comprising such a pattern is determined, and the actual manipulation rate is determined subject to the pattern rate. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273461 | Network system, traffic balancing method, network monitoring device and host - A traffic balancing system, traffic balancing device and traffic balancing method that converts IP packets by switching IP address of the destination host between the dual stack hosts communicating with each other, in order to control traffic balancing in the networks. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273462 | Hybrid Internet Protocol Encryptor/Decryptor Bypass Device | 11-06-2008 |
20080273463 | Uplink transport format selection - A method includes performing transport format combination selection so as to maximize transmission of higher priority data. The method operates, when scheduled and/or non-scheduled grants are taken into account for a transmission time interval, giving data of a given priority belonging to a scheduled MAC-d flow precedence over any lower priority data, whether belonging to a scheduled or a non-scheduled MAC-d flow; and giving data of a given priority belonging to a non-scheduled MAC-d flow precedence over any lower priority data, whether belonging to a scheduled or a non-scheduled MAC-d flow. In the method, where if the transmission contains any scheduled data, the size of a selected MAC-e protocol data unit is made not to exceed the total of all non-scheduled grants which are applicable for transmission in the transmission time interval; a maximum number of scheduled bits based on a serving grant, after adjustment for compressed frames, and a power offset; and the size of triggered scheduling information, if any. Also disclosed are corresponding apparatus and computer programs. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273464 | Retro Flow Control for Arriving Traffic in Computer Networks - The decision within a packet processing device to transmit a newly arriving packet into a queue to await further processing or to discard the same packet is made by a flow control method and system. The flow control is updated with a constant period determined by storage and flow rate limits. The update includes comparing current queue occupancy to a threshold. The outcome of the update is adjustment up or down of the transmit probability value. The value is stored for the subsequent period of flow control and packets arriving during that period are subject to a transmit or discard decision that uses that value. | 11-06-2008 |
20080279101 | Context-Based Routing in Multi-hop Networks - Context-based routing in multi-hop networks involves using a context-based routing metric. In a described implementation, respective path values are calculated for respective ones of multiple paths using the context-based routing metric. A path is selected from the multiple paths responsive to the calculated path values. Data is transmitted over at least one link of the selected path. In an example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an estimated service interval (ESI) of a bottleneck link of each path of the multiple paths. In another example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an expected resource consumption (ERC) metric. In an example embodiment of path selection, the path is selected using a context-based path pruning (CPP) technique that involves maintaining multiple local contexts at each intermediate node, with each local context representing at least one partial path. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279102 | PACKET DROP ANALYSIS FOR FLOWS OF DATA - In one embodiment, a method includes determining that a packet has been dropped for a flow of packets between a source and destination. This may be determined at a network device that is forwarding the packets. Information related to a possible cause for the packet being dropped is then determined. For example, a context as to why the packet is dropped may be determined. The context is then associated with information for the flow and is useful to perform a packet drop analysis for the flow. For example, a source and destination for the flow is recorded along with the possible cause of the packet drop. This information may be stored and sent to an aggregation device. The aggregation device may then analyze the entry, possibly along with other entries from this network device or other network devices, and determine any troubleshooting information for the packet drops. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279103 | Network Availability Enhancement Technique for Packet Transport Networks - A packet communications network that transports a plurality of traffic over a plurality of server transport paths from a source to a destination, the network comprising: using a load distribution method to distribute each instance of traffic to an individual transport path, thereby avoiding reordering at the destination; enabling all the transport paths to carry the traffic; allowing the network to provision a preferred traffic distribution through a policy setting; and redistributing the traffic when a condition on one of the transport paths changes. Also disclosed is a composite transport group component comprising: a processor configured to implement a method comprising: receiving a server trail failure notification message; and performing a dynamic redistribution of traffic over a plurality of server trails, thereby transporting substantially all of the traffic associated with a class of traffic transported over the server trail associated with the server trail failure notification message. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279104 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CENTRALIZED LINK POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL (CLMC) - A method for centralized link power management control (CLMC), performed by a north-bridge of a processing unit, comprises the following steps. A data transmission status of a bus is monitored. CLMC is activated to configure devices corresponding to the bus in order to speed up data transmission of the bus when detecting that the data transmission status of the bus is continually busy. CLMC is activated to configure devices corresponding to the bus in order to slow down data transmission of the bus when detecting that the data transmission status of the bus is continually idle. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285452 | REMOTE MONITORING OF REAL-TIME INTERNET PROTOCOL MEDIA STREAMS - In one embodiment, a packet filter (or “trap”) is installed on one or more interfaces of a router, switch (intermediary) or other node in an IP network that identifies multimedia packets for a particular media stream. A packet replicator (or “cloner”) duplicates the identified packets allowing the original packets to continue through the IP network. A forwarder (“tunneler”) encapsulates and sends the cloned media packets to a central facility where the tunneled media stream is further analyzed. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285453 | METHOD FOR MONITORING BER IN AN INFINIBAND ENVIRONMENT - A method is disclosed for tuning each channel of a high-speed SerDes cable link interface arranged in a configuration linking a local side physical layer to a remote side physical layer. The method includes initiating an operational state of high-speed SerDes cable link interface, identifying flow-control packet Op codes not cited for use by operational high-speed SerDes cable link interface, transmitting a flow control signal from the local side physical layer to the remote side physical layer to control the remote side physical layer to monitor the bit error rate (BER) of the channels used by the local side physical layer to transfer data to the remote side physical layer, monitoring the BER in the channels used for data transfer, transferring BER data acquired in the monitoring to the local side physical layer and processing the BER data by the local side physical layer to generate equalization setting adjustments. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285454 | SYSTEM FOR COMPRESSING MULTI-FIELD RULE SPECIFICATIONS - The present invention relates to a system for storing a plurality of multi-field classification rules in a computer system. Each multi-field classification rule includes a rule specification that itself includes a plurality of fields and a plurality of field definitions corresponding to the fields. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285455 | MEDIUM AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING ATM TRAFFIC USING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION TECHNOLOGY - A medium and system for managing asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) traffic in a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is used in sending, receiving, or sending and receiving a plurality of ATM flows. Each ATM flow has a plurality of ATM cells, a minimum ATM bandwidth guarantee, and a maximum ATM bandwidth. The medium and system include determining whether excess bandwidth exists for the ATM flows. The method and system also include gracefully increasing a portion of the ATM cells transmitted for each ATM flow during periods of excess bandwidth. The portion of the ATM cells transmitted is not more than the maximum ATM bandwidth limit. If an ATM flow presents a sufficient offered load, the portion of the ATM cells transmitted in the flow is not less than a minimum ATM bandwidth guarantee. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291828 | Detection of Signaling Flows - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems for providing quality of service (QoS) to network data that is received by an intermediate node in a local area network. In general, the embodiments of the present invention generally evaluate network traffic. Certain streams or flows are copied in appropriate buffer areas and accordingly evaluated by their traffic flow characteristics and further evaluated to determine if such streams/flows contain signaling or control information, which may be based on characteristic key words and/or structures. Based on the signaling or control information extracted, the appropriate stream is accordingly assigned or configured for quality of service (QoS) handling. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291829 | SYSTEM FOR CONTENT BASED MESSAGE PROCESSING - The present invention provides a packet having a message and a processing priority associated with the message. The processing priority is dynamically changeable by a function operating on the message. The present invention also provides a method for associating a processing priority to a message by receiving the message, determining the processing priority for the message and associating the processing priority with the message such that the processing priority is dynamically changeable by a function operating on the message. In addition, the present invention provides a method for scheduling messages by receiving one or more messages and storing each message in a multidimensional processing queue based on a processing priority and an attribute associated with the message. Each queued message from the multidimensional processing queue is scheduled for processing based on an algorithm. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298238 | FILTERING IN BANDWIDTH SHARING AD HOC NETWORKS - Systems and methods for filtering in bandwidth sharing ad hoc networks. A method includes maintaining at least one filtering parameter associated with formation of a bandwidth sharing ad hoc network. The method further includes preventing data transfer across the bandwidth sharing ad hoc network when a parameter of a request to establish the bandwidth sharing ad hoc network corresponds to the at least one filtering parameter. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298239 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROVISION NETWORK ROUTES - A method to provision routes in a network having a plurality of nodes includes receiving a designation of a primary source node, determining possible destination nodes from the designated source node and outputting information indicating the possible destination nodes. The method further includes receiving a designation of a destination node from among the possible destination nodes and updating information regarding optical characteristics based on a route from the source node to the designated destination node and outputting information related to the updated optical characteristics. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298240 | NODE AVAILABILITY PREDICTION-BASED GRID NETWORK CONGESTION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A system and method are disclosed, which controls congestion to efficiently transmit data through a network of grid node network in a grid computing environment where a large amount of data is processed. The system and method are performed in such a way that, according to a grid application program's request for distributed processing a large amount of data, the data is divided into packets, the node availability of respective nodes distributed in the grid network is measured with consideration to the bandwidth and the queue size of available grid nodes to avoid and control network congestion that may occur when the packets are processed by distributed processing using the respective nodes, the average node availability of all nodes is predicted using a statistical method, a threshold is calculated based on the predicted average node availability to set a dynamic congestion area representing the congestion level of the respective nodes, and the amount of packet transmission is controlled based on the congestion area. As the grid nodes are managed by controlling congestion, packet loss and packet delay are reduced and the rate of packet processing and the rate of node use are increased. Therefore, data can be stably transmitted to the grid user through the network with an improvement in the Quality of Service (QoS). | 12-04-2008 |
20080298241 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR REDUCTION OF TRANSMISSION DELAY IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for reducing latency in coordinated networks. The apparatus and methods relate to a protocol that may be referred to as the Persistent Reservation Request (“p-RR”), which may be viewed as a type of RR (reservation request). p-RR's may reduce latency, on average, to one MAP cycle or less. A p-RR may be used to facilitate Ethernet audiovisual bridging. Apparatus and methods of the invention may be used in connection with coaxial cable based networks that serve as a backbone for a managed network, which may interface with a package switched network. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298242 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA INCLUDING PROCESSING AND BUFFERING FEATURES - The present invention relates to a wireless data system which has a transmitter including a transmission buffer. The transmitter is configured to transmit a plurality of packets of encoded data, wherein a level of the transmission buffer is encoded in one of the packets of encoded data. The system further has a wireless receiver for receiving the plurality of packets. The receiver has at least one receiving component that receives the plurality of packets to generate a plurality of decoded signals, wherein the at least one receiving component is configured to receive one of the packets of encoded data from the transmitter to determine the level of transmission buffer. The receiving component is further configured to store the plurality of packets received in a receive buffer, to determine the level of the receive buffer, and to calculate an aggregate buffer level from the transmission buffer and the receive buffer. The receiver controls a packet output rate from the receive buffer to maintain the aggregate buffer level at a desired level. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298243 | Traffic Policing - An apparatus and a method are described in which a flow of packets is distributed in several separate flows over several links ( | 12-04-2008 |
20080298244 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CACHING LOOKUPS BASED UPON TCP TRAFFIC FLOW CHARACTERISTICS - The classification system of a network device includes a cache in which a mapping between predefined characteristics of TCP/IP packets and associated actions are stored in response to the first “Frequent Flyer” packet in of a session. Selected characteristics from subsequent received packets of that session are correlated with the predefined characteristics and the stored actions are applied to the received packets if the selected characteristics and the predefined characteristics match, thus reducing the processing required for subsequent packets. The packets selected for caching may be data packets. For mismatched characteristics, the full packet search of the classification system is used to determine the action to apply to the received packet. | 12-04-2008 |
20080304412 | Architecture for Optical Metro Ethernet Service Level Agreement (SLA) Management - A system for managing one or more service level agreements associated with a switched metro Ethernet network is disclosed and manages one or more service level agreements associated with a switched metro Ethernet network. The system also includes a service level agreement (SLA) management reporting system (MRS) and a performance engine (PE) data filter coupled to the SLA-MRS. Further, the system includes one or more network elements connected to the PE data filter, wherein the SLA-MRS is configured to receive performance data from the PE data filter and at least partially based on the performance data validate one or more customer claims regarding an SLA violation. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304413 | Control of Data Flow in a Network - Methods and apparatus for encoding a number of small dynamic values over an n-bit field. Also methods and apparatus allowing for the stateless extraction of separate sequences from repetitions of a single field whereby to communicate more than one signal at once. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304414 | Method and Device for Remotely Controlling the Congestion of Meshed Flow in a Packet Mode Telecommunication Network - The invention relates to a method for remotely controlling the congestion of meshed flow exchanged in a packet mode telecommunication network between a number N of central sites C | 12-11-2008 |
20080304415 | PACKET FLOW CONTROL IN SWITCHED FULL DUPLEX ETHERNET NETWORKS - A method, system, and computer program product for controlling data packet traffic flow into a link partner device such as an ethernet adapter. In one embodiment, an occupancy level of an adapter receive queue is monitored to detect a receive queue overrun or underrun condition or event. The detected overrun or underrun condition or event is utilized as the criteria for adjusting a pause time value within a pause time flow control frame. The pause time flow control frame is transmitted from the link partner device to a corresponding remote link partner device to pause data packet transmission in accordance with the adjusted pause time value. | 12-11-2008 |
20080310305 | Interruption control - A communications system in which a user may control interruptions to ongoing communications operations is provided. Using a communications device, a user may perform any suitable communications operation (e.g., voice, video or data communications). In response to receiving a communications request from another device, the communications device may determine whether the other device is authorized to interrupt the ongoing communications operation using any suitable approach (e.g., priority rankings of devices, or specific exceptions for certain devices). The interruption, if authorized, may be in any suitable form including, for example, audio interruptions, visual interruptions, physical interruptions, or any other suitable interruption type. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310306 | PROGRAMMABLE PSEUDO VIRTUAL LANES FOR FIBRE CHANNEL SYSTEMS - A method and switch element for assigning priority to pseudo virtual lanes (“PVL”) using a fibre channel switch element is provided. The method includes, assigning received R_RDYs based on a PVL distribution scheme; and determining traffic congestion on a PVL if there is no credit available to transfer frames from the PVL. A minimum bandwidth feature is enabled to avoid lower priority PVLs from getting no credit for transmitting frames; and distributing credit and R_RDYs based on frame age bits, wherein a lower priority PVL gets credit if a frame is waiting in the PVL for a longer duration compared to a higher priority PVL. The switch element includes, a PVL module having credit counters for plural PVLs; and a timer that monitors frame traffic for each PVL lane. If a PVL gets congested, then a state machine adjusts priority of R_RDY distribution scheme of other PVLs to transmit frames. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310307 | IP converged system and packet processing method therein - An IP converged system includes a VoIP ALG module and a policer module. The VoIP ALG module acquires dynamically changing RTP IP/port information of a packet by parsing a VoIP SIP message, and transmits the RTP IP/port information to the policer module. The policer module sets IP/port, which provides a real-time data service, by referring to the information from the VoIP ALG module, and discriminatively sets a packet processing condition for a non-real-time data service and a packet processing condition for the real-time data service. The VoIP ALG module and the policer module share RTP IP/port information, dynamically determined by the negotiation between VoIP gateways or VoIP terminals, in call setup/release, so that the policer can discriminately drop or mark VoIP packets by referring to the RTP IP/port information. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310308 | System and method for adaptive flow control - The system and method for adaptive flow control transmits pause off packets to network nodes after a calculated time based on switch resource usage thereby alleviating congestion is a network switching system. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316928 | Method and apparatus for scheduling packets in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system - A method and apparatus for scheduling packets in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is provided. More particularly, the presently described embodiments relate to a scheduling system whereby packets are prioritized based on packet delay information. The system also handles poor geometry users in an improved manner. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316929 | Method and Network Element for Guaranteeing a Quality of Service in a Decentralized Network - A guaranteeing a quality of service in a decentralized network, wherein at least one first network element at least temporarily provides a service for at least one second network element is provided. The parameters relevant for the quality of service are provided via an authentication of the first network element. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003210 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING CONGESTION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system and method for monitoring congestion in a communication system including an external packet switched network. The communication system includes a plurality of interconnected host devices, such as base stations, consoles, zone controllers. To determine the presence of congestion on links between a pair of host devices, a series of sequential packets are transmitted between the pair. The sequentially transmitted packets are then monitor fluctuations in transmission delays and lost packets. These two criteria are used to identify congestion levels present on the various links in the communication system, and communications on the relevant interzone link are controlled based on the identified congestion level. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003211 | Method and System for Efficient Provisioning of Multiple Services for Multiple Failure Restoration in Multi-Layer Mesh Networks - A method and system for efficiently provisioning a multiple service, multiple layer mesh network in a manner enabling restoration from multiple failures. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003212 | DATA SWITCHING FLOW CONTROL WITH VIRTUAL OUTPUT QUEUING - Methods and apparatus for data switching are disclosed. An example method includes receiving a data traffic flow at a data ingress module and buffering the data traffic flow in a virtual output queue included in the data ingress module, where the virtual output queue being associated with a data egress module. The example method also includes communicating the data traffic flow to the data egress module via a fabric egress queue included in a data-switch fabric. The example method further includes monitoring data occupancy in the fabric egress queue and determining, based on the data occupancy, that a change in congestion state in the fabric egress queue has occurred. The example method still further includes, in response to the change in congestion state, communicating a flow control message to the data ingress module and, in response to the flow control message, modifying communication of the data traffic flow. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003213 | Linked network switch configuration - A network device having a plurality of ports including address resolution logic (ARL), a first switch, a second switch, and a CPU. The first and second switches include groups of ports which are a subset of the plurality of ports and are numbered by different numbering schemes, rate control logic for performing rate control functions related to switching data packets between the network ports, and local communications channels for transmitting messages between the groups of ports and the rate control logic. The first switch is configured to generate a rate control message and relay the rate control message to the second switch, and the second switch is configured to generate a second rate control message based on the first rate control message, where the second rate control message is different than the first message. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010161 | Method for Ensuring Service Class of Packet Service and Method of Rate Limitation - The present invention discloses a method for ensuring service classes of packet services, which includes limiting the rate of services with different service classes uploaded to a ringlet from an RPR station in accordance with the RPR physical packet lengths; monitoring, in real time, the rate of non-class A0 services uploaded to the ringlet from the RPR station and forwarded by the RPR station in accordance with the RPR physical packet lengths, and when the rate of the non-class A0 services exceeds the un-reserved rate of the RPR network, reporting a congestion message and adjusting the rate of the non-class A0 services uploaded to the ringlet from the RPR stations in the congestion domain. A method of rate limitation is also disclosed, by which rate limitation is conducted based on a Token Bucket according to the total length of the sent packet after encapsulation. The methods, by means of rate limitation and rate monitoring of the services uploaded to the ringlet from each RPR station according to the RPR physical packet length, can effectively overcome the shortcoming that the reserved bandwidth in the RPR can not be ensured because forwarded services unexpected occupy the bandwidth of the services uploaded to the ringlet at a downstream RPR station due to the physical layer encapsulation overhead. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010162 | Flexible and hierarchical dynamic buffer allocation - In one embodiment, a method comprises the following steps: receiving a first set of inputs comprising a first plurality of entities and a first traffic behavior; determining a first region of a buffer corresponding to the first traffic behavior; assigning the first plurality of entities to the first region; determining hierarchical relationships between at least some of the first plurality of entities; determining a first shared buffer space of the first region; and assigning at least one threshold for each of the first plurality of entities. The threshold may comprise a maximum amount of the first shared buffer space that may be allocated to an entity. The method may also involve configuring a logic device to allocate the first shared buffer space dynamically according to the hierarchical relationships and the thresholds. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010163 | LOAD BALANCE SERVER AND METHOD FOR BALANCING LOAD OF PRESENCE INFORMATION - A load balance server has a first database for recording a list of identifiers of the presence servers, a second database for recording a subscription message receiving rate, an entry retrieval means for selecting a presence server that the subscription message receiving rate is lowest, in presence servers included in the list of the entry based on the presence information, a presence server selecting means for selecting an additional presence server whichever subscription message receiving rate is lower than predetermined threshold Ts, when the subscription message receiving rate in the selected presence server is higher than predetermined threshold Ts, and a message sending/receiving control means for sending the public message to the selected presence server. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010164 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING CHANNELS FOR A MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A method and device for assigning channels for a multi-radio mesh network is disclosed. The network comprises multiple mesh routers. Each mesh router has multiple radios, wherein, between two mesh routers that are within each other's radios transmission ranges, there is a pair of unidirectional links attached to them whose directions are oppositional each other. The method includes following steps: measuring link load of each link by measuring average busy time for the link to transmit data; and assigning a channel to each link based on the link load of the link. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010165 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LIMITING PACKET TRANSMISSION RATE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, a token manager corresponding to a generated or arriving packet is determined, tokens corresponding to a target transmission rate limit are generated, and a corresponding packet is at least one of dropped and provided in consideration of the amount of the tokens created and the size of the generated packet. Through such a method, a packet transmission rate can be limited to the target transmission rate. In addition, when there is traffic of various service classes, service can be differentially provided according to the priorities of the service classes. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010166 | SERVICE CURVE MAPPING - A method for configuring service curves for managing the output port of a networking device includes the following steps. A multitude of traffic classes is defined, each traffic class being characterized by a bandwidth and a delay priority. A multitude of traffic service curves is computed, each of the plurality of traffic service curves is associated with a different one of the multitude of traffic classes. At least one of the multitude of traffic classes service curves is characterized by a shifted two-piece linear function shifted such that the service curve limits service to during a nonzero time period prior to the start of the two-piece linear function. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010167 | Method And System For Controlling Data Flow - A method and system for controlling data flow are provided. The method includes: selecting optional reference data of a flow algorithm to generate configuration information; and performing traffic calculation based on the configuration information to determine hash distribution of the data flow to load balancing links. The flow algorithm is a HASH algorithm. The system includes: a selecting configuring unit, for selecting corresponding reference data according to the optional reference data for the flow algorithm; a controlling information processing unit, for generating a corresponding controlling parameter according to the selected reference data; a forwarding table interface unit, for generating configuration information according to the generated controlling parameter and storing the information in a corresponding forwarding table; a forwarding controlling unit, for completing the traffic calculation according to the configuration information in the forwarding table and determining the hash of the data flow on the load balancing link. | 01-08-2009 |
20090022054 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SERVICE FLOW MANAGEMENT IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for SF management in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a creator for creating a Service Flow (SF) management message including a plurality of SF identifiers to perform the same management for a plurality of SFs, and a transmitter for transmitting the management message created in the creator to an opponent node. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028046 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING BANDWIDTH-CONSUMING FRAME FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A port monitor monitors network traffic that passes through a port of a switch. Frame flows routed through the switch are counted by hardware frame counting logic, which includes a content-addressable memory (CAM) and counters corresponding to various frame flows. Port monitor software includes logical containers (“buckets”), which are used to record and sort counts of the frame flows from hardware based on activity of the frame flows. Frame flow sorting is based on confidence building algorithms such that the thrashing of frame flows between buckets is reduced. Storage and sorting of the frame flows in software allows the activity level of any number of frame flows associated with the switch to be counted, regardless of hardware limitations on how many frame flows can be counted. This allows a real-time analysis of frame flows and a determination of frame flows that are major users of Fibre Channel bandwidth. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028047 | DATA STREAM CONTROL FOR NETWORK DEVICES - A method and apparatus for data stream control for network devices. Some embodiments of an apparatus include a receiver to receive a token for a command associated with a stream of data, where the command is one of multiple command types. The token has a fixed size and format, and the token is provided in a field of a data packet. The apparatus further includes a network unit to determine the type of command based on the token, to parse a set of fields in the data packet for command data, and implement the command. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028048 | Data transmitting and receiving method and broadcasting receiver - A data transmitting and receiving method and a broadcasting receiver are disclosed. A cable card transmits a new flow request message for requesting a connection of a data transmitting and receiving path to a host. The host receiving the new flow request message transmits a new flow response message to the cable card. The new flow request message includes a control field for recording processing information on an error generated during communication. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028049 | ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES FOR WIRELESS DEVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described for providing a administration mechanism for wireless systems. In an embodiment, a mobile wireless server including a plurality of parameters that may be set to configure a mobile wireless client. The mobile wireless server also includes at least one computer program to set one or more of the parameters. The computer programs permit a user of at least one of the wireless clients to select a desired mode of operation for one or more of the wireless clients. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-29-2009 |
20090034415 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A wireless communication device ( | 02-05-2009 |
20090034416 | METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF DATA PACKETS IN A TUNNEL, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, STORAGE MEANS AND TUNNEL END-POINT - A method is proposed for the transmission of data packets in a tunnel interconnecting two sub-networks in order to form a general communications network, the tunnel being implemented between two tunnel end-points, each of the sub-networks comprising a distinct tunnel end-point among the tunnel end-points, the tunnel implementing at least two transmission channels, the method being implemented by one of the tunnel end-points, known as a tunnel incoming end-point. The method comprises the following steps for each data packet: reception of the data packet coming from a source device belonging to the same sub-network as the tunnel incoming end-point; selection of an effective channel from among the transmission channels, as a function of a protocol associated with the payload data contained in the received packet, and of a piece of information on quality of transport linked to current conditions of transmission in the transmission channels; encapsulation of the received packet, according to a transport protocol associated with the effective channel, used to obtain a packet to be sent; and transmission of the packet to be sent in the tunnel on the effective channel selected. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040929 | Method and apparatus for dynamically managing hierarchical flows - Provided are a method and apparatus for dynamically managing hierarchical flows that more efficiently process packet traffic while maintaining compatibility with an existing packet data network in transferring both circuit traffic and packet traffic in a packet switched network. The method for dynamically managing hierarchical flows includes: receiving data packets, classifying the data packets according to attributes of the received data packets, and producing first flows; determining whether traffic of each of the first flows exceeds a predetermined bandwidth limit, and performing a packet drop process or producing second flows for first flows that exceed the bandwidth limit, according to a flow-specific policy; and performing second flow processing on the second flows according to a second flow policy. Only flows exceeding the bandwidth limit or causing congestion are hierarchically divided for management. This makes it possible to finely manage the flows without complex operations. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040930 | DATA PLANE AGGREGATION BASED ON ROUTE AND SERVICE TYPE - Methods and systems are operable to aggregate data. A plurality of data units can be received. The data units can be combined based upon a class associated with the data and a next hop associated with the data. A link can be provided for the combined data units based on service quality requirements for the traffic class associated with the class. | 02-12-2009 |
20090052321 | TAXONOMY BASED MULTIPLE ANT COLONY OPTIMIZATION APPROACH FOR ROUTING IN MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS - In one embodiment, an apparatus comprises route management logic. The logic is operable to send a plurality of forward-route packets over a route to a destination node in a mobile ad hoc network. Each one of the plurality of forward-route packets is assigned to a different class of a plurality of classes. While traversing the route to the destination node, a forward-route packet accumulates a network metric that is associated with that class of the plurality of classes to which the forward-route packet is assigned. The logic is operable to receive from the destination node a plurality of backward-route packets. Each of the plurality of backward-route packets corresponds to one of the plurality of forward-route packets, and includes a network metric that is accumulated by the corresponding forward-route packet. The logic is operable to retrieve the network metrics from each of the plurality of backward-route packets and, based on the retrieved network metrics, to compute and store a probability value that is associated with the route to the destination node. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052322 | Selecting Channel Bandwidth and Data Error Target Dynamically Based On a Determined Transmission Need - In a mobile communication system having channels with different bandwidths, a channel bandwidth can be dynamically selected for transmitting data over a connection between a radio access network and a mobile station. According to the invention, a channel bandwidth and also a target for a data error rate for the transmission is selected based on a determined transmission need, i.e. a determined characteristics of the data to be transmitted and on a determined load of a communication resource, e.g. channel power and/or total carrier power used in a cell. By making it possible to dynamically select a data error rate, a connection can, by increasing the data error rate and consequently decreasing the channel power, carry on using a certain channel bandwidth even if at a first instance a load threshold level is achieved for the channel power or the total power used in the cell. Thereby, the capacity of the system can be increased, while at the same time the throughput over the connection is increased. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052323 | Managing Traffic in a Satellite Transmission System - Methods and apparatus are described for management of traffic comprising a statistical shaper having a plurality of inputs each for receiving a data stream and a plurality of outputs forming a variable rate bit streams; a multiplexer which combines the bit streams to form an output stream; a modulation stage which is operable to use one or more of a plurality of different modulation schemes to modulate the bit streams onto an output bearer; and, a controller which is operable to control the amount of data arriving at the modulation stage. The controller performs rate control of the data arriving at the modulation stage so that the rate of data output in the output stream from the modulator stage is within a predetermined limit for the transmission channel. For example if the modulation rate for any one bitstream changes, this would alter the rate of data transmission after the modulation stage except that excess data is stored in buffers. For example, by controlling the data rate arriving at the modulator stage, the controller regulates the amount of data stored in buffers at the modulation stage. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052324 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN UNIVERSAL PLUG AND PLAY NETWORK - A universal plug and play (UPnP) network is provided. In the UPnP network, a QoS policy holder of a UPnP QoS architecture manages information on QoS modes that are previously set, and a QoS manager controls QoS devices by importing traffic policies for a predetermined QoS mode from the QoS policy holder. Accordingly, a user can suitably control traffic items in the network only by selecting a desirable QoS mode according to situations. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052325 | ROBOT CONTROL SYSTEM - A robot control system has a connection module for a data network and includes a filter module configured to read data out of a data flow of a data network. The filter module identifies real-time data in the data network and extracts the real-time data as required. In addition, a method for directing data traffic in real time between a data system based on real-time and a network includes the steps of monitoring a data flow in the network for defined data using a filter module in the data system, extracting the defined data from the network, identifying real-time data in the defined data using an identification characteristic, and relaying the real-time data to a first receiving module. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059788 | Method and Apparatus for Dynamic Adaptation of Network Transport - An intermediate device of a network includes network and transport layers, a dispatcher, a splitter and a connections database. The splitter intercepts a message packet in the network layer and modifies the network routing header and transport header of the message packet to form a modified message packet. The dispatcher receives modified message packets from the transport layer, recovers information from the message packets, passes the modified message packets back to the transport layer and adapts the transport layer to adapt communication dependent upon the information recovered from the message packets. The connections database stores the original source address, the original destination address, the original source port identifier and the original destination port identifier of an incoming message packet. A message packet is modified, with reference to the connections database, so that message packets from the first and second nodes are routed through the dispatcher. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059789 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING USER CONFIGURABLE DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE - An approach is provided for specifying class of service (CoS) information. A wireless device is configured to connect to a wireless access point that communicates with a data network. The wireless device generates a message including a header that specifies class of service information for establishing a communication path over the data network. The class of service information is configurable by a user of the wireless device. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059790 | CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF BACKHAUL RESOURCES - A communication network element comprises traffic scheduler logic capable of scheduling transmission of a first category of queued traffic across a backhaul interface in accordance with a rate control value. The communication network element further comprises traffic manager logic capable of scheduling transmission of a second category of queued traffic across the backhaul interface in accordance with a determined backhaul bandwidth allocation, the backhaul bandwidth allocation being based on a determination of available bandwidth across the backhaul interface not required for scheduled first category traffic. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059791 | System and Method for Bandwidth Control - A method for bandwidth control includes maintaining priority rules for IP traffic. The method further includes determining current traffic characteristics associated with at least a portion of the IP traffic. The method also includes modifying a priority level based in part on the current traffic characteristics. In one embodiment, the method includes modifying a priority level based on a priority level associated with another user, application, protocol type, or interface identifier. In accordance with another embodiment, priority levels are modified in a plurality of networks or network elements. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059792 | Wireless Communication Device, Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Method, and Program - A bandwidth-reservation wireless communication device that performs communication with a communication destination node connected thereto via a wireless communication network includes a traffic amount estimation unit configured to estimate an amount of traffic involved in receiving response data from the communication destination node, and a media resources reservation unit configured to reserve media resources on the basis of the estimated amount of traffic. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059793 | Traffic engineering method, system and computer program product for managing traffic over dynamic networks during both normal and unexpected traffic scenarios - A network traffic engineering method, system and computer program cope with dynamic and unpredictable changes in traffic demands and in the availability and quality of interdomain routes by monitoring traffic over a network having nodes and links, calculating a routing utilizing a convex-hull-based optimal traffic engineering algorithm with penalty envelope (COPE), and adjusting network traffic flow in accordance with the calculated routing. Aggregating collected historical traffic matrices to produce a predicted traffic matrix, the method optimizes for the expected traffic scenario while providing a worst-case guarantee for unexpected traffic scenarios and thereby advantageously achieves efficient resource utilization during normal traffic and avoids network congestion in a wide variety of scenarios. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059794 | Method and apparatus for wiFi long range radio coordination - A method and apparatus for WiFi long range radio coordination is described. In one embodiment, a method for facilitating radio coordination in order to prevent simultaneous exchanges of data includes processing status information associated with a first radio and a second radio within a node and scheduling signal communications of the first radio and second radio based on the status information to avoid interference between the first radio and the second radio. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067330 | COMPUTING PATH INFORMATION TO A DESTINATION NODE IN A DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Approaches for computing path information to a destination node in a data communications network are described. A data communications network comprises as components nodes and links therebetween and comprising a core subdomain of components and a plurality of non-core subdomains of components and having a common identifier for each non-core subdomain. An apparatus comprises first logic which when executed is operable to receive reachability information for a destination node and an associated identifier; and second logic which when executed is operable to perform a computation of path information for a path in the network to a destination node dependent on a particular identifier of a subdomain associated with the destination node, and to forward data for the destination over the path according to the path information. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067331 | ROUTING NETWORK PACKETS BASED ON ELECTRICAL POWER PROCUREMENT ARRANGEMENTS - In general, this disclosure describes techniques of selecting routes for network packets through a computer network based, at least in part, on electrical power procurement arrangements of devices in the computer network. As described herein, there may be a plurality of routes through a computer network from a first device to a second device. Each of these routes may include one or more devices that consume electrical power. A route selection device may make a determination regarding how network packets are to be routed among these routes based, at least in part, on arrangements made to procure the electrical power consumed by the devices along the routes. After the route selection device makes this determination, the route selection device may cause network packets to be routed among these routes in accordance with this determination. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067332 | PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE - A packet forwarding device reads each packet from a common buffer at a predetermined band velocity and transfers the readout packet; detects passage of a re-transmission request packet requesting re-transmission of a packet having been transmitted, from a receiving terminal to a packet transmission source; and limits a writing band of writing a packet transmitted from the packet transmission source terminal, which is a receiving terminal to which the re-transmission request packet is destined, into the common buffer when the re-transmission request packet is detected. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067333 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC FLOW IN BACKHAUL LINK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method, system, and apparatus for controlling traffic flow in one or more backhaul links in a wireless communication network is provided. Each backhaul link of the one or more backhaul link includes a backhaul uplink and a backhaul downlink. The method includes analyzing one or more backhaul uplinks and one or more backhaul downlinks between a controller and one or more Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs). The method further includes communicating one or more messages between the controller and the one or more BTSs. The one or more messages include analysis of the one or more analysis of one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks. The method further includes controlling the traffic flow in at least one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks based on the one or more messages. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073879 | METHOD OF MANAGING AN INTERFACE COMPRISING MEANS FOR CONTROLLING REMOTE TERMINALS - A method is provided for transmission within a telecommunication system, which includes a plurality of terminals that can exchange data flows therebetween. The method includes at least: a step of comparing a maximum throughput value offered by an interface with a cumulative value of the throughputs of flows that are intended to pass through the interface; and a step of adjusting the throughput of a particular flow following transmission of an adjustment value to a flow-emitting entity, which is executed when the maximum value is less than the cumulative value. The method enables a given terminal to adjust the throughput of a flow even when the flow is generated by a remote terminal. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073880 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONGESTION IN A DEDICATED SHORT RANGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method is disclosed for controlling congestion in communications between an RSE and multiple OBEs in a DSRC system. In certain embodiments, a system and method for controlling congestion in communications between an RSE and multiple OBEs includes determining a priority level for each of multiple OBEs with respect to reserving a channel between each OBE and an RSE. Based on this determination, each OBE is assigned a waiting period based on their respective priority levels. The OBEs then send requests to reserve a channel to the RSE after waiting the assigned waiting periods. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073881 | MULTI-QUEUE FLOW CONTROL METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS - A multi-queue flow control method, a multi-queue flow control system, and a multi-queue flow control apparatus, applicable to a full-duplex Ethernet, are suitable for customizing a flow control frame reflecting buffer statuses of a plurality of queues. A receiving device informs a current buffer status of each queue of itself to a sending device by sending a flow control frame to the sending device, and the sending device stops sending data frames to an overflowing queue according to the flow control frame. Therefore, the multi-queue flow control in the full-duplex Ethernet is realized. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073882 | DIRECTIONAL AND PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL MECHANISM BETWEEN NODES - A node uses a two dimensional array of transmit queues to store frames to be transmitted from the node to another node. The size of the array is governed by the number of directions to which the other node may forward frames once received from the node, and the number of priorities that may be associated with the frames. The transmit queues are distinguished from each other based on direction and priority. A transmitter transmits frames dequeued from the transmit queues to the other node. Control logic that controls the transmit queues receives an indication from the other node whether the other node is experiencing traffic congestion in any of the directions and the priority of frames at or below which the control logic is to control the dequeuing of frames from transmit queues corresponding to the directions in which the other node is experiencing traffic congestion. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073883 | Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Wireless Network Operations Associated With Flow Control Process - Methods and apparatus for controlling wireless network operations associated with a flow control process which terminates data communications to a mobile station based on an out-of-coverage condition between the mobile station and a wireless communication network. In the wireless communication network, an indication is identified which indicates whether a mobile station utilizes an always-on connection for a data service. Based on the indication indicating that the mobile station utilizes the always-on connection, the flow control process is bypassed. Otherwise, the flow control process is performed. The always-on connection may be utilized for an e-mail application for the mobile station and involve a Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) session. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073884 | NETWORK RECEIVE INTERFACE FOR HIGH BANDWIDTH HARDWARE-ACCELERATED PACKET PROCESSING - Disclosed is a system and methods for accelerating network packet processing for devices configured to process network traffic at relatively high data rates. The system incorporates a hardware-accelerated packet processing module that handles in-sequence network packets and a software-based processing module that handles out-of-sequence and exception case network packets. | 03-19-2009 |
20090092047 | SYSTEM TO MANAGE MULTILAYER NETWORKS - A system includes a capacity management tool. The capacity management tool is configured to be coupled to one or more of an application layer, a physical layer, and a transport layer of a processor-based network. In a particular embodiment, the capacity management tool is further configured to extract data from one or more of a network connectivity database, a customer provisioning and services ordered database, a customer equipment database, a network element management system database, and a server and application management system database. The capacity management tool can be further configured to correlate the data to manage the capacity of the network or isolate congestion points in the network. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092048 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTEXT-BASED HIERARCHICAL ADAPTIVE ROUND ROBIN SCHEDULING - A system and method which provides for efficient data transmission between multiple microprocessors in a computer system is disclosed. A physical data path is divided into a plurality connection queues. The connection queue size is compared to thresholds. Bandwidth allocation weights associates with the queues can be progressively refined based upon the comparison. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092049 | System, method and computer readable medium for communicating with a zigbee device from a peripheral network - In order to minimize traffic on a Zigbee network, a gateway of the Zigbee network represents end devices in communications with peripheral networks. The gateway receives messages, such as status request messages, from the peripheral network intended for an end device on the Zigbee network. The Zigbee network generates a response message by retrieving stored data for the end device instead of communicating the received message to the end device. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097405 | METHOD FOR SETTING OUTPUT BIT RATE FOR VIDEO DATA TRANSMISSION IN A WIBRO SYSTEM - A method for setting an output bit rate for video data transmission in a WiBro system in which an uplink state value for a predetermined unit time is calculated to determine an uplink network state of the predetermined unit time. An average of uplink state values for a predetermined number of unit times is calculated, and a video encoding bit rate is increased if the average of the uplink state values is larger than a predetermined first threshold. However, the video encoding bit rate is decreased if the average of the uplink state values is less than a predetermined second threshold. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097406 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACHIEVING DYNAMIC CAPACITY AND HIGH AVAILABILITY IN MULTI-STAGE DATA NETWORKS USING ADAPTIVE FLOW-BASED ROUTING - Methods and systems for determining paths for flows within a multi-stage network made up of clusters of processing nodes. The flow paths may be determined without knowledge of whether or not packets of a particular flow will actually traverse specific ones of the clusters within the multi-stage network. In various implementations, the nodes of the multi-stage network may be coupled to one or more physical network switches through respective physical interfaces and a virtual connectivity grid superimposed thereon and configured through the use of a flow routing framework and system management framework to group the nodes into a number of clusters. The nodes of each cluster are configured to perform similar packet processing functions and the clusters are interconnected through virtual networks to which the nodes are communicatively coupled via virtual interfaces overlaid on top of the physical network interfaces. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103436 | System and method for reducing traffic in a wide area Ethernet network - A system and method retrieves device forwarding information from switching devices and installs it as static device forwarding information on other switches to prevent multiple copies of communications being sent from those switches. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103437 | Method of transmitting/receiving data in sensor network for reducing overhearing of sensor nodes - Provided is a method of transmitting/receiving data in a sensor node for reducing overhearing of sensor nodes, and a sensor network which implements the method. A sender node having transmission data from among a plurality of nodes which perform a low power listening (LPL) operation in an asynchronous manner at predetermined time intervals, generates a long preamble including short preambles, each having information including a destination address of the transmission data, a remainder of the long preamble, and a length of the transmission data, and sequentially transmits the second preamble and the transmission data. A receiver node from among the plurality of nodes determines whether a valid signal is sensed during an active state in the LPL operation. If it is determined that the valid signal is sensed, the receiver node receives the short preamble transmitted from the sender node. The receiver node determines a duration time of a deactivated state of the receiver node based on the received first preamble, thereby reducing overhearing in the sensor network. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103438 | Grant Based Adaptive Media Access Control Scheduling - Methods and Apparatus are disclosed for grant based adaptive media access control scheduling. According to an embodiment, a method for MAC scheduling of a plurality of data flows for downlink transmission of data bytes is disclosed. The method enables determining a data flow to be scheduled amongst the plurality of data flows based at least in part on one or more Quality of Service (QoS) parameters. The method further enables computing number of data bytes that are associated with the data flow that is determined to be scheduled. Subsequently, the computed number of data bytes is scheduled for transmission. Further, a value is stored in a grant counter that is associated with the data flow that is determined to be scheduled. Based on the scheduling the value stored in the grant counter is modified. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103439 | Method and Device for Realizing Content Flowing on P2P Network - This invention relates to a method and device for realizing content flowing continuously on P2P network, which is used for dividing the content to be transmitted into a plurality of blocks; detects connection state of all nodes performing the content transmission, calculates an upload rate coefficient of each node, determines the selected upload rate coefficient according to the upload rate coefficient, and determines a transmission rate of the content stream and the number of the content stream transmitted by a content source, the content source distributes the content blocks being able to be transmitted by each node proportionally according to the selected upload rate coefficient of each node; and transmits the distributed content blocks to the corresponding nodes respectively, and controls the node to re-transmit the received content block to other nodes. The present invention can utilize the resource more reasonably and fully. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109848 | Flooding reduction method - In receiving a MAC (media access control) frame whose destination address is any of a broadcast address, an unknown multicast address and an unknown unicast address, the flooding is reduced by broadcasting the received MAC frame to all the other ports than one that has received the MAC frame. An output control that attains this object is realized by using a destination group identifier (ID) look-up table ( | 04-30-2009 |
20090109849 | SELECTIVE PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT OF TRAFFIC FLOWS - In an example embodiment, a method for selective performance enhancement of traffic flows, such as a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) flow, on devices where enhancement of a limited number of concurrent flows is supported, or where a limited number of TCP accelerated or IP (Internet Protocol) compressed flows are supported. Flows are selected to be enhanced, accelerated or compressed based on configured priorities, including but not limited to type of the flow, importance of the flow, and availability of resources to enhance, accelerate or compress the flow. For example, a high-priority TCP session is accelerated for the lifetime of the session, while a low-priority TCP session is accelerated while there are available resources for the low-priority flow. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109850 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING SHARED AIR LINK TRAFFIC RESOURCES - A peer to peer communications system implements scheduling of traffic intervals in a distributed manner utilizing connection priority and interference information. A peer to peer timing structure includes a user scheduling interval, with ordered transmission request and response intervals, and an associated traffic interval. The priority associated with a request of an early interval is higher than the priority of a request of a later interval. A first device, connected to a second device, makes a decision as to whether or not to yield the traffic interval as a function of estimated interference that it will impose on higher priority connection receivers if it transmits during the traffic interval. The second device makes a decision as to whether or not to transmit a positive transmission request response signal as a function of a generated received signal quality value, based on received requests for its own and for higher priority connections. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109851 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO SCHEDULING TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING SHARED AIR LINK TRAFFIC RESOURCES - Methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communications system in which traffic air link resources may be, and sometimes are, shared are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited for use in a peer to peer communications system in which transmission control decisions are made in a decentralized manner. An exemplary peer to peer communications system implements the scheduling of traffic intervals in a distributed manner utilizing connection priority information and interference information. An exemplary peer to peer timing structure includes a user scheduling interval and an associated traffic interval. The user scheduling interval includes a plurality transmission request/request response rounds. By utilizing multiple request/request response rounds, a transmission decision corresponding to a connection to yield in an earlier round can be overridden in a subsequent round, resulting in higher overall traffic throughput in the system. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109852 | Statistics based forwarding information base repopulation - A method and apparatus for repopulating a forwarding information base at a network device are disclosed. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a routing information base, forwarding information base, memory for storing performance data based on packets forwarded from the network device, and a processor configured to prioritize routes stored in the routing information base based on the performance data, propagate the routes from the routing information base to the forwarding information base in an order based at least in part on the route priorities. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109853 | Method for the optimization of the payload of a multispot telecommunication satellite - A Method for the optimization of the payload of a multispot telecommuncation satellite is disclosed. This type of satellite allows the use of several antenna spots on board the satellite to cover contiguous geographical zones, instead of a single broad spot. The method uses the division of an amplification unit such as a travelling wave tube TWTA between several spots. | 04-30-2009 |
20090116387 | BANDWIDTH CONTROL CIRCUIT AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD USED FOR THE SAME | 05-07-2009 |
20090116388 | Vehicle Communication Method and Communication Device - In a vehicle communication method in which communication between a plurality of communication devices is performed and an amount of communication data sent from each communication device is changed, features are as follows. That is, if the amount of communication data sent from the first communication device is to be increased, the amount of communication data sent from the second communication device is decreased so that a total sum of the amounts of communication data sent from all the communication devices does not exceed a predetermined value. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116389 | RESOURCE SCALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource scaling for inter-access point fairness in a wireless communication system. As described herein, an offered load of an access point can be determined based on one or more loading metrics relating to associated terminals, throughput, data rate, quality of service (QoS), or the like. Based on the determined offered load of an access point, resources used by the access point and/or power utilized for communication over those resources can be scaled based on a comparison of the offered load of the access point to a nominal or default offered load. Centralized techniques for resource scaling are described herein, wherein one or more centralized controllers coordinate resource scaling with respective access points via backhaul messaging. In addition, distributed techniques for resource scaling are described herein, wherein neighboring access points communicate with each other via over-the-air messaging to determine a local optimal resource apportionment. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116390 | SCHEDULING BEST EFFORT FLOWS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate scheduling best effort flows in broadband or wideband wireless communication networks. The systems can include devices and/or component that effectuate associating utility functions to multiple disparate flows based on traffic conditions extant in the wireless system, ascertaining the average rate at which the flow has been serviced in the past, and utilizing the utility function associated with the flow or the average rate that the flow has been serviced in the past to optimally schedule the flow. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116391 | METHOD FOR DATA FLOW CONTROL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method for controlling the flow of data between an RNC (R) and a base station (BS) of a UMTS mobile communications system with HSDPA capability via an lub interface (I | 05-07-2009 |
20090122702 | Bandwidth allocation for network packet traffic - Bandwidth is allocated among network interfaces of, for example, a switch, router, or server among based on network packet traffic. In one example the network device has a plurality of network interfaces, a performance monitoring unit to monitor buffer events for the network interfaces and to generate an interrupt if a network interface buffer is near an overflow state, and a processor to receive the interrupt and increase a priority of the associated network interface in response thereto. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122703 | Electronic Device and Method for Flow Control - An electronic device is provided comprising a plurality of processing units (IP; MIP, SIP); an interconnect means (NOC) for coupling the plurality of processing units (IP; MIP, SIP); and a plurality of interia.ee means (NI; MNI, SNI) arranged between one of the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) and the interconnect means (NOC), for enabling a communication between the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) and the interconnect means. The communication between the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) is a packet-based communication via the interface means (NI; MNI, SNI) and the interconnect means (NOC). Each packet first comprises a first header (H) followed by a pay load (P). Said interface means comprise (NI; MNI, SNI) a flow control means (FCM) for controlling the communication flow between two processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) based on flow control credit information (C), for inserting the first header (H) in each packet, and for additionally inserting a second header (H) into a packet according to an amount of required flow control credit information (C). | 05-14-2009 |
20090122704 | Limiting Extreme Loads At Session Servers - A method, system and computer program product for limiting extreme loads and reducing fluctuations in load at session servers. An admission rate controller of a SIP router calculates the “deflator ratio” equal to the average number of in-dialog messages received over a first fixed interval of time divided by the average number of out-of-dialog messages received over a second fixed interval of time. Further, the admission rate controller calculates the “dampening ratio” equal to the maximum number of messages allowed over a period of time divided by the number of messages admitted over a previous time interval. When an overload condition has been detected, the admission rate controller calculates the maximum number of out-of-dialog messages to be sent to its associated SIP server based on the deflator and dampening ratios. In this manner, a smoother transition from the overload condition to the non-overload condition may occur. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122705 | Managing Bursts of Traffic In Such a Manner as to Improve The Effective Utilization of Session Servers - A method, system and computer program product for managing bursts of traffic. A counter, referred to herein as a “frequency counter,” is incremented during those time intervals an overload condition is detected and is decremented during those time intervals an overload condition is not detected. An overload condition may refer to when the number of out-of-dialog messages exceeds a threshold value corresponding to the maximum number of out-of-dialog messages that should be accepted and forwarded to an associated session server. If the count of the frequency counter exceeds some pre-configured value, then traffic that exceeds the threshold for the overload condition is stopped from being sent to the associated session server. Otherwise, traffic that exceeds the threshold for the overload condition is permitted to be sent to the associated session server. By managing bursts of traffic in such a manner, the effective utilization of session servers is improved. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129271 | PROVIDING SERVICES TO PACKET FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A system and method for providing services to packet flows in a communication network. The services include enhanced charging, stateful firewalls, traffic performance optimization (TPO) and advanced services such as content differentiated charging, per-subscriber stateful firewalls, and VPNs, for example. A gateway can be used to route each packet flow through the services on a per-subscriber basis by inspecting accounting messages and checking subscriber profiles prior to setting up a new packet flow session. By directing the packet flow through the services requested latency can be reduced as well as the need to have equipment for each session regardless of whether the service is provided to the packet flow. The services can be provided in-line as well. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL DATA RATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A serving radio network controller controls the data rate for uplink and downlink transmissions between a mobile device and a serving access point by negotiating with a drift radio network controller of a drift access point in a wireless communication system. The serving radio network controller receives a first message from the drift radio network controller, wherein the first message includes information indicating a first maximum data rate for transmissions between the mobile device and the drift access point. Based on the information indicating the first maximum data rate, the serving access point determines a second maximum data rate for transmissions between the mobile device and the serving access point. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129273 | Method & apparatus for detecting and avoiding interference in a communications network - A wireless mesh communication network includes a plurality of wireless routers which can be managed in a hierarchical manner with respect to one another and all of the routers are capable of detecting and avoiding interference on channels over which they communicate with one another. Depending upon whether a channel is active or inactive, a wireless router can either passively detect interference and then switch channels to avoid it or actively detect interference and then switch channels to avoid it. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129274 | METHOD FOR THE OPTIMISED MANAGEMENT OF RESOURCES IN A TERMINAL COMPRISING MULTIPLE INTERFACES - A method is provided for the transmission of data flows through multiple interfaces. The method includes: comparing a maximum throughput value offered by an interface with a cumulative value resulting from a sum of the throughputs attributed to the flows effectively travelling through the interface; and switching a flow to another interface when the maximum throughput value offered is less than the cumulative value. The method can be used to redirect data flows to an interface other than the current interface when a congestion is detected in the comparison step and to perform optimum dynamic management of the resources of different interfaces as a function of the operating conditions of the interfaces. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129275 | ACCESS GATEWAY, TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING FLOW IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless system includes plural different access networks and terminals ( | 05-21-2009 |
20090135721 | Scheduler - The present invention relates to a node and a method in a cellular radio network telecommunication system for assigning resources to users, comprising a network node having resources to be allocated to users being present in a radio cell served by the network node. The invention comprises:—assigning a priority to each user in the radio cell, where a user consuming a larger portion of the resources is assigned a lower priority than a user consuming a lower portion of the resources,—receiving a rate request, requesting a larger transmission rate, from a first user having a first priority. If not sufficient free resources are available to fulfil said first users rate request, the following steps are performed:—selecting a second user having lower priority than said first user,—sending messages to said first and second users indication the scheduled grant, and—transferring resources, assigned to said second user, from said second user to said first user, to thereby decrease the consumed resources for said second user and increase the consumed resources for said first user. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141629 | CIRCUIT EMULATION SERVICE METHOD AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - It is disclosed a method for implementing a circuit emulation service through a packet-switched network, wherein the packet-switched network cooperates with a first interface and a second interface suitable to connect a first user and a second user, respectively, to the packet-switched network. The method comprises: a) at the first interface, receiving a TDM flow from the first user; b) converting the TDM flow in packets formatted according to the circuit emulation service, wherein at least one of the packets comprises a header in turn comprising a redundant field; c) compressing the header into a compressed header by processing the redundant field, and forming a compressed packet comprising the compressed header; d) transmitting the compressed packet through the packet-switched network to the second interface. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141630 | METHOD FOR MONITORING DATA CONGESTION IN A COMPUTER NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE NODES AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION IN THE COMPUTER NETWORK - A method for monitoring data congestion in a computer network with multiple nodes and for controlling data transmission in the computer network. The method includes generating a congestion notification by the node which detects a data congestion and transmitting the congestion notification to the data source which is involved in the data congestion. The method also includes generating in the data source a congestion value which indicates how severe the data congestion is, and storing in a worst case array of the data source those congestion values which indicate the most severe data congestions. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141631 | VOICE ADAPTIVE GATEWAY PACING METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - In accordance with aspects of the present principles, the quality of voice traffic and bandwidth utilization for data communication over a wireless multi-hop network may be improved. In an implementation of the present principles, a data packet transmission rate over a wireless multi-hop network may be controlled at an interface between the multi-hop network and a wired network based on a voice packet quality measure calculated from network parameters. Voice and data traffic quality and efficiency may be further improved by reordering a packet transmission queue at the interface to avoid timeout and/or varying a packet queue length at the interface using an acknowledgement window transmitted to a data packet sender. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141632 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK ROUTING IN A MULTIPLE BACKBONE NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - Embodiments of a network architecture include a backbone node having a plurality of independent routers or switches connected in a matrix, wherein the matrix includes a plurality of stages of routers or switches, to form a node having a node switching capacity that is greater than the node switching capacity of the individual routers or switches. A method includes assigning one of a plurality of backbone networks to a destination network address, associating a next hop loopback address with the destination network address, and advertising the destination network address in combination with the next hop loopback address through the selected backbone network address. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141633 | METHOD FOR ADAPTING LINK WEIGHTS IN RELATION TO OPTIMIZED TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION - The invention relates to a method which is used to adapt link weights or, link costs, for optimized traffic distribution within a communication network. According to said method, a loop is circulated until an interruption criterion is met. The individual iterations comprise the following steps: Routing of traffic within the communication network is calculated based on link cost paths. Parameter values used for opt imization e.g. the link-related volume of traffic, are determined for the individual links by means of the calculated path, and an expected volume of traffic and the link are determined for the parameter having the highest value. When the highest determined value is equal to or less than the valve of the previous step (interruption criterion), the link costs are increased for the determined link. Said method enables link costs and paths for optimized traffic distribution to be determined in an economical manner. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147681 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOWNSTREAM SERVICE FLOW CONTROL IN HFC NETWORKS - A method and apparatus of controlling a downstream service flow is provided. A method of controlling a downstream service flow, the method including: receiving a control request with respect to a service flow; generating classifier information for identifying a Quality of Service (QoS) classification standard of the service flow for which a generation request is performed, and registering the generated classifier information in a table when the control request is the generation request for the service flow; registering a pattern mask corresponding to the classifier information in the table; and composing the table for searching for downstream service flow information of a downstream input packet using the classifier information and the pattern mask. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147682 | Bandwidth Managing Router and System - A system for managing network and internet access provides a combined router and bandwidth management unit (BMU) in communication with a client server. The client server contains account information for clients and automatically communicates with the BMU to transmit changes in access setting based on changes to the clients account status. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147683 | FLOW BASED DATA PACKET PROCESSING - Flow based data packet processing is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method for processing a data packet in a flow comprises identifying a flow Identification (ID) of the data packet, where the flow ID is based on one or more portions of control information for the data packet. The method also comprises accessing an address pointer stored in a shared memory designated for the flow ID. The method further comprises performing a set of instructions stored in an address in a cache memory which is assigned by the address pointer, wherein the set of instructions is loaded to the address in the cache memory upon identifying of the flow ID if the flow is currently active. Additionally, the method comprises generating report data associated with the flow by executing the set of instructions. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154349 | Method and apparatus for managing traffic flow of forwarding entries through a virtual forwarding database of a network node - Disclosed herein is a method and apparatus for supporting a virtual forwarding database in response to telecommunications network service demands and standard Media Access Control learning processes to support an overall forwarding database greater than the size supported in hardware. An example embodiment of the present invention provides a possible solution or workaround for certain hardware platforms that limit the total number of forwarding entries that are currently available. This is done by creating a virtual forwarding database that may be maintained in local random access memory and not in the switch(es)/network processors' forwarding database. As such, a traffic module (e.g., application code/processor or central processing unit) may continuously update a virtual forwarding database along with a dedicated forwarding database based on the reception of external data, which includes, but is not limited to, any combination of the following: IPTV joins/leaves, new/unknown packets, and known packets. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154350 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING A CLOCK FREQUENCY IN A NETWORK DEVICE BASED ON AGGREGATE THROUGHPUT OF THE DEVICE - Aspects of a method and system for controlling a clock frequency in a network device based on aggregate throughput of the device are provided. In this regard, for a network device comprising one or more network ports, a limit on aggregate throughput of the device during a time interval may be determined and an operating frequency of a clock within the network device may be controlled based on the determined limit on aggregate throughput. The limit on aggregate throughput may be determined based on past, present, and/or expected traffic patterns; how many of the device's network ports are active during the time interval, a data rate at which each of the active network ports operates during the time interval; a type of data communicated via the network ports; and/or one or more applications running on the network device during the time interval. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154351 | NETWORK SCHEDULER FOR SELECTIVELY SUPPORTING WORK CONSERVING MODE AND NETWORK SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a network scheduler and a network scheduling method capable of effectively managing network bandwidths by selectively supporting a work conserving mode to network entities by using an improved token bucket scheme. The network scheduler selectively supports a work conserving mode to network scheduling units (NSUs) serving as network entities by using a token bucket scheme, such that the network scheduler ensures an allocated network bandwidth or enables the NSUs to use a remaining bandwidth. The network scheduler manages the NSUs by classifying the NSUs into a green state, a red state, a yellow state, and a black state according to a token value, a selection/non-selection of the work conserving mode, and an existence/non-existence of the packet request to be processed. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154352 | NETWORK SCHEDULING - A method of scheduling transmission between a base station ( | 06-18-2009 |
20090154353 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED CROSS-LEYER CONGESTION CONTROL FOR REAL-TIME VIDEO OVER WIRELESS LAN - A method for controlling congestion for real-time video transmission in a wireless network includes receiving a packet loss rate of a video camera in a wireless network, receiving an estimated maximum throughput of the video camera from the camera to a server, decrementing a bit transmission rate when the packet loss rate is greater than a first predetermined threshold, incrementing the bit transmission rate when the packet loss rate is less than a second predetermined threshold for a predetermined time period, and transmitting the bit transmission rate to a video encoder that is part of an application layer of a network communication protocol for the wireless network. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154354 | PROXY REACTION ENGINE IN A CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An apparatus comprising a managed network interface configured to receive data from, and transmit data to, a managed network, wherein the managed network comprises a plurality of managed devices configured to queue and transmit data; an unmanaged network interface configured to receive data from, and transmit data to, an unmanaged network, wherein the unmanaged network is configured to request the amelioration of network congestion experienced by the unmanaged network; and a congestion manager configured to receive a network congestion amelioration request from the unmanaged network, ameliorate network congestion by controlling the rate of information forwarded from the managed network to an unmanaged network, and dynamically alter the rate of information forwarded from the managed network to the unmanaged network. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161545 | DOWNLINK FLOW CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing flow control feedback for controlling downlink data transmission rates. Various schemes can be utilized to send the flow control feedback from an access terminal to a base station. For example, a control PDU (e.g., MAC control PDU, PDCP control PDU) can be generated based upon a level of resource utilization of the access terminal, and sent to the base station for controlling the downlink data transmission rate. Following this example, a type of control PDU, a value included within the control PDU, etc. can be selected as a function of the level of resource utilization. By way of another illustration, a CQI report that includes a value selected as a function of the level of resource utilization associated with the access terminal can be generated and transmitted to the base station for controlling the downlink data transmission rate. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168650 | TECHNIQUES TO CONTROL WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Techniques to control wireless personal area networks are described. An apparatus may include a radio coordinator module operative to receive a transmit data flow having media information and control information, and switch the media information to a media flow path and the control information to a control flow path, a first transceiver to couple to the radio coordinator module, the first transceiver operative to transmit the media information from the media flow path to a receiver using a first frequency band allocated for a wireless personal area network, and a second transceiver to couple to the radio coordinator module, the second transceiver operative to transmit the control information from the control flow path to the receiver using a second frequency band allocated for a wireless local area network. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168651 | MANAGING NETWORK TRAFFIC FLOW - A method for managing network traffic flow is provided. The method includes receiving network traffic content, storing at least a portion of the network traffic content to a memory, sending a copy of the network traffic content to a processor, which determines whether the network traffic content contains content desired to be detected. Another method for managing network traffic flow includes receiving network traffic content, flagging the network traffic content, sending the flagged network traffic content to a module, which is configured to pass unflagged data to a user and prevent flagged data from being sent to the user, and sending a copy of the network traffic content to a processor, which determines whether the network traffic content contains content desired to be detected. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175167 | Method of Reducing Network Congestion - In a method of reducing network congestion between a source computer and a destination computer, a receiving router receives a source quench message and determines whether originator of the source quench message is the destination computer or an intermediate router. If the receiving router determines the originator to be the destination computer, the receiving router forwards the source quench message to the source computer. If the receiving router determines the originator to be an intermediate router, the receiving computer determines if there is an alternative route from the receiving router to the destination computer. If the receiving router determines there is no alternative route from the receiving router to the destination computer, the receiving router forwards the source quench message to the source computer. If the receiving router determines there is an alternative route to the destination computer, the receiving router does not forward the source quench message to the source computer, and, going forward, routes packets to the destination computer by the alternative route. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175168 | PACKET FLOW CONTROL - Packet flow control techniques are disclosed. In one example case, a flow control method is provided that includes transmitting a plurality of packets with an inter-packet gap disposed between neighboring packets, and increasing the length of the inter-packet gap to decrease packet rate, wherein the increased length is selected based on severity of a congestion condition. In another example case, a flow control system is provided that includes circuitry for transmitting and/or receiving a plurality of packets with an inter-packet gap disposed between neighboring packets, and circuitry for increasing the length of the inter-packet gap to decrease packet rate, wherein the increased length is selected based on severity of a congestion condition. The techniques can be carried out at one node of a communication system (such as in a backplane switch) or multiple nodes (such as between a backplane switch and a circuit board operatively coupled to the backplane). | 07-09-2009 |
20090175169 | BONDING MULTIPLE RADIOS IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP MESH NETWORKS - In a mesh network composed of multiple-radio nodes, we assign each radio to one of a plurality of channels, and treat a plurality of links between a pair of nodes as one logical link (bonded link). In some embodiments, the routing protocol is adapted to view each bonded link as one link having a combination of at least some of the properties of the constituent physical links. Traffic sent along a path is dynamically load balanced between the interfaces at each intermediate node based on the current utilization of each interface. In at least some embodiments, route discovery packets record the metrics of each component link of the bonded links leaving a node, but only one route discovery packet per pair of nodes is forwarded, reducing the route discovery packet traffic compared to if each route discovery packet were forwarded over each component link between the pair of nodes. | 07-09-2009 |
20090190473 | Method and apparatus for targeted content delivery based on internet video traffic analysis - A system and related method for targeted content delivery based on Internet video traffic analysis, including one or more of the following: a packet-based communication network in communication with a terminal device, the packet-based communication network 1) collecting and comparing traffic flows between the terminal device and one or more video content sources to known protocol signatures, 2) identifying match(es), 3) identifying, monitoring and analyzing a flow sequence of video content information for the match(es), 4) identifying and extracting associated metadata, and 5) harmonizing the metadata; a behavior analyzer that formulates a behavioral profile of a user of the terminal device who requests and receives the video content information; and a targeted content delivery infrastructure that establishes behavioral profile data regarding the user and delivers targeted content to the user. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190474 | BANDWIDTH-AWARE MULTICAST LOAD BALANCING ON A MULTI-INTERFACE HOST - In one embodiment, a network device having a plurality of network interfaces maintains a database tracking multicast memberships associated with the network interfaces. The network device then uses the database for load balancing received multicast traffic over the network interfaces. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196179 | REPRESENTATION OF QUALITATIVE OBJECT CHANGES IN A KNOWLEDGE BASED FRAMEWORK FOR A MULTI-MASTER SYNCHRONIZATION ENVIRONMENT - The subject disclosure relates to synchronizing among network nodes in a multi-master synchronization environment that extend a knowledge based synchronization framework to include notions of object quality. In one embodiment, additional dimension(s) are placed on a knowledge vector for a given version of an object that represent quality information for the object, which is accounted for during the synchronization process to allow nodes to decide what types of qualities of objects should be conveyed to them as part of the synchronization process. Other embodiments include tombstoning objects to avoid future synchronization with respect to same objects maintained by other nodes in the multi-master synchronization environment. Advantageously, according to the synchronization framework, endpoints can synchronize data in a way that allows a definition and consideration of quality of one or more objects of the synchronized data for purposes of a knowledge exchange. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196180 | Dynamic Time-Spectrum Block Allocation for Cognitive Radio Networks - Dynamic time-spectrum block allocation for cognitive radio networks is described. In one implementation, without need for a central controller, peer wireless nodes collaboratively sense local utilization of a communication spectrum and collaboratively share white spaces for communication links between the nodes. Sharing local views of the spectrum utilization with each other allows the nodes to dynamically allocate non-overlapping time-frequency blocks to the communication links between the nodes for efficiently utilizing the white spaces. The blocks are sized to optimally pack the available white spaces. The nodes regularly readjust the bandwidth and other parameters of all reserved blocks in response to demand, so that packing of the blocks in available white spaces maintains a fair distribution of the overall bandwidth of the white spaces among active communication links, minimizes finishing time of all communications, reduces contention overhead among the nodes contending for the white spaces, and maintains non-overlapping blocks. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201811 | Load Balancing Manipulation of Packet Flows Within a Transport Conduit - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-readable media, mechanisms, and means for load balancing manipulation of packet flows within a transport conduit (e.g., a tunnel, pseudo wire, etc.), typically using a load balancing value which is independent of standard routing-based parameters (e.g., source address, destination address, source port, destination port, protocol type, etc.). A load balancing value is included in encapsulated packets transported across a network using a transport conduit. This load balancing value can be used to load balance the individual flows/microflows within the transport conduit. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201812 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RULES BASED WORKFLOW OF MEDIA SERVICES - A method for executing services over an enterprise service bus includes analyzing a message of a first service to a second service to determine a nature of a digital media object sent from the first service to the second service, analyzing one or more media rules to determine whether one or more intermediary services are to be performed based on the nature of the digital media object, and when it is determined that one or more intermediary services are to be performed, executing, after the first service and before the second service, the one or more intermediary services. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201813 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TCP FLOW CONTROL - A communication entity is located at one end of a high latency communication link to support Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) communications between a first transceiver entity and a second transceiver entity. The communication entity comprises proxy logic arranged to inspect a received segment and, in response to identifying that the received segment does not contain data, the proxy logic transparently allows a plurality of synchronising segments to pass between the first transceiver entity and the second transceiver entity through the proxy logic such that the proxy logic generates locally at least one acknowledgement message based on the synchronising segments and the inspected received segment. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201814 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A communication control apparatus has a setting unit for setting a receiving filter for discarding a broadcast frame received continuously not less than a predetermined threshold during a predetermined N number of time slots. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201815 | FLOW CONTROL METHOD - Methods and apparatus for providing a flow control mechanism in a wireless network are described. In order to force a transmitting station to implement a rate adaptation mechanism, in which speed is traded off for reliability, a receiver within a receiving station behaves as if the radio conditions were degraded. This may be implemented when defined criteria are met, such as when the available buffer space falls below a threshold, and for some or all types of frames. In an embodiment, when the criteria are met, the receiver does not acknowledge frames received at one or more higher data rates. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201816 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR USE IN THE SAME - A communication device includes a full-duplex communication portion that communicates bidirectionally with an opposing device, a receive buffer that retains data received from the opposing device at the full-duplex communication portion, and a pause portion that carries out flow control in full-duplex communication. The pause portion carries out the flow control according to a pause level determined based on the degree of accumulation at the receive buffer and a processing load at the communication device itself. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207734 | ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION FOR TELEMETERED DATA | 08-20-2009 |
20090213733 | ROLE DETERMINATION FOR NETWORK DEVICES - Techniques for selecting authentication roles when establishing a link between devices in a secure network are provided. By assigning role levels to devices, devices may be more likely to assume a preferred role when establishing a link. For example, during a negotiation process, each device may establish a timer value based on their role level. Each device may initiate a timer with the timer value and, the device whose timer value expires first may assume a role as authenticator. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213734 | PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A packet transmission device including plural queues for storing packets to be transmitted is provided. The device includes a token storage section for storing queue information for identifying a queue and an accumulated token value in which token values assigned to the queue are accumulated so as to obtain correspondence therebetween and a capture section for identifying one or both of an unused queue and a queue in which the accumulated token value exceeds a given upper limit value and capturing the queue information thereof. The device includes a selection section for selecting the queue information of the unidentified queue on the basis of the queue information captured using the capture section and an addition section for adding the accumulated token value of the token storage section on the basis of the queue information selected using the selection section. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219814 | Methods and Apparatus for Prioritizing Message Flows in a State Machine Execution Environment - A method and apparatus are provided for prioritizing message flows in a state machine execution environment. A state machine is disclosed that employs a flow graph that provides a flow control mechanism The flow control mechanism defines a plurality of states and one or more transitions between the plurality of states, wherein one or more tokens circulate within the flow graph and execute functions during the one or more transitions between the states The disclosed state machine parses one of the tokens to extract one or more predefined information elements; and assigns a priority to the token based on the extracted information elements and a state occupancy of the token, wherein the assigned priority controls an order in which the token is processed. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219815 | Self-Adapting Mechanism for Managing Data Streams in a Multiple Access Shared Network - A method and a system for managing the transmission of data streams by a terminal of a multiple-access shared communications network, said data streams being structured as data frames and comprising at least one priority data stream and at least one non-priority data stream. The method comprises the steps of determining a congestion state of said multiple-access shared network, and managing the transmission by said station of said priority and non-priority data streams as a function of said congestion state. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219816 | ACCESS CHANNEL LOAD MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for managing the load of an access channel in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, the load of the access channel may be controlled by having each terminal regulates its use of the access channel (e.g., its rate of system access) based on a rate control algorithm (e.g., token bucket). The rate control algorithm may maintain information on past activities of a terminal and may regulate the use of the access channel by the terminal based on its past activities in order to control the access channel load and achieve fairness. The system may determine at least one parameter value for the rate control algorithm based on load conditions and may broadcast the at least one parameter value to terminals. Each terminal may regulate its use of the access channel based on the at least one parameter value received from the system. | 09-03-2009 |
20090231999 | QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A HOME NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method for establishing Quality of Service (QoS) in a home network is provided. The method comprises: receiving a request for bandwidth in a virtual private network (VPN); receiving a traffic specification of an application on a control point retrieving a traffic policy; retrieving path characteristics of the VPN; and reserving resources in the VPN based on the path characteristics, the traffic policy, and the traffic specification. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232000 | NETWORK CONTROLLER AND CONTROL METHOD WITH FLOW ANALYSIS AND CONTROL FUNCTION (As Amended) - A network controller, capable of high-speed extraction of malicious traffic from networks and determining characteristics of such traffic, includes a unit for accumulating a number of packets for each arbitrary itemset included in the header portions of packets to be transferred, and a unit for determining whether the accumulated value obtained by the accumulating unit exceeds a predetermined threshold, and determines the types of packets to be transferred from accumulated values of the itemset and an itemset different from the itemset when the number of packets exceed a threshold. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238069 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PROGRAM STREAM FLOW - A device for controlling program stream flow is described. The device is capable of saving power during computation. The device may include a de-multiplex unit and a direct memory access controller. The de-multiplex unit, for de-multiplexing a plurality of data, may include a request module for generating a request signal. The direct memory access controller is for receiving the request signal. The direct memory access controller obtains a plurality of data from a bus and sends the plurality of data to the de-multiplex unit according to the request signal. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238070 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO ADJUST CN CONTROL LOOP PARAMETERS AT A CONGESTION POINT - A method and system to adjust Congestion Notification control loop parameters at a congestion point are provided. The system comprises a monitor to sample a state of a congestion point the congestion point being to receive messages from a reaction point; a history generator to generate an updated reaction to congestion history by consolidating the state of the congestion point with a current reaction to congestion history, the current reaction to congestion history being associated with a current feedback message; a message generator to generate an updated feedback message based on the updated reaction to congestion history; a message update module to replace the current feedback message with the updated feedback message; and a communications module to communicate the updated feedback message to the reaction point. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238071 | System, method and apparatus for prioritizing network traffic using deep packet inspection (DPI) and centralized network controller - A method, system, and apparatus for prioritizing network traffic according to one embodiment includes receiving a packet addressed to a receiver device from a sender device, and identifying the packet in a network layer to determine an application and/or protocol associated with the packet. The method further includes generating traffic priority information associated with the packet based upon the identifying. The traffic priority information indicates traffic prioritization between the sender device and the receiver device. The method further includes sending the traffic priority information to a network controller. In various embodiments, the packet is identified in the network layer using deep packet inspection. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238072 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOAD BALANCING USING QUEUED PACKET INFORMATION - A computer readable medium including instructions executable by a processor to perform a method, the method including obtaining a packet by a load balancer, obtaining queued packet information for a plurality of target hosts operatively connected to the load balancer, selecting the one of the plurality of target hosts using the queued packet information, and sending the packet to the selected target host using a first communication channel between the load balancer and the selected target host. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238073 | Communication control apparatus, communication control method, and Communication control program - Disclosed herein is a communication control apparatus including: a bandwidth measuring section configured to measure a physical bandwidth of data communication via a communication channel; and a rate control section configured to set a threshold that does not exceed the physical bandwidth measured by the bandwidth measuring section, cause a rate of the data communication to increase exponentially up to the threshold, and cause the rate to decrease when the rate has reached or exceeded the threshold but not reached the physical bandwidth. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245109 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DETECTING FLOW-LEVEL NETWORK TRAFFIC ANOMALIES VIA ABSTRACTION LEVELS - Methods, systems and computer program products for detecting flow-level network traffic anomalies via abstraction levels. An exemplary embodiment includes a method for detecting flow-level network traffic anomalies in a computer network, the method including obtaining current distributions of flow level traffic features within the computer network, computing distances of the current distributions' components from a distributions model, comparing the distances of the current distributions to distance baselines from the distributions model, determining if the distances are above a pre-determined thresholds and in response to one or more of the distances being above the pre-determined thresholds in one or more distributions, identifying the current condition to be abnormal and providing indications to its nature. | 10-01-2009 |
20090252037 | QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR iSCSI - A system adapted to provide quality of service (QoS) for an iSCSI environment including one or more initiators and one or more targets. Each initiator includes an iSCSI initiator and a TCP layer. The iSCSI initiator includes a QoS shaper for shaping one or more iSCSI PDUs according to QoS policies. The TCP layer includes a QoS marker for marking the PDUs according to the QoS policies. The target includes a first and second QoS component. The first QoS component is in an iSCSI target and handles I/O resources. The first QoS component shapes read commands and write commands according to QoS policies. The second QoS component is in a TCP layer and handles network resources. iSCSI PDUs are shaped and marked according to QoS policies of iSCSI. The QoS policies used by the initiators and targets include policies for network resources and policies for I/O resources. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252038 | FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET - The present invention provides methods and devices for implementing a Low Latency Ethernet (“LLE”) solution, also referred to herein as a Data Center Ethernet (“DCE”) solution, which simplifies the connectivity of data centers and provides a high bandwidth, low latency network for carrying Ethernet and storage traffic. Some aspects of the invention involve transforming FC frames into a format suitable for transport on an Ethernet. Some preferred implementations of the invention implement multiple virtual lanes (“VLs”) in a single physical connection of a data center or similar network. Some VLs are “drop” VLs, with Ethernet-like behavior, and others are “no-drop” lanes with FC-like behavior. Some preferred implementations of the invention provide guaranteed bandwidth based on credits and VL. Active buffer management allows for both high reliability and low latency while using small frame buffers. Preferably, the rules for active buffer management are different for drop and no drop VLs. | 10-08-2009 |
20090257350 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING NETWORK PERFORMANCE INFORMATION TO DETERMINE IMPROVED MEASURES OF PATH STATES - A method of determining the state of a path in a network includes measuring at a node of the network a rate of throughput over an interval for at least a portion of the path and determining at the node of the network a derivation associated with a characteristic of the frames communicated over at least the portion of the path. The method also includes determining a state of congestion of the path in response to the measured rate of throughput and the determined associated derivation. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262645 | METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR SHAPING TRANSMISSION SPEED OF DATA TRAFFIC FLOW - A method and apparatus for monitoring and limiting the transmission speed of a data traffic flow in a situation where the traffic flow also includes delay-critical traffic. With the sending of each protocol data unit it is determined whether the sending of the next protocol data unit should be delayed in order to meet a condition set on the transmission speed. It is also determined whether the transfer speed of delay-critical traffic meets a preset condition. If the transfer speed meets the condition, delay-critical protocol data units will not be delayed but if the condition is not met, delay-critical protocol data units will be delayed just like non-delay-critical protocol data units. Thus the transfer speed of non-delay-critical traffic adapts to variations in the transfer speed of delay-critical traffic and, furthermore, the transmission speed of the traffic flow can be monitored and limited. | 10-22-2009 |
20090268613 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING A DATA UNIT - A given data unit of a first protocol layer for transmission in a data unit based communication system is passed to a second protocol layer. A numeric value of a numerically quantifiable parameter associated with said given data unit of said first protocol layer is determined and the given data unit is embedded into one or more data units of the second protocol layer and transmission control for the one or more data units of the second protocol layer is performed in accordance with said numeric value of said numerically quantifiable parameter. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274045 | QOS PROVISIONING IN A NETWORK HAVING DYNAMIC LINK STATES - A network node for a network having dynamic link states includes a processing unit and computer-readable memory for causing the processing unit to monitor a link state of the network; perform QoS provisioning and make appropriate updates to the QoS provisioning based on changes in the link state and QoS provisioning demands of QoS-aware applications; and provide notification to the QoS-aware applications to allow those applications to dynamically adapt to the link state changes. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274046 | TRANSPARENT OPTIMIZATION FOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL FLOW CONTROL - A system and method that optimizes transmission control protocol (TCP) flow control without intruding upon TCP's core algorithms. A control module relatively near a sender's local area network (LAN) automatically identifies a packet flow that has become window-limited. After the packet flow has been identified as window-limited, the control module relatively near the sender's LAN and another control module relatively near a receiver's LAN optimize the packet flow by increasing the window size indicated in the receiver's acknowledgment packet. Both control modules operate synchronously to transparently manage the packet flow between the sender and the receiver. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279431 | Load Balancing Pseudowire Encapsulated IPTV Channels Over Aggregated Links - A method for load balancing IPTV channels is described. In one embodiment of the invention, a first Provider Edge (PE) network element of a label switched network, coupled with a second PE network element over multiple member links of an aggregate link, receives IPTV packets. For each IPTV packet received, the first PE network determines layer 3 information of the IPTV packet, and generates one or more channel load balancing keys based on the layer 3 information. The PE network element generates a hash value from the channel load balancing keys and determines which one of multiple member links to transmit the IPTV packet on based on the hash value, and transmits the IPTV packet to the second PE network element on the determined member link. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279432 | Intercept flow distribution and intercept load balancer - A system and method for intercepting and load-balancing information including one or more mediation devices configured to receive intercept instructions for intercepting information for a predetermined period of time, an intercept access device configured to receive the intercept instructions from the one or more mediation devices, wherein the intercept access device may identify and intercept information based on the intercept instructions and may encapsulate the intercepted information, and an intercept load balancer configured to receive the intercepted information and transmit the intercepted information to the one or more mediation devices for distribution to one or more law enforcement device. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279433 | MONITORING NETWORKS - Methods and systems for determining a correction factor for use in monitoring network traffic, said network traffic comprising a plurality of flows of data units, each flow having associated therewith a flow identifier, said data units having associated therewith a path characterisation metric; the method comprising the steps of: selecting a subset of flow identifiers from the overall set of flow identifiers; determining, in respect of flows having associated therewith flow identifiers from said selected subset of flow identifiers, which flows if any are persistently irregular flows; determining a first measure of the total of the accumulated path characterisation metrics associated with data units of said selected subset of flows; determining a second measure indicative of the proportion of said total measure contributed by said persistently irregular flows; and determining a correction factor in dependence on the first and second measures. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279434 | Packet-Switched Access Networks - In a packet-switched access network using a tunnelling-type micro-mobility protocol whereby packets are caused to flow through at least one mobility agent located in said access network, a method of reducing congestion at and/or in routers near said mobility agent, which method comprises the steps of causing packet traffic of a first class to use said tunnelling-type micro mobility protocol and packet traffic of a second class to use another mobility protocol, whereby packet traffic of said second class is routed across said access network away from said mobility agent. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279435 | METHOD FOR REALIZING BACKPRESSURE OF MASSES OF PORTS AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method for realizing backpressure of masses of ports and a device realizing the method are disclosed. The method for realizing backpressure of masses of ports includes: detecting whether user data transmitted to a channelized physical port reaches a backpressure threshold, generating an idle frame or a series of idle frames when the backpressure threshold is reached; combining the idle frame with the user data which needs to be transmitted to the channelized physical port reaching the backpressure threshold, and transmitting the combined data; discarding the idle frame before the combined data enters the channelized physical port. The idle frame is employed in the present invention to realize the backpressure. The idle frame occupies some of the transmission bandwidth and reduces the bandwidth of user data, while the idle frame does not enter the physical port. Therefore, the aim of backpressure is achieved. The bandwidth of idle frame can be pre-configured according to the requirements. After the idle frame is generated, its bandwidth can be increased or decreased smoothly based on the existence of the backpressure. The control is very easy and convenient. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285094 | Apparatus and method for estimating the fill factor of client input buffers of a real time content distribution - The invention concerns a solution for detecting conditions of dearth and overflow of a client input buffer to a real time content distribution. Said detection is performed upstream of clients through a dynamic estimation of the fill factor of the input buffers of said clients. Thus, it is possible to predict the occurrence of dearth or overflow situations and to take actions such as inserting stored video sequences or storing queueing packets. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285095 | TOKEN BUCKET WITH VARIABLE TOKEN VALUE - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a method may include receiving a token count units instruction, periodically increasing or decreasing a token count based at least in part on a refresh rate, and in response to receiving a packet, decreasing or increasing the token count based at least in part on a size of the packet and the instruction. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285096 | HARDWARE ACCELERATED PROTOCOL STACK FOR MEDIAFLO - Protocol stack layer processing for a MediaFLO™ mobile multimedia multicast system comprising a transmitter comprising a host processor and a host memory component. The processing includes a receiver that receives a wireless data stream comprising a MediaFLO™ mobile multimedia multicast system superframe comprising any of audio, video, and text media frames arranged in multiplexed Multicast Logical Channels (MLCs) and received from the transmitter, wherein each MLC is divided into 16 byte data packets, and wherein each MLC carries up to three logical sub-channels comprising stream | 11-19-2009 |
20090285097 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING INTERWORKING - An approach is provided for interworking traffic onto a composite transport group (CTG). An attribute associated with a composite transport group is determined based on a characteristic of a traffic flow associated with a label-switched network. The traffic flow is mapped to one or more component connections of the composite transport group based on the attribute. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285098 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOAD BALANCING STORAGE SYSTEM REQUESTS IN A MULTI-PATH ENVIRONMENT BASED ON TRANSFER SPEED OF THE MULTIPLE PATHS - Methods and systems for distributing I/O requests from a computer system to a storage system over multiple paths having non-homogeneous transfer speeds. A large I/O request is partitioned into a plurality of smaller I/O operations between a computer system and a storage system. The I/O operations are distributed over a plurality of communication paths coupling the computer system and the storage system. The distribution attempts to balance the load over the multiple paths based on the transfer speed of each path. In one embodiment, operations are distributed only to the highest speed paths presently operable. In another embodiment, an estimated completion time for an operation is determined for each path and a path with the lowest estimated completion time is selected to transfer the next operation. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290491 | End-Host Based Network Management System - An end-host based network management system and methods are described. The methods are performed independently at each end-host within the network based on data on local flows which is shared between end-hosts. In an embodiment, an end-host shares data on constrained local flows with other end-hosts and receives such data from other end-hosts. Based on this data, the end-host determines which flows from other nodes are competing for a shared resource with a constrained local flow and allocates the capacity of the shared resource between all the competing flows. This allocation is then enforced for the local flow by the end-host. Other end-hosts with competing flows perform similar methods and through an iterative process the contention for the shared resource is resolved and the utilization of the shared resource is optimized. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290492 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INDEX NETWORK TRAFFIC META-DATA - A method, system, and apparatus for indexing network traffic meta-data is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes identifying a packet having a header and a payload in a flow of a data through a network, classifying the header of the packet in a type of the header, determining an algorithm to extract a meta-data (e.g., which may be stored in a database of the storage device, and the storage device may be limited in a storage capacity) having information relevant to network traffic visibility based on the type of the header, extracting the meta-data from the header, and streaming the meta-data to a storage device. The method may include applying a last recently used algorithm to discard information from the storage device when storage device is limited in the storage capacity. The method may also include determining that the type of the header is an Ethernet header. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296579 | EFFICIENT CONVERGENCE OF GROUPED VPN PREFIXES - In one embodiment, one or more virtual private network (VPN) prefixes may be grouped at a network node into sets having shared network border node next-hop options, where each border node has a defined index value associated therewith. Also, a list of VPN labels associated with each VPN prefix may be maintained by the network node, where each VPN label is associated with a border node of a particular set by a corresponding index value. Further, the network node may determine a particular border node for traffic to be forwarded, along with the defined index value. The network node may then apply the index value to select an associated VPN label, and may affix the selected VPN label to the traffic for forwarding. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296580 | Cooperative Flow Locks Distributed Among Multiple Components - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-storage media, mechanisms, and means associated with cooperative flow locks distributed among multiple components, such as on different application-specific integrated circuits in a packet switching device. Flow locks are typically used for maintaining the order of packets and operations performed thereon by the coordination of a context (e.g., the processing of a packet by a packet processor) with a corresponding flow lock interface, and by the manner of communication performed among the flow lock interface and the distributed flow locks. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296581 | INTEGRATED FLOW CONTROL - Described herein is a flow control scheme suitably adaptable to Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP). In an example embodiment, the guaranteed and maximum allowable bandwidths are employed to determine the size of the congestion window. For example, the flow congestion window size starts proportional to the guaranteed bandwidth and increases until reaching the maximum allowable bandwidth. In particular embodiments, a fixed value is used for determining how fast the congestion window increases. For example the congestion window may increase exponentially while the current size of the congestion window is at or below a fixed value, and increase linearly when the current size of the congestion window is above the fixed value. In an example embodiment, the fixed value does not change even if a collision is detected and the current amount of unacknowledged data allowed is reset to an initial value. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303878 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MINIMIZING CALL SETUP LATENCY IN A GROUP COMMUNICATION AMONG WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system and method for minimizing call setup latency in a group communication among wireless communication devices by ensuring the requisite amount of communication bandwidth for group member devices that utilize separate communication systems to control communication channels established with each of the wireless communication devices. A group communication server that sets up group communications for wireless communication device members of a communication group communicates with a resource manager resident on a communication system to reserve a predetermined amount of resources, such as bandwidth, for wireless communication devices utilizing that communication system that are members of a communication group. The resource manager communicates the availability to the group communication server of the wireless communication devices utilizing that communication system for group communications only if the predetermined resources are available for a group communication to the wireless communication device. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303879 | Algorithms and Estimators for Summarization of Unaggregated Data Streams - The invention relates to streaming algorithms useful for obtaining summaries over unaggregated packet streams and for providing unbiased estimators for characteristics, such as, the amount of traffic that belongs to a specified subpopulation of flows. Packets are sampled from a packet stream and aggregated into flows and counted by implementation of: (a) Adaptive Sampled NetFlow ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303880 | DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT AND TRAFFIC ENGINEERING - A system for commoditizing data center networking is disclosed. The system includes an interconnection topology for a data center having a plurality of servers and a plurality of nodes of a network in the data center through which data packets may be routed. The system uses a routing scheme where the routing is oblivious to the traffic pattern between nodes in the network, and wherein the interconnection topology contains a plurality of paths between one or more servers. The multipath routing may be Valiant load balancing. It disaggregates the function of load balancing into a group of regular servers, with the result that load balancing server hardware can be distributed amongst racks in the data center leading to greater agility and less fragmentation. The architecture creates a huge, flexible switching domain, supporting any server/any service, full mesh agility, and unregimented server capacity at low cost. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303881 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK CONTROLLED MOBILE IP FLOW MOVEMENT - Methods and apparatus for network controlled mobile IP flow movement. An infrastructure node, such as a home agent, signals a mapping between care-of-addresses (CoAs) and flows to be transmitted from a mobile device in uplink communications. The CoA associated with each flow is determined from network, device, and/or flow information. A mobile node or mobile gateway receives the mapping and updates its local policy information. When a selected flow is to be transmitted in an uplink transmission, the local policy information is used to determine the CoA associated with the selected flow. The CoA is then used to determine an access network (or access path) on which the uplink transmission of the selected flow is to occur. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310486 | NETWORK DATA TRANSPORT MULTIPLEXER BUS WITH GLOBAL AND LOCAL OPTIMIZATION OF CAPACITY ALLOCATION - Systems and methods enable maximizing network data throughput via optimizing network capacity allocation. The network throughput maximization system comprises a network transporting data from source nodes to a destination node of the network, buffers for buffering data bytes to be sent from the source nodes to the destination node, and distributed algorithms performed by the destination and source node that cyclically optimize allocation of the network capacity among the source nodes according to the amounts of data bytes written in the buffers at the source nodes. The network data transport capacity allocation optimization method comprises steps of buffering at network source nodes data bytes to be transported to a network destination node, and cyclically optimizing by the destination and source nodes the data transport capacity allocation among the source nodes based on the relative volumes of bytes written in the source node buffers associated with the destination node. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310487 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LOAD DEPENDENT RATE POLICING - A system, method and node for rate policing of bearers in a network. The method includes the steps of associating individual bearers from a first plurality of bearers with a first bit rate limit and a maximum bit rate, MBR, setting a load level for the first plurality of bearers in the communication network, determining an actual load in the communication network, wherein the actual load depends on the first plurality of bearers, and determining if the actual load is below the set load level. If the actual load is below the set load level the individual bearers from said first plurality of bearers are policed based on the associated MBR for the individual bearers. Else policing of the individual bearers is based on the first limit for the bit rate associated with the individual bearers. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310488 | HIERARCHICAL MESH NETWORK FOR WIRELESS ACCESS - A wireless mesh network is configured as a multiple-level hierarchical network, with each level of the hierarchy having a plurality of nodes. Several clusters of nodes each acting as access points may be organized in numerous first-level meshes, with each of the first-level meshes being coupled to a second-level mesh having nodes that act as gateways to the first-level meshes. The number of nodes in each of the first-level and second-level meshes may be limited to a predetermined number of nodes during configuration in order to improve the performance of the mesh network. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316580 | Methods and Systems for Managing Variable Delays in Packet Transmission - An improved method and system for the determination of jitter buffers enables the generation of buffers having sizes and delays such that, as designed, the buffers capture a substantial majority of packets while not being resource intensive. The present methods and systems provide for improved jitter buffer management by deriving playout buffer adjustments from a plurality of variances, centered around a distribution peak, or mean average delay. The playout buffer monitor uses the buffer adjustments, in size and delay, to select, store and playout packets at their adjusted playout time. The present invention may be employed in a media gateway that enables data communications among heterogenous networks and may be specifically deployed to manage jitter experienced in the course of receiving packetized data and processing the data for further transmission through a packet-based or circuit-switched network. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323526 | PROVIDING BACKPRESSURE FLOW CONTROL TO SPECIFIC TRAFFIC FLOWS - A method and apparatus for providing backpressure flow control to traffic flows of a data communications system are provided. Embodiments of the invention selectively apply a measure of flow control to traffic flows responsive to a level of congestion at a packet processor of the system. These embodiments advantageously provide flexibility in the application of flow control to specific traffic flows in accordance with one or more of characteristics of those traffic flows. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323527 | Reducing Retransmission of Out of Order Packets - Methods and arrangements of network communications are discussed. Embodiments include transformations, code, state machines or other logic to determine an average rate of duplicate packets per connection for packets received by a node over an interface. The embodiment may involve selecting a connection from the connections established over the interface, determining that a rate of duplicate packets for the selected connection exceeds the average rate of duplicate packets by a threshold percentage, and sending a message to a transmitter of the duplicate packets over the connection to increase a timeout interval to retransmit packets. Another embodiment may provide an apparatus for increasing a timeout interval to retransmit packets. Still another embodiment may provide a computer program produce for increasing a timeout interval to retransmit packets. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323528 | Method and Apparatus to Inspect Wireless Traffic and Mitigate Packet Elimination for Wireless Saturation Avoidance - A method for controlling packet flow in a packet transmission network. The method includes determining a parameter representative of packet congestion on the network, and adjusting a flow of packets onto the network in accordance with such parameter. The adjusting is a function of the time history of the parameter and the time average of such parameter relative to predetermined threshold levels. The adjusting selects one of a plurality of states, transitions between the states being a function of the time history of the parameter and the time average of such parameter relative to predetermined threshold levels. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323529 | Apparatus with network traffic scheduler and method - An apparatus for servicing connections in a telecommunications network comprises N ports in communication with the connections through the network. Each port supporting a plurality of virtual links, and each virtual link supporting a plurality of rate groups. The apparatus comprises a processor for providing service to the connections. The apparatus comprises an associative array that stores timestamps of the virtual links and the rate groups. The apparatus comprises a scheduler which chooses which virtual link and rate group is to receive service from the processor as a function of a timestamp. An apparatus for servicing connections in a telecommunications network. The apparatus comprises N ports in communication with the connections through the network. Each port supporting a plurality of virtual links, and each virtual link supporting a plurality of rate groups. The apparatus comprises a processor for providing service to the connections. The apparatus comprises a memory that stores timestamps of the virtual links and the rate groups. The apparatus comprises a scheduler which chooses which virtual link and rate group is to receive service from the processor as a function of a timestamp by searching the timestamps while the timestamps are stored in the memory. A method for servicing connections in a telecommunications network. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323530 | Dynamic load balancing - A method, program, system and apparatus perform dynamic load balancing of coverage areas in a wireless communication network. The dynamic load balancing is performed by evaluating cell congestion based on location information of subscribers in the wireless communication network, collecting network parameters related to the wireless communication network and altering network parameters based on the evaluated cell congestion. After the network parameter is altered, the coverage areas are narrowed. Improvements in cell congestion and quality of server are then determined based on the narrowing of the coverage areas. Altering of the plurality of network parameters and evaluating of the cell congestion are performed continuously until a target quality of service is achieved. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323531 | WIRELESS LOAD BALANCING - A technique for wireless load balancing involves providing a wireless infrastructure that creates a target band option and helps push clients toward that band. An example of a method according to the technique involves, by way of example but not limitation, responding only to probe requests on a first band when a client is detected on the first band and a second band. For example, using the techniques described herein, a platform that is both 802.11a and 802.11b/g compliant may attempt to connect preferentially to the 802.11b/g band of a wireless network, and be migrated toward the 802.11a band instead. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323532 | NETWORK SYSTEM WITH QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT AND ASSOCIATED MANAGEMENT METHOD - A network system with QoS management and an associated management method are provided. The network system comprises a switch network, a target device, and at least a source device for issuing a packet to the target device via the switch network. The switch network comprises a flow control unit, a switch unit and a scheduling unit. The flow control unit determines whether to output a high priority packet according to a target priority level and a high priority bandwidth quota of the source device, and directly outputs a low priority packet. The switch unit determines a packet forwarding sequence according to a packet arbitration policy. The scheduling unit determines the sequence for packets to enter the target device. The scheduling unit updates the target priority level as the priority level of a packet entering the target device, and informs the flow control unit of the updated target priority level. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002583 | Systems And Methods For Modeling A Mobile Ad Hoc Wireless Network - Systems and methods for modeling a mobile ad hoc wireless network are disclosed herein. In some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter, methods for modeling a mobile ad hoc wireless network for a predetermined geographical area. An exemplary method includes dividing the geographic area into a network grid including a plurality of network grid elements, locating obstacles, if any, to communication between transmission nodes located in at least two different grid elements from the plurality of network grid elements, locating bottlenecks within the plurality of network grid elements, locating network grid elements from the plurality of network grid elements where wireless transmission is unconstricted, determining a transmission flow rate across the bottlenecks, and comparing the transmission flow rate across the bottlenecks to determine if any of the bottlenecks are not real bottlenecks. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002584 | MANAGING TRAFFIC IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM HAVING DISSIMILAR CDMA CHANNELS - In a code division multiple access (CDMA) communications system including one or more terminals (such as customer premise equipments, CPEs) that communicate with a node (such as an Internet gateway) via at least a random access channel and a reservation-oriented channel, various schemes of managing communications traffic among the channels are provided. Decisions as to the channel on which a given terminal may transmit may be based on: traffic statistics (such as packet size or average data rate over a time period), traffic content (such as packet type), the terminal's output buffer loading (queue state, or “Q-state”), a history of the terminal's output buffer loading (one or more Q-states), and so forth. In one application, decisions in managing traffic in a live user's web browsing sessions may involve intelligent ascertainment of whether a given terminal is busy based on traffic analysis or output buffer loading. | 01-07-2010 |
20100008226 | METHOD OF ADJUSTING PCS THRESHOLD AND TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR HIGH DENSITY WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided are a method of adjusting a PCS threshold in a wireless network, and a terminal apparatus for the wireless network. The method and the apparatus determines whether to adjust the PCS threshold to use a shared channel for transmitting data in a wireless network based on a congestion status of the shared channel, and adjusts the PCS threshold based on a packet loss measured for a predetermined period of time. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014423 | Transmission in a Shared Medium Having Different Access Modes - A method of controlling access in a telecommunication network in which a communication medium, such as a set of frequencies, time slots, or codes, is shared among a plurality of mobile units. Transmissions from the mobile units utilize different access modes, such as a direct access mode and a scheduled access mode. Additionally, the transmissions are divided into different communication types, each having an associated priority. A mode access control unit determines for each priority, which access mode to utilize for the associated communication type. Mobile units having data to transmit access the shared communication medium utilizing the access mode determined for the priority of the communication type to which the data belongs. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014424 | DISCOVERING NETWORK TOPOLOGY FROM ROUTING INFORMATION - A method for inferring network link topology includes receiving an address of a seed node in a network, initializing a set of links and monitors of the network, refining, iteratively beginning at the seed node, the set of links and monitors of the network, wherein a local topology of links is inferred from routing information of a current node and a remote topology of links is inferred from routing information of the set of monitors, wherein the set of monitors is created from the local topology of links, and outputting the topology of links including the local and remote topology of links as a topology of the network. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014425 | METHOD FOR BALANCING OF MODEM LOAD - A method for achieving load balance of a modem ( | 01-21-2010 |
20100014426 | METHOD TO BALANCE TRAFFIC LOAD BETWEEN NEARBY LTE/WiMAX CELLS GROUPED INTO INNER AND BORDER CONSTELLATIONS - The embodiments disclose a method for balancing traffic load between nearby cells of a mobile radio communication network, e.g. WiMAX Forum stage 2, 3 specifications or 3GPP UMTS Long Term Evolution (LTE), where cells are configured as peer network nodes interconnected by a transport network, e.g. an IP backbone preferably with multicast capability. In a preliminary off line step a) nearby cells are grouped into inner and border constellations. The first ones include group of nearby cells, not necessarily hosted by the same base station site, and belonging to a well defined geographic area, which are characterized by a common target utilization and by a common guard threshold for traffic load measured value. The second ones include the set of cells which are at the border between two inner constellations; target utilization and guard threshold are not defined, instead and cells actually belong to more than one inner constellation and have visibility over their target utilization and guard threshold parameters. Successively, in each constellation are executed the following on line steps: b) among all cells are exchanged their actual and residual traffic load status; c) all cells calculate the average actual traffic load into the constellation and compare it to their actual traffic load; d) cells with actual traffic load over the average book unreserved adjacent cells with the lowest actual traffic load and the highest residual traffic load as targets for traffic offloading; e) each booking cell command a fraction of its mobile terminals to execute handovers towards respective target cells accepting to be reserved; f) the reserved cells are released. Border constellation cells are enabled to trigger traffic offloading only when the average actual traffic load of the neighbor constellation is lower than its target utilization parameter. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020687 | Proactive Surge Protection - A system for protecting a network from a traffic surge includes a data collection module, an allocation module, and a traffic flow module. The data collection module is configured to obtain network utilization information for a plurality of traffic flows. The allocation module is configured to determine an optimal bandwidth allocation for each of the plurality of traffic flows. The traffic flow module is configured to preferentially drop network packets for a traffic flow exceeding the optimal bandwidth allocation. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020688 | Systems and Methods for Proactive Surge Protection - A system for protecting a network from a traffic surge includes a data collection module, an allocation module, and a traffic flow module. The data collection module is configured to obtain network utilization information for a plurality of traffic flows. The allocation module is configured to determine a bandwidth allocation to minimize a drop probability for the plurality of traffic flows. The traffic flow module is configured to preferentially drop network packets for a traffic flow exceeding the optimal bandwidth allocation. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020689 | IMMEDIATE READY IMPLEMENTATION OF VIRTUALLY CONGESTION FREE GUARANTEED SERVICE CAPABLE NETWORK : NEXTGENTCP/FTP/UDP INTERMEDIATE BUFFER CYCLICAL SACK RE-USE - Various increment deployable TCP Friendly techniques of direct simple source code modifications to TCP/FTP/UDP based protocol stacks & other susceptible protocols, or other related network's switches/routers configurations, are presented for immediate ready implementations over proprietary LAN/WAN/external Internet of virtually congestion free guaranteed service capable network, without requiring use of existing QoS/MPLS techniques nor requiring any of the switches/routers softwares within the network to be modified or contribute to achieving the end-to-end performance results nor requiring provision of unlimited bandwidths at each and every inter-node links within the network. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020690 | Communication System, Optical Line Terminal, and Congestion Control Method - Congestion caused by a large number of IGMP requests sent from set top boxes at channel switching is prevented in an optical line terminal (OLT). An IGMP processing section in the OLT has a delayed data generation threshold and a delayed data transmission threshold. When the number of ONTS participating in a multicast group is increased, the OLT generates a delayed multicast group for video data. The delayed multicast group having a few second delay accommodates a new user. With this, the end time of a highly popular program and a commercial start time are shifted among users to prevent, in the OLT, congestion caused by IGMP requests sent for channel switching at an identical time point. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020691 | Actuator for implementing rate-based packet sending over packet switching networks - An actuator is disclosed which is required to implement, without errors, a generic rate-based packet sending algorithm over a packet switching network such as the Internet. Typical applications are audio/video streaming over UDP or TCP, audio/video conference over IP, Voice over IP, real-time data delivery, IP Television, Digital Video Broadcast over IP, client-server or peer-to-peer content distribution, Content Delivery Networks, Hybrid peer-to-peer/CDNs. Rate-based packet sending is of key importance for providing Quality of Service/Experience (QoS/QoE) over the Internet because it provides reduced queuing delays and jitters, and reduced buffer sizes both at application and network layers. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020692 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK DESIGN - A communication network design circuit can derive a path and a necessary link capacity for multiple point communication service permitting arbitrary communication within a predetermined range of communication amount by providing traffic amount of data in-flowing through an ingress node and traffic amount of data flowing out through an egress node. The communication network designing circuit has setting means for setting a mathematical programming problem for deriving the multiple point communication service and optimizing means for solving the mathematical programming problem set by the setting means and obtaining the path for the multiple point communication service. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020693 | CUMULATIVE TCP CONGESTION CONTROL - A system and method for establishing a plurality of Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connections between a transmitting host and a receiving host and for sending data from the transmitting host to the receiving host. Congestion control is performed for the plurality of TCP connections using one congestion window on the transmitting host, wherein the congestion control for the plurality of TCP connections is performed by transmitting a selected number of TCP segments at a transmit time. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020694 | System and method for providing dynamic bandwidth on demand - A system and method to adjust dynamically network speed or bandwidth allocation. A network connection is established at some initial speed. The bandwidth usage through the connection is monitored, and when the connection speed becomes congested with data, the connection is dropped and a higher-speed connection is established. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027418 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IN-BOUND PATH SELECTION BASED ON HISTORICAL AND CONTINUOUS PATH QUALITY MONITORING, ASSESSMENT AND PREDICTIONS - A system and method of automatically controlling in-bound traffic from a first communications peer to a second communications peer based on an input from a historical path quality assessment and prediction system is disclosed. The second communications peer receives an input from the historical path quality assessment and prediction system, selects a path through a relay based on the received input, requests allocation of the relay, and sends an address of the selected relay to the first communications peer. The system and method works in concert with an Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism, or takes advantage of the features of the Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027419 | INVERSE MULTIPLEXING HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS LINKS FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE VEHICULAR CONNECTIVITY - Systems and methods are provided that enable high-performance Internet access on board moving vehicles. In an illustrative implementation, an exemplary wireless data communications environment comprises a PluriBus module, an instruction set comprising at least one instruction set to process data for wireless communication between a cooperating component onboard a moving vehicle and other cooperating wireless components, and one or more multiple wide-area wireless communications links. In an illustrative operation, the PluriBus module can perform one more wireless communications techniques comprising opportunistic erasure coding such that coded packets can be sent in the event that there are openings in the one or more wireless communication links' capacity and transmitting the data packets along the one or more wireless communications links that is estimated (e.g., in real time) to offer efficient delivery of data packets. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027420 | Dynamic distribution of virtual machines in a communication network - In one embodiment, a method generally includes monitoring network traffic associated with a first network device comprising at least one of a plurality of virtual machines and determining if a parameter exceeds a predefined threshold at the first network device. If the parameter exceeds the predefined threshold, one of the virtual machines is selected to move to a second network device, the second network device selected based on network information, and the virtual machine is moved. An apparatus for resource allocation is also disclosed. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027421 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, SYSTEM ON CHIP AND METHOD OF MONITORING DATA TRAFFIC - Therefore, an electronic device is provided which comprises a plurality of processing units (IP | 02-04-2010 |
20100027422 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A SECURED CONNECTION, CORRESPONDING SFC APPARATUS , MFC APPARATUS, REQUESTING TERMINAL AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method is provided for establishing a secured connection and to corresponding SFC equipment, CFM equipment, and terminal requiring a computer software program. More specifically, a method is provided for transmitting a multimedia flow from or to a terminal, that includes: a step of establishing a signalling between the terminal and a signalling flow control equipment; and a step of implementing, between the terminal and a multimedia flow control equipment, a mechanism for crossing an address translation equipment. The method further includes a step of checking that the terminal requiring execution of the implementation step, is the same terminal as the one involved in execution of the signalling establishment step. | 02-04-2010 |
20100034086 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESIZING A TRUNK IN A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for resizing a trunk in a network are disclosed. For example, the method sets one or more target utilization levels for one or more trunks, and gathers trunk load data from one or more switches in the network in accordance with a pre-determined time period. The method evaluates the trunk load data in accordance with one or more trigger points for resizing the one or more trunks, wherein the one or more trigger points is based on the one or more target utilization levels. The method then resizes the one or more trunks if the one or more trigger points are reached or exceeded. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034087 | Controlling congestion detection in hsdpa systems - A method controls transport network layer congestion detection in HSDPA systems. The method involves detecting, at an SRNC, a condition requiring the disabling, at a Node B, of measurements performed on certain fields of a data frame for detecting congestion for certain packet flows; sending, from the SRNC to the Node B, a command for disabling said measurements for the concerned packet flows; and resetting, at the Node B, any measurement performed until reception of said command for disabling the congestion detection. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034088 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus of the present invention is used in the network where data communication is performed, and includes: a priority data information holding section for holding, in advance, QoS setting information corresponding to domain names, which QoS setting information is necessary to perform QoS setting for data communicated in the network; a control packet snooping section for snooping on a DNS packet received from a DNS server, and obtaining a domain name contained in the DNS packet; and a priority control setting section for, when QoS setting information corresponding to the obtained domain name is contained in the QoS setting information held in the priority data information holding section, performing, based on the QoS setting information, QoS setting for data communication performed by a communication apparatus which is the transmission source of the DNS packet. Thus, the communication apparatus of the present invention can reduce processing load for QoS setting for an AV flow which is used in real time communication, and can detect even an AV flow for which an unpublished protocol or the like is used. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034089 | Content Caching in the Radio Access Network (RAN) - A system and method to intercept traffic at standard interface points as defined by Cellular/Wireless networks (GSM/GPRS, 3G/UMTS/HSDPA/HSUPA, CDMA, WIMAX, LTE), emulate the respective protocols on either side of the interception point, extract user/application payloads within the intercepted packets, perform optimizations, and re-encapsulate with the same protocol, and deliver the content transparently is disclosed. The optimizations include but are not limited to Content Caching, prediction & pre-fetching of frequently used content, performance of content-aware transport optimizations (TCP, UDP, RTP etc.) for reducing back-haul bandwidth, and improvement of user experience. An additional embodiment of the current invention includes injecting opportunistic content (location based, profile based or advertisement content) based on the information derived while monitoring control plane protocols. | 02-11-2010 |
20100046370 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST, RELIABLE BYTE STREAM TRANSPORT - Reliable byte stream transfer protocols play an important role in modern networks. The present invention implements such a protocol using credits for flow control and negative acknowledgements for reliable delivery. The credit mechanism uses credit transfer in installments and is immune to the losses or corruptions of intermediate credit installments. Negative acknowledgements are used to solicit the retransmission of data stream component. The present invention provides full compatibility at the programming interface with reliable byte transfer protocols, such as TCP, and also allows full interoperability among hosts running the aforesaid standard protocol or the protocol of the present invention. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046371 | FEEDBACK-BASED ONLINE NETWORK CODING - A method, apparatus and computer program product for feedback-based online network coding is presented. In one embodiment, a transmitting node determines a linear combination of packets to transmit from a transmit queue. The transmitting node transmits the linear combination of packets. The transmitting node determines whether a packet can be removed from the transmit queue, wherein when a determination is made that a packet can be removed from the transmit queue then removing the packet from the transmit queue, and when a determination is made that a packet cannot be removed from the transmit queue then refraining from removing the packet from the transmit queue. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046372 | Wavefront Detection and Disambiguation of Acknowledgements - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054126 | METER-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Example methods and apparatus for hierarchical bandwidth management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet included in a first data traffic flow and determining if a first rate of traffic of the first data traffic flow is less than or equal to a first threshold. In the event the first rate of traffic is less than or equal to the first threshold, the example method includes marking the data packet with a first marker type. In the event the first rate of traffic is greater than the first threshold, the example method includes marking the data packet with a second marker type. The method further includes receiving a second data traffic flow having a second rate of traffic and combining the first data traffic flow and the second data traffic flow to produce a third data traffic flow. In the event the data packet is marked with the first marker type, the data packet is forwarded in the third data flow. The example method also includes determining whether a third rate of traffic of the third data traffic flow is less than or equal to a second threshold. In the event the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is less than or equal to the second threshold, the example method includes changing the second marker type to the first marker type and forwarding the data packet in the third data flow. The example method still further includes, in the event the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is greater than the second threshold, discarding the data packet. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054127 | AGGREGATE CONGESTION DETECTION AND MANAGEMENT - Example embodiments of methods and apparatus for aggregate congestion detection and management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet, where the data packet being associated with a respective destination data queue. The example method also includes determining an average queue utilization for the destination queue and determining a first aggregate utilization for a first set of data queues, the first set of data queues including the destination queue. The example method further includes determining, based on the average queue utilization and the first aggregate utilization, one or more probabilities associated with the data packet. The example method still further includes, in accordance with the one or more probabilities, randomly marking the packet to indicate a congestion state or randomly determining whether to drop the data packet. The example method also includes, dropping the packet if a determination to drop the packet is made. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054128 | Near Real-Time Alerting of IP Traffic Flow to Subscribers - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for providing near real-time alerts to users of IP traffic flow patterns on an IP network are provided. IP flow data collected from the network is periodically analyzed to determine if alerts need to be generated, based on a number of alert filters received from users. If alerts are to be generated, they are generated for transmission to the associated users. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054129 | Virtual switch quality of service for virtual machines - In one embodiment a method includes selectively controlling a virtual network switch to control a quality of service (QoS) for a flow associated with a virtual machine (VM). Controlling the QoS may include controlling the virtual switch to provide classification, congestion management, congestion avoidance, bandwidth limiting, traffic shaping, and/or priority manipulation. The method may also include migrating a policy associated with a virtual interface between the VM and the virtual switch from a first server to a second server when the VM is to be migrated from the first server to the second server. The migration may also include moving statistics associated with the policy. The method may include selectively adapting the policy or an existing policy on the receiving server when a discrepancy is detected between the policies. The method may include reserving resources to provide guaranteed minimum bandwidth, even without control of an ingress and egress queue. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054130 | Data Flow Management Device Transmitting a Plurality of Data Flows - Provided is a data flow management device managing a plurality of data flows. The data flow management device transmits data flows received from a plurality of sources to be transmitted to a plurality of destinations. The data flow management device includes a plurality of buffers outputting data flows received from the sources; and a transmitting unit transmitting the data flows output from the buffers to the destinations. The buffers do not output at a same time any two data flows received from two different sources to be transmitted to a same destination. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061238 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH MULTI-STAGED QUEUES - In one embodiment, a method, comprising receiving at a receive side of a physical link a request to suspend transmission of data from a queue within a transmit side of a first stage of queues and to suspend transmission via a path including the physical link, a portion of the first stage of queues, and a portion of a second stage of queues. The method includes sending, in response to the request, a flow control signal to a flow control module configured to schedule transmission of the data from the queue within the transmit side of the first stage of queues. The flow control signal is associated with a first control loop including the path and differing from a second control loop that excludes the first stage of queues. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061239 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW-CONTROLLABLE MULTI-STAGED QUEUES - In one embodiment, a method includes sending a first flow control signal to a first stage of transmit queues when a receive queue is in a congestion state. The method also includes sending a second flow control signal to a second stage of transmit queues different from the first stage of transmit queues when the receive queue is in the congestion state. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061240 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO LOW LATENCY WITHIN A DATA CENTER - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a switch core that has a multi-stage switch fabric. The multi-stage switch fabric has a set of ingress ports and a set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to be coupled to a set of edge devices via the set of ingress ports and the set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to receive a packet from an ingress port from the set of ingress ports. The switch core can be configured to send a set of cells associated with the packet from the ingress port to an egress port from the set of egress ports without a store-and-forward delay associated with a zero-load latency for the switch core. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061241 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO FLOW CONTROL WITHIN A DATA CENTER SWITCH FABRIC - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a switch core that has a multi-stage switch fabric physically distributed among a set of chassis. The multi-stage switch fabric has a set of input buffers and a set of output ports. The switch core can be configured to be coupled to a set of edge devices. The apparatus can also include a controller implemented in hardware without software during operation and with software during configuration and monitoring. The controller can be coupled to the set of input buffers and the set of output ports. The controller can be configured to send a flow control signal to an input buffer from the set of input buffers when congestion at an output port from the set of output ports is predicted and before congestion in the switch core occurs. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061242 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO A FLEXIBLE DATA CENTER SECURITY ARCHITECTURE - In one embodiment, edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a multi-stage switch fabric and peripheral processing devices. The edge devices and the multi-stage switch fabric can collectively define a single logical entity. A first edge device from the edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a first peripheral processing device from the peripheral processing devices. The second edge device from the edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a second peripheral processing device from the peripheral processing devices. The first edge device can be configured such that virtual resources including a first virtual resource can be defined at the first peripheral processing device. A network management module coupled to the edge devices and configured to provision the virtual resources such that the first virtual resource can be migrated from the first peripheral processing device to the second peripheral processing device. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061243 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING STALL USING TIMER FOR HIGH-SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - At least one timer is used to prevent a stall condition. If a timer is not active, the timer is started for a data block that is correctly received. The data block has a sequence number higher than a sequence number of another data block that was first expected to be received. When the timer is stopped or expires, all correctly received data blocks among data blocks up to and including a data block having a sequence number that is immediately before the sequence number of the data block for which the timer was started is delivered to a higher layer. Further, all correctly received data blocks up to a first missing data block, including the data block for which the timer was started, is delivered to the higher layer. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067379 | PICKING AN OPTIMAL CHANNEL FOR AN ACCESS POINT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A novel technique involves evaluating a real-time environment of a channel based on a nonlinear function of the number of neighbor radios and channel utilization requirements. The technique can be used to pick a channel for an AP that is added to a wireless network or to tune a channel for an existing AP. The technique can be applied to, for example, a relatively new wideband option in the 802.11n standard. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QoS CONTROL - A method, an apparatus and a system for operating Quality of Service, QoS, based on stream, are provided. The method may include: delivering a Real-Time Transport Protocol, RTP, data stream feature to a forwarding plane; learning a RTP packet which is delivered by the forwarding plane conforming to the RTP data stream feature; and judging the RTP data stream to be a determined RTP data stream based on the RTP packet learned; identifying and monitoring the determined RTP data stream to obtain control strategy of QoS of the determined RTP data stream; and delivering the control strategy of the QoS of the determined RTP data stream to the forwarding plane so that the forwarding plane manipulates QoS of the determined RTP data stream based on the control strategy of QoS. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067381 | Overlay Network Node and Mobile Node - A technology is disclosed for appropriately providing a certain service desired by a mobile node, even in an environment including overlay network nodes providing different functions. In the technology, a mobile node (MN) | 03-18-2010 |
20100067382 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communications control system includes: a data server; a base station; and a plurality of wireless terminals, each exchanging data communications with the data server by establishing wireless communications with the base station. Each wireless terminal includes a control section for generating property information representing own property and a wireless communications section for transmitting that property information to the base station. The property information includes at least one of information indicating operating status of the wireless terminal, information identifying the wireless terminal itself, and information identifying the user of the wireless terminal. The data server includes a communications section for receiving the property information from the respective wireless terminals by way of the base station and a control section for choosing, by reference to the property information received, one of the wireless terminals to exchange the data communications with. The control section of the data server exchanges the data communications with the wireless terminal chosen. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074113 | FLOW CONTROL METHOD, TRANSMITTING TERMINAL DEVICE USED IN SAME, RECEIVING TERMINAL DEVICE AND PACKET TRANSFER SYSTEM - It is an object to provide a flow control method in which a packet round trip time is not excessively calculated out and its performance is not unnecessarily deteriorated even at the time of continuously connected packet transfers through relays of a plurality of receiving terminal devices. This method is directed to a flow control method in which the delivery of packets are carried out through relays of a plurality of receiving terminal devices. The method is comprised of steps (S | 03-25-2010 |
20100080123 | Method and Apparatus for Signaling Proprietary Information Between Network Elements of a Core Network in a Wireless Communication Network - The invention includes a method and apparatus for signaling proprietary information between network elements of a core network (CN) of a wireless communication network. A method for signaling proprietary information within the CN includes encoding the proprietary information in an IPv4 Options field of an inner header of an IP packet, and pre-pending an outer header to the IP packet for Mobile IPv4 (MIPv4) tunneling the IP packet from a first node of the CN to a second node of the CN. The first and second nodes of the CN may include a mobility anchor node and a mobility gateway node, respectively. The first and second nodes of the CN may include a mobility gateway node and a mobility anchor node, respectively. A method for signaling proprietary information includes receiving a tunneled IP packet at a first node of the CN (where the IP packet includes an outer header, an inner header, and a payload), removing the outer header from the IP packet, stripping an IP Options field from the inner header of the IP packet where the IPv4 Options field includes the proprietary information, and propagating the proprietary information from the first node of the CN to a second node. The first node of the CN may be a mobility gateway node and the second node may be a node of a radio access network (RAN). The first node of the CN may be a mobility anchor node and the second node may be another node of the CN. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080124 | METHOD TO MANAGE THE LOAD OF PERIPHERAL ELEMENTS WITHIN A MULTICORE SYSTEM - A method to provide reliability, power management and load balancing support for multicore systems based on Networks-on-Chip (NoCs) and to efficiently implement architectural support for this method by introducing complex packet handling mechanisms is achieved by modifying the basic network interfaces attached to the cores of multicore computation systems. It also proposes policies to leverage the proposed hardware extensions. This aim is achieved with a method to manage the load of peripheral elements within a multicore system comprising several processing units accessing peripheral elements through a NoC, each processing unit and peripheral element attached to a Network Interface in charge of formatting and driving the packets sent to or received from the NoC, wherein, while considering at least two peripheral elements having a similar function, the Network Interface dedicated to a first peripheral element reroutes the incoming packets to a second Network Interface dedicated to a second peripheral element. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080125 | Edge Continued Evolution, Improved Channel Request Method And System - The present invention is a method and system adapted to facilitate, between a mobile station (MS) and network, an indication of support for reduced time transmission interval (RTTI). The MS can provide a base station system (BSS) with an indication of its multislot capability within an access burst sent at the start of a contention based access. In another aspect, the MS can indicate support for a new Immediate Assignment message as the conventional Immediate Assignment message can only assign single timeslots. The present invention enables the Radio Access Network (RAN) to assign RTTI and more than one timeslot for GPRS/EDGE temporary block flows (TBFs) during an Access Grant Channel (AGCH) assignment. The method of the present invention can be implemented in a computer program product or distributed software adapted to be loaded into at least one or a plurality of memory locations and executed by at least one or a plurality of respective computer processors. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080126 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus for stably transmitting or receiving data of high priority is provided. In the transmission apparatus of the present invention, processing of the priority packet to be transmitted and processed by priority and processing of the non-priority packet are conducted separately. At transmission side, the above-mentioned priority packet is transmitted by priority by making its average transmission interval shorter than its average generation interval, and said non-priority packet is transmitted during the transmit margin period caused by the above-mentioned processing. At receive side, in the layer of processing the receive frame as a layer lower than the layer of processing the priority packet and non-priority packet, the priority packet and the non-priority packet is sorted based on the communication protocol header of the receive packet stored in the receive frame, and processing of the priority packet and that of the non-priority packet are conducted separately. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080127 | INTERCEPTION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - An interception method and an interception device are provided. The interception method includes the following steps. An interception center assigns an interception task to an interception network element (NE) to request to intercept an interception target. The interception NE reports user plane data of corresponding service sessions of the interception target satisfying an interception reporting policy according to the received interception task and the configured interception reporting policy. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085875 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PROCESSING PACKETS IN A CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL SCHEME - Methods and systems for processing a second request before processing of a first request has completed. The first request is associated with a first flow control credit type, and the second request is associated with a second flow control credit type. After a period of time, the second request is selected for processing based on the first flow control credit type and the second flow control credit type. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085876 | METHOD FOR TRAFFIC ENGINEERING OF CONNECTIONLESS VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK SERVICES - A method for traffic engineering of connectionless virtual private network (VPN) services that includes receiving physical connectivity data for a connectionless VPN. The data includes service nodes and links between the service nodes. One or more of the service nodes are also edge nodes. Logical connectivity data for the edge nodes is received. A restricted topology is created in response to the physical connectivity data and to the logical connectivity data. The restricted topology includes a single path between each pair of the edge nodes and each path includes a plurality of the service nodes and one or more of the links A bandwidth requirement for each link in the restricted topology is calculated. The bandwidth requirement is reserved on each link in the restricted topology. The method further comprises directing routing software to force a packet received from an edge node through one of the paths in the restricted topology. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091653 | FLOW BALANCING IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Methods and systems are disclosed that provide flow balancing for multiple radio access technologies in a communication network. A mechanism is provided that enables the handover of one or more data flows when a mobile device is attached to more than one access technology at the same time. The handover can be initiated by the network or the subscriber and can be based on rules and/or policies known at the time. The mechanism can be implemented in a gateway device that provides communication between the packet core and the access network. The mechanism can also be used in providing handovers between access technologies such as a femtocell access network and an LTE access network. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091654 | Method For Controlling Path Switching In Wireless Communication System, And Controller And Wireless Base Station In That System - In a wireless communication system including a wireless terminal, a plurality of wireless base stations that wirelessly communicate with the wireless terminal, and a controller that changes the path used for communication with the wireless terminal from a first path via a first wireless base station to a second path via a second wireless base station, the controller monitors the amount of remaining data to the wireless terminal at the first wireless base station, controls to the timing to change to the second path according to the monitor result. | 04-15-2010 |
20100097931 | MANAGEMENT OF PACKET FLOW IN A NETWORK - Packets to be transmitted are received and stored by a first stand alone component. A packet sequencer may be generated and/or sequence number within packets may be used to track the transmitted packets of a given packet flow. Thus, packets may now be transmitted through different network paths. Transmitted packets are reassembled, by a second standalone component, in the order transmitted. A dropped packet may be identified and retransmission of the dropped packet requested. A copy of the dropped packet may be retransmitted from the first standalone component to the second without retransmitting the entire series of packets following the dropped packet. A confirmation packet by the second standalone component is generated to measure performance attributes of various network paths. The confirmation packet is used by the first standalone component to determine the next network path to be used to transmit the next packet in the given packet flow. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097932 | SATELLITE TRAFFIC AND CONGESTION-BASED UPSTREAM SCHEDULER - Systems and methods for implementing a traffic and congestion-based scheduler. The method includes receiving a bandwidth request. The method further includes analyzing the application type to determine which of a plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the application type, analyzing network traffic patterns of the client to determine which of the plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the network traffic patterns of the client, and analyzing congestion of the satellite link to determine which of the plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the congestion of the satellite link. Further, the method includes, based on the analysis of the application type, the network traffic patterns of the client, and the congestion of the satellite, selecting a scheduler, and sending the bandwidth request to the selected scheduler. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103818 | SIP SERVER OVERLOAD DETECTION AND CONTROL - The current invention is related to a system and a method for session overload protocol (SIP) server overload detection and control. The current invention proceeds by receiving SIP messages at the SIP server from a communications network; processing the received SIP messages; detecting an overload based on a trigger condition as a result of receiving and processing SIP messages; and transitioning the SIP server to an overload state and applying appropriate control actions to mitigate the detected overload. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103819 | FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110891 | SHARING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS AMONG ADDRESS PREFIXES OF A SAME DOMAIN IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, performance measurements may be obtained at a local domain from a set of one or more responding targets of a particular remote domain. The performance measurements may then be applied to prefix-specific policies of any corresponding destination address prefix within the particular remote domain, such that traffic destined to a particular prefix of the particular remote domain may be routed from the local domain based on the corresponding prefix-specific policies and applied performance measurements. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110892 | NETWORK SYSTEM, ADJUSTING METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION RATE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF - A network system, an adjusting method of a data transmission rate of the network system, and a computer program product thereof are disclosed. The network system comprises a transmitting apparatus and a receiving apparatus. The transmitting apparatus is configured to transmit a packet train at a transmission rate to the receiving apparatus. The receiving apparatus is configured to receive the packet train and to compute at least one factor related to the received packet train to evaluate whether the transmission rate is suitable for the network system. The receiving apparatus is further configured to transmit an adjustment signal according to the at least one factor, such that the transmitting apparatus appropriately adjusts the transmission rate in response to the adjusting signal. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118702 | METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE DECENTRALIZED TRAFFIC SCHEDULING INCLUDING A DYNAMIC TRANSMITTER YIELDING THRESHOLD - Methods and apparatus relating to scheduling of air link resources, e.g., traffic segments, in a wireless communications system are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited to wireless peer to peer networks in which traffic scheduling is decentralized, e.g. an ad hoc peer to peer network. An individual wireless terminal corresponding to a peer to peer connection which desires to transmit traffic signals make transmitter yielding decisions on a traffic slot by traffic slot basis. The transmitter yielding decision, in some embodiments, includes comparing a link quality estimate corresponding to a higher priority link intending to use the same traffic segment concurrently, to a dynamically generated transmitter yielding threshold. The dynamically generated transmitter yielding threshold is determined based on at least one of: quality of service information corresponding to its own link and historical link quality information corresponding to the higher priority link. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118703 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IDENTIFY AND COMMUNICATE CONGESTED FLOWS IN A NETWORK FABRIC - The invention provides a system and method for identifying and communicating congested paths throughout a network fabric. Briefly, the present invention augments the congestion management mechanism defined in ASI to allow for the communication of congested paths through the fabric, rather than the simple congested output port notification supported today through the use of DLLPs. Further, it also uses the communication mechanisms already defined in the ASI specification to implement this additional capability. Specifically, the present invention uses Transaction Layer Packets (TLPs) to communicate the information concerning congested flows throughout the network. This packet type allows the inclusion of much more information than DLLPs, allowing a more comprehensive and elegant solution to the issue of congestion management in an Advanced Switching network fabric. | 05-13-2010 |
20100124166 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL AND QUALITY OF SERVICE - A system, method, and computer readable medium for determining a data call rate comprises determining if a supplemental channel (SCH) should be allocated, if the SCH should be allocated, potentially altering the data rate, requesting an SCH allocation at a current data rate or the altered data rate, and receiving a response to the request with the current data rate, the altered data rate, or a further altered data rate. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128606 | FIRST-HOP DOMAIN RELIABILITY MEASUREMENT AND LOAD BALANCING IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, probe messages may be transmitted from a local domain to a set of one or more responding probe targets located beyond a plurality of probed first-hop domains of the local domain, the probe messages transmitted via each of a plurality of probed first-hop domains. A reliability of each probed first-hop domain may then be determined based on responsiveness of probe messages transmitted via each respective probed first-hop domain, such that traffic destined beyond the probed first-hop domains may be load balanced across the probed first-hop domains based on the respective reliability, regardless of a traffic-class and a destination of the traffic. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128607 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BUFFER-TO-BUFFER CREDIT RECOVERY IN FIBRE CHANNEL SYSTEMS USING VIRTUAL AND/OR PSEUDO VIRTUAL LANES - A method and system for distributing credit using a fibre channel switch element is provided. The switch element includes, a wait threshold counter that is used to set up a status for a port that has to wait for certain duration to send a frame due to lack of buffer to buffer credit; a credit module that controls buffer to buffer credit for a transmit segment of the fibre channel switch element; and a virtual lane credit module with a counter that is incremented every time a frame assigned to a virtual lane is sent and decreased every time a VC_RDY is received. The method includes, determining if a VC_RDY primitive is received; and allocating credit to a virtual lane that is not at its maximum credit, after the VC_RDY primitive is received. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135158 | Flow State Aware QoS Management Without User Signalling - Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in the packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In embodiments of the present invention, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded according to bandwidth allocations that intelligently track flow sending rates. Flows are allocated bandwidth based on policy information. Where such policy information indicates that the flow should be treated as delay-sensitive, the present invention includes means to allocate an initial minimum rate that will be guaranteed and such flows will also have the use of an additional capacity that varies depending on the number of such flows that currently share an available pool of capacity. This provides a congestion alleviation method which is less annoying to users since communications that have been in existence for longer are less susceptible to component packets being deleted. | 06-03-2010 |
20100142374 | FLOW QoS ETHERNET SWITCH AND FLOW QoS PROCESSING METHOD USING THE SAME - There are provided a QoS Ethernet switch and a flow QoS processing method using the same. More particularly, there is provided a technology that can easily ensure IP service quality at low cost by introducing IP flow QoS function to an Ethernet switch. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142375 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING QUALITY OF NETWORKING NODES - This method is applied to nodes of networks based on carrier sense measurements and defines as well as determines accurately the values of two quality metrics to characterize respectively the accuracy of a node in carrier sensing and the ability of said node to cope with a given workload of concurrent incoming and outgoing communication traffic. These two quality metrics characterizes the intrinsic losses of a node due to different hardware and software limitations, which generate unexpected traffic losses in the node and make experimentally obtained results not match with those obtained through theoretical models. A testing controlled scenario is provided for allowing to measure the values of the two quality metrics separately, detecting the presence of the maximum value measured for concurrent workload of the node under test in the measurement of the accuracy of said node in carrier sensing. | 06-10-2010 |
20100149980 | VIRTUAL ROUTER WITH A PRIORITY VALUE PER PORT - A virtual router spans a number of physical routing devices. A set of physical ports on one of the physical routing devices is logically represented as a trunk. A respective port priority value is associated with each of those ports, and a device priority value is associated with the physical routing device. If a port in the trunk is out-of-service, then the device priority value can be adjusted by the port priority value associated with the out-of-service port. A corrective action can be implemented if the device priority value fails to satisfy a condition. For example, the physical routing device may failover to another one of the physical routing devices spanned by the virtual router. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149981 | Determining Normal Call Blocking Volume From Call Blast Affecting Trunk Groups - A method is provided for utilizing a call block analysis tool of a computer system to determine the number of normal calls blocked on a telecommunication trunk group during a call blast event. After a call blast event has been determined to have occurred during a trunk group's calling hour, the method uses current and history trunk group traffic statistics to determine the number of “normal” calls that were blocked during a calling hour. This method uses historical average holding time, current offered load, current blocking proportions as well as current and historical peakedness to numerically solute for the number of “normal” calls blocked. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149982 | System and Method for Controlling Streaming Content in a Cellular Telephone - A method includes receiving a plurality of control parameters at a first mobile communications device, and storing the control parameters in a memory of the first mobile communications device. The method also includes setting a plurality of first Internet Protocol data flow restrictions for a respective plurality of ports first of the first mobile communications device based on the settings in the memory. A device for implementing the method is also disclosed. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149983 | BROADCAST LATENCY OPTIMIZATION IN MULTIHOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and methodology that can optimize practical performance by reducing broadcast latency and collisions in a multihop wireless network is provided. The system includes an optimization component that determines a schedule for transmitting and/or receiving messages at nodes in the network during one-to-all broadcasting, all-to-all broadcasting, and/or all-to-one collection. The schedule enables each node in wireless network to participate in broadcasting as soon as possible, such that, when a node transmits a message to its parent to deliver the message to a source node, the children of the node also receive the message and initiate broadcasting the message in their subtrees in parallel. Further, during data collection, the schedule for messages to be transmitted to a sink node is determined based in part on a priority associated with the message. Additionally, the generated schedule does not affect a set of theoretical bounds associated with a broadcast algorithm employed by the network. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149984 | Self Dimensioning and optimization of telecom Network - SDAOTN - A system which monitors traffic, call routing, statistics, signaling, CDR, suggests improvements and optimizes the network by generating auto scripting for all Telecom Elements. Human intervention is only needed to confirm the changes after which they come into effect during maintenance window. The system will provide alternative to extensive human effort to maintain and expand the network as this system will suggest ways to optimize the network, provide expansion plans, suggest improvement in the network. In critical outage time implement steps to minimize effects of an outage. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149985 | METHOD FOR BALANCING LATENCY IN A COMMUNICATIONS TREE, CORRESPONDING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEANS - According to the method for balancing a latency of transmission of at least one data content in a communications tree defined in a synchronous communications network, the communications tree comprising a root node to which there is connected a junction terminal which is a convergence terminal in the context of a capture application or divergence terminal in the context of a broadcast application, the communications tree furthermore comprising the leaf nodes to which there are connected capture terminals, for capturing or broadcast terminals, for broadcasting, the root node and the leaf nodes being interconnected by intermediate nodes, the nodes being interconnected by links, steps are performed for:
| 06-17-2010 |
20100157799 | LOAD BALANCING - A method of load balancing data packets at an array is disclosed. The method includes receiving a data packet encoded in a first format at an input of the array. The received data packet is assigned to an assigned element of the array, and the data packet is routed to a device. A message encoded in a second format is received from the device at the array. Information is extracted from a payload portion of the message, and the message is assigned to the assigned element of the array based on the information extracted from the payload portion of the message. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157800 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING NETWORK TRAFFIC LOADING BALANCE - A method for processing network traffic loading balance is adapted for balancing the load of a session of various data packet processing threads in a network equipment. The method includes the following steps. First, a plurality of data packet processing threads is executed, a queue is assigned to each thread for storing the received data packets, and the data packet is read from the queue by the thread for processing. Then, it is determined whether the number of the data packets in the queue satisfies a traffic threshold value. If the number of the data packets in a certain queue satisfies an operating threshold value, new data packets are allocated by the network equipment to other queues without affecting the integrity of the session. Therefore, the present method not only maintains the integrity of the session, but also ensures the uniformity in load among the data packet processing threads. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157801 | WIRELESS MESH NETWORK FOR INTER-COMPONENT DATA COMMUNICATIONS IN SATELLITE SYSTEMS - A network system for inter-component communications in an electronic device is disclosed. The system comprises a plurality of components for an electronic device, where each of the components communicates with at least one other component over a communications medium for a wireless mesh network. Each of the components comprises a communications transceiver operable to determine network traffic load levels for an exchange of communication data between the components, and allocate the network traffic between at least one pair of the components over a plurality of wireless links within the wireless mesh network based on potential-field based measurements at each of the components. In addition, each of the communications transceivers share the exchange of the communication data between the components based on a prescribed priority level for allocation of the network traffic. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157802 | TRANSPARENT NETWORK TRAFFIC INSPECTION - Methods and systems are disclosed for providing parties with levels of transparency into filtering functionality of network traffic inspection implementations. Embodiments include receiving a filter change request from a subscriber over a network that defines a modification to a set of filter criteria for filtering network traffic, the filter criteria being stored in association with the subscriber in a filter criteria data store; updating the set of filter criteria in the filter criteria data store as a function of the filter change request; receiving a content dataset relating to the network traffic; identifying the content dataset as being associated with the subscriber; retrieving the set of filter criteria associated with the subscriber from the data store; and filtering the network traffic as a function of the set of filter criteria. Embodiments further provide layers of access for different entities to the filtered traffic. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157803 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO MANAGE NETWORK TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN NETWORKS WITH LINK LAYER FLOW CONTROL - A method and system to manage network traffic congestion in networks with link layer flow control is provided. The system comprises a physical queue monitor configured to monitor a state of a physical queue at a network device, a link layer flow control activator configured to activate link layer flow control based on the state of the physical queue, a proxy queue control module, a proxy queue monitor to monitor the state of the proxy queue, and a transport layer flow control activator. The proxy queue control module may be configured to update a state of a proxy queue based on the state of the physical queue. The proxy queue monitor may be configured to monitor the state of the proxy queue. The transport layer flow control activator may be configured to activate transport layer flow control based on the state of the proxy queue. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157804 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING MAXIMUM THROUGHPUT AND SLA COMPLIANCE - A system and method for controlling maximum throughput for communications. A frame size of each packet communicated to a UNI is determined. A maximum throughput is determined in response to the determined frame size of each packet communicated to the UNI. Frames per second are measured at the UNI. An amount of loss at the UNI is determined. A message indicating the maximum throughput, the amount of loss, and the frames per second is communicated in response to determining there is loss. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157805 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR FRAME RELAY SWITCHED DATA SERVICE - A new type of data transport service which uses a frame relay layer | 06-24-2010 |
20100165841 | QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR iSCSI - A system adapted to provide quality of service (QoS) for an iSCSI environment including one or more initiators and one or more targets. Each initiator includes an iSCSI initiator and a TCP layer. The iSCSI initiator includes a QoS shaper for shaping one or more iSCSI PDUs according to QoS policies. The TCP layer includes a QoS marker for marking the PDUs according to the QoS policies. The target includes a first and second QoS component. The first QoS component is in an iSCSI target and handles I/O resources. The first QoS component shapes read commands and write commands according to QoS policies. The second QoS component is in a TCP layer and handles network resources. iSCSI PDUs are shaped and marked according to QoS policies of iSCSI. The QoS policies used by the initiators and targets include policies for network resources and policies for I/O resources. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165842 | Credit Management When Resource Granularity is Larger than Credit Granularity - In one embodiment, a receiver on a credit-based flow-controlled interface is configured to free one or more data credits early when a data payload is received that incurs fewer unused data credits within a buffer memory that is allocated at a coarser granularity than the data credits. In another embodiment, header credits and data credits are dynamically adjusted based on actual packet data payload sizes. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165843 | FLOW-CONTROL IN A SWITCH FABRIC - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a module within a first stage of a switch fabric, a module within a second stage of the switch fabric, and a module within a third stage of the switch fabric. The module within the first stage is configured to send data to the module within the second stage. The module within the second stage is configured to send data to the module within the third stage. The module within the second stage is configured to send a first suspension indicator to the module within the third stage. The module within the third stage is configured to send a second suspension indicator to the module within the first stage in response to the first suspension indicator. The module within the first stage is configured to stop sending data to the module within the second stage in response to the second suspension indicator. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165844 | LOAD CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A gateway apparatus for interfacing an access network | 07-01-2010 |
20100165845 | WIRELESS NETWORK RESOURCE ADAPTATION - A method of regulating data flow in a wireless communication network includes: collecting data regarding dynamic loading of sector-carrier pairs (pilots) in communication sectors of the wireless communication network; obtaining data rates for data flows of the pilots to access terminals within the wireless communication network; determining one or more pilots to use for conveying data in the wireless communication network based on the data rates and the dynamic loading; and altering data flow over the pilots by at least one of changing a data rate over at least one of the pilots or changing a combination of pilots used by the wireless communication network for conveying data to increase total data flow. | 07-01-2010 |
20100172241 | Method for IP network traffic management - To address the need for new techniques that can enable network traffic to be managed more effectively, various embodiments are provided. In general, communication network equipment receives ( | 07-08-2010 |
20100172242 | RING NETWORK AGGREGATE RATES - A functionality and method for determining aggregate data transit bandwidth requirements for the nodes of an Ethernet ring network for traffic management and to improve the operation, efficiency, and Quality of Service. An aggregate bandwidth database is produced, based on a priori knowledge of the ring network, including topology, path utilization, bandwidth sharing, and failure protection scenarios. Aggregate bandwidth requirements are determined independent of the actual real-time data traffic rates, and without requiring any actual real-time data traffic rate information. Aggregate bandwidth is automatically determined upon configuration or reconfiguration of the ring network. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177637 | FLOW BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - A method for selectively controlling the flow of data through a network device is discussed. The network device has a plurality of ports, with each port of the plurality of ports having a plurality of priority queues. Congestion at one priority queue of the plurality of priority queues is detected and a virtual channel message is sent to other network devices connected to the network device causing data destined for the one priority queue to be halted. After the congestion at the one priority queue has abated, a virtual channel resume message is sent to the other network devices. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177638 | HIGH PERFORMANCE PROBABILISTIC RATE POLICER - A data flow rate policer enforces data flow policies for a number of data flows using a probabilistic policy enforcement mechanism. The policer includes a memory that stores the state of each data flow in a compact data structure. Additionally, the policer includes one or more policing engines that implement the actual data flow policies based on information derived from the data structures. The policing engines may be implemented in hardware to increase performance. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182907 | Congestion Control in Stateless Domains - Reducing congestion in an IP domain wherein congested data flows arriving at an egress edge node of the network are identified. Total congestion represented by the congested flows is determined, and a congestion extent notification is sent from the egress edge node to its ingress edge node peer. The congestion extent notification includes information regarding the total congestion and is sent on a per-class basis. Congested core routers in the network insert DSCPs into data packets passing through them to enable the egress edge nodes to identify the affected flows. The core routers may also send congestion metric messages, designed to follow the same path as the marked packets, to inform the egress edge nodes of the extent of congestion. In an alternative method, the egress edge nodes inform their ingress peers that congestion is present, without initially identifying the extent. The ingress edge node sends a query downstream with a congestion metric. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182908 | TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD FOR IPTV BROADCASTING SERVICE - Provided is a traffic control method of IPTV broadcast service that allows a broadcast server to transmit data in a maximum bandwidth. The broadcast server sets a maximum buffer amount. The broadcast server monitors a network state to transmit data in a maximum bandwidth allowed by a network. The broadcast server judges whether a buffer amount of transmitted data reaches a maximum buffer amount. When the buffer amount of transmitted data reaches the maximum buffer amount, the broadcast server controls a bandwidth depending on a reproduction speed of a set-top box (STB) to transmit data. When the buffer amount of transmitted data does not reach the maximum buffer amount, the broadcast server transmits data in a maximum bandwidth allowed by the network. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182909 | CONJESTION CONTROL SYSTEM - A congestion control system is provided between a terminal and a server device to avoid a congestion state in the server device by preferentially regulating the request with a high load on the server device. The congestion control system estimates the load of the request from the terminal to be placed on the server device for the next communication sequence, based on the response from the server device to the request from the terminal, and adds the estimated load information to the response to the terminal. Subsequently, the request from the terminal includes the load information, so that the congestion control system controls the regulation of the request from the terminal based on the load information included in the request. | 07-22-2010 |
20100188976 | Dynamic Management of Network Flows - A plurality of flow network elements monitors network flows at the subscriber level for a plurality of subscribers. The flow network elements export flow records to a collector, which organizes the flow records. A policy client correlates the flow records and determines whether any network flows are violating a flow policy definition. If a flow policy definition is violated, the policy client transmits a policy action to a policy server which indicates what action to take for a given violating flow. The policy server assigns a flow policy for the subscriber corresponding with the violating flow. The assigned flow policy is then transmitted to the flow network element having that violating flow, and that flow network element installs the flow policy. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188977 | INTERNET PROTOCOL HEADER COMPRESSION REORDERING - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving, at the network node, a packet belonging to a flow, the packet including a marking used to identify a quality of service (QoS) required for the packet; assigning a compression context identifier to the packet; queuing the packet in a queue selected from a plurality of queues based on the marking in the packet; identifying a period of congestion and, in response, blocking the packet; when the period of congestion has ended and the packet is dequeued, determining whether the QoS associated with the packet is the same as a QoS stored in a context identifier storage; and when the QoS associated with the packet is not the same as the QoS stored in the context identifier storage, determining that the flow has expired and discarding the packet. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188978 | METHOD FOR TIME DELAYING DIGITAL CONTENT FLOWS, CORRESPONDING DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method is provided for delaying a digital flow broadcast. The digital flow is carried by a plurality of datagrams, each including a first network level flow destination address. The method includes capturing and continuously recording the broadcast datagrams in a temporary recording space, creating a recorded flow. The datagrams of the recorded flow are continuously retransmitted after a preset length of time. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188979 | FORWARDING PACKETS TO A DIRECTED ACYCLIC GRAPH DESTINATION USING LINK SELECTION BASED ON RECEIVED LINK METRICS - Each network node having at least one destination-oriented link toward a directed acyclic graph (DAG) destination can receive a corresponding set of path performance metrics via the destination-oriented link. The set of path performance metrics, initiated by the DAG destination outputting initial link metrics on each of its source-connecting links, identifies aggregate link metrics for a corresponding path to the DAG destination via the corresponding destination-oriented link. The network node outputs a corresponding updated set of path performance metrics on each of its source-connecting links based on the received set of path performance metrics and the corresponding link metric for the corresponding source-connecting link. Hence, each network node in the DAG can assess the performance of each connected path to the DAG destination, and forward a data packet via a selected destination-oriented link based on the corresponding path performance metrics and forwarding policies for the forwarded data packet. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188980 | Explicit Flow Control in a Gigabit/10 Gigabit Ethernet System - In one embodiment, a system comprises a communication medium; a first controller coupled to the communication medium; and a second controller coupled to the communication medium. The first controller is configured to interrupt transmission of a packet on the communication medium to the second controller subsequent to transmission of a first portion of the packet. The first controller is configured to transmit at least one control symbol on the communication medium in response to interrupting transmission of the packet, and wherein the first controller is configured to continue transmission of the packet with a second portion of the packet. The controller(s) may include, in some embodiments, a media access controller and a physical coding sublayer. | 07-29-2010 |
20100195497 | Client Balancing in Wireless Networks - Client balancing in a wireless digital network comprising a plurality of access nodes connected to a controller. Access nodes collect client density information and periodically report that client density information to the controller. The controller uses the client density information from the access nodes to compute Virtual RF Neighborhoods, identifying Virtual RF neighboring access nodes. Two access nodes are Virtual RF neighbors if a client which can connect to one access node can also connect to the other access node. The controller then identifies which nodes are overloaded by comparing the client loading of a target access node to the client loading of its Virtual RF neighbors. If an access node is identified as overloaded and selected for client balancing on a particular channel, it will initially refuse new association requests from client devices on that channel. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195498 | MESH HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication network comprising a plurality of physical media is disclosed. The physical media may be sensitive to disturbances that are different from one physical medium to another, such that a failure in one physical medium may not effect communication in other physical medium of the communication network. The nodes of the communication network may comprise a plurality of physical layers units and MAC units pairs, each pair connected to a different physical medium. The transfer of massages among the network nodes on said plurality of different physical media is done in a transparent way by upper layers of communication unit of the network nodes. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195499 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED DATA TRANSMISSION RELIABILITY OVER A NETWORK - In one example embodiment, an apparatus is provided and includes a network device that identifies a data type of a payload of a data packet to be transmitted. The network device adapts one or more of data transmission rates according to the data type that was identified. A control portion of the data packet is used to identify the data type. In more specific embodiments, the data transmission rates are controlled by one or more link layer configuration parameters, which are controlled according to the identified data type of the data packet. In still other embodiments, the network device identifies data packets with payloads relating to Intra-coded picture frames (I-frames), Predicted pictures frames (P-frames), and Bi-directional predictive pictures frames (B-frames). | 08-05-2010 |
20100195500 | LOAD DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, LOAD DISTRIBUTION METHOD, AND AUTHENTICATION SERVER - The present invention provides a load distribution system and a load distribution method that are capable of selecting an appropriate server in consideration of a load condition of a server and characteristic of a mobile node. Provided is a load distribution system | 08-05-2010 |
20100195501 | Method and Device for Power Reduction in an LTE System | 08-05-2010 |
20100195502 | FEEDBACK FOR DATA TRANSMISSIONS - Methods and apparatus are presented for dynamically controlling the re-transmission scheme of acknowledgment signals. A source transmits a first data packet over a slot s | 08-05-2010 |
20100195503 | QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR DEVICE ASSISTED SERVICES - Quality of Service (QoS) for Device Assisted Services (DAS) are provided. In some embodiments, QoS for DAS includes providing a wireless communications device configures to determine a QoS request for a service over a wireless network; and verify the QoS request for the service over the wireless network using one or more verification techniques. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202291 | Method of Selecting Media Flow - In a method and a system for handling a request for a service or a media flow from a user of a cellular radio system, means are provided for deciding if an already existing PDP context or EPS Bearer is to be used for the requested service or media flow based on information received from the system. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202292 | Mechanism for Achieving Packet Flow Control In a Multi-Threaded, Multi-Packet Environment - A processing engine to accomplish a multiplicity of tasks has a multiplicity of processing tribes, each tribe comprising a multiplicity of context register sets and a multiplicity of processing resources for concurrent processing of a multiplicity of threads to accomplish the tasks, a memory structure having a multiplicity of memory blocks, each block storing data for processing threads, and an interconnect structure and control system enabling tribe-to-tribe migration of contexts to move threads from tribe-to-tribe. The processing engine is characterized in that individual ones of the tribes have preferential access to individual ones of the multiplicity of memory blocks. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202293 | JITTER MANAGEMENT FOR PACKET DATA NETWORK BACKHAUL OF CALL DATA - Managing packet data network jitter is disclosed. A first call data associated with a mobile network communication session is received. A second call data that is older than the first call data is dropped from a buffer if required to make room in the buffer for the first call data. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202294 | NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems, methods and software useful for overcoming network congestion problems including head-of-line blocking issues and other network congestion problems. In certain aspects, flow control mechanisms implemented in a switch device or other network device manage buffer and system level resources using a scheduler to control the amount of data requested from a local SAN fabric. Switches and other network devices configured according to the present invention monitor each individual SCSI task, and are configured to apply flow control measures to each active session when buffering resources become scarce, such as when buffering data for a slower-speed WAN link or TCP/IP based interconnects of any speed. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208590 | PEER-TO-PEER TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT BASED ON KEY PRESENCE IN PEER-TO-EER CONTROL TRANSFERS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network element including: receiving a first plurality of packets transmitted between a peer-to-peer (P2P) client and a P2P central entity; performing deep packet inspection (DPI) to extract a key from one or more of the first plurality of packets, the key identifying a P2P content item; receiving a second plurality of packets; performing DPI to extract location information of at least one P2P peer from one or more of the second plurality of packets; detecting at least one subsequent IP flow between the P2P client and the at least one P2P peer using the extracted location information, the at least one subsequent IP flow relating to a transfer of the P2P content item; and performing a traffic management action on the at least one subsequent IP flow. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214922 | System and method of regulating a packet rate to optimize traffic in a network - Systems and methods of optimizing packet flow in a network are disclosed. An internetwork includes plural networks, each network having plural non-router nodes and at least one router node. The non-router nodes of a first network can be configured to perform congestion control. The non-router node establishes a packet rate value for a packet queue associated with a second network of the internetwork. A total number of packets not greater than the packet rate value are removed from the packet queue. The removed packets are sent to a node in the second network. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214923 | PREDICTIVE THROUGHPUT MANAGEMENT - A wireless device is communicated with using a first throughput. A predicted location for the wireless device is determined. Based on the predicted location, a predicted maximum throughput at the predicted location is determined. Based on the predicted maximum throughput, a second throughput is determined. The wireless device is communicated with using the second throughput. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214924 | METHOD FOR PREVENTING OVERLOAD IN MOBILE TELEPHONE NETWORKS BY USING 'ALWAYS-ON' IN THE CASE OF INCOMING CALLS - The invention relates to a method for preventing overload in telecommunications networks with IMS by always-on for a call received by a user;
| 08-26-2010 |
20100220593 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Each of PLC modems | 09-02-2010 |
20100220594 | EFFICIENT FLOW CONTROL IN A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER (RNC) - In one aspect, a mechanism is provided to resolve the Iub transport network congestion in the uplink direction by using the transmission window of the RLC to control the transfer rate of the flow. The RNC ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220595 | DISTRIBUTED CONGESTION AVOIDANCE IN A NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEM - According to an example embodiment, a total offered traffic load for a shared resource within a network switching system may be determined, the total offered traffic load may include, for example, a sum of offered traffic loads from one or more active virtual output queues (VOQs) of the network switching system. A capacity of the shared resource within the network switching system may be determined. A transmission rate from one or more of the active VOQs over the shared resource may be adjusted such that the total traffic load from the active VOQs does not exceed the capacity of the shared resource. | 09-02-2010 |
20100226251 | Router and Packet Routing Program - An attraction acquisition unit of a first router acquires attraction values of third and fourth routers. When many packets the destination of which is a second router (identifier “A”) are then inputted to the first router, a traffic control unit distributes the many packets among communication interfaces so that a higher volume of traffic is sent to a communication interface with which a larger attraction value is associated. The traffic control unit then sends the many packets via the communication interfaces. As a result, a good part of the many packets are limited to a transmission route via the third router. | 09-09-2010 |
20100232293 | Uplink congestion detection and control between nodes in a radio access network - Congestion in a radio access network (RAN) associated with transporting uplink information originating from one or more mobile terminals is detected. That detected RAN congestion is reduced using any suitable technique (several examples are described) and may be implemented in one or more nodes in the RAN. One advantageous (but non-limiting) application is to a RAN that supports high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA) and/or one or more enhanced uplink dedicated channels (E-DCHs). | 09-16-2010 |
20100232294 | EARLY GENERATION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS FOR FLOW CONTROL - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 09-16-2010 |
20100238803 | Efficient Flow Control in a Radio Network Controller (RNC) - A mechanism is provided to resolve the Iub transport network congestion efficiently for HSDPA by dynamic adjustment of the transmit window of the RLC. The RLC protocol is extended with congestion control functionality. The Iub TN and Uu congestion detection method in the Node-B ( | 09-23-2010 |
20100238804 | FLOW CONTROL FOR MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - Solutions are provided that allow a network device to apply flow control on the MAC layer while taking into account the priority of the frame of traffic. This may be accomplished by generating a frame indicating that traffic flow should be paused, while utilizing a new opcode value, or alternatively by utilizing a new type/length value (possibly combined with a new opcode value). A receiving device may then examine the fields of the frame to determine whether it should it should use priority-based pausing, and then examine other fields to determine which priority-levels to pause and for how long. This allows for improved efficiency in flow control at the MAC layer. Additionally, the tagged pause frames can be forwarded over multiple hops on Local Area Networks across a Metropolitan Area Network or Wide Area Network. | 09-23-2010 |
20100246397 | Network having multiple QoS levels - In a multi-QoS network, a scheduling mechanism, such as Weighted Fair Queueing, is configured to meet the multiple QoS guarantees. For each link with n classes and n fixed weights, the traffic is assigned to the various classes to meet end-to-end delay constraints. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246398 | TCP EXTENSION AND VARIANTS FOR HANDLING HETEROGENEOUS APPLICATIONS - An extension to TCP is generally provided that allows TCP to handle heterogeneous applications, especially those with delay and smoothness-sensitive contents, and wireless transmission media having noisy, fading radio channels. The TCP extension decouples reliability control from rate control, sacrificing reliability for delay control (transmission rate and retransmission decision) that may be suitable for delay and smoothness-sensitive contents. Furthermore, the TCP extension may select TCP variants and modifications to the TCP variants based on one or more of application needs, channel conditions, or local observables such as loss and delay to better adapt to different types of applications and physical layers. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246399 | MULTI-CHANNEL MANAGEMENT AND LOAD BALANCING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a protocol to allow for load balancing between multiple frequency channels in a wireless communications system. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246400 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD - Provided is a communication device and method that is capable of utilizing ECN functions effectively. The communication device includes: a first communication unit | 09-30-2010 |
20100254264 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DYNAMICALLY RATE LIMITING SLOWPATH PROCESSING OF EXCEPTION PACKETS - The subject matter described herein includes methods and systems for dynamically rate limiting slowpath processing of exception packets. According to one embodiment, a method includes monitoring processing resources in a packet forwarding device used for performing slowpath processing of exception packets at the packet forwarding device. It is determined whether usage of the processing resources used for slowpath processing exceeds a first threshold and, in response to determining that the processing resources exceed the first threshold, rate limiting the slowpath processing of the exception packets. | 10-07-2010 |
20100260048 | APPLICATION-SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT OF HIGH-BANDWIDTH TRANSFERS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a system and related method for transmission of content over a telecommunications network. The system may include a deep packet inspection (DPI) device configured to perform DPI to identify an application associated with the new flow, determine an amount of bandwidth required for the application, and determine a current amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber. The DPI device may then determine a total amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber. When the total amount of bandwidth exceeds an amount of bandwidth guaranteed to the subscriber, the DPI device may perform a traffic management action on packets belonging to the new flow, such that the total amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber does not exceed the amount of bandwidth guaranteed to the subscriber. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260049 | Limiting RLC Window Size in The HSDPA Flow Control - In one aspect, a method and apparatus are disclosed that can provide an efficient and robust HSDPA flow control solution. The RNC ( | 10-14-2010 |
20100260050 | VIDEO AND DATA NETWORK LOAD BALANCING WITH VIDEO DROP - A network access unit includes: a source data receiver module adapted to receive multiple first source data representing respective video content and second source data representing broadband data content; a network control module adapted to receive link condition data and configuration data, calculate priority data based on the link condition data and the configuration data, and use the priority data to generate a master schedule including program data indicating that some but not all of the multiple first source data are to be transmitted; a pre-coder module adapted to pre-code respective first source data using respective pre-coding schemes to generate respective sets of representation data, if the program data is determined to indicate that the respective first source data is to be transmitted; and an ACM module adapted to associate, for each first source data indicated for transmission, the respective sets of representation data with respective coding and modulation schemes. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260051 | Adaptive Voice Packetization - A method is presented for adapting the packet size for VoIP communications, determined on-the-fly by the total network delay inherent at the time of packet transmission. If network delays are small relative to the maximum permissible latency for VoIP communications, the payload size per packet may be increased to maximize efficiency for the transmitted call. Alternatively, if network delays are large, the payload size per packet may be decreased in order to assure that the perceived quality of the transmitted call is acceptable. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265824 | Session-less Load Balancing of Client Traffic Across Servers in a Server Group - A switch device includes a packet forwarding table for providing load balancing across servers in a server group. Each table entry maps a hash value to a server in the server group. A hash value can be computed from the destination MAC address, destination IP address, and destination service port in the header of a received packet. The packet forwarding table is searched to find an entry with a hash value that matches the computed hash value and to identify the server to which the matching hash value maps. The switch device forwards the packet to the identified server. Implementing load-balancing decisions in hardware enables packet switching at the line rate of the switch ports. In addition, the hardware-based load balancing performed by the switch device eliminates session tables and the memory to store them, enabling the switch device to handle an unlimited number of client connections. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271947 | ADAPTIVE RATE CONTROL BASED ON OVERLOAD SIGNALS - Described are methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for limiting server overload via client control. A first set of a plurality of requests are transmitted to a server at a first transmission rate during a first period of time. The first transmission rate is limited to be less than or equal to a first transmission limit rate. An overload value is determined based on whether at least two or more requests of the first set of requests for service satisfy an overload criterion. A second transmission limit rate is determined based on the overload value and the first transmission limit rate. A second set of a plurality of requests is transmitted to the server at a second transmission rate during a second period of time. The second transmission rate is limited to be less than or equal to the second transmission limit rate. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271948 | CHANNEL MANAGEMENT METHOD IN A DISTRIBUTED SPECTRUM COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A source-assisted channel management method in a distributed spectrum cognitive radio wireless network handling a source of multimedia stream data handles a plurality of communicating devices ( | 10-28-2010 |
20100271949 | Traffic processing system and method of processing traffic - Enclosed is traffic processing system and a method of processing traffic. A plurality of apparatuses for processing traffic are provided to disperse traffic for mobile terminals, to prevent the bottle neck phenomenon of the traffic, to effectively process the traffic, and to rapidly use the services of the mobile terminals. | 10-28-2010 |
20100278044 | Packet flood control - A system comprises a router having stored thereon a respective incoming label table including at least one set of LSP information (e.g., a LSP designator, a label denoting normal flow routing functionality and a label denoting controlled flow routing functionality). The router is configured for receiving a plurality of different traffic flows each including a plurality of frames, for correlating a configuration of the flow routing label of each one of the frames received thereby to a respective one of the traffic flows using information contained in the incoming label table thereof, for flooding a frame of the traffic flows of the router to all local access ports on an active VPLS domain thereof when the frame requires normal flow routing functionality, and for dropping the frame without being flooded to all of the local access ports on the active VPLS domain when the frame requires controlled flow routing functionality. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278045 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES DATA FLOW AT A NETWORK DEVICE IMPLEMENTING REDUNDANT PACKET DISCARD SECURITY TECHNIQUES - An improved method is described for providing Differentiated Services (Diffserv) traffic to a node in a network that implements a security method that discards duplicate packets received at the node. The method includes the step of identifying at least two service levels to be provided to received traffic and assigning different size look-back window counts to each of the service levels. The look-back window count indicates a number of packets that have been previously received at the node that should be compared against a received packet to determine whether a duplicate packet has been received. In one embodiment, a service level that has higher priority is assigned a lower look-back window count and thus examines fewer previously received packets than a service level having a lower priority. Such an arrangement reduces the possibility that traffic having higher priority is dropped as a security measure. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278046 | METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING MESSAGES TO DESTINATION NODES - In the method of the invention, messages received by a message distributor are distributed to destination nodes. The method includes an optional procedure for obtaining a congestion metric of each of the at least two destination nodes, and a procedure for obtaining a latency metric of each of at least two destination nodes. The latency metric of a destination node includes a measure of a transmission time between the message distributor and the destination node. The method further includes a procedure for computing destination weights of each of the at least two destination nodes by taking into account the congestion metric, if obtained, and the latency metric of each of the at least two destination nodes; and a procedure for selecting as a destination for a received message one of the at least two destination nodes, depending at least on the destination weights. | 11-04-2010 |
20100284277 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING AN ACCESS LINE BANDWIDTH - The present invention concerns a method for controlling upstream bandwidth at a device the device comprising an interface to a first network, at least a local interface to at least a second network, the at least second network comprising more than one gateway device. The method comprises the steps of monitoring the available bandwidth value on the first network and periodically indicating to said more than one gateway device the maximum upstream bandwidth available to said more than one gateway device, the maximum upstream bandwidth depending on the available bandwidth, the number of the more than one gateway device connected to the device, and the number of local interfaces connected to the more than one gateway device. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284278 | ADAPTIVE MULTI-RATE CODEC BIT RATE CONTROL IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - In an exemplary embodiment a method includes monitoring traffic in one or more cells; determining that the traffic in one of the cells is congested; and responsive to the determining, initiating a rate change for at least one ongoing connection within the cell. Apparatus and computer programs are also determined for both a user equipment and a network node. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290343 | PERFORMING RATE LIMITING WITHIN A NETWORK - Methods and systems for performing rate limiting are provided. According to one embodiment, multiple paths are provided between each pair of multi-path load balancing (MPLB) components within a Layer 2 network by establishing overlapping loop-free topologies in which each MPLB component is reachable by any other via each overlapping topology. A first MPLB component receives packets associated with a flow sent by a source component at a particular rate. The first MPLB component forwards the packets to a second MPLB component along a particular path in a network. A congestion metric for the particular path is determined. Based upon the congestion metric for the particular path, it is determined whether the particular path has reached a congestion threshold. In response to an affirmative determination, the source component is instructed to limit the rate at which it sends packets associated with the flow. | 11-18-2010 |
20100296399 | WIRELESS BASE TRNSCEIVER STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - A wireless base transceiver station that transmits and receives data to and from an external device via fixed-line communication and transmits and receives data to and from a mobile station via radio communication. The wireless base transceiver station includes a radio communication unit configured to measure radio quality in a radio zone based on an error rate of data received from the radio zone, and a fixed-line communication unit configured to measure the amount of data flow in a fixed-line zone to perform flow control on data in the fixed-line zone. The wireless base transceiver station includes a control unit configured to control the flow control performed by the fixed-line communication unit, based on the amount of data flow in the fixed-line zone and the radio quality in the radio zone that have been measured by the fixed-line communication unit and the radio communication unit. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296400 | Method and Device for Managing Priority During the Transmission of a Message - Method of managing priority during the transmission of a message, in an interconnections network comprising at least one transmission agent which comprises at least one input and at least one output, each input comprising a means of storage organized as a queue of messages. A message priority is assigned during the creation of the message, and a queue priority equal to the maximum of the priorities of the messages of the queue is assigned to at least one queue of messages of an input. A link priority is assigned to a link linking an output of a first transmission agent to an input of a second transmission agent, equal to the maximum of the priorities of the queues of messages of the inputs of said first agent comprising a first message destined for that output of said first agent which is coupled to said link, and the priority of the link is transmitted to that input of said second agent which is coupled to the link. | 11-25-2010 |
20100302944 | System & method for load spreading - Various method and apparatus are provided directed to load allocation. In one embodiment, a distributor distributes a load to one of a plurality of peer nodes, each peer node having associated thereto a corresponding scalar based on a load factor value, the scalar of the one peer node satisfying a load management condition. The corresponding scalar of the plurality of peer nodes may be tested in a sequentially order until the load management condition is satisfied by the scalar of the one peer nodes. Testing may include threshold testing and begin with the scalar of a last remote peer node to which a most recent prior load was distributed. When the load management condition is satisfied by a scalar, it is decremented based on the load factor value, which may approximate a first number divided by the number of peer nodes in the plurality. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A COLLABORATIVE REPLY OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for providing a collaborative reply to a flooding message over an ad-hoc mesh network. A reply message to a flooding message is received by a wireless node within the ad-hoc network. The wireless node monitors for an acknowledgement of receipt of the reply message according to a routing table and initiates a scheduled transmission of the reply message based on the monitoring. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302946 | System and Method for Relay Node Flow Control in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for relay node flow control and/or congestion control in a wireless communications system are provided. A method for relay operation includes determining a buffer status of a buffer for data to be transmitted on a communications channel allocated from network resources controlled by a communications controller, computing buffer status information based on the buffer status, and transmitting the buffer status information to the communications controller. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309786 | MANAGING A NETWORK FLOW USING APPLICATION CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION AND ACTIVE SIGNALING RELAY - Techniques for classifying and managing network flows associated with a network service using application classification information and active signaling relay are described. A network device, for example, includes a signaling interceptor and a network flow interface. The signaling interceptor monitors a communication between a customer device and an application server, and identifies a network flow associated with a network service provided to the customer device by the application server. The network flow interface applies a policy to the identified network flow. An active signaling relay module communicates with the application server using data injected within the signaling communications, and utilizes the injected data to further control the network flows and the delivery of the network service. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315948 | Apparatus and Method for Flow Control in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for flow control in a wireless communication system is provided. The relay node receives from a base station flow control information for a Un interface between the relay node and the base station and determines whether to request to suspend transmission based on the flow control information. The relay node transmits a transmission suspend command to the base station when it is determined to request the transmission suspension. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315949 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SATELLITE DOWNLINKS - Satellite communications systems, methods, and related devices are described. In one embodiment, a satellite communications system is configured to dynamically allocate bandwidth among different downlink beams. The satellite may receive and compile traffic measurements and terminal parameters. The satellite may be configured with different downlink beam coverage areas, and may dynamically allocate downlink bandwidth and particular frequency channels to different beam coverage areas based on the measurements and parameters. The satellite may also assign frequency channels and time slots based on such measurements and parameters. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Currently, network utilization and performance are diminished due to capacity issues, which may be resolved by adding hardware/software to spread traffic uniformly according to network element usage information. Disclosed is a method of and corresponding apparatus for resolving network element capacity issues in a wireless network by inspecting data traffic content for information about wireless network elements and data traffic content, collecting said information, and managing (e.g., shaping and steering) the incoming traffic based on the information. Examples of said information include radio bearer resource information for network elements and traffic associated with a wireless access portion of the wireless network and radio access bearer information for network elements and traffic associated with a backhaul portion of the wireless network. By employing embodiments of the invention, network utilization and performance may be increased using existing wireless network elements in a manner overlaid on existing network optimization techniques (e.g., load balancing). | 12-16-2010 |
20100322073 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The amount of information reported by a communication terminal apparatus to a communication control apparatus is reduced based on the congestion status of communication. Communication control | 12-23-2010 |
20100322074 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION METHOD AND DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION DEVICE - A dynamic bandwidth allocation method and apparatus that can allocate bandwidth dynamically so as to guarantee communication in a minimum guaranteed bandwidth from each subscriber device and enable communication within a maximum communicable bandwidth from each subscriber device, and can reduce the manufacturing cost of the devices. A subscriber device ( | 12-23-2010 |
20100322075 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY PERFORMING EXPLICIT CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - A system provides congestion control and includes multiple queues that temporarily store data and a drop engine. The system associates a value with each of the queues, where each of the values relates to an amount of memory associated with the queue. The drop engine compares the value associated with a particular one of the queues to one or more programmable thresholds and selectively performs explicit congestion notification or packet dropping on data in the particular queue based on a result of the comparison. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329115 | Method and apparatus for controlling packet flow in a packet-switched network - A method and apparatus for controlling data packet flooding in a data-communication network to promote network security and provide for more efficient utilization of network resources. One or more network nodes include a flooding disable device, for example a disable bit in a L2 hardware lookup table associated with a particular device in an Ethernet application. When the disabler is set, packets from the particular device are not flooded on all ports even when the node cannot associate a particular port with the packets' intended destination. The flooding disable in the network node may be set statically or dynamically, either by a network operator or by a communication received from a server or other network device. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329116 | Conflict avoidance with transmission timing and path mutually restrained responsively to wireless environment changing - A communication control apparatus is adaptive to changes in a wireless communication environment to control transmission timing and path reciprocally between network nodes to thereby avoid transmission collisions and congestions. A transmission timing control calculator contends with other nodes for a band to transmit a data signal to control a transmission timing of its own node. A path control calculator determines transmission paths for transmitting data signals within the bandwidth for the own node obtained by the transmission timing control calculator. A data signal transmitter transmits a data signal to a destination node on each transmission path determined by the path control calculator. The transmission timing control calculator and the path control calculator provide each other with state information on processing, and use the provided state information as a constraint condition to control the bands of the own node and of links between the own and destination nodes. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329117 | Network Traffic Accelerator - In a packet communication system with large bandwidth delay product (BDP) and employing Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), the reported advertised window size as advertised by a receiver is employed only as an indication of window size and not as a throughput limit so that more data is sent than the amount specified by the advertised window size. Since the receiver can process all incoming TCP packets, the receiving buffer is consistently near empty. Since the TCP's advertised window size is not accepted as the absolute amount of buffer space available at the receiver, the sender is not constrained by the absolute value of the receiver's advertised window size and instead can transmit more data than the absolute value of the advertised window, enabling the system to increase the actual window size without modifying the link ends. This improved large-BDP-capable protocol is denoted TCP-SC. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329118 | FLOW STATE AWARE MANAGEMENT OF QoS THROUGH DYNAMIC AGGREGATE BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENTS - A packet network node and method of operating a packet network node are disclosed. Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in the packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In embodiments of the present invention, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded on lower priority flows and flow aggregates. A further action is taken to reduce the likelihood of packet discards. When an aggregate set of flows raises a congestion alarm action is taken to try to increase the capacity of the aggregate through taking capacity from pre-assigned donor aggregates. A donor aggregate may be carrying flows, for example flows classified as best effort. Another type of donor capacity is donor re-assignable unused capacity. Aggregates may have capacity added either up to a defined limit or, temporarily, exceeding any limit provided there is free capacity available, but removable back to the defined limit when other aggregates need increased capacity and are below their defined limits. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329119 | METHOD OF EFFICIENT CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Method of efficiently allocating a downlink channel from a transmitter ( | 12-30-2010 |
20110002221 | Telecommunications systems - A method of reducing the load on a first node in a cellular telecommunications network, which network includes a plurality of nodes, each of the nodes serving a plurality of telecommunications devices by providing communication resources thereto is disclosed. The method includes selecting a target telecommunications device for handover from the first node to a second of said nodes; handing over the target device to the second node; allocating communication resources to the target device to enable the second node to serve the target device; selecting a matched telecommunications device that is served by the first node; and adjusting the communication resources allocated to the matched device, which resources enable the first node to serve the matched device, so that they correspond to the resources allocated to the target device, which resources enable the second node to serve the target device. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002222 | METER-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Example methods and apparatus for hierarchical bandwidth management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet included in a first data traffic flow having a first rate of traffic. The example method further includes marking the data packet with a first marker type if the first rate of traffic is less than or equal to a first threshold, otherwise marking the data packet with a second marker type. The example method also includes combining the first data traffic flow with a second data traffic flow having a second rate of traffic to produce a third data traffic flow having a third rate of traffic. The example method still further includes, if the data packet is marked with the first marker type, forwarding the data packet in the third data flow. The example method yet further includes, if the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is less than or equal to a second threshold, forwarding the data packet in the third data flow, otherwise, discarding the packet. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002223 | OPTIMIZING PHYSIOLOGIC MONITORING BASED ON AVAILABLE BUT VARIABLE SIGNAL QUALITY - When transmitting patient data over a hospital network, data types are prioritized into a data type hierarchy ( | 01-06-2011 |
20110007632 | TECHNIQUE FOR ROUTE OPTIMIZATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A technique for route optimization in a communication network is provided. A method implementation of this technique comprises the steps of providing a first data element containing information about first data session between a mobile terminal and a first gateway node and further containing mobility management information regarding the mobile terminal, wherein the first data element is associated with a first network address, providing a second data element containing information about a second data session between the mobile terminal and a second gateway node and further containing mobility management information regarding the mobile terminal, wherein the second data element is associated with a second network address, and switching an association of network traffic with the first data element to an association of network traffic with the second data element in order to optimize the flow of network traffic within the communication network. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007633 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL METHOD - The present invention can provide a radio communication apparatus comprising an antenna which receives a restriction signal from a radio base station, a reception circuit which decodes the restriction signal received by said antenna, and a control circuit which controls the radio communication apparatus, in which the control circuit can be adapted to select appropriately a speech outgoing/incoming scheme for performing communication with the radio base station on the basis of the restriction signal from the radio base station. As the speech outgoing/incoming scheme, a domain scheme or a speech communication scheme is used. In addition, the present invention further provides a communication network control system using the radio communication apparatus, and a communication network control method. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013513 | Wi-Fi Quality of Service Signaling - The transmission of signaling frames in a QoS system may be prioritized over the transmission of content frames carrying time-sensitive information. The signaling frames and the content frames may belong to a single communication session. Alternatively, the signaling frames may belong to a different communication session than the content frames. The signaling frames and the content frames may be audio frames, video frames or frames of other time-sensitive information. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013514 | Device and Method for Adaptation of Target Rate of Video Signals - A device, system, and method for adapting a current target rate of a video signal (VS) transmitted from a video provider ( | 01-20-2011 |
20110013515 | METHOD FOR ACCELERATING THE ACTIVATION OF A MBMS SERVICE - The invention relates to a method for accelerating the activation of a MBMS service distributed by a service provider to a plurality of user equipments UEs in the form of MBMS data packets, MBMS data packet, comprising each, compressed header information and a payload, characterized by:—creating a specific MBMS service data flow containing only header information,—transmitting said specific MBMS service data flow to the UE separately from said MBMS data packets. | 01-20-2011 |
20110019550 | CONTENT SERVICE AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A network content service apparatus includes a set of compute elements adapted to perform a set of network services; and a switching fabric coupling compute elements in said set of compute elements. The set of network services includes firewall protection, Network Address Translation, Internet Protocol forwarding, bandwidth management, Secure Sockets Layer operations, Web caching, Web switching, and virtual private networking. Code operable on the compute elements enables the network services, and the compute elements are provided on blades which further include at least one input/output port. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019551 | FLOW STATE AWARE MANAGEMENT OF QoS WITH A DISTRIBUTED CLASSIFIER - Packet network node and method of operating packet network node. Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In the described system, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded on lower priority flows and flow aggregates. Further action is taken to reduce the likelihood of packet discards through: (1) classification of flows that are not observable at the point in the network where flow-based packet discards are deployed, but are consuming bandwidth and signaling classification information to flow-based packet discard function or a flow-based monitoring function or network management function; (2) classification of flows making use of extended monitoring functions that are not co-located with a flow-based packet discard function, where extended monitoring functions may perform monitoring of a flow or a group of flows over a period of time. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026400 | NETWORK ON CHIP WITH QUALITY OF SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method for limiting the throughput of a communication in a meshed network, comprising the following steps: allocating fixed paths to communications likely to be established on the network; identifying the communications likely to take a mesh segment; allocating respective throughput quotas to the identified communications such that the sum of these quotas is less than or equal to a nominal throughput of said segment; and measuring the throughput of each communication at the input of the network and suspending the communication when its quota is reached. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026401 | TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is provided a transmission rate control method. In this method, data is transmitted to a receiver at the most recent transmission rate R | 02-03-2011 |
20110026402 | TCP ACKNOWLEDGE FOR AGGREGATED PACKET - A method and apparatus according to one embodiment of the invention are operable to detect the accumulation of redundant ACKs (acknowledgment signals) in a queue for streaming data packet units, and to delete a portion of the redundant ACKs to improve transmission efficiencies. In one embodiment, only the most relevant ACK is kept before the ACKs are processed for transmission. In an alternate embodiment, a ratio of defined that limits the maximum number of redundant ACKs that may be deleted. This ratio is based upon a transmission window size. The teachings of the present disclosure may also be applied to flow control in a more general sense in which a plurality of redundant signals responses are being transmitted after being aggregated. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026403 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT OF CLIENT TRAFFIC AT INGRESS LOCATION OF A DATA CENTER - A switch device includes a packet-forwarding table for providing traffic management across servers in a server group. Each table entry maps a hash value to a server in the server group. A hash value is computed from data in one or more fields in the header of a received packet. The computed hash value is used as an index into the packet-forwarding table to access a table entry and to identify from the table entry the server in the server group to which the table entry maps the computed hash value. The switch device forwards the packet to the identified server. Implementing traffic management decisions in hardware enables packet switching at the line rate of the switch ports. In addition, the hardware-based traffic management performed by the switch device eliminates session tables and the memory to store them, enabling the switch device to handle an unlimited number of client connections. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026404 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATIONS OVER A SHARED CHANNEL - A node may include a receiver configured to receive signals transmitted from a gateway and a logic device coupled to the receiver. The node may also include a memory configured to store label information identifying a data packet stored in the node. The logic device may be configured to receive a message from the gateway, where the message includes label information, and access the memory to identify a data packet based on the label information included in the message. The node may also include a transmitter configured to transmit the data packet to the gateway over a channel shared with a number of other nodes. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026405 | ROUTER, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE HAVING SAID ROUTER, AND PACKET ROUTING METHOD - A router includes: a flit arrival time management section that records flit arrival time which is the time at which the packet is received for the first time, transmission interval of the packet which are acquired from a control packet transmitted prior to the first transmission of a packet and input and output channels of the control packet and requires a crossbar section for an output channel from which the packet is supposed to be output before the flit arrival time; a switch assignment section that performs arbitration on the output channel request and performs input/output connection relationship setting processing; and a switch assignment verification section that verifies whether a result of the input/output connection relationship setting processing coincides with the actual routing of the packet. The cross bar section performs switching of the arriving packet using a result of the input/output connection relationship processing. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032823 | PACKET DECONSTRUCTION/RECONSTRUCTION AND LINK-CONTROL - The present disclosure includes methods, devices, and systems for packet processing. One method embodiment for packet flow control includes deconstructing a transport layer packet into a number of link-control layer packets, wherein each of the link-control layer packets has an associated sequence number, communicating the number of link-control layer packets via a common physical connection for a plurality of peripheral devices, and limiting a number of outstanding link-control layer packets during the communication. | 02-10-2011 |
20110044169 | Method and Apparatus for Early Warning of Congestion in Ad-Hoc Wireless Networks - The present invention embodiments bypass congested links in a multi-hop Ad-Hoc wireless network. Initially, congestion is measured at each network node based on channel utilization for both transmission and reception of TDMA and CSMA messages. The measured utilization is quantized to conserve transmission bandwidth. Non-uniform quantization is applied to enable the measured utilization to be quantized to the highest value within the quantization range prior to occurrence of congestion, thereby effectively providing early notification of the congestion. The quantized utilization is distributed with the original use costs of a communication link to the remaining network nodes by a Link State Advertisement (LSA) flood and supplemental ACK and/or HELLO packets. After a network node receives the quantized utilization, the link cost is updated and used to select a routing path that minimizes the total costs from the source node to the destination node for a multi-hop network. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044170 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS TERMINAL AND TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A multi-hop wireless terminal having a user application section, a traffic control section and a wireless transmitting/receiving section, the traffic control section enqueuing a packet of a transmission flow from the user application section and a packet of a forward flow from the wireless transmitting/receiving section in queues different for each flow and performing traffic control, where the traffic control section includes a queue manager for sorting a packet of each input flow into a corresponding queue and enqueuing the packet, and a packet scheduler for dequeuing a packet from each queue and outputting the packet, and where the packet scheduler selects from the queues a queue from which a packet is to be dequeued and output, based on transmission information of each of the flows. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044171 | CONGESTION HANDLING IN MULTICAST NETWORKS - The invention relates to techniques for traffic handling in congestion situations in a point-to-multipoint (‘PTM’) enabled network. A method embodiment of the inventive technique is performed in an egress node of the network and comprises the steps of detecting marked packets, the marking being indicative of a congestion situation in a core node of the PTM-enabled network; selecting, based on the detected markings, a particular PTM flow from one or more PTM flows passing the egress node for termination; and indicating the selected PTM flow in an upstream direction of the selected flow. | 02-24-2011 |
20110051602 | DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING - Methods and apparatus for dynamic load balancing are disclosed. An example method includes receiving, at a network device, a data packet to be sent via an aggregation group, where the aggregation group comprising a plurality of aggregate members. The example method further includes determining, based on the data packet, a flow identifier of a flow to which the data packet belongs and determining a state of the flow. The example method also includes determining, based on the flow identifier and the state of the flow, an assigned member of the plurality of aggregate members for the flow and communicating the packet via the assigned member. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051603 | DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING USING QUALITY/LOADING BANDS - Methods and apparatus for. An example method includes determining, by a network device, respective quality metrics for each of a plurality of members of an aggregation group of the network device, the respective quality metrics representing respective data traffic loading for each member of the aggregation group. The example method further includes grouping the plurality of aggregation members into a plurality of loading/quality bands based on their respective quality metrics. The example method also includes selecting members of the aggregation group for transmitting packets from a loading/quality band corresponding with members of the aggregation group having lower data traffic loading relative to the other members of the aggregation group. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051604 | PACKET RELAY DEVICE AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A packet relay device including a plurality of queues which store packets waiting to be transmitted, a congestion detection unit which detects a congestion state of the plurality of queues and selects one or more queues from among the plurality of queues based on the congestion state, a distribution unit which separates a packet addressed to one or more of the queues selected by the congestion detection unit from a sequence of packets before being stored in the plurality of queues, and a discard unit which discards, at a prescribed probability, a packet addressed to one or more of the queues separated by the distribution unit. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058474 | CONGESTION-ADAPTIVE COMPRESSION - A network device is adaptively configured to compress an output data stream, responsive to congestion in the network. The network device receives indications of network congestion from another network device. Upon receipt of a congestion indication, the network device can adapt the compression technique to attempt to achieve more or less compression, depending on whether the congestion indication indicates more or less congestion. By adapting the compression to the level of network congestion, end-to-end latency of the network can potentially be decreased. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058475 | Utilization of Data Links - Control of a data packet buffer in a communication system is described. Control of a data packet queue in a transmission link is shown. In the queue there is stored a plurality of received data packets that are intended for transmission over a wireless interface. Selected packets are discarded from the queue without the selected packets having been transmitted. A packet is selected for discarding depending on at least the length of time the packet has been stored in the queue. The discarding of a selected packet is effectuated on condition that at least a predetermined time period has elapsed since a previous discarding of a packet has taken place. Such a solution is advantageous in that, for varying transmission bandwidth conditions in the transmission link, it is possible to achieve good link utilization and throughput, while at the same time enabling a low end-to-end delay for packets transmitted in the link. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058476 | Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Wireless Network Operations Associated With A Flow Control Process - Techniques for controlling wireless network operations associated with a flow control process of a wireless network involving a data session established between a mobile station and a service node. The network processor examines quality of service (QoS) data associated with the data session. The network processor causes the flow control process to be bypassed for the mobile station based on the QoS data indicating that the data session is associated with a predetermined traffic class (e.g. background traffic class). This serves to prohibit the flow control process from stopping the flow of data packets in the data session without terminating the data session based on detection of an out-of-coverage condition. Otherwise, the network processor allows the flow control process to be performed for the mobile station based on the QoS data indicating that the data session is not associated with the predetermined traffic class. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058477 | INTELLIGENT CONGESTION FEEDBACK APPARATUS AND METHOD - Apparatus and methods for intelligent congestion feedback are disclosed. An example apparatus includes a data interface configured to receive data packets from a source endpoint via an intermediate node. The data packets include a field indicating whether data congestion for data being sent to the destination endpoint is occurring. The example apparatus also includes a timer. The example apparatus further includes a feedback loop interface configured to selectively enable a feedback loop to the source endpoint and to transmit congestion notification (CN) messages to the source endpoint over the feedback loop. Upon receiving a data packet indicating that congestion has occurred due to the data packets from the source endpoint to the destination endpoint, the destination endpoint is configured to set the timer to a preset time value; start the timer reverse counting from the preset time value to zero, enable the feedback loop and transmit the CN messages. | 03-10-2011 |
20110063976 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE BYPASS PATHS IN AN INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to manage bypass paths in an Internet protocol (IP) network are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein includes receiving IP traffic at an aggregation router and measuring a bandwidth value of the IP traffic forwarded from the aggregation router to an IP router at a starting node. The example method also includes establishing a first non-routed bypass path between a switch at the starting node and a first switch at a first destination node when a measured traffic throughput value of the IP router at the starting node exceeds a first threshold value, and sending the IP traffic from the aggregation router via the bypass path. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063977 | Inter-Network-Nodes Flow Control - A mobile network telecommunication system is provided. The system includes a base station for sending flow control signal for a UE (user equipment) to a core network, the core network being capable of responding to the flow control signal by buffering packet data for the UE, and an interface for transmitting the flow control signal between the base station and the core network. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063978 | TRAFFIC SHAPING METHOD AND DEVICE - A packet relay device comprises a distribution processing unit classifying traffics into groups and users based on header information of packets received; a calculation unit calculating available frame rate of each user from peak frame rate, minimum frame rate, and weight information set for each user; a scheduling control unit updating a transmission schedule point-in-time calculated based on the available frame rate of each user, and judging which packet should be transmitted in accordance with the transmission schedule point-in-time updated; and a shaping unit updating a transmission schedule point-in-time calculated based on the peak frame rate of each user, and performing a shaping of packets at the peak frame rate on each user basis in accordance with the transmission schedule point-in-time updated; and a priority-control processing unit performing a strict priority control over transmission of packets of each group in correspondence with degree of priority of each group. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069614 | STATISTICAL SUB-MULTIPLEXER FOR CENTRALLY FORMATTED BROADCAST PROGRAMMING - Methods and systems generate a multiplex signal including two or more different sub-multiplexes for transmission via a broadcast network. A first sub-multiplex may include several services for broadcast in multiple locations, while multiple second sub-multiplexes may include services for broadcast within particular locations. A statistical multiplexer generates the first sub-multiplex within a first bandwidth allocation. If the first sub-multiplex services cannot fit within the allocated bandwidth, the bandwidth allocation may be adjusted. The statistical multiplexer may generate a second sub-multiplex within a second bandwidth allocation. If the second sub-multiplex services do not fit within the allocated bandwidth, the bandwidth allocation may be adjusted to increase the bandwidth allocated to the second sub-multiplex and decrease the bandwidth allocated to the first sub-multiplex so that the total bandwidth capacity of a broadcast network is not exceeded. This process may be repeated for each of the second sub multiplexes. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069615 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LIMITING LOW PRIORITY TRAFFIC FROM BLOCKING HIGH PRIORITY TRAFFIC - A method for processing high priority packets and low priority packets in a network device includes performing arbitration on high priority packets until no high priority packets remain. Arbitration then is enabled on low priority packets. A packet size associated with the selected low priority packet is compared with a programmable threshold. Low priority packets are excluded from subsequent arbitration for a programmable duration when the packet size exceeds the programmable threshold. | 03-24-2011 |
20110075560 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING LABELED FLOWS IN A COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method is provided for managing access communications between the service edge of a communications service provider and a customer. Access communications are carried in the form of carrier-tagged flows, the communications traffic being appended with carrier tags having significance to handling of the traffic through access network elements. A building aggregation system is provided which couples to customer premise equipment and interfaces customer flows to carrier-tagged flows used in the access network. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075561 | Method and Apparatus for Handling a Switch Using a Preferred Destination List - The present invention relates to switching technology, such Ethernet, where data switching is performed based on a collision-prone switching table ( | 03-31-2011 |
20110080828 | Congestion Control - A method may include receiving a number of calls and identifying destinations associated with the calls, where a first portion of the calls are associated with a first destination. The method may also include determining whether failure responses associated with calls forwarded toward the first destination indicate a problem or a possible problem associated with forwarding calls toward the first destination. The method may further include blocking, when the failure responses indicate a problem or a possible problem, at least some of the first portion of calls from being forwarded toward the first destination. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080829 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING NETWORK CONDITIONS VIA A STACKED TOPOLOGY OF NETWORK CAPTURED TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION DEVICES - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and devices for monitoring a stacked topology of network captured traffic distribution devices and/or a device or network connected thereto are described. For example, a network captured traffic distribution device communicatively coupled to a plurality of network captured traffic distribution devices arranged in a stacked topology via a communication link may monitor a status of the stacked topology, a network captured traffic distribution device included in the stacked topology, a network communicatively coupled to the stacked topology, and/or a network device communicatively coupled to the stacked topology. Configuration information included in the network captured traffic distribution device may be updated responsively to the monitoring. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080830 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING FORWARDING INFORMATION AND QOS INFORMATION IN FLOW BASED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A device for providing forwarding and QoS information in a flow based network environment acquires first information and second information from a flow table therein on the basis of status information of a predetermined flow in order to provide dynamically updated information in a flow based network environment. When it is determined that first information and second information acquired based on a route ID of a series of information are updated, the flow table is updated and the updated information is provided. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080831 | Data Transmission Control Methods And Devices - A method of controlling a radio access network entity of a data unit communication network is described, said radio access network entity being involved in providing a transport service to a radio terminal of said data unit communication network, said transport service being characterized by a set of values associated with respective service quality parameters, said method comprising: monitoring (S | 04-07-2011 |
20110080832 | PROVIDING A DATA FUNCTION IN AN ACCESS GATEWAY NODE - An access gateway node couples a control node to an external data network, where the control node and access gateway node are for use in a wireless communications network. The access gateway node comprises a data function to route packets containing traffic data between the control node and the external data network. An interface to the control node enables exchange of control messages between the data function and a control function in the control node. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080833 | Method and corresponding system for load balancing - Method and corresponding system for load balancing based on using direction of arrival to allocate the same channel to nearby stations to ensure that most stations using the same channel are hearing one another, and by that, reducing the amount of collisions. | 04-07-2011 |
20110085442 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND ADAPTIVE ROUTING COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communication network and a method for adaptively selecting a route for communications are disclosed. The wireless communication network includes a central node and a plurality of sub-nodes, of which the sub-nodes include relay nodes and terminal nodes, the central node has a function of routing control for communications in the whole wireless communication network, the relay node has a forwarding function, and the terminal node has a transceiving function. The method includes: generating a global routing table of the wireless communication network based on a predetermined criterion, by the central node independently or in cooperation with a part of the relay nodes; generating a local routing table of each of the sub-nodes based on the global routing table, and informing the local routing tables to the respective sub-nodes to store the local routing tables in the respective sub-nodes, by the central node independently or in cooperation with a part of the relay nodes, the local routing table including paths from the corresponding sub-node to adjacent nodes, wherein the local routing tables of at least a part of the sub-nodes each include a plurality of paths; and adaptively selecting, by the sub-node, a path from the local routing table thereof for communications according to a predetermined rule. According to this invention, chance of collision in communications is reduced, and energy saving is realized. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085443 | Packet Analysis Apparatus - As networks have spread, various services such as video streaming and IP telephone have been achieved. Along with that, complexity of networks has advanced, but there have not been a way to manage all packets distributed on networks, and thus quality guarantee and reliability securement have been problematic. Also, an increase in cost such as recovery solution upon a failure has been a big problem. Accordingly, an IP probe which detects packets distributed on communication paths in real time and visualizing a status of the network is achieved by a heterogeneous multi-core processor including a dynamic reconfigurable processor. By changing configuration function in a packet analysis depending on characteristics of the packets, low power and high performance are achieved with flexibly handling various standards and services. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090793 | Method and Device for Data Communication and Communication System Comprising Such Device - A method and a device are provided for data communication between a first instance and a second instance, the method including the step of: The first instance issues a first status report to the second instance either via a third instance or directly. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090794 | Wireless Data Communications Employing IP Flow Mobility - Techniques for IP flow mobility in a wireless data communications system, which allow for selective movement of IP data flows between different access networks supporting different access technology types. An access terminal (AT) is configured to selectively communicate using plural access technologies. Plural IP data flows are established between the AT and a first access network using a first technology type. A flow mobility trigger condition is detected, and in response, at least one IP data flow is moved to a second access network using a second technology, while maintaining at least another of the data flows to the first access network, and using the same IP address for the AT for data flows handled by both access networks, by using a mapping function between packet-filters for data flows and the access technology. The techniques may be used in conjunction with IP mobility protocols such as PMIP and CMIP. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090795 | DIFFERENTIATION AMONG OCCURRENCES OF PACKET REORDERING, CONGESTIVE PACKET LOSS, OR RANDOM PACKET LOSS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Example embodiments disclosed herein may relate to differentiating among network congestion, packet reordering, or random packet loss in wireless networks. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090796 | ADAPTIVELY MAINTAINING QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) IN DISTRIBUTED PBX NETWORKS - An adaptation mechanism monitors, maintains and controls quality of voice-grade for communications among end-systems in a distributed PBX topology, thereby providing an enhanced Quality of Service (QoS) for the network. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096665 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CONGESTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A subscriber unit: sends a media flow to a correspondent host; receives, from the correspondent host, an indication of a level of congestion in the communication network; compares the level of congestion to a congestion threshold (TH | 04-28-2011 |
20110096666 | PRIORITY-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Methods and apparatus for communicating data are disclosed. The example method includes allocating tokens to a first token bucket of a first two-rate, three-color meter (trTCM) at a first rate and allocating tokens to a second token bucket of the first trTCM at a second rate. The example method further includes allocating tokens to a first token bucket of a second trTCM at a third rate and allocating tokens to a second token bucket of the second trTCM at a fourth rate. The example method also includes reallocating tokens allocated to the first token bucket of the first trTCM to the first token bucket of the second trTCM when a token count of the first token bucket of the first trTCM exceeds a first capacity and reallocating tokens allocated to the second token bucket of the first trTCM to the second token bucket of the second trTCM when a token count of the second token bucket of the first trTCM exceeds a second capacity. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103224 | DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A data communication system for starting transmission and reception of target data for processing upon recognition that switching between communication modes is completed. The data communication system includes a master communication device and a slave communication device that continuously perform, at a time of switching from half-duplex communication to full-duplex communication, (i) a handshake using a directional control code indicating the switching and a preamble code indicating completion of the switching and (ii) a handshake using the preamble code and an acknowledge code indicating receipt of the preamble code, whereby each of the devices recognizes that the switching between communication modes by the opposite device is completed and starts transmission and reception of the target data. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103225 | BANDWIDTH SIGNALLING - A telecommunication network comprising a plurality of nodes including a content source ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110103226 | SYSTEM FOR TRANSPORTING ETHERNET FRAMES OVER VERY HIGH SPEED DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINES - An apparatus for and method of encapsulating Ethernet frames over a Very high speed Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) transport facility. The VDSL frames are transmitted over a point to point VDSL link where they are subsequently extracted and forwarded as standard Ethernet frames. The VDSL facility transport system comprises an Ethernet to VDSL Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) coupled to a DSL Access Multiplexor (DSLAM) over a VDSL transport facility. The Ethernet to VDSL CPE functions to receive a 10BaseT Ethernet signal and encapsulate the Ethernet frame into a VDSL frame for transmission over the VDSL facility. The DSLAM is adapted to receive VDSL frames, extract Ethernet frames therefrom and generate and output a standard Ethernet signal. Ethernet frames are encapsulated within VDSL frames and transmitted on the wire pair without regard to the state of the SOC signals. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103227 | QOS PROVISIONING IN A NETWORK HAVING DYNAMIC LINK STATES - A network node for a network having dynamic link states includes a processing unit and computer-readable memory for causing the processing unit to monitor a link state of the network; perform QoS provisioning and make appropriate updates to the QoS provisioning based on changes in the link state and QoS provisioning demands of QoS-aware applications; and provide notification to the QoS-aware applications to allow those applications to dynamically adapt to the link state changes. | 05-05-2011 |
20110110232 | BACK PRESSURE REMEDIATION - Back pressure is mapped within a network, and primary bottlenecks are distinguished from dependent bottlenecks. Further, the presently disclosed technology is capable of performing network healing operations designed to reduce the data load on primary bottlenecks while ignoring dependent bottlenecks. Still further, the presently disclosed technology teaches identifying and/or suggesting a switch port for adding a node to the network. More specifically, various implementations analyze traffic load and back pressure in a network, identify primary and dependent bottlenecks, resolve the primary bottlenecks, collect new node parameters, and/or select a switch port for the new node. Further, a command can be sent to a selected switch to activate an indicator on the selected port. New node parameters may include new node type, maximum load, minimum load, time of maximum load, time of minimum load and type of data associated with the new node. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110233 | NETWORK SYSTEM, NODE, PACKET FORWARDING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - There is proposed a network system and the like achieving a packet relay transmission with high relay transmission efficiency according to Intermittent Periodic Transmit method (IPT). In order to achieve Intermittent Periodic Transmit in a mesh cluster, a communication control unit of a core node selects one of a plurality of communication units according to downlink priority and causes the selected communication unit to transmit a packet with a periodic interval. In order to transmit a packet from the core node to another slave node, a communication control unit of a slave node selects one of the communication units according to downlink priority, and in order to transmit a packet from a slave node to the core node, the communication control unit of the slave node selects one of the communication units according to uplink priority. Then, the communication control unit causes the selected communication unit to transmit the packet. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110234 | TRAFFIC HANDLING FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION-BASED ADVERTISEMENTS - A communications advertising system is described for delivering ad content to subscribers of a telecommunications network. The system performs traffic handling by using at least two limits for regulating message transmission. During processing, a network node of the system can continuously monitor the quantity of message traffic being processed. If the node detects that the quantity of traffic has decreased below a first limit, it can initiate the processing of reserved bulk messages. The node then continues to transmit the bulk traffic while still measuring the quantity of message traffic being processed. If, thereafter, the node detects that the quantity of overall message traffic being processed has exceeded a second limit, the processing of bulk messages is halted until the quantity of regular traffic decreases below the first limit once again, at which point the node can resume processing the bulk message traffic. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110235 | COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH CONTROL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD - The present invention can prevent a fuzzy image, which is caused due to insufficient bandwidth when the bandwidth necessary for transmitting a content cannot be secured, to be displayed on a display device. When a relay apparatus ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110110236 | Multiple Logical Channels for Use in Network Devices - A method for establishing a virtual channel between network devices is disclosed. In the case of a local network device establishing a virtual channel with a remote network device, a virtual channel request message is sent from the local network device to the remote network device. A virtual channel acknowledgement message and a remote capability list are received and a virtual channel resume message and a local capability list are sent. The virtual channel is then enabled. In the case of a remote network device establishing a virtual channel with a local network device, a virtual channel request message is received from a local network device by a remote network device. A virtual channel acknowledgement message and a remote capability list are sent and a virtual channel resume message and a local capability list are received. The virtual channel is then enabled. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116375 | Method and apparatus to manage per flow state - A method and apparatus to reduce memory required in a network interface controller to store per flow state information associated with a network connection is provided. Instead of storing per flow state information for a connection in the network interface controller at an endpoint of the connection, the per flow state information for the connection is stored in memory external to the network interface controller. The stored state information is conveyed in a packet by the network interface controller between the endpoints of the connection. For a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection, the state information is conveyed between the endpoints of the TCP connection in a TCP option included in the TCP header in the packet. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116376 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING INTEGRATED CONTENT DELIVERY - An approach is provided for integrated content delivery. A request for content stored on a disk array of a router is received. In response to the request, one or more disks of the disk array are selected to retrieve the content, wherein the disk array is natively coupled to a switch fabric of the router. A path is determined through the switch fabric for transmission of the content. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116377 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING PACKET CHARACTERISTICS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a request to initiate a communication flow associated with a subscriber and identifying one or more parameters to be monitored for the communication flow. The method further includes extracting one or more bits from packets associated with the communication flow; the bits are used to determine an operating system associated with the communication flow. A policy decision can be executed for the communication flow based on the operating system associated with the communication flow. In more specific examples, the bits are sent to a next destination in response to a threshold being reached for at least one of the parameters. The parameters can be associated a volume parameter or a time parameter. The policy decision could include blocking traffic associated with the subscriber, initiating billing, redirecting the communication, managing a quality of service level for the communication flow, etc. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116378 | PROVIDING SERVICES TO PACKET FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A system and method for providing services to packet flows in a communication network. The services include enhanced charging, stateful firewalls, traffic performance optimization (TPO) and advanced services such as content differentiated charging, per-subscriber stateful firewalls, and VPNs, for example. A gateway can be used to route each packet flow through the services on a per-subscriber basis by inspecting accounting messages and checking subscriber profiles prior to setting up a new packet flow session. By directing the packet flow through the services requested latency can be reduced as well as the need to have equipment for each session regardless of whether the service is provided to the packet flow. The services can be provided in-line as well. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116379 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and device are provided for synchronizing data transmission of multicasting/broadcasting services (MBS) by a plurality of Base Stations. The method disclosed includes providing synchronization information to enable the plurality of Base Stations to start transmitting MBS data at a synchronized starting time point. Meanwhile, each of the Base Stations receives the MBS data to be transmitted and determines whether any of the MBS data has not been properly received. If so, the respective Base Station may initiate a process to recover the missing MBS data and/or to obtain information regarding the missing data to determine the duration of the time period that would have been required for transmitting the missing MBS. If the missing data has not been timely recovered, the respective Base Station determines a starting point and the duration of a silence period based on the information obtained, and refrains from transmitting signals along a communication channel allocated for transmission of MBS data, during that silence period. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122769 | SYNCHRONIZATION, SCHEDULING, NETWORK MANAGEMENT AND FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT METHOD OF A LAYERED WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention discloses as synchronization method of a layered wireless access system, which is applied to the layered wireless access system including an access point management unit located in an access layer and its linked access points. The access point management unit has a timing server, each access point having a timing client. The timing server generates timing information and distributes it to the timing client of each linked access point, and the timing client recovers the timing information as a local timing reference signal. The method may implement clock synchronization between the access point management unit and the access points to ensure the normal operation of the system. The present invention also provides network management, scheduling, frequency assignment and flow control methods based on the layered wireless access system. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122770 | LAWFUL INTERCEPTION FOR 2G/3G EQUIPMENT INTERWORKING WITH EVOLVED PACKET SYSTEM - A method, system, and a computer program product for reducing consumption of resources for lawful interception or retention data related to traffic concerning a 2G/3G target mobile connected to a telecommunications network interworking with Evolved Packet System is provided. At least a first parameter value in data for which lawful interception or data retention has been activated is detected at a first node. Based on at least the first parameter value, whether the traffic is intercepted or retained at a second node crossed by the traffic in the same network is evaluated. If the second node is located downstream of the first node, lawful interception requests or intercepted data are filtered out. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128849 | Signaling for Safety Message Transmission in Vehicular Communication Networks - Messages are broadcast in a vehicular environment using a network of nodes. Each node includes a transceiver and a processor arranged in a vehicle. A bandwidth of the network is partitioned into a set of channels including a control channel (CCH) and multiple service channel (SCH). Time is partitioned into alternating control channel intervals (CCHI) and service channel intervals (SCHI). A particular node transmits an attention signal indicating intent to access a particular channel to transmit a high priority safety message, wherein the network is designed according to a standard for a vehicular environment. The node then waits a random length backoff time and transmits the high priority safety message related to the vehicular environment after the random length backoff time. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128850 | BAND CONTROL SYSTEM, LOAD DISTRIBUTION DEVICE AND BAND CONTROL DEVICE - Band control is conducted for each user by distributing traffic for each user in a case where a plurality of band control devices are required due to increased traffic and under the condition where the user uses a plurality of terminals or has a plurality of IP addresses with one terminal to generate a plurality of communications at the same time. The band control is performed for each user, using a load distribution device for specifying a user identifier such as a contractor number or telephone number from the source IP address used by the users in making the communication, and transferring the traffic based on the user identifier, a user management device for managing the correspondence between the user identifier and the source IP address, and a plurality of band control devices for managing the traffic for each user identifier, and making the band control of traffic for each user through a transparent process installed on the network path and not recognized by the originator and recipient of the communication. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128851 | Reverse Link Power Control - This description describes examples of performing reverse link power control in a mobile network having a plurality of first modem devices that receive and transmit signals to wireless access terminals (ATs) and a second device in communication with the plurality of first devices. One of the first devices derives a first power control threshold (PCT) value for reverse link power of one of the access terminals (ATs) and the second device derives a second power control threshold (PCT) value for reverse link power of the one of the ATs. The second power control threshold (PCT) value is transmitted using a data traffic path and either the first PCT value or the second PCT value is selected. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128852 | Method and Apparatus for Communicating Unicast PQoS DFID Information - Methods and apparatus for communicating unicast PQoS DFID information in a MoCA network are disclosed. In a transmitting apparatus, values are assigned in a first set of fields of a reservation request element, the first set adapted to indicate a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value. Values are assigned in a second set of fields of the reservation request element, the second set adapted to represent the DFID value. A message comprising the reservation request element is transmitted to a network coordinator. In a receiving network coordinator, a message comprising a reservation request element is received, the reservation request element comprising a first set of fields and a second set of fields. It is determined whether the first set is indicative of a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value. The DFID value is determined from the second set if the first set is indicative of a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128853 | PACKET RELAY APPARATUS AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A packet relay apparatus relaying a packet exchanged between communication apparatuses with a connection established is provided. The packet relay apparatus includes a buffer for storing a packet selected from among arrival packets so that a transfer of the selected packet is to be suspended, and a congestion controller for monitoring, after the storage of the packet on the buffer, a packet passing through the packet relay apparatus, and causing the packet, stored on the buffer, to be transmitted at a timing responsive to a passage status of a packet having the same connection as the connection of the packet stored on the buffer. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128854 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL FORWARDING PROTOCOL | 06-02-2011 |
20110134755 | Methods, Systems, and Products for a Metering Application - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for enforcing a rate limit for data traffic. One method identifies a unidirectional stream of data packets flowing through a server to a downstream end user. The unidirectional stream is classified according to a rate class, with each rate class having an associated rate limit. Each rate limit specifies a maximum bit rate at which the unidirectional stream may flow. When the actual bit rate of the unidirectional stream exceeds the maximum bit rate permitted for the associated rate class, packets of data are discarded to reduce the bit rate. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141891 | LDP EXTENSION FOR FORWARDING PATH CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - A system includes an ingress node, an egress node, and one or more intermediate nodes. A path is formed from the ingress node to the egress node via the one or more intermediate nodes, where the path carries label distribution protocol (LDP) packets of an LDP traffic flow. One of the intermediate nodes detects traffic congestion, modifies one of the LDP packets to include an indicator of the traffic congestion, and sends the modified LDP packet towards the egress node. The egress node receives the modified LDP packet and notifies the ingress node of the traffic congestion in response to identifying the indicator of the traffic congestion within the modified LDP packet. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141892 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY COMMUNICATING WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of simultaneously communicating with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may assign a plurality of wireless communication devices to at least one Space-Division Multiple Access (SDMA) group based on traffic-specification (TSPEC) information corresponding to the plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group, respectively. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141893 | APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NETWORK ON PER-SUBFLOW BASIS - A subflow management apparatus that transmits media traffic to a user over a network includes a subflow transmitter and a subflow controller. The subflow transmitter identifies the characteristics of the media traffic, and classifies a flow contained in packets of the media traffic transmitted during the same session into at least one subflow and transmits the subflow to the user. The subflow controller collects information of the network required to transmit the media traffic to the user, and controls the subflow transmitter so that the media traffic is classified into the at least one subflow according to the information of the network. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141894 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A PATTERN WITHIN A DATA PACKET - Systems, devices, and methods for finding a captured data packet including a data pattern of interest are herein provided. The captured data packet may be included in the traffic flow of data packets received at a network captured traffic distribution device and may be found by scanning the payload portions of data packets included in the traffic flow to find a data packet including a data content pattern of interest. An egress port of the network captured traffic distribution device associated with a found data packet may be determined based upon the data pattern of interest detected in the payload portion of the found data packet and the found data packet may then be transmitted to its assigned egress port. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141895 | Hierarchical Wireless Access System and Access Point Management Unit in the System - A hierarchical wireless access system includes terminals, access points, centralized access gateways and a plurality of master access point management units located at the access layer and adopting distributed architecture. The master access point management unit includes a communication interface interacting with the centralized access gateway and/or core networks, to which one or more access points are attached. The master access point management unit processes forwards the data and signaling among the attached access points, and provides the function of access gateway and local operation maintenance and network management. Construction of the master access point management unit and the access point in the system is also provided. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141896 | FLOW CONTROL BUFFERING - A method and system for improved buffering during a flow control event, the system comprising: a mobile station having a mobile timer; a radio network communicating wirelessly with the mobile station and including: a base station; and a packet control function (PCF) capable of interrupting the flow of data to the wireless device during the flow control event; a packet data serving node (PDSN) communicating with the PCF and having a buffer to store data received for the mobile station during the flow control event, the buffer having a buffer timer; and a push function communicating with the PDSN and having a retry timer to indicate when to resend an unacknowledged packet; wherein the system coordinates the buffer timer with either the mobile timer or the retry timer to eliminate redundant messages. | 06-16-2011 |
20110149731 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of scheduling communications with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may transmit at least one scheduling frame including an indication of a downlink period allocated for simultaneous transmission from the wireless communication unit to at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group during the downlink period. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149732 | Method of improving quality of service for voice calls handled by a network element - In one embodiment, the method includes throttling, at the network element, a data rate of data traffic sent by the network element based on a quality of service for at least one voice call handled by the network element. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149733 | ROUTER AND LOAD BALANCE METHOD THEREOF - A router stores a predetermined threshold of a first wide area network (WAN) port transmitting packets and connects to the Internet via the first WAN port. The router detects traffic values of transmitted packets through the first WAN port at different time points and stores the traffic values in the storage system. The router determines whether a current traffic value is equal to a previous traffic value, and determines whether the current traffic value is greater than the predetermined threshold of the first WAN port if the current traffic values are not equal to the previous traffic value. The router switches a connection between the first WAN port and the Internet to a connection between the second WAN port and the Internet if the current traffic value is greater than the predetermined threshold. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149734 | SMART BORDER ROUTER AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FLOW USING THE SAME - A smart border router includes a traffic analyzer for receiving a traffic control policy including a network's routing policy and QoS policy from a router provided on a border of a network, and analyzing the same; a flow translator for, when receiving a plurality of flows from a specific network, translating a received flow to satisfy the traffic control policy of a destination network to which the flow will be transmitted; and a flow information controller for transmitting the translated flow to the destination network through a flow control protocol. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149735 | ON-CHIP INTERCONNECT METHOD, SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - In a method for making an on-chip interconnect for conveying between a set of initiators and a set of targets in which traffic is organized in classes of service, priority values representing the classes of service are associated with the traffic. The method further includes propagating the priority values towards the points of the network where an arbitration is performed between two classes of service of the traffic, and providing arbitration as a function of the priority values. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149736 | INTEGRATED METHODS OF PERFORMING NETWORK SWITCH FUNCTIONS - On-switch methods for enforcing a policy relating to one or more network switch resources, for detecting and mitigating a network anomaly, and for selectively filtering packets to an externally-accessible port, are provided. The methods may each be embodied as one or more rules held by one or more processor readable media, with one or more of the rules defining one or more conditions to be met by one or more usage-derived packet statistics, and one or more actions to be performed if the one or more conditions are met. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149737 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING SPILLOVER LIMITS IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - The present disclosure is directed to a a system for managing spillover via a plurality of cores of a multi-core device intermediary to a plurality of clients and one or more services. The system may include a device intermediary to a plurality of clients and one or more services. The system may include a spillover limit of a resource. The device may also include a plurality of packet engines operating on a corresponding core of a plurality of cores of the device. The system may include a pool manager allocating to each of the plurality of packet engines a number of resource uses from an exclusive quota pool and shared quota pool based on the spillover limit. The device may also include a virtual server of a packet engine of the plurality of packet engines. The virtual server manages client requests to one or more services. The device determines that the number of resources used by a packet engine of the plurality of packet engine has reached the allocated number of resource uses of the packet engine, and responsive to the determination, forwards to a backup virtual server a request of a client of the plurality of clients received by the device for the virtual server. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149738 | SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL WITH BURST AVOIDANCE - An apparatus and method for controlling bridge protocol data unit bursts is disclosed. The invention in the preferred embodiment is a switching device with a port enabled with a link management protocol and a burst control state machine. The burst control state machine is adapted to receive BPDUs and, under certain conditions, delay responding with its own BPDU falsely advertising itself as the new root bridge. The delay is preferably long enough to enable another bridge to identity the true root bridge. The delay, e.g., a burst control delay, is preferably equal to or less than a Hello time timer value generally defined to be 2 seconds in a Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol standard, for example. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149739 | CONCURRENT ASSOCIATION OF A WIRELESS MOBILE NODE WITH ACCESS POINTS FOR INCREASING CAPACITY OF ACCESS POINTS - Access for wireless mobile nodes (WMNs) to access points (APs) may be provided via a wireless network where each WMN is associated with a plurality of APs, according to an exemplary embodiment. | 06-23-2011 |
20110158097 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GUIDING AND DISTRIBUTING NETWORK LOAD FLOW - A system and method for guiding and distributing network load flow is proposed and characterized by providing service-providing equipment with better packet routes to reduce the load flow of a routing device. At least two service-providing devices are connected to enable the routing device to guide the packets sent by a user-end device into the at least two connected service-providing devices for allowing the service provider used by the user to process requested services and thereby reduce the number of times of sending data packets to the routing device. In the case that the subscriber has applied for multiple network services, the packets only need to be requested once with the connected service-providing equipment in order to complete all network services. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158098 | ADAPTIVE HYBRID WIRELESS AND WIRED PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - A hybrid wired and wireless architecture for a process control system is disclosed that includes hierarchical adaptability and optimization capabilities. The system is arranged in three tiers, the first including a number of wireless end devices exchanging packets of data and/or instructions with the distributed control system, where each wireless end device is associated with one or more meters, remote terminal units, diagnostic devices, pumps, valves, sensors, or tank level measuring devices. The second tier includes a plurality of wireless routers, each including a memory that stores a routing table and a processor that routes packets. The third tier includes a master wireless gateway device operably connected to receive packets from and transmit packets to the distributed control system. The processor of each of the wireless routers routes packets across the tiers between the end devices and the wireless gateway devices based on the stored routing table. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158099 | COMMUNICATING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATING DEVICE - A communicating device capable of transmitting packets to a destination device via any of a plurality of adjacent devices, has a first measuring unit for measuring a first quality of a link between the communicating device and the destination device for a first period of time, a second measuring unit for measuring a second quality of a link from the communicating device to the destination device for a second period of time shorter than the first period of time, a first selector for selecting an adjacent device from the plurality of adjacent devices based on the measured first quality when transmitting a new packet to the destination device, and a second selector for selecting an adjacent device from the plurality of adjacent devices based on the measured second quality upon failure of transmitting the new packet. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158100 | EARLY TRAFFIC REGULATION TECHNIQUES TO PROTECT AGAINST NETWORK FLOODING - Methods and apparatus for providing an Anti-Flooding Flow-Control (AFFC) mechanism suitable for use in defending against flooding network Denial-of-Service (N-DoS) attacks is described. Features of the AFFC mechanism include (1) traffic baseline generation, (2) dynamic buffer management, (3) packet scheduling, and (4) optional early traffic regulation. Baseline statistics on the flow rates for flows of data corresponding to different classes of packets are generated. When a router senses congestion, it activates the AFFC mechanism of the present invention. Traffic flows are classified. Elastic traffic is examined to determine if it is responsive to flow control signals. Flows of non-responsive elastic traffic is dropped. The remaining flows are compared to corresponding class baseline flow rates. Flows exceeding the baseline flow rates are subject to forced flow rate reductions, e.g., dropping of packets. | 06-30-2011 |
20110164499 | SLOTTED ALOHA CONGESTION CONTROL - A slotted Aloha communication system is provided according to one embodiment of the invention. The system may include a hub and a plurality of RCSTs. According to one embodiment, congestion control may occur at the RCST based in part on the number of segments received at the hub, the number of retransmission segments received at the hub and the number of successful collision retransmission segments received at the hub. The hub may communicate information regarding received segments. Congestion control may include calculating a transmission probably, performing a skewed probability measure with a probability equal to the transmission probability. If the results of the probability measure is positive the RCST may transmit or retransmit a segment within a first time prior, if the probability measure is negative then the RCST waits a set time period and reperforms the skewed probability measure. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164500 | Congestion Control in a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention is related to a method, base station (RBS) and computer program for quickly recovering from a detected congestion over the air interface. First the current bitrate at the which the air interface congestion has been detected is stored as a new reference bitrate. Thereafter, the base station (RBS) requests a reduction of the bitrate associated with the air interface. When the congestion condition has subsided the base station (RBS) requests a boost of the bitrate associated with the air interface up to the stored new reference bitrate. When finally the new reference bitrate has been reached, the base station (RBS) requests a linear increase of the bitrate associated with the air interface. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170411 | Turning on Flows in Network Initiated QoS - Methods and apparatus for network pre-configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) parameters in a communication channel triggered by establishment of packet data access by an access terminal with the network. The network-determined and network-initiated pre-establishment of the QoS parameters are for one or more reservation links, which each relate to a corresponding one or more applications resident on the access terminal. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170412 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORK LOAD AND CONDITION AWARE TRAFFIC SHAPING CONTROL - Fine grained RAN aware traffic prioritization in spectrum constrained modern wireless networks which support differentiated service plans uses cell load metrics supplied to a Fine grained Traffic flow Prioritization Engine (FTPE) with and without the assistance from a client side collection module, Peer Agent (PA), at the mobile. Knowledge about a mobile's subscription plan is derived from a Subscription Profiles Repository (SPR). Dynamic control on traffic prioritization is applied through operator policy control engines, Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) module. The FTPE works with flexible flow aggregation rules to simplify and scale prioritizing, blocking, and deferring decisions. The FPTE may apply Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) techniques to identify application flows, and uses hierarchical queue disciplines to achieve the necessary flow control. The FPTE may also instead use an adjunct DPI to perform the flow identifications. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170413 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING TOP SPREADERS - Disclosed are a method and a system for determining top spreaders in high speed network. The method may comprise: sampling a plurality of packets from the plurality of hosts during an interval of time; determining a difference between a count and a count error for each host based on the sampled packets; ranking the hosts based on the determined difference to identify a first set of hosts that are top in the ranked hosts; and selecting a second set of hosts from the first set of hosts as the top spreaders. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176420 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A wireless transmission device ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110176421 | METHODS FOR INTELLIGENT NIC BONDING AND LOAD-BALANCING - Methods, devices, and media for intelligent NIC bonding and load-balancing including the steps of: providing a packet at an incoming-packet port of a gateway; attaching an incoming-port identification, associated with the incoming-packet port, to the packet; routing the packet to a processing core; passing the packet through a gateway processing; sending the packet, by the core, to the operating system of a host system; and routing the packet to an outgoing-packet port of the gateway based on the incoming-port identification. Preferably, the gateway processing includes security processing of the packets. Preferably, the step of routing the packet to the outgoing-packet port is based solely on the incoming-port identification. Preferably, an outgoing-port identification, associated with the outgoing-packet port, has an identical bond-index to the incoming-port identification. Preferably, the gateway includes a plurality of incoming-packet ports, a plurality of respective incoming-port identifications, a plurality of processing cores, and a plurality of outgoing-packet ports. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176422 | Method and Arrangement in a Communication System - The present invention proposes a solution in the area of HSDPA flow control. It proposes an improvement to transport network congestion detection and avoidance. The improvement proposes to use a measurement of incoming bitrate to determine the reduction of bitrate after a transport network congestion event. The advantage is that high bitrate reduction is only used when it is necessary; otherwise only small bitrate reduction is used, which results in small oscillation, and consequently higher transport network utilization. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182182 | PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE AND LOAD BALANCE METHOD THEREOF - A packet forwarding device stores a predetermined threshold and a predetermined condition value of a first wide area network (WAN) port, and forwards packets that comply with the predetermined condition value via the first WAN port and forwards packets that do not comply with the predetermined condition value via a second WAN port. The packet forwarding device forwards some of the packets that do not comply with the predetermined condition value via the first WAN port in order to balance loads of the first and second WAN ports if the traffic value of the packets forwarded via the first WAN port is equal to or less than the predetermined threshold. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182183 | Method and Apparatus for Network Address Translation - A method and system for improved network address translation (NAT) to enable efficient translation of packets destined for communication systems within a domain utilizing network addresses that are incompatible with the source and destination addresses indicated in packets delivered from the global Internet. Since the addresses are not compatible with global Internet addresses, delivery cannot be accomplished except by some method of address translation. Traditional systems have not been constructed to enable such inbound translations, providing instead only communications outbound from the incompatibly addressed domain towards the global Internet. An embodiment of the system employs deep packet inspection (DPI) search techniques known from widely deployed systems in use today, to acquire a resource identifier, and to attempt to match the resource identifier to complete the flow of traffic on a packet-by-packet basis. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188376 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DATA FLOWS BASED ON INDICATION OF SELECTION CRITERIA - An apparatus and method for allocating a data flow based on selection criteria including receiving at least one policy including at least one indication for selecting an access from two or more of available accesses; determining a selection criterion based on the data flow; and selecting the access based on the determined selection criterion and the at least one indication. In one example, the selection criterion is one of the following: a bandwidth requirement for the data flow, an application generating the data flow, a protocol used to carry the data flow, a file size, an application name/ID, a role ID, or a throughput of the data flow. In one example, the policy is a management object (MO) received from an Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) module and the selected access is for a wireless local area network (WLAN), a LTE network or for a 3GPP service. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188377 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL BETWEEN RLC AND PDCP IN A COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method for flow control between a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer and a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer in a communication system are provided. The method includes storing Service Data Units (SDUs) to be transferred to the RLC layer, receiving information on a capacity that is currently unused in a buffer of the RLC layer from the RLC layer, and generating Packet Data Units (PDUs) from SDUs, a capacity of which corresponds to the information, among packets stored in a buffer of the PDCP layer, and then transferring the generated PDUs to the RLC layer. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194409 | OVERSUBSCRIBED PACKET STREAM-BASED INTERCONNECT PROTOCOL - A network device includes a receiver component that generates flow control information. The network device also includes a transmitter component that receives a packet for forwarding to the receiver component, receives flow control data for the packet from the receiver component, and provides the packet and the flow control data for the packet to a fabric component. The fabric component performs a congestion management operation for the packet, and forwards the packet to the receiver component based on the flow control data and results of the congestion management operation. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194410 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A mobile station for use with a mobile network, and being arranged to be assigned one or more Temporary Block Flows, TBFs, by the mobile network, and to receive RLC/MAC Blocks from the mobile network, each of which RLC/MAC Blocks is associated with one of said TBFs, and to identify a received RLC/MAC Block by means of a Temporary Flow Identity, TFI, which has been assigned by the mobile network to the TBF with which the RLC/MAC Block is associated. The mobile station is arranged to recognize TFIs which belong to a first group of TFIs as well as TFIs which belong to a second group of TFIs, with a TFI in the second group comprising a TFI in the first group of TFIs together with additional information in the received RLC/MAC block. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194411 | APPLYING ROUTER QUALITY OF SERVICE ON A CABLE MODEM INTERFACE ON A PER-SERVICE-FLOW BASIS - In one embodiment, a router that accesses a cable network through a cable modem receives, from the cable modem, a plurality of service-flow classifications utilized by the cable modem to describe service flows on the cable network. Based on the received service-flow classifications from the cable modem, the router determines traffic destined for the cable network that corresponds to each service-flow on the cable network. The router receives, from the cable modem, an indication of network backpressure for a particular service-flow on the cable network. The indication of network backpressure is received when a threshold of network backpressure has been surpassed for the particular service-flow on the cable network. The router controls particular traffic that corresponds to the particular service-flow on the cable network based on the indication of network backpressure for the particular service-flow on the cable network. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199903 | METHOD FOR PCRF TO AUTONOMOUSLY RESPOND TO CELL CAPACITY SHORTAGE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node and machine-readable storage medium including one or more of the following: determining network status; receiving an application request at the PCRN; generating a new PCC rule in response to the application request and network status; and providing the new PCC rule to a PCEN. Various exemplary embodiments further include receiving an event message, determining the network status from received event messages and isolating congestion using previously issued PCC rules and a network topology. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199904 | MESSAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The invention provides a message processing method, apparatus and communication system. The message processing method comprises: receiving by a base station a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and deleting a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information. The communication apparatus comprises: a receiving unit configured to receive a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and a processing unit configured to delete a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information. The claimed technical solution makes the base station more flexible in maintenance of the priority queue and more fully equipped with functions. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199905 | ACCESS CONTROL AND CONGESTION CONTROL IN MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method for performing load balancing by a wireless transmit/receive unit includes evaluating a current cell load value and on a condition that the current cell load value is greater than a predetermined threshold, performing load balancing by barring the current cell. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199906 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PERFORMING DIAMETER ANSWER MESSAGE-BASED NETWORK MANAGEMENT AT A DIAMETER SIGNALING ROUTER (DSR) - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for performing Diameter answer message-based network management at a Diameter signaling router (DSR) are disclosed. According to one method, a Diameter answer message that includes error indicator information is received from a first Diameter node at a DSR. The error indicator information included in the Diameter answer message is examined, at the DSR, and information based on the error indicator information is used to update status information for routes maintained by the DSR to the first Diameter node. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199907 | METHOD, NETWORK NODE AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPRESSING LOST PACKET RETRANSMISSION - A method, a network node, and a system for suppressing lost packet retransmission are provided. The method includes: generating retransmission suppression information, in which the retransmission suppression information includes identification information of data packets requiring retransmission suppression; and transmitting the retransmission suppression information to a receiving node, in which the retransmission suppression information is used to enable the receiving node not to request retransmission when data packets corresponding to the identification information in the retransmission suppression information are lost after the receiving node receives the retransmission suppression information. The network node includes a generating module and a transmitting module. The system includes an intermediate node and a receiving node. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205897 | PRIORITY AND SOURCE AWARE PACKET MEMORY RESERVATION AND FLOW CONTROL IN FORWARDING PLANES - A source-based memory usage table is accessed to identify a source having a memory usage satisfying a predetermined memory usage threshold, the source-based memory usage table including a plurality of source records, each corresponding to a source from which packets are received. A first flow control signal is transmitted to the identified source that has a memory usage satisfying the corresponding predetermined memory usage threshold to control further packet transmission from the identified source. A priority-based memory usage table is accessed to identify a priority of which a memory usage satisfies a predetermined memory usage threshold of the priority. A second flow control signal is transmitted to one or more sources associated with the identified priority having a memory usage satisfying the corresponding predetermined memory usage threshold to control further packet transmission from the identified one or more sources. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205898 | ROUTER, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND ROUTING CONTROL PROGRAM - In a routing apparatus, a state data reception unit identifies target paths involving a specified link and finds candidate paths which share their beginning and ending routing apparatuses with any one of the target paths and do not involve the specified link. The state data reception unit obtains state data of each candidate path from a management apparatus managing state data indicating states of routing apparatuses that forward traffic on the candidate paths. Based on the state data of each candidate path, a distribution path selection unit selects a distribution path that minimizes the increase in power consumption due to an expected change in the states of routing apparatuses. A distribution requesting unit transmits a distribution request to the beginning routing apparatus of a target path so as to distribute at least a part of the traffic on the target path to the selected distribution path. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205899 | System and Method for Wireless Network Congestion Control - Congestion control provides congestion control for one or more shared resources in a wireless communication network. In one exemplary embodiment, a congestion controller manages congestion of shared packet data channels by under-serving selected ones of the data connections sharing the packet data channel. Such selective under-serving may be effected by biasing scheduling of service on the packet data channel toward maximum throughput scheduling such that connections associated with poor radio conditions are naturally under-served. Further, the controller may manage congestion of other shared resources, such as shared transmit power resources, wherein congestion of the shared power resource is managed by under-allocating transmit power to selected ones of the connections. Congestion is sensed, for example, by monitoring transmit buffer occupancy levels, and/or reserve power levels. In either case, congestion relief may be amplified where operation of the controller “triggers” flow control on the intentionally under-served ones of the active data connections. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211449 | COMMUNICATION TRANSPORT OPTIMIZED FOR DATA CENTER ENVIRONMENT - Methods and apparatus for congestion control in computer networks achieve high burst tolerance, low latency and high throughput with shallow-buffered switches. A method for controlling congestion includes transmitting a set of data packets on a network connection from a first computing device to a second computing device, identifying each data packet in the set of data packets that experienced congestion on the network connection, sending, by the second computing device to the first computing device, a sequence of bits that represents the number of data packets in the set of data packets that were identified as having experienced congestion, and adjusting a rate of transmitting data packets on the network connection based on the sequence of bits sent to the first computing device. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211450 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY ADAPTING AUDIO PACKET MARKING IN A PACKET NETWORK - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for managing a packet network to deal with a problem of dropped audio packets. A triggering event signal indicates that audio marked packet traffic in the packet network has exceeded a capacity limit. Upon receiving the triggering event signal, a transmitting device transmits audio packets marked as non-audio packets through the packet network. The transmitting device, for example, is a VoIP telephone. The triggering event signal, for example, is generated when the audio marked packet traffic exceeds a dropped packet threshold, or when monitoring of audio marked packet traffic indicates that audio marked packet traffic approaches a committed data rate (CDR) threshold. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211451 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED DATA TRANSMISSION RELIABILITY OVER A NETWORK - In one example embodiment, a method is provided and includes identifying a first data type of a first payload of a first data packet to be transmitted as part of a flow, where the first data type is identified by evaluating a quality of service (QoS) field, and setting an acknowledgement flag based on the first data type; the acknowledgement flag to indicate that an acknowledgement is not required from a receiving device such that a network device avoids retransmitting a first outgoing frame when the acknowledgement is not received for the first outgoing frame. In more particular instances, the method can include where the acknowledgement flag is in the first outgoing frame. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216651 | Selectively Disabling Reliability Mechanisms on a Network Connection - Computerized methods, systems, and computer-storage media for establishing and managing a transmission control protocol (TCP)-based tunnel (“tunnel”) are provided. The tunnel spans between a data center and a private enterprise network and connects endpoints, of a service application, that reside in each location. During communication, the endpoints transmit data packets over one or more channels (e.g., higher-level channel and lower-level channel) that comprise the tunnel. Each of the channels supports reliability mechanisms (e.g., congestion-control mechanism and loss-recovery mechanism) integrally running thereon, for ensuring complete data-packet delivery. To prevent unwarranted performance degradation caused by duplicative efforts of reliability mechanisms, a fabric controller is employed to selectively disable one or more of the reliability mechanisms individually. The selective disablement of the reliability mechanisms is invoked by predefined criteria, such as instructions from a service model or detected identity of a source/destination endpoint, and is invoked on a per network connection basis. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222404 | HTTP OPTIMIZATION, MULTI-HOMING, MOBILITY AND PRIORITY - Combining parallel Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) connections and pipelining overcomes an impact of increasing Round Trip Time (RTT) by varying in real time the number of parallel connections and pipelined requests such that the number of outstanding requests is minimal and the link remains fully utilized. Optimal construction and scheduling of requests and connections in an HTTP stack improves page load time and also provides for greater responsiveness to changes in object priorities. Multi-homing and mobility at the application layer for HTTP are addressed. Multi-homing provides for simultaneous use of multiple interfaces, for example WWAN and WLAN interfaces which improves download time, especially in the case that the available bandwidth the interfaces is of the same order of magnitude. Mobility provides for switching connections as the device moves. In combination they provide for smoother mobility. Mobility can be provided this way without server or network support. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222405 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A STATE OF A NETWORK SERVICE - A system and method for determining a state of a network service. Frames per second at an interface are measured to determine congestion. An effective throughput at the interface is measured to determine the congestion. An average packet size for a number of frames communicated through the interface is determined. The state for the network service is determined in response to the congestion and the average packet size. The state indicates whether the SLA is violated. A throughput rate communicated through the interface is adjusted in response to the state. | 09-15-2011 |
20110228674 | PACKET PROCESSING OPTIMIZATION - Some of the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method comprising receiving a data packet that is transmitted over a network; generating classification information for the data packet; and selecting a memory storage mode for the data packet based on the classification information. Other embodiments are also described and claimed. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228675 | WIRELESS NODE - A module transmits a request for line connection to a module at a communication time notified from a module. The module proceeds to line connection processing in response to the request for line connection and notifies the module of success or failure of line connection. The module notifies a log database of the notified success or failure of line connection. The log database records success or failure of line connection in a database as log data and notifies the module of the log data at predetermined time intervals. The module revises a communication time based on the log data and notifies the module of the revised communication time. | 09-22-2011 |
20110235514 | DATA RADIO BEARER MAPPING IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for operating a relay having a first plurality of radio bearers (RBs) that interface with a donor base station and having a second plurality of RBs that interface with at least one user equipment (UE). According to certain aspects, the techniques generally include mapping each of the second plurality of RBs to one of the first plurality of RBs based on a QoS class identifier (QCI) associated therewith. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235515 | USE OF T-LOOP IN TRANS-SPLICING POLYNUCLEOTIDES - A method of regulating data flow in a wireless communication network includes: collecting data regarding dynamic loading of sector-carrier pairs (pilots) in communication sectors of the wireless communication network; obtaining data rates for data flows of the pilots to access terminals within the wireless communication network; determining one or more pilots to use for conveying data in the wireless communication network based on the data rates and the dynamic loading; and altering data flow over the pilots by at least one of changing a data rate over at least one of the pilots or changing a combination of pilots used by the wireless communication network for conveying data to increase total data flow. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235516 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTING PACKETS VIA INTRA-MESH AND EXTRA-MESH ROUTES - A method and apparatus for routing a packet implemented in a mesh point (MP) of a wireless network are described. According to the method, a plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes are compared. One of the plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes is selected for transmission of the packet based on at least one criterion. The packet is transmitted over the selected one of the plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235517 | Geographic Trunk Groups - Embodiments of the invention include a method for routing an Internet Protocol (IP) based call through a first IP-based network to a second IP-based network. The method includes receiving an IP-based call request in the first network; identifying one or more geographic trunk groups that can be used to route the call request out of the first network, wherein each of the one or more geographic trunk groups represents a logical grouping of one or more IP trunk groups between the first IP-based network and the second IP-based network; selecting one of the one or more geographic trunk groups; and routing the received call request via the selected geographic trunk group to an IP address associated with the selected geographic trunk group. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 09-29-2011 |
20110242978 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING QUALITY OF SERVICE CONFIGURATION BASED ON REAL-TIME TRAFFIC - A system and method for dynamically adjusting QoS configuration and a network in which said system or said method is employed. In one embodiment, the system includes: ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110242979 | Enhanced Random Early Discard for Networked Devices - Methods, apparatuses and systems directed to enhanced random early discard mechanisms implemented in various networked devices including end-systems such as servers and intermediate systems such as gateways and routers. In one implementation, the present invention enables a random early discard mechanism that intelligently biases the drop probabilities of select packets based on one or more application-aware and/or flow-aware metrics or state conditions. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242980 | Capacity Monitoring of Multi-Service Networks - A network management device ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110242981 | MULTI-STAGED SERVICES POLICING - A multi-staged services policer implements multiple policies, at an edge device of network, on the data traffic of a single customer. In such a multi-staged services policer, services policers in a given stage may receive information from policers in subsequent stages. This information may be used when policing in the given stage. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249555 | SCHEME AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-RESOURCE FLOW CONTROL - Systems and methods for controlling the flow of a wireless communication apparatus based on a plurality of resources. The levels of each of a plurality of resources are monitored and the flow state of the apparatus is set to ensure safe operation in view of disparate usage of the resources. In one embodiment an individual flow state is determined with respect to each resource. One of the individual flow states is then selected for the apparatus as a whole. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249556 | CELL SELECTION METHOD AND CONTROLLER - A controller | 10-13-2011 |
20110249557 | Centralized Wireless Manager (WiM) for Performance Management of IEEE 802.11 and a Method Thereof - The present invention is an implementation of a network device called Wireless Manager (WiM) a centralized controller for QoS management of infrastructure WLANs based on the IEEE 802.11 DCF standards. The WiM queues and schedules packets from all the traffic flowing between the Access Points (APs) and the wireline LAN which requires no changes to the AP or the STAs, and can be viewed as implementing a Split-MAC architecture. The objectives of WiM are to manage various TCP performance related issues such as the throughput anomaly when STAs associate with an AP with mixed PHY rates, and upload download unfairness induced by finite AP buffers, and also to serve as the controller for VoIP admission control and handovers, and for other QoS management measures. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255405 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A MULTIPORT MAC BRIDGE HAVING PORTS WHICH CAN BE SWITCHED OFF ACCORDING TO AN ISOCHRONOUS DATA STREAM AT ONE PORT OR PORT PAIR IN ETHERNET LANS - In the method for operating a multi-port bridge for the routing, differentiated in accordance with traffic classes, of data packets which are subdivided into different priority classes in accordance with the IEEE802.1D standard, an additional traffic class “isochronous channel” is introduced. The multi-port bridge is configured in such a manner that at least one predetermined port in the case of unidirectional transmission and at least one predetermined port pair in the case of bidirectional transmission is operated in the “forwarding” state in which the predetermined port or the predetermined port pair forwards data packets of the additional traffic class IC from a queue. During the forwarding, all ports are deactivated with the exception of the predetermined port or port pair. The isochronous data stream is not restricted to one port or port pair but can be executed several times in dependence on the data rate of the transmission channel. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255406 | Method of Load Balancing and Related Communication Device - A method of load balancing for a first network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message from a mobile device, wherein the RRC message includes a specific cause; and not redirecting the mobile device to a second network according to the CS establishment cause. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255407 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a first reception unit ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110255408 | TRAFFIC ANALYSIS OF DATA FLOWS - A device includes a memory, flow table logic, sampling logic, and a processing unit. The memory is configured to store a flow table that stores, as a number of entries, statistics regarding a number of data flows. The flow table logic is configured to generate records corresponding to data flows for which entries are created in the flow table or removed from the flow table. The sampling logic is configured to select one of the data flows for sampling and sample initial data units for the one of the data flows. The processing unit is configured to receive the records generated by the flow table logic, receive the initial data units sampled by the sampling logic, analyze the initial data units to generate analysis results, correlate the records and the analysis results associated with a same one of the data flows, and store the correlated records and analysis results. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261696 | NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT PROBE SYSTEM - A system to investigate congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The system may also include a source node that sends a probe packet to the network devices to gather information about the traffic queues at each network device that receives the probe packet. The system may further include a routing table at each examined network device that is based upon the gathered information for each respective traffic queue. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261697 | NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A system to manage data congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The system may also include a source node that sends data packets to any of the network devices. The system may further include a routing table at each network device that is updated by the source node, and the route the data packets are sent by any network device is based upon each respective routing table. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261698 | Traffic Generator with Priority Flow Control - Port units, methods, and computer readable storage media for testing a network are disclosed. A traffic generator may generate and transmit test traffic over a network under test, the test traffic including a plurality of interleaved packet streams, each traffic stream associated with one of a plurality of flow control groups. A traffic receiver may receive flow control packets from the network under test. The traffic generator may be configured to stop transmission of all packet streams associated with one or more paused flow control groups when the traffic receiver receives a flow control packet identifying the one or more paused flow control groups. | 10-27-2011 |
20110267946 | WINDOWING TECHNIQUE FOR ADAPTIVE CLOCK RECOVERY AND OTHER SIGNAL-PROCESSING APPLICATIONS - In one embodiment, an adaptive clock recovery (ACR) system generates a current delay-offset estimate value (D | 11-03-2011 |
20110267947 | Load Balancing Over DCE Multipath ECMP Links for HPC and FCoE - Methods and apparatus for generating different hash values in an effort to achieve better load balancing among various paths in a data center environment, such as Data Center Ethernet (DCE) with Layer 2 Multipathing (L2MP), supporting equal-cost multipath (ECMP) routing are provided. In this manner, the data center environment may attain better network utilization for high-performance computing (HPC), storage area network (SAN), and/or local area network (LAN) traffic. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267948 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMMUNICATING AND MANAGING CONGESTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques are described that can be used to communicate congestion information concerning a downlink or uplink. In response to congestion on a link, a device can attempt to receive traffic on another network, scan for another node, or enter sleep mode for a time. In some cases, determination of congestion can be made based on an amount of time a packet is enqueued as well as the number of packets that experience a similar amount of enqueuing delay. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267949 | QUALITY OF SERVICE-PROVIDING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN THE SYSTEM - There are provided a quality of service (QoS)-providing system and a method for providing quality of service for mobile nodes in the QoS-providing system. Under a network environment running a host-based network layer mobility protocol based on tunneling mechanism, the QoS-providing system may be useful to allow effective mobility supports by distributing binding information to the distributed nodes, in order to provide session-based quality of service for tunneled packets between the mobile nodes on the access nodes and distribute traffic load concentrated on the central mobility control platform as well. Also, the QoS-providing system according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be useful to provide the function of hiding locations of mobile nodes since a care-of address of the mobile node is not transferred to a correspondent node and to automatically perform a route optimization procedure even when the mobile node does not directly perform a route optimization procedure. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267950 | TUNNEL PROVISIONING WITH LINK AGGREGATION AND HASHING - A method for processing data packets in a communication network includes establishing a path for a flow of the data packets through the communication network. At a node along the path having a plurality of aggregated ports, a port is selected from among the plurality to serve as part of the path. A label is chosen responsively to the selected port. The label is attached to the data packets in the flow at a point on the path upstream from the node. Upon receiving the data packets at the node, the data packets are switched through the selected port responsively to the label. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267951 | Systems and Methods For Prioritization of Data For Intelligent Discard in a Communication Network - Systems and methods for optimizing system performance of capacity and spectrum constrained, multiple-access communication systems by selectively discarding packets are provided. The systems and methods provided herein can drive changes in the communication system using control responses. One such control responses includes the optimal discard (also referred to herein as “intelligent discard”) of network packets under capacity constrained conditions. The systems and methods prioritize packets and make discard decisions based upon the prioritization. Some embodiments provide an interactive response by selectively discarding packets to enhance perceived and actual system throughput, other embodiments provide a reactive response by selectively discarding data packets based on their relative impact to service quality to mitigate oversubscription, others provide a proactive response by discarding packets based on predicted oversubscription, and others provide a combination thereof. | 11-03-2011 |
20110273984 | Packet Flow Processing in a Communication System - Method and apparatus for processing packet flows in a communication system. In one embodiment, a resource reservation message includes packet flow parameter information used to determine flow treatment of the associated packet flow. The packet flow mapping is based on the quality of service of the associated packet flow. In another embodiment, a bearer connection is established and monitored for information relating to flow treatment. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273985 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A FLOW IN A PACKET SWITCHING NETWORK - The invention is related to the field of flow control between two computing nodes over a packet switching network. Furthermore, the invention concerns a method for controlling data flow between a sending node and a receiving node over a packet switching network, data being sent with a current data rate onto a protocol-specific buffer of the receiving node, an application reading data stored in the buffer at a playback rate, | 11-10-2011 |
20110273986 | Method and System for Controlling the Restart Traffic in a Telecommunication Network - A method of regulating traffic in a telecommunications network, including the following steps: after the network receives an initial registration request, and if the network is capable of processing said initial registration request, it prescribes for the terminal that sent the request a registration refresh period randomly selected from a range defined by a predetermined minimum value (PREI | 11-10-2011 |
20110273987 | LOAD BALANCING - A method for load balancing Ethernet traffic within a fat tree network ( | 11-10-2011 |
20110280128 | GROUP CONFERENCE SYSTEM, CONFERENCE SERVER, SESSION SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD AND SESSION SWITCHING CONTROL PROGRAM - In switching of a conference server in a group conference system, switching of a session of each terminal device is completed smoothly in as a short time period as possible without imposing loads on a call control server. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280129 | System of Path Computation Element Protocol Support for Large-Scale Concurrent Path Computation - A system for a global concurrent path computation in a communication network is disclosed. The system includes a path computation element communication protocol, wherein the protocol includes an indicator field indicating the global concurrent path computation, a global objective function field providing an overarching objective function, a global constraint field specifying at least one global constraint, a global concurrent vector field specifying at least one path computation request, and another indicator field indicating an outcome of a path computation request. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286330 | Hardware Filtering of Unsolicited Grant Service Extended Headers - A system and method is presented that uses hardware at a central node to determine if bandwidth being provided to a remote node in accordance with an unsolicited grant service (UGS) flow requires adjustment. In one embodiment, the hardware performs this function by comparing information in two consecutively-received UGS extended headers from the same remote device. If the information in the current and previous UGS extended headers differ, then an indication is provided to software of the central node that the bandwidth being provided to the remote node requires adjustment. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286331 | Differentiated Services Code Point Mirroring For Wireless Communications - The DSCP Mirroring System enables the automatic reuse of the Differentiated Services Code Point header by the user devices that are served by a network to enable delivery of wireless services to the individually identified user wireless devices and manage the various data traffic and classes of data to optimize or guarantee performance, low latency, and/or bandwidth without the overhead of the management of the Differentiated Services Code Point header. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286332 | Flow control apparatus, network system, network control method, and program - A flow control apparatus that sends control information to one or more switching node apparatuses, where the control information is assigned to each series of communications performed between terminal devices via the switching node apparatuses. The flow control apparatus includes an effective time setting unit that sets an effective time of the control information based on an elapsed time measured from when the terminal devices which perform the series of communications start a communication via a specific one of the switching node apparatuses, in a manner such that the longer the elapsed time, the longer the effective time; and a sending unit that sends the control information every time when the effective time has elapsed. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286333 | FEEDBACK CONTROL FOR MULTICAST OR BROADCAST SERVICES - The invention relates to a method for controlling feedback of mobile terminals receiving via an air interface of a mobile communication system a multicast or broadcast service transmitted or forwarded by a feedback control entity and to a mobile terminal, the feedback control entity using this method. Further, a system comprising a feedback control entity and a mobile terminal receiving a multicast or broadcast service is provided. To enable configurable and adaptive feedback for multicast or broadcast services provided via an air interface maintaining the end-to-end session concept the invention suggests selecting a subset of the mobile terminals of the mobile communication system and which receive the multicast or broadcast service for providing feedback to a feedback control entity. In one embodiment of the invention the terminals may decide whether to provide feedback based on a probabilistic experiment performed based on parameters determined and provided by the feedback control entity. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286334 | Admission Control and Policing in Wireless Packet Data Communication System - A call flow is provided in a wireless communication system ( | 11-24-2011 |
20110292799 | Handling of Overloads and Handovers in a Communications Network - The present invention refers to handling of an overload in a communications network and to handling of handovers occurring after the handling of handovers in the communications net work, wherein said communications network is based upon a tree topology providing several levels of nodes in said communications network. According to the present invention, in formation about an overload is provided through several levels of nodes in communications network, starting from the node, with regard to which said overload has occurred, and ending with nodes being located in levels arranged upside the level, in which the overload occurred, and being connected directly or indirectly with the node, with regard to which said overload has occurred. When handling a handover from a cell in a node, which is affected by the overload, the handover will be allowed only if the cell comprises at least one node, which is also affected by the overload. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292800 | Systems and Methods For Controlling Data Transmission Rates - The present application discloses systems and methods for adapting the rate at which the packets are transmitted. In one embodiment, the method includes: (a) receiving a packet; (b) determining whether the packet is high priority packet or a low priority packet; and (c) determining whether a transmission rate value, which defines the maximum rate or maximum average rate at which the node should transmit the low priority packets, should be adjusted, wherein the determination is based, at least in part, on whether at least some number of high priority packets and/or bits was received since a point in time; and (d) adjusting the transmission rate value if it is determined in step (c) that the transmission rate value should be adjusted. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292801 | CONTROLLING BANDWIDTH SHARE - There is proposed a modification to the ECN protocol to remove the one-to-one relationship between the network signalling congestion and the sender response to that congestion. The result is to allow a receiver terminal to exhibit some control of bandwidth share relative to other receiver terminals. The idea is to calculate the average CE arrival frequency from received data packets and to set ECE flags at a rate determined as a function of the average CE arrival frequency. Preferably, the function is a multiplier applied to the average CE arrival frequency. The effect of averaging the CE arrival frequency as well as application of a multiplier is a decoupling of the ECE marked ACKs sent by a receiver to the sender, and control of the resulting transmission rate at the sender. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292802 | System and Method for Automatic Throttling of Resources in an Information Handling System Chassis - Systems and methods for automatic throttling of resources in an information handling system are disclosed. A method may include determining whether a first throttling condition exists, the first throttling condition existing when a chassis management controller fails to communicate a clock or synchronization signal to one or more devices in an information handling system chassis for a particular duration of time. The method may also include determining whether a second throttling condition exists, the second throttling condition existing when the chassis management controller fails to communicate data to one or more devices in the information system handling chassis. The method may further include throttling a resource in the information handling system chassis if at least one of the first throttling condition and the second throttling condition exists. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299392 | QUALITY OF SERVICE AWARE RATE THROTTLING OF DELAY TOLERANT TRAFFIC FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT ROUTING - The invention is directed to energy-efficient network processing of delay tolerant data packet traffic. Embodiments of the invention determine if an aggregate of time critical traffic flow rates and minimum rates for meeting QoS requirements of delay tolerant traffic flows exceeds a combined optimal rate of packet processing engines of a network processor. In the affirmative case, embodiments set the processing rate of individual packet processing engines to a minimum rate, such that the cumulative rate of the packet processing engines meets the aggregate rate, and schedule the delay tolerant flows to meet their respective minimum rates. Advantageously, by throttling the processing rate of only delay tolerant traffic, energy consumption of network processors can be reduced while at the same time QoS requirements of the delay tolerant traffic and time critical traffic can be met. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299393 | Adaptive CQI-based HSDPA flow control method - The adaptive CQI-based HSDPA flow control method selectively eliminates flow control to greatly improve scheduler performance and increase the overall system throughput at low traffic load in a 3G High Speed Downlink Packet Access system. The method utilizes channel quality information (CQI) to predict potential handover conditions and adjusts the degree of flow control applied to classes of users to tune buffer levels accordingly. By regulating buffer levels, the adaptive HSDPA flow control method improves scheduler performance and significantly reduces handover data loss, thereby enhancing the effective Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) throughput. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299394 | Translating Between An Ethernet Protocol And A Converged Enhanced Ethernet Protocol - Translating between an Ethernet protocol used by a first network component and a Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) protocol used by a second network component, the first and second components coupled through a CEE Converter that translates by: for data flow from the first network component to the second network component: receiving, by the CEE converter, traffic flow definition parameters for a single CEE protocol data flow; calculating, by a credit manager, available buffer space in an outbound frame buffer of the CEE converter for the data flow; communicating, by the credit manager to a CEE credit driver of the first component, the calculated size of the buffer space together with a start sequence number and a flow identifier; and responding, by the CEE credit driver to the CEE converter, with Ethernet frames comprising a private header that includes the flow identifier and a sequence number. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299395 | Traffic Control for Roaming Subscribers - A method of controlling load within a cellular telecommunications network due to packet data traffic, where packet data traffic associated with subscribers roaming in said network is broken out to respective access gateways in the subscribers home networks. The method comprises, within said cellular telecommunications network, identifying peer networks whose subscribers are currently roaming in the network. Upon detection of a congestion event within the network, a notification is caused to be sent to one or more of said peer networks. Upon receipt of the notification at the or each peer network, a reduction in the packet data traffic bandwidth available to those of said roaming subscribers belonging to the peer network is caused, wherein the packet data traffic associated with those subscribers in said cellular telecommunications is reduced. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299396 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND NETWORK SYSTEM FOR MULTI-PORT LOAD SHARING - The present invention relates to network communications technologies, and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a network system for multi-port load sharing. The method includes: receiving packets destined for a destination; searching an address port mapping table for corresponding logical egress port information according to destination address information carried in the packets; searching a logical port table for information about a corresponding load sharing group according to the logical egress port information, where the load sharing group includes at least two physical ports and each physical port corresponds to at least two subchannels; and encapsulating the packets into at least one subchannel corresponding to each physical port in the load sharing group respectively according to a preset load sharing policy, and forwarding the packets to the destination through the corresponding physical port. The embodiments of the present invention are applicable to network communications. | 12-08-2011 |
20110310736 | Method And System For Handling Traffic In A Data Communication Network - A method and system for offloading data traffic routing from one NI (network interface) to another in a multi-NI platform. When an NI determines that offloading of data traffic should occur, it disables routing at the incoming port or ports on which L3 traffic may be received, and reconfigures an L2 table to indicate that traffic addressed to a router MAC address should not be routed, but instead bridged to the other NI. This bridging is preferably done using an inter-NI link that is dedicated for communication between two or more NIs in the multi-Ni platform. The determination to offload traffic may, in some embodiments, be made as part of an initialization sequence and offloading is used until synchronization of the NI has been completed to a pre-determined point, at which time a determination is made to terminate offloading and routing from the NI is re-enabled. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310737 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QOS CONTEXT TRANSFER DURING INTER RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY HANDOVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate efficient transfer of quality of service (QoS) context during inter-radio access technology (RAT) handovers. In particular, techniques are described herein for establishing rules for whether a user equipment unit (UE) or an associated network should establish QoS for a mixed-mode application, identifying flow to bearer mappings when translating QoS across an inter-RAT handover, mapping QoS parameters of respective RATs, mitigating QoS depreciation upon multiple handovers, performing one or more actions if QoS is not acceptable in a new RAT, maintaining QoS during tunnel mode, and handling scenarios in which a UE moves between a RAT using network-initiated QoS and a RAT using UE-initiated QoS. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310738 | CONGESTION BUFFER CONTROL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A network device may handle packet congestion in a network. In one implementation, the network device may receive a packet associated with a quality of service priority class and with a connection to a user device. The network device may include an output queue associated with the priority class of the packet. The output queue may be congested. The network device may determine whether the connection associated with the packet is a guaranteed bit rate connection. The network device may queue the packet according to a first action policy function when the connection associated with the packet is a guaranteed bit rate connection and may queue the packet according to a second action policy function when the connection associated with the packet is not a guaranteed bit rate connection. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310739 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR VIRTUAL CHANNEL FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH A SWITCH FABRIC - A system includes a module associated with a first stage of a switch fabric directly coupled to a module associated with a second stage of the switch fabric via a single physical hop having multiple virtual channels. The module associated with the first stage is configured to assign a virtual channel identifier associated with a virtual channel with a data packet using a hash function and to send the data packet through the virtual channel based on the virtual channel identifier. The module associated with the second stage is configured to send a flow control signal to the module associated with the first stage when an available capacity of a queue is less than a predetermined threshold. The module associated with the first stage is configured to suspend sending data packets via the virtual channel in response to the flow control signal. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310740 | METHOD AND SYSTEM AND POLICY SERVER FOR GUARANTEEING DATA NOT TO BE INTERRUPTED - The present invention discloses a method for guaranteeing data not to be interrupted in multi-network connection environment, which applies between a user equipment (UE) connected with multiple networks and the multiple networks, and comprises that, when one or more network connections of the UE have congestion, an IP flow of the UE is transferred to an uncongested network connection from the congested network connection(s). The present invention also discloses a system and a policy server for guaranteeing data not to be interrupted. In the case that multiple network connections are established simultaneously, the present invention guarantees that data is not interrupted and achieves the effects of enlarging bandwidth and optimizing bandwidth by transferring IP flow. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310741 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR COORDINATION BETWEEN PLURALITY OF CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULES VIA ONE WIRE - The invention provides a mobile communication device having a Packet Traffic Arbitrator (PTA) module and a first wireless communication module, coupled to the PTA module via only one wire and configured to perform a first wireless transceiving. The first wireless communication module sends a first request indicating a remaining period of time for a second wireless communication module to use to the PTA module via the wire, and receives, via the wire, a first response indicating whether the first request has been accepted. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317558 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING PCC RULES BASED ON SERVICE REQUESTS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method of generating a Policy and Control Charging (PCC) rule for managing packet traffic across a network. The method may include: receiving a request message for PCC rules from a requesting network component; authorizing a set of QoS information based on the requested set of QoS information; generating a PCC rule; and transmitting the PCC rule to an enforcing network component. The request message may include a requested set of QoS information and multiple traffic mappings each describing a flow of packets transmitted across the network. The PCC rule may include the authorized set of QoS information and multiple flow descriptions corresponding to each traffic mapping. The PCRN may include: a first interface that receives a request message, a policy engine, a rule generator, and a second interface that transmits the PCC rule to an enforcing network component. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317559 | Notifying a Controller of a Change to a Packet Forwarding Configuration of a Network Element Over a Communication Channel - A method performed by a network element, for notifying a controller of a change to a packet forwarding configuration of the network element. The network element is separated from the controller by a communication channel. The method includes determining the change to the packet forwarding configuration of the network element. The packet forwarding configuration specifies how packets are to be forwarded by the network element. The method also includes actively notifying the controller of the change to the packet forwarding configuration by sending a message to the controller over the communication channel. The message, in addition to indicating the change, also indicates at least one detail about the packet forwarding configuration after the change. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317560 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, QoS CONTROL STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A first access network in which a bearer transfer path that guarantees a predetermined QoS has been established and a second access network in which a transfer path which is different from that in the first access network has been established are provided, and PCRF | 12-29-2011 |
20110317561 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING PACKET THROUGHPUT BASED ON CLASSIFICATION OF PACKET LOSS IN DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method, apparatus and system for managing loss of packets in data transmissions is provided. In a method embodiment, selective acknowledgements are received at a sending computer from a receiving computer. The sending computer is configured to analyze patterns in the selective acknowledgements and infer a type of packet loss. As a result of the inference, the packet delivery strategy from the sending computer can be adjusted. | 12-29-2011 |
20120002545 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE REQUEST MESSAGES IN A CONGESTED NETWORK - A method and apparatus are described for transmitting service request messages in a congested network. In one embodiment, a message including a timer value may be received by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) having a timer that is set based on the timer value. Once the timer is activated, the WTRU may not attempt to transmit a service request message to a network for mobile originated (MO) services, except for MO emergency calls, until the timer expires. In another embodiment, the timer may be deactivated in response to receiving a page for a mobile terminated (MT) call. The congested network may include a mobility management entity (MME) and a mobile switching center (MSC)/visitor location register (VLR). The MME may apply a congestion control criteria to the WTRU based on whether a timer in the MME is activated or expired. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002546 | MULTICASTING TRAFFIC MANAGER IN A NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE - Described embodiments provide a method of processing packets of a network processor. One or more tasks are generated corresponding to received packets associated with one or more data flows. A traffic manager receives a task corresponding to a data flow, the task provided by a processing module of the network processor. The traffic manager determines whether the received task corresponds to a unicast data flow or a multicast data flow. If the received task corresponds to a multicast data flow, the traffic manager determines, based on identifiers corresponding to the task, an address of launch data stored in launch data tables in a shared memory, and reads the launch data. Based on the identifiers and the read launch data, two or more output tasks are generated corresponding to the multicast data flow, and the two or more output tasks are added at the tail end of a scheduling queue. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002547 | TRAFFIC LOAD CONTROL IN A MESH NETWORK - The present technology relates to protocols relative to utility meters associated with an open operational framework. More particularly, the present subject matter relates to protocol subject matter for advanced metering infrastructure, adaptable to various international standards, while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field. The present subject matter supports meters within an ANSI standard C12.22/C12.19 system while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field, all to permit cell-based adaptive insertion of C12.22 meters within an open framework. Cell isolation is provided through quasi-orthogonal sequences in a frequency hopping network. Additional features relate to apparatus and methodology subject matters concerning Traffic Load Control in a Mesh Network. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002548 | Traffic Control by IP Multimedia Subsystem - Apparatus configured to implement a Proxy Call Session Control Function for use within an IP Multimedia Subsystem core network. The apparatus comprises a receiver for receiving a session initiation request in respect of an IP Multimedia Subsystem service, and a threshold determiner for determining a threshold applicable to user traffic associated with said service. The apparatus further comprises a sender for sending a session authorisation request to a policy decision function, the request including said threshold and a service data flow identifier identifying the user plane flow for said session. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002549 | NETWORK SYSTEM - After sensor nodes are deployed, when an edge node accommodating individual sensor nodes has entered a high-load state, the load is distributed to a low-load edge node receiving the same semantic information. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008498 | PERFORMING PATH-ORIENTED SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT - A method is disclosed for transmitting system management requests to computer systems along a network path using a network control protocol, such as RSVP. For example, an originating node may send a single system management request along a path to a destination node using a network control protocol. Each computer system along the network path may analyze the network control protocol message to determine whether the message contains a system management request. If a system management request is found in the message, the computer system may perform the system management function identified in the request, and respond to it. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008499 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a weight-based scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Individual data queues within a scheduling group can be created based on application class, specific application, individual data streams or some combination thereof. Application information and Application Factors (AF) are used to modify scheduler weights to differentiate between data streams assigned to a scheduling group. Dynamic AF settings may adjust relative importance of user applications to maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling weights may be dynamic and incorporate the notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to optimally manage video traffic during periods of congestion. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008500 | Credit Management When Resource Granularity is Larger than Credit Granularity - In one embodiment, a receiver on a credit-based flow-controlled interface is configured to free one or more data credits early when a data payload is received that incurs fewer unused data credits within a buffer memory that is allocated at a coarser granularity than the data credits. In another embodiment, header credits and data credits are dynamically adjusted based on actual packet data payload sizes. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008501 | HSPA Relative Bit-Rate AIMD-Based QoS Profiling - A method is disclosed for controlling, according to an additive increase multiplicative decrease (AIMD) principle, the bandwidth sharing among contending traffic flows over a transport network between a radio network controller and a radio base station. According to the method, a relative bit-rate (RBR) is determined ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120014252 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Communicating Data Packets Within A Data Packet Window Having A Size That Is Set Based On Quality Of Service (QOS) Parameters - Methods and apparatus for use in communicating data packets to communication devices are described. A communication device receives one or more Quality of Service (QoS) parameters of a data communication session established between it and a wireless communication network. The one or more QoS parameters may be or include a bandwidth parameter. The communication device sends the bandwidth parameter or a value derived therefrom to a host system via the wireless communication network. The communication device then receives, from the host system via the wireless communication network, data packets via the data communication session. The data packets are communicated within a data packet window having a size that is set as a function of the bandwidth parameter. If another data communication session is established, the communication device sends an updated bandwidth parameter to the host system for receiving data packets within a data packet window having an updated size that is set in accordance with the function. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014253 | MITIGATING THE EFFECTS OF CONGESTED INTERFACES ON A FABRIC - Techniques are provided for mitigating the effects of slow or no drain devices on a fabric. One or more of the described embodiments can be used alone or in combination to address problems associated with inter-switch link blocking and to address the situation where flows which are not associated with slow/no drain devices suffer the negative impacts of slow or no drain devices on a fabric. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014254 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING MULTIPLE TRANSPORTATION STREAMS OF STREAMING MEDIA NETWORK TEST TRAFFIC IN PACKET-BASED NETWORKS - A packetized streaming media delivery network carries many “streams” of differing media content. They often are from multiple sources and of different media types. The invention consists of a scalable hardware and/or software computing element resolving the network traffic into its individual streams for focused, simultaneous, and continuous real-time monitoring and analysis. The monitoring and analysis consists of delay factor and media loss rate which measure the cumulative jitter of the streaming media within the delivery network and the condition of the media payload. These measurements form a powerful picture of network problem awareness and resolution. The delay factor objectively indicates the contribution of the network devices in the streams' path, allowing for both problem prediction and indication. In one example, tapping a packetized network at various locations allows for correlation of the same-stream performance at various network points to pinpoint the source(s) of the impairment(s). | 01-19-2012 |
20120014255 | Method for Temporal Admission Control in a Digital Video Network - It is presented a method for bandwidth allocation in a band-width allocation server of a digital video network comprising a restricted channel being a link between a subscriber location and an access node. The method comprises: receiving a bandwidth reservation request to reserve bandwidth on the restricted channel, the bandwidth reservation request comprising a reservation start time; obtaining any existing bandwidth reservations for bandwidth on the restricted channel at least partly covered by the duration of the reservation request, the duration being delimited by the reservation start time; determining whether a bandwidth limit is exceeded by a combination of the bandwidth reservation request and the any existing bandwidth reservations, at any time covered by the bandwidth reservation request; when it is determined that the combination is under the bandwidth limit, handling an acceptance by sending a reservation accept response and storing a reservation corresponding to the bandwidth reservation request; and when it is determined that the combination exceeds the bandwidth limit, handling a rejection by sending a reservation reject response. A corresponding apparatus is also presented. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020214 | TRANSPARENT QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method, computer program product, and device are provided for transparent separation of traffic. A communication interface is configured to transmit and receive traffic over a network. A stack is configured to dynamically identify the traffic as interactive traffic and non-interactive traffic. When the stack identifies the non-interactive traffic, the stack is configured to move the non-interactive traffic to a non-interactive queue. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020215 | WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DEVICE THEREOF - A wireless network system and a wireless access point (AP) device thereof are provided. The wireless network system includes at least a wireless AP device and a plurality of wireless terminal devices. Each wireless AP device maintains a load list including load states of all wireless AP devices in the same area, and ranks load states of all wireless AP devices in the load list at least according to central processing unit utilization rates of the wireless AP devices. When a wireless terminal device transmits a connection request to one wireless AP device, the wireless AP determines whether it being in a low load state, and decides, depending upon whether it being in the low load state, to accept the connection request or to notify one or a plurality of wireless AP devices being in the low load states in the same area to accept the connection request. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020216 | COGNITIVE NETWORK LOAD PREDICTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Loads for a wireless network having a plurality of end nodes are predicted by constructing a computer data set of end-to-end pairs of the end nodes included in the network using a computer model of the network; constructing a computerized set of observables from social information about users of the network; developing a computerized learned model of predicted traffic using at least the data set and the observables; and using the computerized learned model to predict future end-to-end network traffic. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020217 | STORING NETWORK FLOW INFORMATION - Storing network flow information. Network packets comprising network internet protocol flow information is received at a network device, the network packets comprising an internet protocol header comprising internet protocol source and destination information pairs. The internet protocol source and destination information pairs are stored at a memory table of the network device. The internet protocol source and destination information pairs are made available for searching. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020218 | DYNAMIC MOBILE NETWORK TRAFFIC CONTROL - Document discloses methods, systems and computer program products for dynamic mobile network traffic control. In an embodiment of the method comprises controlling data traffic ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120020219 | Network system and congestion control method - A transmission terminal has a plurality of congestion control units (RPs) each controlling a frame transmission rate. A switch arranged between the transmission terminal and a reception terminal has a plurality of congestion detection units (CPs) each generating a congestion information notification frame addressed to the transmission terminal. A plurality of routes exist between the transmission terminal and the reception terminal. The management computer manages a correspondence relationship between the routes and the RPs, assigns any of the routes to a flow, selects a RP associated with a route assigned to the flow, and notifies the transmission terminal and the switch of the flow and the selected RP. When the switch receives a frame belonging to the flow, a CP associated with the selected RP generates the congestion information notification frame addressed to the selected RP. The transmission terminal transmits a frame belonging to the flow through the selected RP. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020220 | Network system, controller, and network control method - When an appliance, which has a packet discard function, discards a packet, transmits packet discard information as information related to the discarded packet to a controller. A controller performs a switch control process in response to the packet discard information. In the switch control process, the controller selects a target switch from the network, creates entry setting information for instructing the target switch to create an entry such that a packet belonging to the same flow as the discarded packet is discarded, and transmits the created entry setting information to the target switch. The target switch sets an entry in its own flow table in response to the entry setting information transmitted from the controller. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020221 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING NETWORK DERIVATIONS TO DETERMINE PATH STATES - A method of determining the state of a path in a network. A rate of throughput is observed at a node of the network over an interval for at least a portion of the path. Derivations associated with a characteristic of the frames or traffic flows communicated over at least the portion of the path are determined at the node. A state of congestion of the path is determined in response to the observed rate of throughput as compared to a bandwidth profile of the path and the derivations. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020222 | PATH CONTROL DEVICE, PATH CONTROL SYSTEM, PATH CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Provided are a path control device and a path control method for maintaining a constant communication quality between wireless links in a network including a plurality of wireless links with varying transmission rates. A path control device | 01-26-2012 |
20120026877 | High performance data transport system and method - System and method for providing data transport Quality of Service (QoS) assurances in homogeneous and heterogeneous communication networks consisting of one or more communication interface types. The system includes Subnet Managers for managing the resources of nodes within the subnets and Flow Managers for managing the communication flows between the nodes. A Real-time Reservation Transport Protocol (RRTP) establishes the resource reservations and QoS transport services for the communication flow payload over the reserved paths. The communication flows are protected against topological variations in the network, such as from node mobility. QoS assurances are also provided to secure communication flows through interoperation with security protocols, such as Internet Protocol Security (IPsec), or encryption devices, such as High Assurance Internet Protocol Encryptor (HAIPE). | 02-02-2012 |
20120026878 | Method For Configuration Of A Load Balancing Algorithm In A Network Device - A method for configuration of a network device is described herein. Counter information for one or more ports of a plurality of ports of the network device is managed. The one or more ports are aggregated to a logical port in a logical communication channel. The counter information may be determined by the network device. A current load balancing algorithm is determined. The current load balancing algorithm is set for use on network packets on egress out of the logical port. Statistics are determined using the counter information and the current load balancing algorithm. Based on the statistics, the network device is configured with an available load balancing algorithm of a plurality of load balancing algorithms available to the network device. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026879 | Systems and Methods For Network Congestion Management Using Radio Access Network Congestion Indicators - Systems and methods for managing communications network congestion are provided. In an embodiment, the system includes a radio access network (RAN) interface configured to receive RAN congestion indicators, a congestion correlator module configured to correlate RAN congestion indicators to service congestion indicators, a database comprising a set of congestion based policy rules, a policy controller module configured to apply the congestion-based policy rules to achieve a policy decision, and a policy enforcement control point interface configured to transmit network control instructions to enforce the policy decisions. In another embodiment of the invention, a method is provided for managing communications network congestion, that includes receiving one or more radio access network (RAN) congestion indicators, correlating the one or more RAN congestion indicators to one or more service congestion indicators, applying a congestion-based policy rule based on service congestion indicators to generate a policy decision, and implementing the policy decision. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026880 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR A BEARER IN RESPONSE TO AN EMERGENCY EVENT - An interoperability gateway performs a method for setting Quality of Service for a bearer in response to an emergency event. The method includes the interoperability gateway performing: receiving a indication of an emergency event for a first user, wherein the first user is operating a first device in a first network of a first network type; responsive to receiving the indication, determining a set of devices related to the first user, wherein the set of devices includes the first device and at least a second device operating in a second network of a second network type; instructing the second network to modify at least one Quality of Service setting for the second device. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026881 | PACKET CLASSIFICATION IN A NETWORK SECURITY DEVICE - Methods and apparatuses are described for inspecting data packets in a computer network. One or more data packets through the network have associated header data and content. One method includes receiving a data packet, examining the data packet to classify the data packet including classifying the data packet using information included in the header and content, determining flow instructions for processing the packet based on both the header information and the content and processing of the packet using the flow instructions. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026882 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING AGPS TRAFFIC CLASS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method of a mobile communication system is provided. In a method for changing a Quality of Service (QoS) of a base station in a mobile communication system, when a QoS parameter change is detected from a packet received from a terminal, the changed QoS parameter is determined. A Generic Route Encapsulation (GRE) packet to which the changed QoS parameter has been applied is transmitted to an upper node. When a Dynamic Service Change (DSC) performance with the terminal is requested by the upper node, the DSC is performed with the terminal. The changed QoS parameter is applied. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026883 | FAIR CHANNEL USE IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Fair usage of working channels in a wireless network is disclosed. A base station associated with a cell within a wireless community monitors the congestion of the working channel of neighboring communities. Upon determining that the congestion of the working channel of a neighboring community is less than that of its existing working channel, the base station initiates a switch to the neighboring community's working channel. Upon joining the new community, the frame structure and other networking parameters and attributes are adjusted. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026884 | Optimizing Communication Traffic Transport - The present invention relates to a solution for handling mobility and attachment of users in a wireless communication network ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120033554 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL DURING NETWORK CONGESTION IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method and apparatus for radio link control during network congestion in a mobile wireless communication device connected to a radio network subsystem in a wireless cellular network. The mobile wireless communication device detects a pending uplink control message. The mobile wireless communication device determines that an uplink channel on which the pending uplink control message is to be sent has insufficient bandwidth for uplink transmission. After waiting a congestion delay time interval, the mobile wireless communication device sends the pending uplink control message on an uplink signaling channel instead of on the uplink channel. In some embodiments, the uplink channel is associated with a radio access bearer and the uplink signaling channel is associated with a signaling radio bearer. | 02-09-2012 |
20120039172 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses and methods for transmitting and receiving signals in a mobile communication system are provided. A method for transmitting a signal by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a same control channel signal to each of a plurality of Radio Units (RUs), and transmitting a different data channel signal to each of the plurality of RUs. A data channel signal transmitted to each of the plurality of RUs may be determined taking into account at least one of a location of a User Equipment (UE) that will receive the data channel signal, and load balancing. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044808 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LOAD BALANCING FEMTOCELL CLUSTER ACCESS - A method of establishing a communication session between an access terminal and an access network is disclosed. The access terminal and access network may be femtocells based on the EVDO communication standard. The example method of communication may include transmitting a connection request from the access terminal to the access network, and receiving a redirect message or a traffic channel assignment message at the access terminal based on a communication between the access network and at least one other access network. More than one access network may be present communicating as a communication pair system aimed at load balancing access terminals. The method may also include establishing packet data communications between the access terminal and a packet data serving node to provide network communication to the access terminal. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044809 | Method for Controlling the Operation of a Processing Unit of a Wireless Communications Device, and Corresponding Communications Device - Method for controlling the operation of a processing unit (IC) of a wireless communications device (WAP) connected to a network (RES) via a communications channel, said processing unit being configured to process at least one application for processing data exchanged with the network (ATEL). The method comprises, in the presence of a detected or predictable processing overload of the processing unit, a transmission from the device to the network (RES) of quality information representing ( | 02-23-2012 |
20120057457 | PACKET-DATA NETWORK AND METHODS FOR RAN-AGNOSTIC MULTIMEDIA CONTENT DISTRIBUTION - Embodiments of a packet-data network (PDN) and methods for RAN-agnostic multimedia content distribution are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the PDN may dynamically distribute IP packets of a single service flow to two or more RANs associated with two or more available radio links for subsequent transmission to a user terminal when each of the two or more available radio links meet the QoS requirements of the single service flow. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057458 | EARLY LOAD DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR GGSN PROCESSOR - A device may store a first and second queue of packets, calculate an average queue size based on the number of packets in the first and second queues and discard a packet when the packet is a session creation packet and the calculated average queue size is greater than a threshold value. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057459 | Method, System and Use thereof for Controlling Real Time Contiguous Data in a Packet Switched Data Stream, Real Time Contiguous Data Service Provided Using Said Method - A method and apparatus in a packet-switched communication network for controlling Quality of Service (QoS) for a packet-switched data stream that includes a plurality of contiguous data packages. The network normally provides the data stream to users at a first QoS level. When it is determined that a receiving user is not authorized to receive the data stream at the first QoS level, the apparatus intercepts the data stream prior to receipt by the receiving user and extracts selected data packages from the data stream to reduce the QoS level for the data stream to a lower, second QoS level to match an authorization status of the receiving user. The apparatus then forwards to the receiving user, a modified data stream with the lower, second QoS level. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057460 | SERVICE PROCESSING SWITCH - Methods and systems for providing IP services in an integrated fashion are provided. According to one embodiment, a load associated with multiple virtual routing processing resources of an IP service generator of a virtual router (VR) based switch is monitored. Packets are load balanced among the virtual routing processing resources. A packet flow cache is maintained with packet flow entries containing information indicative of packet processing actions for established packet flows. Deep packet classification is performed to determine whether a packet is associated with an established packet flow. If so, the packet is directed to one of multiple virtual services processing resources representing application-tailored engines configured to provide network-based IP services including one or more of virtual private network (VPN) processing, firewall processing, Uniform Resource Locator (URL) filtering and anti-virus processing. If the packet is allowed, it is returned to the source virtual routing processing resource for forwarding. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057461 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE RESERVATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to network nodes and methods that allow for improved QoS control in a telecommunications network by providing combined reservation of transport resources and processing resources for a traffic flow. The amount of transport resources and the amount of processing resources required in connection with a traffic flow can be signaled in a signaling message from a sender node to a receiver node to enable reservation of appropriate amounts of processing resources as well as transport resources. | 03-08-2012 |
20120063310 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VIRTUALIZED FORWARDING - According to one embodiment, a method may include receiving a frame via an ingress port of a network element. The method may also include assigning a virtual destination address to the frame of the traffic. The method may further include internally switching the frame within the network element based on the virtual destination address. The method may additionally include modifying the virtual destination address one or more times such that the virtual destination address is translated to an actual destination address identifying an actual egress port of the network element. Moreover, the method may include routing the frame to an egress port of the network element based on the actual destination address. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063311 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING CONTEXTUALIZED FLOW TAGS - According to one embodiment, a method may include assigning a virtual local area network (VLAN) ingress connection identifier (iXid) to a frame upon ingress. The method may also include classifying a traffic flow for which the frame is a part through ingress engines of the network element based on the iXid. The method may further include swapping the iXid for an egress connection identifier (eXid) in the frame. The method may additionally include policing or shaping the traffic flow based on at least one of the iXid and the eXid. Moreover, the method may include classifying the traffic flow through egress engines of the network element based on the eXid. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063312 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - According to one embodiment, methods and systems may be configured to support client-to-network, network-to-client, and network-to-network flows in a network element including multiple plug-in units. Such support may include policing and shaping flows as aggregates across plug-in units, combining outputs of two upstream traffic managers to network ports on two plug-in units, combining network flows that ingress two plug-in units, and shaping traffic to client ports. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063313 | HYBRID WEIGHTED ROUND ROBIN (WRR) TRAFFIC SCHEDULING - A network device receives traffic associated with a network of intermediate network devices and user devices, classifies the received traffic, and allocates the classified traffic to traffic queues. The network device also schedules particular queued traffic, provided in the traffic queues and bound for particular intermediate network devices, using a hybrid weighted round robin (WRR) scheduler where the hybrid WRR scheduler schedules the particular queued traffic according to one of a 1-level WRR schedule, a 1.5 level WRR schedule, or a 2-level WRR schedule. The network device further provides the particular queued traffic to the particular intermediate network devices based on the scheduling of the hybrid WRR scheduler. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063314 | UNIVERSAL LOAD-BALANCING TUNNEL ENCAPSULATION - In one embodiment, packets received at head-end nodes in a computer network may have a payload and protocol ID of an original protocol of the packet. To allow load balancing across the network, the head-end node may convert the protocol ID to indicate a UDP packet, and may insert a UDP shim header into the packet having a load balance ID, at least one port ID of a destination tail-end node of the packet, and an indication of the original protocol ID. The head-end node may transmit the converted UDP packet toward the tail-end node as part of a load-balanced UDP flow based on the load balance ID. Tail-end nodes may receive UDP packets, and determine whether they are converted UDP packets. If so, the original protocol of the packet may be determined, the UDP header may be removed, and the packet may be processed according to the original protocol. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063315 | Method for Congestion Avoidance in 4G Networks - This invention aims to avoid and resolve congestions in wireless 4G networks. The method is based on a central self-organizing network (SON) server, which dynamically changes neighbor lists on congested base station and on all base stations in vicinity. The procedure is triggered by measuring relative committed traffic rate and air interface utilization of the base station. When base station enters into congested state, it notifies the SON server. The SON server creates new neighbor lists for all base stations in the vicinity and removes the congested base station from these lists. With new neighbor lists propagated to mobile stations, the latter won't scan and initiate handovers to the congested base station. The SON server additionally creates a new dense neighbor list and changes handover triggers settings of the congested base station. The mobile stations consequently find other handover opportunities and connect to different base stations. As the air interface resources are released, the base station leaves the congested state. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063316 | CONGESTION NOTIFICATION ACROSS MULTIPLE LAYER-2 DOMAINS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a congestion notification. During operation, the system receives a congestion notification message with a destination layer-2 address set as the receiving mechanism's layer-2 address. The system modifies a destination layer-2 address, a source layer-2 address, and optionally a VLAN identifier of the congestion notification message, and forwards the modified congestion notification message. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063317 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATION, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND MOBILE STATION - To provide a base station in which an electric power consumed in the base station can be suppressed and an electromagnetic wave interference between the base stations can be avoided, a method for controlling a base station, a control program, and a mobile station. The base station includes storage means, traffic history generation means for measuring a traffic of the base station for each unit time and storing it in the storage means as a traffic history, and control means for controlling transmission of a control signal based on the traffic history. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063318 | DEQUEUING AND CONGESTION CONTROL SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SINGLE STREAM MULTICAST - A system that processes single stream multicast data includes multiple queues, a dequeue engine, and/or a queue control engine. The queues temporarily store data. At least one of the queues stores single stream multicast data. A multicast count is associated with the single stream multicast data and corresponds to a number of destinations to which the single stream multicast data is to be sent. The dequeue engine dequeues data from the queues. If the data corresponds to the single stream multicast data, the dequeue engine examines the multicast count associated with the single stream multicast data and dequeues the single stream multicast data based on the multicast count. The queue control engine examines one of the queues to determine whether to drop data from the queue and marks the data based on a result of the determination. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063319 | METHOD FOR MANAGING PATHS BETWEEN A SOURCE NODE AND A DESTINATION NODE WITHIN THE DATA LINK LAYER, CORRESPONDING SOURCE NODE AND TABLE - A method is provided for managing paths between at least one source node and at least one destination node within the link layer in a mesh communication network including a plurality of intermediate nodes. At a given moment, at least two separate paths between the source node and the destination node are defined for distributing streams to be transmitted between the source node and the destination node. The method includes the following steps that are carried out in the source node: allocating a stream identifier to the streams; associating information representing a stream category to the streams; allocating one of the paths to one of the streams while taking into account the stream identifier and the stream category information. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069739 | Transport Control Server, Transport Control System, and Transport Control Method - There is a need to extract a traffic related to congestion in consideration of an entire network. Multiple traffics are received from multiple nodes. There is available information about bandwidths for the traffics passing through nodes. Bandwidths for the traffics at an entry node and an exit node are extracted from the bandwidth information. Each traffic first passes through the entry node and last passes through the exit node. A bandwidth is dropped when the traffic passes through the nodes. The dropped bandwidth is calculated based on the extracted bandwidths for the traffics at the entry node and the exit node. The calculated bandwidth to be dropped is compared with a specified first bandwidth. One or more first traffics are extracted because of having the dropped bandwidth larger than the first bandwidth. Based on band information, a second traffic is extracted from the extracted first traffic. The second traffic has a bandwidth that is dropped at two or more nodes for the first traffic to pass through and exceeds a specified second bandwidth. | 03-22-2012 |
20120075991 | Network system, control method thereof and controller - A network system includes a server which accommodates a plurality of tenants, at least one network appliance which has a resource shared by the plurality of tenants, a plurality of switches arranged between the at least one network appliance and a network; and a controller which controls the switches. Each switch has a flow table indicating an association of an input source with a transfer destination of packets for each flow, and transfers packets received from the input source to the transfer destination by referring to the flow table. The controller includes an assignment control block which dynamically assigns each of a plurality of tenants to any of the at least one network appliance; a route design block which designs a flow route for each of the tenants; and a switch setting block which sets the flow table for each of switches along the designed route. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075992 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TOUCH TEMPERATURE MANAGEMENT BASED ON POWER DISSIPATION HISTORY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for touch temperature management of a wireless communications device based on power dissipated over time, and possibly internal temperature readings. For example, the information about power dissipated over time can be utilized along with monitored internal temperatures of a device's internal circuitry to reduce transmit power and/or data rates as required in order to keep a surface temperature of the wireless device below a specified limit. A knowledge of how the device's touch temperature varies with the dissipated power and a knowledge of the power dissipation history can be utilized to determine when to reduce the transmit power in order to avoid overheating (e.g., exceeding the touch temperature limit). | 03-29-2012 |
20120075993 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH CONTROL WITH DEFINED PRIORITIES FOR DIFFERENT NETWORKS - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code to receive data from a source at a plurality of gateways for distribution using a selected priority. The data is transmitted from the plurality of gateways to a plurality of receivers using the selected priority. Every gateway in the plurality of gateways has an adaptive bandwidth control process and a respective set of parameters for controlling the adaptive bandwidth control process for sending the data at the selected priority. Transmission of the data from each gateway for the selected priority has a different impact on other traffic at different gateways in the plurality gateways for the selected priority when different values are set for the set of parameters for the different gateways. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075994 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING AGGREGATE BANDWIDTH AT A SERVER - A method, apparatus, and computer implemented instructions for managing traffic in a network data processing system. Traffic for a plurality of network paths is monitored. In response a packet for a particular network path within the plurality of network paths causing traffic for the particular network path to exceed a level of traffic allowed, an amount of available bandwidth is reduced based on a fair share for the particular network path. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075995 | Communications Network and a Method in a Communications Network - End-to-end communication in a communications network is controlled by determining, based on monitoring of traffic in the communications network, the number of paths, or links, needed between the first and the at least second network element. If it is determined, based on the traffic load, that not all available paths are needed:—Selecting at least one path that should not be used to carry traffic,—Rerouting any traffic using the selected at least one path to at least one alternative path, and —Placing any network elements or links not carrying traffic after the rerouting in standby mode in which the power consumption of the elements is reduced, to reduce the power consumption in the network. | 03-29-2012 |
20120082033 | DYNAMIC CONTROL OF AIR INTERFACE THROUGHPUT - A method and network node for dynamically controlling throughput over an air interface between a mobile terminal and a radio telecommunication system. The method detects a type of service being utilized by the mobile terminal, and dynamically selects a target delay for the traffic between a base station and the mobile terminal. The detecting may be done by a Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) engine implemented in a core network node such as a Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN). When the mobile terminal activates a delay-sensitive service, the target delay is dynamically changed to a smaller value to reduce latency. When the mobile terminal deactivates all delay-sensitive services, the target delay is dynamically changed to a larger value to increase throughput. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082034 | DYNAMIC TE-LSP PRIORITY AND PREEMPTION - In one embodiment, a node of a computer network receives a request to establish a traffic engineering (TE) label switched path (LSP). The node accesses a pre-defined range of preemption-priority values that may be used with the requested TE-LSP. The node determines a preemption-priority value at which adequate network resources to accommodate the requested TE-LSP would be available that is as low as possible within the pre-defined range of preemption-priority values. The node signals the requested TE-LSP with the determined preemption-priority value. The node receives notifications from one or more other nodes within the computer network indicating information about other TE-LSPs that would be preempted if the requested TE-LSP were established at the determined preemption-priority value. In response to the information regarding other TE-LSPs that would be preempted, the node determines whether to proceed with establishment of the requested TE-LSP at the determined preemption-priority value. | 04-05-2012 |
20120087242 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THROTTLING A FABRIC LOGIN IN A FIBRE CHANNEL ADAPTER - Systems and methods for throttling a fabric login (FLOGI) in a Fibre Channel (FC) adapter are provided. One system includes a first tracking mechanism, a second tracking mechanism, a switch, and a FC adapter. The FC adapter comprises three or more FLOGIs and a controller configured to perform the below method. One method includes transmitting first and second FLOGI requests to the switch and indicating, via a first tracking mechanism, that a first FLOGI associated with the first FLOGI request and a second FLOGI associated with the second FLOGI request are active. The method further includes queuing a third FLOGI request until the first FLOGI request or the second FLOGI request is processed by the switch and indicating, via a second tracking mechanism, that a third FLOGI associated with the third FLOGI request is queued. Also provided are computer storage mediums including computer code for performing the above method. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087243 | Message Processing Method and System - A message processing method includes receiving by a base station a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and deleting a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information. | 04-12-2012 |
20120092991 | ADAPTING TRANSMISSION TO IMPROVE QOS IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method and apparatus for adapting transmission to improve quality of service in a mobile wireless device that includes an application processor and a transceiver. An application service connection is established between the mobile wireless device and a remote device. The transceiver in the mobile wireless device monitors real time properties of a radio frequency access link that transports packets for the application service between the mobile wireless device and a wireless communication network. The transceiver provides local feedback to the application processor of updated values of the monitored real time properties. The application processor adjusts packet data generation and transmission in response to the updated values to manage quality of service for the application service connection. Packet data transmission adjustment includes active management of queues in the transceiver by the application processor, selectively dropping packets based on packet classifications and the local feedback information provided to the application processor. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092992 | SERVICE DATA FLOW DETECTION IN A CONFORMING 3GPP ACCESS NETWORK HAVING A PACKET MODIFICATION FUNCTION - A system includes: a packet processing function and a packet modification function. The packet processing function receives a packet generated by a sending application function and destined for a receiving application function. The packet includes first identifier information, and the packet processing function adds second identifier information thereto. The packet modification function: receives the packet; alters it in a way that prevents use of the first identifier information by a 3GPP conforming service data flow detection process to map the packet to a first service data flow for the sending application function; and provides the packet to a packet routing function with the second identifier information positioned in the packet to enable the packet routing function to use the second identifier information in the 3GPP conforming service data flow detection process to map the packet to the first service data flow and to a bearer for transporting the packet. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092993 | System and Method of Monitoring Packets in Flight for Optimizing Packet Traffic in a Network - Systems and methods of optimizing packet flow in a network are disclosed. An internetwork has a first network and plural second networks. A respective packet-in-flight counter is established for each one of the plural second networks and a respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for each one of the plural second networks. The respective packet-in-flight counter for each one of the plural second networks when a request packet is sent from any node in the first network to any node in that one of the plural second networks, or a response packet is received from any node that one of the plural second networks. it is determined whether a second request packet can be sent from any node in the first network to any of the plurality of nodes in one of the plural second networks, based on processing a value of the respective packet-in-flight counter for that one of the plural second networks and a value of the respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for that one of the plural second networks. The respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for each one of the plural second networks is adjusted based on a statistic that is indicative of roundtrip time for request packets sent from any node of the first network to any of the plurality of nodes in that one of the plural second networks. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092994 | TRAFFIC BEARER MAPPING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a traffic bearer mapping method and a communication device. The traffic bearer mapping method includes: obtaining attribute information of a traffic data flow of a user; selecting a relay transmission tunnel according to the attribute information of the traffic data flow of the user; and mapping the received traffic data flow to the relay transmission tunnel for transmission, where the relay transmission tunnel includes a relay link radio bearer Un RB or a bearer including the Un RB. According to the embodiments of the present invention, transmission of a traffic data flow in an LTE-A network after a relay node is introduced into is implemented, thereby ensuring quality of service of multi-service. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092995 | CONGESTION-BASED TRAFFIC METERING - In one aspect, the invention provides apparatuses and methods for communicating, from one network node to another network node, congestion information. Advantageously, the congestion information may be communicated at a per-packet level so that the node receiving the congestion information may meter the network usage of a user based, at least in part, upon the level of network congestion experienced by each packet sent or received by the user. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092996 | Method Of Managing A Traffic Load - In one embodiment, the network node receives a packet traffic aggregated from one or more concurrent application streams in a packet switched network. A number of the one or more concurrent application streams is estimated as a granularity of the packet traffic. A drop probability P | 04-19-2012 |
20120099428 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT IN A FIXED WIRELESS CUSTOMER PREMISES NETWORK - A method, performed by a fixed wireless router device, may include receiving a packet from a Long Term Evolution network, where the packet is associated with a particular Long Term Evolution Quality of Service class and mapping the particular Long Term Evolution Quality of Service class to a particular Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class. The method may further include assigning a Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class to the packet based on the particular Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class and forwarding the packet to particular device associated with a customer premises network serviced by the fixed wireless router device, based on a priority associated with the assigned Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099429 | Adaptation of Quality of Service in Handling Network Traffic - For allowing differentiated handling of network traffic, a message ( | 04-26-2012 |
20120099430 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON NETWORK TRAFFIC LEVEL - The present invention provides a method for managing communications of a wireless device in a wireless communication system based on network traffic level, and a wireless device comprising a control system configured to evaluate a network traffic level. The wireless device may be configured to transmit data, such as delay-tolerant data, based upon the network traffic level, for example transmitting data only under low traffic conditions. Deferring delay-tolerant communications may result in lower peak traffic conditions in the network. Evaluating the network traffic level may comprise measuring chip energy over total energy (Ec/Io), monitoring data on shared control channels such as HS-SCCH of a HSDPA system, inferring power allocated to channels by a dynamic power allocation scheme, or other methods. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099431 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION CHANNEL FLOW - A method for controlling information channel flow is provided according to the present invention, and includes: receiving information from multiple information channels of a data sending device, where the multiple information channels are divided into at least two channel groups, and a group number is set for the at least two channel groups respectively; determining an information channel requiring flow adjustment in the multiple information channels, and obtaining a group number of a channel group including the information channel requiring flow adjustment; generating flow operation information; and sending the flow operation information to the data sending device. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099432 | DECREASING JITTER IN PACKETIZED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for decreasing jitter for at least some packets in a first packet-switched communication system including defining parameters for a communication channel wherein the parameters determine a maximum jitter level, setting up a communication channel using the parameters to provide a channel with a predefined maximum jitter level, selecting packets from the first packet-switched communication system which are to be transmitted via the defined-jitter communication channel, and transmitting the determined packets via the defined-jitter communication channel. A packet switched network operating a designated defined-jitter channel for packets requiring defined jitter. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106338 | DYNAMIC CONTROL OF AIR INTERFACE THROUGHPUT - A system, method, and network node for dynamically controlling throughput over an air interface between a mobile terminal and a radio telecommunication system. A Gateway GPRS Service Node (GGSN) receives a plurality of traffic flows for the mobile terminal and uses a Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) module to determine a target delay class for each traffic flow. The GGSN signals the target delay class of each traffic flow to a Radio Network Controller (RNC) utilizing per-packet marking within a single radio access bearer (RAB). The RNC defines a separate virtual queue for each delay class on a per-RAB basis, and instructs a Node B serving the mobile terminal to do the same. The Node B services the queues according to packet transmission delays associated with each queue. A flow control mechanism in the Node B sets a packet queue length for each queue to optimize transmission performance. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106339 | Probing Specific Customer Flow in Layer-2 Multipath Networks - Techniques are provided to enable a switch in a layer-2 multipath network to determine connectivity of a path to a destination switch. At a source switch, user flow parameters are determined for user flow packets to be transported in the layer-2 multipath network to a destination switch. The sourced switch determines a number of hops from it to the destination switch based on the user flow parameters. Timestamping is activated for time-to-live expiry packets received at the source switch and for time-to-live expiry packets received at the destination switch. One or more probe packets having user flow parameters matching the user flow parameters of user flow packets are generated so that the probe packets use the same path taken by the user flow packets between the source switch and the destination switch. In addition, a time-to-live value corresponding to the number of hops from the source switch to the destination switch is included in a hop count field of the one or more probe packets. The time-to-live value distinguishes the one or more probe packets from user flow packets. The one or more probe packets are sent in the layer-2 multipath network from the source switch to the destination switch. Connectivity between the source switch and the destination switch is determined based on the one or more probe packets. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106340 | Self-Optimizing Repeater - The object of the present invention is to reduce interference and power consumption of a repeater operated in a wireless communication network. According to the present invention this object is achieved by a self-optimizing repeater ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120106341 | Method and System for Adaptive Resource Allocation - Methods and systems for adaptively allocating resources within a communication network, such as adaptive zone allocation in a wireless backhaul network. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106342 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK - Systems and methods for prioritizing transmission control protocol (TCP) flows for communication devices in a network are described herein. The systems and methods herein may further allocate bandwidth to the flows based on the priority of the flows. Further, the systems and methods herein allow devices to determine whether particular flows share a traffic flow constraint or bottleneck that limits the overall available bandwidth to the flows. Therefore, allocation of bandwidth for one flow may be adjusted based on allocation of bandwidth to another flow if the flows share a traffic flow constraint. Further, the systems and methods herein allow for target data rates to be determined for the flows based on shared traffic flow constraints. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106343 | FLOW TRANSFER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING FLOW BASED ON CHARACTERISTICS OF FLOW, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND FLOW PROCESSING METHOD - A flow transfer apparatus and method, which can make efficient use of limited resources in a wireless environment by dynamically mapping data flows to different transmission methods according to the characteristics of the flows, are provided. The flow transfer method includes analyzing an input packet stream to classify the input packet stream into a plurality of flows; dynamically determining a transmission method for each of the flows based on the characteristics of each of the flows; and transmitting the flows in parallel using their respective determined transmission methods. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113809 | Core Network Node Selection in a Mobile Communication Network - A method of selecting an interface node of a core network of a mobile communication network for handling data traffic between a mobile device and a destination network or a destination network node, as well a control node for performing such a method are provided. The control node processes signalling traffic for the mobile device and performs the selection. The mobile communication network comprises a plurality of core network interface nodes providing an interface to the core network. An interface node is selected from the plurality of core network interface nodes for handling the data traffic for the mobile device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120800 | Request Modification for Transparent Capacity Management in a Carrier Network - Some embodiments provide a capacity management agent that modifies content requests to adjust bandwidth consumption when streaming requested content from a content provider to a requesting user. The modifications include modifying a URL or header information of the request. The agent performs a process that receives a request for content of a content provider. The process identifies a parameter of the carrier network and modifies the request when the parameter satisfies a threshold. The process passes the request to the content provider and the content provider provides content that consumes a first set of resources in response to an unmodified request and a second set of resources in response to a modified request. When the parameter identifies congestion, the first set of resources is greater than the second set of resources. When the condition parameter identifies underutilization, the first set of resources is less than the second set of resources. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120801 | NETWORK-FRIENDLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to route policy requests are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes sending bandwidth probe packets at a probing rate, receiving a packet containing an indication representative of whether the probe packets triggered congestion, and selecting a transmission rate for sending data packets based on the probing rate and the indication. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120802 | APPARATUS - An apparatus comprising a processor configured to initiate re-selection and/or re-registration procedures and, responsive to a first parameter, delay initiation of re-selection and/or re-registration procedures for a random and/or pseudo-random delay value. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120803 | NODE AND METHOD FOR COMPUTING FORWARDING TREES TO DISTRIBUTE TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK - A node and a method are described herein for computing forwarding trees to distribute traffic in a network. In addition, a network is described herein that has a plurality of nodes interconnected to one another by a plurality of network links, and each node is configured to perform multiple rounds of forwarding tree computations to distribute traffic load on one or more of the network links to the other nodes. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120804 | Load Scheduling in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access - A method for load scheduling in a WCDMA communication system utilizing GRake equalizing radio reception comprises estimating ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120120805 | Client based congestion control mechanism - The invention concerns a method of notifying control information to a congestion control mechanism in charge of controlling data segments sending rate of a server towards a client. The control information includes loss events where a loss event corresponds to one or more data segments lost. The method comprises a step of receiving data segments into a reception buffer at the client, a step of detecting loss events from the received data segments and a step of notifying the congestion control mechanism with a number of loss events that is dependent on the number of detected loss events and a measure of criticality related to the reception of the data segments by the client. The measure of criticality can be derived from the filling level of the reception buffer, the reception of data segments being in a critical state when the reception buffer is experiencing overflow or underflow conditions. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120806 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LOAD BALANCING IN MULTI-CELL WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method provide load balancing in a multi-cell wireless access system. The method includes determining a change value of a TX power, determining a handover candidate set including at least one MS to be handed over, calculating expected gains after TX power control for each MS classification, and determining whether to control the TX power based on the expected gains. The change value is zero or a positive real number. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127860 | Dynamic Flow Redistribution for Head of Line Blocking Avoidance - An apparatus and related methods are provided to greatly reduce the negative impact of head of line (HOL) blocking. At a device (e.g., switch, router, etc.) configured to forward packets in a network, new packets that are to be forwarded from the device to other devices in the network are stored in a memory of the device. Entries are added to a queue link list for the at least one queue as new packets are added to the at least one queue. A detection is made when the at least one queue exceeds a threshold indicative of head of line blocking. For new packets that are to be added to the at least one queue, entries are added to a sub-queue link list for the plurality of sub-queues such that packets are assigned to different ones of a plurality of sub-queues when the at least one queue exceeds the threshold. Packets are output from the memory for the plurality of sub-queues according to the sub-queue link list. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127861 | QUALITY OF SERVICE HANDLING IN A S4-SERVING GENERAL PACKET RADIO SERVICE SUPPORT NODE - Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards a S4 Serving General Packet Radio Service Support (S4-SGSN) node, and method, for radio resource management. Specifically, the S4-SGSN may be configured to restrict or reject a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) activation or a PDP modification procedure based on a Quality of Service (QoS) analysis. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127862 | INGRESS TRAFFIC FLOW CONTROL IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Embodiments of the invention provide flow control of incoming data packets to data processing resources via a controller that can receive and react to advanced backpressure messages. These advanced backpressure messages are used to rate limit the data packets based one or more of the following factors: traffic class, traffic priority, destination port. The controller can also generate a traffic preference message to an upstream source of the data packets to inform the upstream unit of the most appropriate type of data that should be transmitted downstream at that time, thereby improving the likelihood of the transmitted data being processed in a proper and timely manner by the downstream data processing resources. Embodiments of the invention can improve the performance of a communications system during periods of congestion by ensuring that high-priority traffic has precedence over traffic of lower priority while maximizing utilization of the ingress data path bandwidth. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127863 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING DATA FLOW IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a wireless communication system and a user equipment (UE) providing wireless communication services, and more particularly, a method of controlling data flow in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS), a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and a LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system that have evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). In particular, the present invention provides an effective way of controlling data flow of a relay node (RN) in the LTE-A system. | 05-24-2012 |
20120134269 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING SMOOTHING OF SIGNALING TRAFFIC, AND HOME LOCATION REGISTER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a system for implementing smoothing of signaling traffic, and a home location register. The method includes: when a link between an HLR and an exchange device is congested or the HLR is overloaded, receiving, by the HLR, a location update request message of a user equipment UE sent by the exchange device, and returning a location update response message to the exchange device, so as to inform the exchange device that the location update of the UE is successful, where the HLR does not send user data corresponding to the UE to the exchange device; and when the link between the HLR and the exchange device is normal, the load of the HLR is normal, or the UE performs a service, sending, by the HLR, the user data corresponding to the UE to the exchange device. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134270 | TRAFFIC CONTROL APPARATUS AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING SAME - The present invention relates to a traffic control apparatus and the like for optimizing a communication performance of each of local networks to be monitored. The traffic control apparatus ( | 05-31-2012 |
20120134271 | IDENTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED NETWORK DEVICES - A method, article of manufacture, and system for indicating underutilized network devices that provide services in a data communications network. The method includes: receiving network traffic data; filtering the network traffic data to eliminate data for predefined connections; producing, from the filtered network traffic data, a graph representing a connection between a first device and a second device within the data communications network; analyzing the graph to identify a set of interconnected nodes that is outside the data communications network; and indicating an underutilized network device by producing an output dependent on traffic rate data associated with a link to the identified set of interconnected nodes that is outside the data communications network. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140626 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH A SWITCH FABRIC - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a flow control module configured to receive a first data packet from an output queue of a stage of a multi-stage switch at a first rate when an available capacity of the output queue crosses a first threshold. The flow control module is configured to receive a second data packet from the output queue of the stage of the multi-stage switch at a second rate when the available capacity of the output queue crosses a second threshold. The flow control module configured to send a flow control signal to an edge device of the multi-stage switch from which the first data packet or the second data packet entered the multi-stage switch. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLANNING SERVING GENERAL PACKET RADIO SERVICE SUPPORT NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for providing planning of a plurality of serving general packet radio service support nodes in a wireless network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains input data, and determines a limit for at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter in accordance with the input data. The method determines if the limit for the at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter is exceeded and determines an optimal output for an objective function, wherein the objective function is based on a plurality of penalty factors, if the limit for the at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter is exceeded. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140628 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION NODE AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF FOR USE IN POWER LINE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A network communication node and a data transmission method thereof for use in a power line communication network are provided. The network communication node receives a broadcast message from a gateway, and determines whether the load of the power line communication network changes or not. The network communication node is capable of changing a route for transmitting the data dynamically according to the change of the load. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140629 | ROUTING METHOD - A routing method from a source device to a destination device is provided in a device within an extended beacon group. The device receives a first route request beacon from the source device or via at least one first neighbor device from the source device in accordance with a table-driven type. The device transmits a second route request beacon to the destination device or via at least one second neighbor device to the destination device in accordance with an on-demand type. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140630 | Method Of Limiting The Amount Of Network Traffic Reaching A Local Node Operating According To An Industrial Ethernet Protocol - A method of limiting the amount of network traffic reaching a local node in an electronic device operating an Ethernet networking protocol and using a network stack including at least one physical layer (PHY) and one link layer, preferably a media access controller (MAC). The electronic device is connected to a communication network, the network traffic is filtered, and an unwanted data reception is filtered out. Filtering the network traffic takes place during reception. Network traffic is inspected, and if an unwanted reception is detected, the unwanted data is discarded when it reaches media access controller (MAC) of the network stack of the electronic device. An electronic device, functioning as a node, embodying aspects of the invention is described, and a computer program for carrying out the invention is also described. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140631 | DEADLOCK PREVENTION IN DIRECT NETWORKS OF ARBITRARY TOPOLOGY - Aspects of the invention pertain to routing packets in a computer system while avoiding deadlock. A turn rule is set according to unique identifiers associated with switches in the system. Numeric values of switches in possible turns are compared to determine whether a turn is permissible. The rule applies to all nodes in the system. The rule may be violated when using virtual channels. Here, a violation is permissible when using monotonically increasing virtual channel numbers or monotonically decreasing virtual channel numbers. Alternatively, the violations of the turn rule may be allowed if they force a packet to change to a later virtual channel in some fixed ordering of virtual channels. Deadlock can thus be avoided in many different types of architectures, including mesh, torus, butterfly and flattened butterfly configurations. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140632 | Congestion Control in a Telecommunications Network - The invention relates to a method for congestion control in a telecommunications network. The telecommunications network supports one or more active data sessions between a server and at least a first and second communication terminal by providing at least a first and a second bearer for these terminals. The at least first and second communication terminal are assigned to a group for which a common group identifier is or has been stored. Further, a first individual congestion parameter for the first bearer and a second individual congestion parameter for the second bearer of the first and second communication terminal are or have been stored. A group load indicator is defined for the group of terminals corresponding to the common group identifier. The group load indicator is monitored and compared with a group load condition for the group of the at least first and second communication terminals corresponding to the common group identifier. Congestion is controlled by adjusting at least one of the first individual congestion parameter of the first bearer and the second individual congestion parameter of the second bearer when said group load indicator satisfies the group load condition. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140633 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a parameterized scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Individual data queues within a scheduling group can be created based on application class, specific application, individual data streams or some combination thereof. Application information and Application Factors (AF) are used to modify scheduler parameters such as weights and credits to differentiate between data streams assigned to a scheduling group. Dynamic AF settings may adjust relative importance of user applications to maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling parameters may be dynamic and incorporate the notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to optimally manage video traffic during periods of congestion. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147745 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION OF RESOURCE COLLISION IN WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of operating a wireless device includes selecting a CID with a first node and receiving a signal including an LID on a resource. At least one of the signal or the resource is based on the selected CID. The method further includes determining a presence of a second node using the selected CID based on the LID in the received signal. Another method of operating a wireless device includes selecting a CID with a first node and sending a signal including an LID on a resource. At least one of the signal or the resource is based on the selected CID. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147746 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING PACKET ROUTING IN A MESH NETWORK - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a first packet and a second packet that propagate in a mesh network and evaluating hop count metrics associated with the first packet and the second packet (e.g., evaluate the number of hops traversed in the mesh network, hop characteristics, etc.). The first packet is sent to a first queue, the second packet is sent to a second queue. The first queue is associated with a first hop count detected in the first packet, and the second queue is associated with a second hop count detected in the second packet. A buffer overflow condition can be identified. The method further includes discarding the second packet based on the second hop count being less than the first hop count. Discarding of the second packet may be performed in response to any type of congestion parameter detected in the mesh network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147747 | PRIORITY AWARE MAC FLOW CONTROL - Solutions are provided that allow a network device to apply flow control on the MAC layer while taking into account the priority of the frame of traffic. This may be accomplished by generating a frame indicating that traffic flow should be paused, while utilizing a new opcode value, or alternatively by utilizing a new type/length value (possibly combined with a new opcode value). A receiving device may then examine the fields of the frame to determine whether it should use priority-based pausing, and then examine other fields to determine which priority-levels to pause and for how long. This allows for improved efficiency in flow control on the MAC layer. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147748 | COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONGESTION CONTROL PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A server stores data to be transmitted in a first S queue, reads the data stored in the first S queue, and transmits it. If congestion is detected, from among data to be transmitted after the congestion is detected, the server stores, in a second S queue, data other than data for the destination for which the congestion is detected. If congestion is detected, from among data to be transmitted after the congestion is detected, the server stores, in a D queue, data for a destination for which the congestion is detected. After the data is stored in the first S queue, the server reads data stored in the second S queue and transmits it. After the data is stored in the first S queue, the server reads the data stored in the D queue, controls a bandwidth thereof, and transmits the data in the D queue. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147749 | ROUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - A routing apparatus and method for a mobile ad-hoc network are provided. The routing apparatus selects a transmission path differently based on the priority of a message, thereby distributing paths such that the overall energy balance between mobile nodes can be maintained. Accordingly, congestion of traffic on a particular path can be prevented, and the overall performance and the lifetime of the network can be enhanced. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147750 | Using the ECN Mechanism to Signal Congestion Directly to the Base Station - Techniques for a mobile station to signal a request for a reduction in data transmission rate to a base station are disclosed. An example method for facilitating flow control in a wireless communication system includes monitoring resource use associated with a mobile station and, based upon the resource use, setting a congestion indicator in a header of at least one uplink traffic data packet. The uplink traffic data packet is then sent to a wireless base station, which detects the congestion indicator. In some embodiments, ECN bits in an IP header of the uplink traffic data packet are set. In other embodiments, ECN bits in an IP header of a downlink traffic data packet are set, to trigger the generation of a TCP header that indicates congestion in subsequent uplink packets. | 06-14-2012 |
20120155265 | Deadline-Aware Network Protocol - A deadline-aware network protocol is described. In an example, data transfer at a transport layer entity of a packet-based communication network is controlled by receiving a request for network resources for a data flow from a network element and allocating network resources to the data flow. The data flow comprises a number of data packets associated with an application, and the request comprises a factor relating to a time deadline associated with the application. The network resources allocated depend on the factor relating to the time deadline. In examples, the network resource can be a bandwidth or data rate allocated to the data flow, and the factor can be a data rate sufficient to complete the data flow within the time deadline. In examples, the network resources are allocated greedily, such that requests are fully satisfied whenever possible, and the network resources are fully utilized. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155266 | SYNCHRONIZING STATE AMONG LOAD BALANCER COMPONENTS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for synchronizing state among load balancer components. Embodiments of the invention include load balancers using a consistent hashing algorithm to decide how new connections should be load balanced. Use of consistent hashing algorithm permits load balancers to work in a stateless manner in steady state. Load balancers start keeping flow state information (destination address for a given flow) about incoming packets when it is needed, i.e. such as, for example, when a change in destination host configuration is detected. State information is shared across load balancers in a deterministic way, which allows knowing which load balancer is authoritative (e.g., is the owner) for a given flow. Each load balancer can reach the authoritative load balancer to learn about a flow that cannot be determined locally. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155267 | SELECTION OF RECEIVE-QUEUE BASED ON PACKET ATTRIBUTES - According to embodiments of the invention, there is provided a method, a system, and a computer program product for operating a network processor. The network processor processing a received data packet by reading a flow identification in the data packet; determining a quality of service criteria (QoSC) for the data packet; mapping the flow identification and the QoSC into an index for selecting a receive-queue for routing the data packet; and utilizing the index to route the data packet to the receive-queue. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155268 | PACKET RELAY DEVICE - A packet discard detector detects, for each of output ports, a discard of a packet output from the output port. A distribution processor calculates a degree of congestion for each of the output ports based on a result of the detection of the packet discard detector to find a first output port having a degree of congestion exceeding a threshold, and selects a second output port to be used as a packet distribution destination for the first output port. The distribution processor further calculates a distribution ratio for distributing the packet between the first and second output ports based on the degree of congestion. The packet transfer unit distributes the packet input through the input port and having a destination corresponding to the first output port between the first output port and the second output port according to the distribution ratio calculated by the distribution processor. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155269 | LIGHTWEIGHT MULTICAST METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA DISTRIBUTION SERVICE - The present invention provides a lightweight multicast method and apparatus for a data distribution service. The lightweight multicast apparatus includes a network congestion detection unit for multicasting packets to a plurality of subscriber node terminals, and detecting a cause of network congestion using a negative response message transferred from a relevant subscriber node terminal that could not receive the packets among the plurality of subscriber node terminals. A network recovery control unit determines a recovery control policy depending on the cause of the congestion detected by the network congestion detection unit, and solves the cause of the congestion. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155270 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING THE CLOCK OF THE OUTPUT STREAM FROM THE INPUT STREAM - The present invention relates to the field of video stream transport. The invention specifically relates to a method for generating a clock signal controlling the transmission rate of an output signal device transmitting a stream from an input stream. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155271 | SCALABLE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED ENVIRONMENT - A method may include receiving a packet in a network device, selecting one of a group of ingress buffers, where each ingress buffer is associated with a different one of a group of processors, distributing the packet to the selected ingress buffer; and scheduling the packet, based on a congestion state of a queue in an egress buffer associated with the packet, to be processed by the processor associated with the selected ingress buffer to provide a network service | 06-21-2012 |
20120155272 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING COMPONENT CARRIER IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIO - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for configuring a component carrier in a carrier aggregation scenario. The method for configuring a component carrier in a carrier aggregation scenario includes: obtaining information about a component carrier supported by a UE; selecting a candidate component carrier according to the information about the component carrier and configuring a resource parameter that is applied to the candidate component carrier to form configuration information about the candidate component carrier; and delivering the configuration information about the candidate component carrier to the UE. In the embodiments of the present invention, a base station may select a candidate component carrier for the UE according to obtained component carrier support information and perform resource configuration, so that the UE can accurately know to which component carrier a resource parameter is applied, and thus a data transmission error may be reduced. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163174 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE FORWARDING STATE ON AN FCOE-TO-FC GATEWAY USING PORT-SPECIFIC MAC ADDRESSES - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes an initialization module configured to receive a Fibre Channel over Ethernet Initialization Protocol (FIP) login request from a network device. The initialization module is configured to select an outbound port based at least in part on a load-balancing calculation. The initialization module is configured to define a destination Media Access Control (MAC) address. The initialization module is configured to associate the destination MAC address with the outbound port. The initialization module is configured to send, to the network device, a signal including the destination MAC address in response to the FIP login request. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163175 | INGRESS RATE LIMITING - A network device monitors the traffic of individual flows through one of its ingress ports and, if the traffic volume exceeds a predetermined threshold, signals for a reduction in data traffic volume transmitted to that ingress port from one or more source devices. Example signals may include without limitation a unicast congestion message sent to the source of a flow, an Explicit Congestion Notification to one or more source devices, and the dropping of packets by the receiving device. In response to such signals, one or more of the source devices decrease the transmission rate of data traffic to the receiving device. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163176 | NETWORK RELAY SYSTEM, NETWORK RELAY DEVICE, AND CONGESTED STATE NOTIFYING METHOD - A network relay device includes a plurality of ports which input and output data packets, a storage in which a destination to which an input data packet is to be transferred and identification information of a port that outputs the input data packet are associated with each other for each of the plurality of ports, and a transmitter which obtains from the storage a destination associated with a port to which a data packet responsible for a congested state of traffic is input out of the plurality of ports, and which transmits a notification of congestion to the obtained destination. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170459 | SIMPLE LOW-JITTER SCHEDULER - A method for managing packets, including identifying a first packet source having a first weight and second packet source having a second weight, where the first weight exceeds the second weight; assembling a first regular subsequence of packets using a first packet from the second packet source and a first set of packets from the first packet source having a cardinality equal to a first weight ratio; assembling a first augmented subsequence of packets using a second packet from the second packet source and a second set of packets from the first packet source having a cardinality equal to the first weight ratio plus one; and forwarding a first sequence of packets including a first set of regular subsequences, which includes the first regular subsequence, and a first set of augmented subsequences, which includes the first augmented subsequence and has a cardinality based on the first augmented subsequence factor. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170460 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOVING TEST PACKETS - Embodiments of the invention include a system for preventing a packet of a test pattern from being communicated over a network. In one embodiment, a communications management system is disclosed that includes a network interface configured to enable the communications management system to communicate with a plurality of network nodes over a network. The communications management system further includes a processor configured to execute instructions to determine whether one or more portions of the network are congested, and generate and transmit a message to at least one of the network nodes to terminate communication of test packets in response to a determination that one or more portions of the network is congested. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170461 | PSEUDOWIRE SETUP METHOD AND NODE DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a pseudowire setup method and a node device. The method includes: receiving, by a node, a label mapping message which carries a bandwidth required by a service and a service level of the service; judging, by the node, whether the LSP in which the node is located supports the service level of the service and the bandwidth of the service, according to bandwidth supporting information, which is stored in the node, of a Label Switching Path (LSP) in which the node is located, and the bandwidth required by the service and the service level of the service which are carried in the label mapping message; and using the LSP as an LSP which bears a pseudowire when judging that the LSP supports the service level of the service and the bandwidth of the service. In this way, the Quality of Service (QoS) of the established pseudowire is ensured. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176899 | Method for Packet Network Traffic Regulation - A method of traffic regulation in a packet communication network involves a token bucket associated with a subscriber. Packets arriving at the regulator are handled in accordance with the token bucket configuration. The method involves measuring a demand placed on the network by the subscriber. The token bucket configuration is dynamically adjusted based on the demand. Another method of traffic regulation handles packets arriving at the regulator in accordance with first and second token bucket configurations. The first token bucket regulates packet rate while the second token bucket regulates data rate. Another method of traffic regulation involves handling packets in accordance with a token bucket configuration, where the amount of tokens to be removed is based on the amount of the flow and is further based on a classification of the flow. Packet-level devices for traffic regulation are also contemplated. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176900 | MINIMIZATION OF RADIO RESOURCE USAGE IN MULTI-HOP NETWORKS WITH MULTIPLE ROUTINGS - Packets in a multi-hop wireless network are routed based on the available link throughputs, network node congestion and the connectivity of the network in a manner that minimizes the use of radio resources and minimizes delay for packets in multi-hop system. The routing method also avoids congestion in the access network, especially near the network access points as provided by network access nodes. Each wireless network node maintains a link table for storing link conditions and associated route costs. Packets are routed according to the low cost route. Subsequent wireless network nodes evaluate whether a lower cost route is available and, if so, route the data packet according to the lower cost route. Every wireless network node transmits the data packet, a specified route and a time stamp indicated a time of the last data entry in the link table that was used to calculate the low cost route. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176901 | Load-Adjustment Factor Notification Method, Data Rate Control (DRC)-Pointing Determination Method, Handover Determination Method and Devices Thereof - The present invention discloses a method for notifying a load-adjustment factor, including: a base station setting a load-adjustment factor of a sector and notifying a user terminal. The present invention also discloses a method for selecting and determining Data Rate Control (DRC) pointing, including: when selecting a sector which a DRC points towards, a user terminal calculating a difference value by deducting the received load-adjustment factor of the sector sent by a base station, from the measured signal measurement strength of the sector; the user terminal determining whether to point the DRC towards the sector according to the signal measurement strength resulted from the deduction. The present invention also discloses a method for determining sector handover, including: when selecting to handover add or handover drop a sector, a user terminal calculating a difference value by deducting the received load adjustment factor of sector, which is sent by the base station, from the measured signal measurement strength of the sector; the user terminal determining whether to handover add or handover drop the sector according to the signal measurement strength resulted from the deduction. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182870 | System And Method For Implementing Periodic Early Discard In On-Chip Buffer Memories Of Network Elements - An advance is made over the prior art in accordance with the principles of the present invention that is directed to a new approach for a system and method for a buffer management scheme called Periodic Early Discard (PED). The invention builds on the observation that, in presence of TCP traffic, the length of a queue can be stabilized by selection of an appropriate frequency for packet dropping. For any combination of number of TCP connections and distribution of the respective RTT values, there exists an ideal packet drop frequency that prevents the queue from over-flowing or under-flowing. While the value of the ideal packet drop frequency may quickly change over time and is sensitive to the series of TCP connections affected by past packet losses, and most of all is impossible to compute inline, it is possible to approximate it with a margin of error that allows keeping the queue occupancy within a pre-defined range for extended periods of time. The PED scheme aims at tracking the (unknown) ideal packet drop frequency, adjusting the approximated value based on the evolution of the queue occupancy, with corrections of the approximated packet drop frequency that occur at a timescale that is comparable to the aggregate time constant of the set of TCP connections that traverse the queue. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182871 | LOAD BALANCING IN A DOCSIS SYSTEM BASED ON WEIGHTING UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM CHANNEL LOADING CONDITIONS - Methods and apparatuses for balancing a network load are provided. A control attribute that allows a system operator to prioritize upstream and downstream channel loading conditions relative to each other for load balancing decisions is used to balance the network load. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182872 | METHODS FOR PACKET FORWARDING THROUGH A COMMUNICATION LINK OF A DISTRIBUTED LINK AGGREGATION GROUP USING MESH TAGGING - A method for packet forwarding through a communication link of a distributed link aggregation group (LAG) in a mesh network using a path tag is described herein. A packet is received on a non-mesh port of a first network device of the mesh network. A Media Access Controller (MAC) destination address of the packet that is associated with a plurality of network devices in the mesh is determined. Each network device of the plurality of network devices includes a link grouped in the distributed LAG. A destination mesh device from the plurality of network devices is selected. A plurality of available paths between the first network device and the destination mesh device are determined. A path of the plurality of available paths is selected. A tag associated with the selected path is inserted into the packet, and the packet is forwarded along the selected path. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188874 | RELAY DEVICE AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device of relaying a communication packet is disclosed, which comprises: an input module configured to receive the communication packet as an input; a buffer configured to have a plurality of queues and temporarily accumulated the received communication packet; a sorter configured to sort the received communication packet to one of the plurality of queues, depending on a specific value obtained by a predetermined function that gives an aggregate output from an input which is transfer information regarding transfer of the communication packet; and a band controller configured to control a bandwidth for each of the plurality of queues and output communication packets accumulated in the plurality of queues for transmission of the communication packets. This ensures the quality of service, while saving the capacity of the buffer used for the queues. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER IDENTITY DETERMINATION IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are described that facilitate the determination and request of resources a node may wish to reserve. The resources include a plurality of carriers that are shared with other nodes. In an approach, the node determines a condition related to the plurality of carriers; creates an ordering of the plurality of resources; and transmits a resource utilization message (RUM) for one or more of the plurality of resources based on the ordering and the condition. | 07-26-2012 |
20120195195 | Load-Balancing Traffic with Virtual Port Channels - Techniques are provided to load-balance traffic across a plurality of virtual PortChannel links (ports) at a switch device. The switch device interfaces to the plurality of virtual PortChannel links and receives packets to be routed of the plurality of links. The switch device routes the packets of the links so as to favor certain links over others based on operation conditions of the respective links. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195196 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR QoS CONTROL OF IP FLOWS IN MOBILE NETWORKS - A system and methods for application control which enable the delivery of Rich Internet Applications such as HD/Video Stream, Gaming, and Webservice delivery over mobile operator's PLMN is disclosed. The methods define Application Program Interfaces for Application Service Providers for delivering rich applications such as NetFlix Video service, Interactive Network Gaming etc., over wireless mobile network using state of the art web protocols such as HTTP, RTMP etc. The platform that incorporates these methods interacts with 3GPP/UMTS/LTE/CDMA defined standard compliant network devices using the standard network interfaces and present application specific control function. It further identifies extensions to the logical interfaces defined by the corresponding standards (3GPP, 3GPP2 etc.). Additionally, methods and procedures for controlling QoS in the transit network gateways, such as SGSN, GGSN, or P-GW, while delivering application traffic, are also disclosed. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195197 | Method For Controlling Admission And Assigning Resources To Data Flows, Without A Priori Knowledge, In A Virtual Network - A method for controlling admission and assigning resource, without any a priori knowledge, in a network ( | 08-02-2012 |
20120195198 | METHOD AND APPARATUS PROVIDING PROTOCOL POLICING - A method and apparatus providing policing of control plane protocols such as in computer network routing or switching devices. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195199 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A QoS management unit receives notification of QoS parameters for a plurality of uplink service flows from a wireless base station. A burst region management unit receives notification of an uplink user data burst region from the wireless base station. A service flow assignment unit assigns a region of uplink service flows at the uplink user data burst region assigned to its own terminal. The service flow assignment unit assigns a region of uplink service flows, prioritizing the region of at least one service flow satisfying conditions for the transmission rate, delay time, and delay time variation of the notified QoS parameters for each service flow over a region of another service flow. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201137 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONGESTION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes identifying an Internet protocol (IP) address for a serving gateway; establishing a link between the serving gateway and a congestion notification element; monitoring packets in order to identify whether a differentiated services code point (DSCP) bit has been set in the packets; determining that a threshold associated with congestion in a network has been exceeded; and communicating a signal to the serving gateway associated with the congestion. The serving gateway can be configured to correlate the congestion with identifiers associated with end users operating in the network, where the serving gateway communicates a signal to a network element to reduce the congestion. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201138 | QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A network device provides priority map storage configured to store one or more mapping data structures for mapping multiple priorities of a first priority scheme to multiple priorities of a second priority scheme. In addition, mapping logic of the network devices is coupled to the priority map storage and configured to translate a first priority of a first frame of the first priority scheme to a second priority of the second priority scheme and to assign the second priority to a second frame carrying payload of the first frame in preparation of transmission of the second frame in accordance with the second priority scheme. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201139 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING NETWORK EGRESS - A system and method for selecting communications routing. Network performance information is gathered from a communications network using performance information packet data packets. A network connection offering the best quality of service is selected between the communications network and an outside network based on the network performance information. The network connection is established between the communications network and the outside network for routing communications. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201140 | NETWORK SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In shifting a flow that passes through a node onto a different alternative path which does not pass through the node passed through by the flow, a controller that controls a flow of each node under control determines alternative candidate paths, each of which has a same source and a same destination as a path associated with the flow to be shifted and does not pass through the node passed through by the flow to be shifted, determines the alternative path from the alternative candidate paths according to a predetermined criterion, and aggregates flows of each node on the alternative path. | 08-09-2012 |
20120207020 | Load-Balancing Structure for Packet Switches with Minimum Buffers Complexity and its Building Method - This invention provides a structure of load-balancing packet switches with minimum buffers complexity and its concomitant methodology. It abandons the VOQ between the first stage and the second stage fabrics, which has no problems of queue delay and packets out-of-sequence. Therefore, this invention solves the packets out-of-sequence problem in load-balancing Birkhoff-von Neumann switching structure and improves the end-to-end throughput. Moreover, it greatly reduces the buffer complexity to O(N). | 08-16-2012 |
20120207021 | MULTIBAND, MULTIMODE SELECTION AND SIMULTANEOUS USE - A method including receiving, by a multiband, multimode user device, a request pertaining to a data flow; determining a state of the multiband, multimode user device; selecting at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and a single mode, or selecting at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and multiple modes to satisfy the request based on the state of the multiband, multimode user device; and using the selected at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and the single mode, or the selected at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and the multiple modes to satisfy the request. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207022 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving a plurality of status signals, for a plurality of radio links, at a microwave device; detecting a bandwidth anomaly based on the status signals; and communicating a quality of service (QoS) control signal, which is based on the bandwidth anomaly, to a gateway coupled to at least one of the radio links. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207023 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An information processing method includes determining, when a connection request for connecting, via a base station relating to a first communication carrier, a first wireless communication device to a base station relating to a second communication carrier is received from the first wireless communication device, permission or non-permission for the connection request based on connection information on the number of wireless communication devices connected to a base station relating to the connection request, and setting a connection right to be connected to the base station relating to the connection request to the first wireless communication device when permission is determined in the determining. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207024 | NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYSIS USING A FLOW TABLE - A device may receive a data unit at a line interface of a network device, convey the data unit to a first component in the line interface, update a flow table in the first component based on the data unit, send a message to a second component in the network device, the message describing the update to the flow table, and forward the data unit from the first component to another line interface in the network device. | 08-16-2012 |
20120213072 | DATA RATE AWARE SCHEDULING IN ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A base station for an Internet protocol (IP) wireless access network receives an initial attach request from a user device. Based on the initial attach request, a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) device provides to the base station, a subscriber bearer policy that includes a particular quality-of-service control indicator (QCI) value, an uplink data rate limit, and a downlink data rate limit. The base station calculates an uplink bandwidth allocation, based on the QCI value and the uplink data rate limit, that is proportionate to the total maximum data rate of all uplink traffic with the same QCI value. The base station also calculates a downlink bandwidth allocation, based on the QCI value and the downlink data rate limit, that is proportionate to the total maximum data rate of all downlink traffic with the same QCI value. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213073 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR MAINTAINING PACKET DATA PROTOCOL (PDP) CONTEXT WHILE PERFORMING DATA OFFLOAD - Systems, methods, and computer readable media for maintaining packet data protocol (PDP) context while performing data offload are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method for maintaining PDP context while performing data offload includes detecting a data offload condition wherein a UE for which a first network node is maintaining a PDP context is sending or receiving data using a data path that does not include the first network node. While the data offload condition exists, packets are sent from a source other than the UE to the first network node so as to cause the first network node to maintain the PDP context for the UE. In one embodiment, a node interposed between the UE and the first network node periodically sends dummy packets or heart beat packets to the first network node on behalf of the UE, which may include packets that appear to come from the UE. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213074 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FLOW TABLE MANAGEMENT - Methods and systems for managing the actions that are applied to packet flows by packet processing systems. A packet processing system maintains a flow table, i.e., a list of active flows and respective actions to be applied to the flows. The system classifies each incoming packet into a respective flow, and processes the packet in accordance with the action that is specified for this flow in the flow table. Typically, the system deletes a packet flow from the flow table when it becomes inactive, e.g., when no packets belonging to the flow arrive within a certain time-out period. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213075 | PACKET TRANSFER DEVICE AND POWER SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD FOR QOS CONTROL CIRCUIT - It is intended to reduce a power consumption without degrading a communication quality of a packet transfer device. One or more of a receiver, a switch unit, and a transmitter include a QoS control circuit for applying QoS control to received packets. There is provided a power saving operation mode that enables power saving operation by changing a grain size of the QoS control according to a flow rate of the packets, and controlling whether or not to supply an electric power to the QoS control circuit or a part of the QoS control circuit, according to the flow rate of the packets. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213076 | CELL PROCESSING METHOD, SOURCE LINE CARD, AND NETWORK CARD IN SWITCHING NETWORK - The present invention provides a source line card. The source line card segments a data packet in a data stream into cells first, then inserts Time Stamps and Flow Identifications into cell headers, and sends the marked cell headers and cell payloads to the network card. The network card sends the cells to a destination line card or a lower-level network card in sequence according to the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications, where the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications are in the cell headers of the received cells. By inserting the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications into the cell headers, it is ensured that an output sequence and an input sequence of cells that belong to a stream in the switching network are the same, so that the destination line card may reassembles a data packet easily according to a sequence in which the cells are received. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213077 | NETWORK BANDWIDTH DETECTION AND DISTRIBUTION - Prioritizing network traffic among two or more distinct channels of communication within a single application in a node configured to communicate with one or more other nodes over a network is disclosed. For a particular time quantum, a bandwidth quantum may be distributed amongst two or more communication channels according to priorities associated with those channels. Ready data for each channel may be transmitted over a network path up to the size of the reserved portion for that channel and not greater than a path maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for a network path. This abstract is provided to comply with the rules requiring an abstract that will allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure. It is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. | 08-23-2012 |
20120218892 | SUBSCRIBER/SERVICE DIFFERENTIATION IN ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A base station for an Internet protocol (IP) wireless access network receives a policy for subscriber traffic over a particular bearer, where the policy includes a particular quality-of-service control indicator (QCI) value, and an average bit rate (ABR) value, a maximum bit rate (MBR) value, and a weight factor value associated with the QCI value. The base station detects network congestion associated with the IP wireless access network and applies, to the subscriber traffic over a particular bearer, the weight factor, the ABR value, and/or the MBR value to manage the network congestion. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218893 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING A NETWORK - In a method analyzing a network, packet flow information of a virtual local area network (VLAN) implemented in the network is received. The packet flow information is sent from a node in the network and includes a VLAN identification (ID) of the VLAN. A representation of the VLAN is identified in a network topology based on the node and the VLAN ID of the VLAN. The packet flow information is associated with the representation of the VLAN. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218894 | IMPLEMENTATION OF A QoS PROCESSING FILTER TO MANAGE UPSTREAM OVER-SUBSCRIPTION - A switch device can be configured to operate in a manner that was not originally intended. For example, a switch device can be a Broadcom XGS type of device that is configured with a packet-processing unit to perform line speed lookups in accordance with a default configuration. The default configuration can include classifying and forwarding received packets to an upstream interface based on VLAN information. The default configuration can be overwritten such that the switch device operates in a different manner than originally intended. For example, the switch device can be reconfigured to include mapping rules that specify different QoS data to be assigned to different type of received packets. Subsequent to utilizing the maps to identify QoS information for received packets, the reconfigured switch device uses the QoS information to forward the packets to queues in an upstream interface. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218895 | Dynamic Routing - A method for managing transactions across a large number of service providers includes determining performance metrics associated with each of a plurality of service providers and generating a score for each service provider based on the performance metrics associated with each of the plurality of service providers taken over a short time period. The service providers are then sorted based on the scores to generate a list of service providers. Customer transactions are then assigned to one of the service providers based on the order of the list of service providers. The list of service providers is reprioritized based on mid-term metrics and accumulated costs taken over a mid-term period that is longer than the short term period. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218896 | CENTRALIZED SUPERVISION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method and a device for supervising a computer network node in a computer network. The method includes receiving a network packet on a node input port, analyzing the received network packet, configuring a filter based on the analysis, sending the network packet to a filter input on the filter, and sending the filter output on the filter on the node output port. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218897 | CONTROL STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, GATEWAY APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control station apparatus is set with a path for performing communication of a plurality of flows with a mobile station apparatus by way of a transfer path of a first access network. When receiving a position register request for performing communication via a transfer path of a second access network, from the mobile station apparatus, the control station apparatus, in response to the position register request, out of flows included in requested communication, switches the transfer path of a flow that is determined to be permitted to hand over the transfer path, and continues the communication via the first access network, for a flow that is determined not to be permitted to hand over the transfer path. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224484 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless networks and devices are ubiquitous today. For service providers to offer customers QoS and Service Level Agreements (SLAs) means in part providing resilient connectivity of wireless devices with good signal strength, good Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio (SNIR), and adequate useable bandwidth. Doing so requires that devices transmitting and receiving packets use over-the-air bandwidth efficiently and manage over-the-air congestion. According to embodiments of the invention QoS measurements and controls are incorporated only in the network (i.e. APs or controllers) and therefore QoS and SLAs can be achieved with all deployed client stations versus standards based approaches that require additional capabilities in network nodes, client stations and in most cases modifications to the applications. SLAs can be provided exploiting embodiments of the invention for traffic prioritization, capacity improvements through load distribution, and adjacent channel interference mitigation discretely or in combination with standards based mechanisms. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224485 | ARCHITECTURE FOR WLAN OFFLOAD IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Architecture for performing WLAN offload in a wireless device is disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes an application section configured to form IP packets from data to be transmitted, a modem section configured to apply a cellular protocol to the IP packets to form cellular protocol packets, an endpoint configured to encapsulate the cellular protocol packets to form outer IP tunnel packets, and a WLAN interface configured to transmit the outer IP tunnel packets over a WLAN communication channel. In another exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes a WLAN interface configured to receive outer IP tunnel packets over a WLAN communication channel, an endpoint configured to extract cellular protocol packets from the outer IP tunnel packets, a modem processor configured to remove a cellular protocol from the cellular protocol packets to form IP packets, and an application processor configured to extract received data from the IP packets. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230191 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA OFFLOADING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile communications infrastructure with coordinated data session offloading of mobile subscriber devices from a primary communication medium to a secondary communication medium. The infrastructure comprises a primary communications infrastructure which provides a primary communications medium for mobile subscriber devices and a secondary communications infrastructure which provides a secondary communication medium that is accessible by authorized mobile subscriber devices. An offload management system is configured to control offload of mobile subscriber devices from the primary communication medium to the secondary communication medium during a data session with a data network based on an offload profile associated with the mobile subscriber device and resource status information relating to the available capacity of the secondary communication medium. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230192 | LINK LAYER RESERVATION OF SWITCH QUEUE CAPACITY - A network switch, in response to receipt from a source station of a Layer 2 reservation request, establishes a reservation for capacity of an ingress queue of the network switch for a data flow of the source station. In response to a queue overrun condition on the ingress queue of the network switch while the reservation is active, the network switch preserves data frames in the data flow of the source station transmitted pursuant to the reservation and discards other data frames. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230193 | Method and system of intelligently load balancing of Wi-Fi access point apparatus in a wlan - A computer networking infrastructure for load balancing, which comprises a network, access points each with a first service set identifier, computing devices and a computing system. The computing system can receive requests from computing devices to access the network via a second service set identifier of an access point. In response to a request to access the network from a computing device, the computing system generates a list of access points which are able to support a connection with the computing device. The computing device may connect to the network via an access point on the list and via the first service set identifier. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230194 | Hash-Based Load Balancing in Large Multi-Hop Networks with Randomized Seed Selection - Methods and apparatus for improving hash-based load balancing with randomized seed selection are disclosed. The methods and apparatus described herein increase the number of unique fields in a hash key before the hash key is presented to a hash function. The methods include selecting one or more seed values based the output of a first arbitrary function having a first set of packet fields as input. The one or more seed values are combined with a second set of packet fields. A second arbitrary function generates a hash value based on the one or more seed values and the second set of packet fields. The hash value is applied as input to a hash function in a member selection module. The method enables per flow randomization attributes based on per packet attributes to perform aggregate member selection while remaining deterministic from a root-node or network perspective. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230195 | RELIABLE EVENT BROADCASTER WITH MULTIPLEXING AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL FUNCTIONS - Data may be transmitted in a broadcast mode to multiple devices operating in a network. Efficient utilization of bandwidth while providing a desired level of quality of service is enabled for the applications executing on the devices that utilize the broadcasted data. A set of bandwidth constraints may be utilized in combination with a set of heuristics and rules for the allocation and re-allocation of bandwidth among multiple applications in a manner that minimizes the impact on the quality of service metrics of importance to the affected applications when contention exists for the network resources. Quality of service provided to each application may be degraded smoothly, with certain priorities and guarantees being maintained. Event segmentation and reassembly functions for applications may be provided, as well as reliability mechanisms to increase the ability to provide data to client devices that have not been actively receiving for significant periods of time. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230196 | LINK LAYER RESERVATION OF SWITCH QUEUE CAPACITY - A network switch, in response to receipt from a source station of a Layer | 09-13-2012 |
20120230197 | SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING CONTROL OF THE PURGING OF A NODE B BY THE SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A system and method which permit the RNC to control purging of data buffered in the Node B. The RNC monitors for a triggering event, which initiates the purging process. The RNC then informs the Node B of the need to purge data by transmitting a purge command, which prompts the Node B to delete at least a portion of buffered data. The purge command can include instructions for the Node B to purge all data for a particular UE, data in one or several user priority transmission queues or in one or more logical channels in the Node B, depending upon the particular data purge triggering event realized in the RNC. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236716 | PROFILE-BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A profile-based quality of service (QoS) priority assignment mechanism can be implemented in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, a plurality of network identifiers (e.g., SSIDs) associated with a plurality of client network devices that are communicatively coupled with an access point of the wireless communication network are determined. It is further determined which QoS profile of a plurality of QoS profiles supported by the access point is associated with each network identifier associated with each of the plurality of client network devices. A plurality of pending communications associated with the plurality of network devices are detected. A QoS transmission priority level is assigned to each of the pending communications associated with the plurality of network devices based, at least in part, on the QoS profile associated with each pending communication. A transmission of data associated with one of the plurality of pending communications is initiated based, at least in part, on the QoS transmission priority level assigned to each pending communication. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236717 | DYNAMIC CONTROL OF CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS - Providing for dynamic cell resource management in wireless networking is described herein. By way of example, user terminal access parameters can be dynamically modified based on changing load conditions at one or more cells of a wireless network. For instance, resource capacity of a wireless network cell can be monitored over time to identify a potential resource overload condition. If such a condition occurs, a load management algorithm can be executed that progressively restricts or de-restricts user terminal access parameters based on changing load conditions. In particular aspects, the load management algorithm can analyze relative cell load of neighboring cells to implement coordinated load sharing. By dynamically modifying user access parameters, traffic can be directed toward or away from cells operating at low or high capacity, respectively. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236718 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING BUBBLE CONGESTION CONTROL - A transmission method for multiple TCP sessions with the same host including methods for congestion control and retransmission of lost segments. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236719 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication device, including a radio transceiver data configured to transmit and to receive data packets to and from a base station, and a processor configured to compute a proportional hidden standby time being computed on the basis of at least two of from among a proportional exposed communication time, a proportional exposed collision time, and a proportional exposed standby time, to compute a predicted PER from the proportional hidden standby time computed; to compute a threshold value for the number of retransmission attempts on the basis of the predicted PER computed, and to cause the radio transceiver to repeat transmission of a data packet to the base station until the number of transmissions exceeds the threshold value computed in the case of failed transmission of a data packet to the base station by the radio transceiver. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236720 | DOWNLOADING VIDEO IN MOBILE NETWORKS - A method and network entity for downloading detected video packets. A minimum bit rate MinBR equals ViBR+M, where M≧0 is a configurable bit rate margin from an estimated video bit rate ViBR. A specific bit rate SBR is greater than MinBR. The method uses MinBR and SBR as a minimum bit rate limit and a maximum bit rate limit respectively between which the bit rate for delivering video in case of congestion is defined. The method can further compare the predefined specific bit rate with a real throughput of the user requesting video download with a QoS profile, and if there is congestion and if the throughput is larger than or equal to SBR, the priority value of a QoS profile to be used for downloading video in case of congestion. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236721 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THROTTLING A FABRIC LOGIN IN A FIBRE CHANNEL ADAPTER - A fabric login (FLOGI) in a Fibre Channel (FC) adapter is throttled. The system includes a first tracking mechanism, a second tracking mechanism, a switch, and an FC adapter. The FC adapter comprises three or more FLOGIs and a controller. First and second FLOGI requests are transmitted to the switch and indicate, via a first tracking mechanism, that a first FLOGI associated with the first FLOGI request and a second FLOGI associated with the second FLOGI request are active. A third FLOGI request is queued until the first FLOGI request or the second FLOGI request is processed by the switch and indicates, via a second tracking mechanism, that a third FLOGI associated with a third FLOGI request is queued. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236722 | Backplane Interface Adapter with Error Control and Redundant Fabric - A backplane interface adapter with error control and redundant fabric for a high-performance network switch. The error control may be provided by an administrative module that includes a level monitor, a stripe synchronization error detector, a flow controller, and a control character presence tracker. The redundant fabric transceiver of the backplane interface adapter improves the adapter's ability to properly and consistently receive narrow input cells carrying packets of data and output wide striped cells to a switching fabric. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243410 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE OVER DEDICATED LOCAL LOOP NETWORKS - An apparatus, method, and system for quality of service over dedicated local loop networks is provided. Information regarding uplink and downlink speeds, and information regarding WAN interface protocol and encapsulation mode, is received from a network device. A link throughput limit is calculated based on the uplink speed of the network device, and a link throughput limit is set based on the calculated uplink throughput limit. An uplink network protocol overhead of the network device is calculated based on the WAN interface protocol and encapsulation mode of the uplink device and is factored in upstream available bandwidth calculations. Communication data size(s) are set based on the calculated uplink network protocol overhead. The downlink throughput limit is set to match the downlink speed based on the downlink speed and WAN network protocol overhead. The WAN network protocol overhead is factored in the downstream available bandwidth calculations and communication data sizes. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243411 | TRUNKING IN A MATRIX - A multistage switch includes a matrix of coupled switch devices. A logical link comprising a plurality of physical links couples a destination through the plurality of physical links to a plurality of ports in the multistage switch. Each switch device performs trunk aware forwarding to reduce the forwarding of received frames through the matrix of coupled switch devices to the destination in order to reduce unnecessary traffic in the multistage switch. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243412 | QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) CONFIGURATION FOR NETWORK DEVICES WITH MULTIPLE QUEUES - A network device implements automatic configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) parameters in response to operator specification of a relatively few and easily understandable “high level” parameters such as, for example, latency requirements or an acceptable rate of packet drops. In one implementation, a network device may receive user preference information that relates to a Quality of Service (QoS) for network traffic passing through the network device and may measure traffic patterns through the network device. The device further generates a configuration template based on the measured traffic patterns and on the user preference information transmit the data in an order of transmission that is prioritized according to a bandwidth allocation policy defined by the configuration template. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243413 | Data Packet Priority Level Management - The invention relates to the management of priority levels for data packets in a stream. In particular, the size of a data packet is determined for use in determining a priority level for said packet. Then the priority level for the data packet is determined based on the size of the data packet and the data packet is placed in a queue among a plurality of queues based on the priority level of the data packet, each queue being associated with a priority level. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243414 | METHOD AND ALLOCATION UNIT FOR ALLOCATING A COMMUNICATION PIPE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The communication network includes a plurality of nodes interconnected by a plurality of links. The allocation unit assigns one or more network flows to the communication pipe. The one or more network flows have the same source node and the same destination node. The allocation unit determines a required capacity of the communication pipe based on the amount of network traffic associated to the one or more network flows and based on one or more minimal quality of service requirements associated with the one or more network flows. The allocation unit allocates one or more links of the plurality of links to the communication pipe for routing the one or more network flows from the source node to the destination node. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250508 | Method and System for Protection Group Switching - According to one embodiment, a method may include receiving a plurality of flows, the plurality of flows comprising a working group of flows received via a working path and a protection group of flows received via a protection path, marking each flow in the working group with a first class marker, marking each flow in the protection group with a second class marker, determining whether each of the working group and the protection group is an active group or an inactive group, determining whether each of the plurality of flows is in the active group or in the inactive group based on whether each of the plurality of flows is marked with the first class marker or the second class marker, dropping each flow in the inactive group, and passing each flow in the active group. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250509 | SOFT RETENTION FOR CALL ADMISSION CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed for receiving a request at a packet gateway to allocate a new bearer for a mobile device on a wireless telecommunications network; identifying, at the packet gateway, existing bearers that have a quality of service (QoS) that can be reduced without dropping the existing bearers; reducing, at the packet gateway, the QoS of the existing bearers; reclaiming resources at the packet gateway that were previously in use by the existing bearers; and allocating the new bearer for the mobile device using the reclaimed resources at the packet gateway without causing any of the existing bearers to be disconnected, wherein the existing bearers have a lower priority than the new bearer, and wherein the existing bearers have previously been designated as capable of being preempted. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250510 | Information Processing Apparatus and Communication Controlling Method - An information processing apparatus according to an embodiment includes a wireless communication module including a first wireless communication section that supports a first wireless communication system and a second wireless communication section that supports a second wireless communication system having a working frequency band in conflict with a working frequency band of the first wireless communication system, a traffic detecting section configured to calculate traffic of communication based on the first wireless communication system by the first wireless communication section, a traffic determining section configured to determine whether the traffic is less than a predetermined threshold value, and a control section configured to cause performance of an access point search for the second wireless communication system during a period when the traffic is less than the predetermined threshold value, on the basis of a result of the determination by the traffic determining section. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250511 | ADJUSTING RATE LIMITS FOR TRANSMISSION RATES OF DATA FLOWS HAVING A CERTAIN PRIORITY IN A TRANSMITTER - A method for adjusting a set of primary rate limits for transmission rates of data flows having a certain priority in a transmitter is provided. A mean value is determined of a duty cycle of the certain priority at the port as obtainable from the transmission or flow control, wherein the data flows having different priorities including said certain priority are transmitted by a port of the transmitter, transmissions for rate-limited data flows having the certain priority are limited by secondary rate limits (r | 10-04-2012 |
20120257500 | PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Improved packet scheduling methods and apparatuses for use in, among other things, a network interface of a router (or other network element) are described herein. In one such improved method, packets buffered in a network interface are segmented for transmission on a communications link into multiple scheduling domains each being represented by a scheduling tree, each scheduling tree is assigned to a separate virtual port scheduling engine, and a top level scheduling engine is employed to schedule between the outputs of the virtual port scheduling engines to make the final choice of which buffered packet to transmit on the communications link (e.g., to move to the transmit queue of the network interface). By having the virtual port scheduling engines operate in parallel and substantially independently of each other, the rate at which packet can be moved into the transmit queue may increase greatly, thereby increasing the bandwidth of the network interface of the router. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257501 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR MANAGING AN OVERFLOW OF DATA PACKETS RECEIVED BY A SWITCH - Systems, apparatus, and methods for managing an overflow of data packets received by a switch are disclosed. A traffic flow of data packets may be transmitted to a switch and it may be determined whether the switch has sufficient input capacity available to enable receipt of the transmitted data packets. When the input capacity of the switch is insufficient, a traffic flow control measure may be implemented to, for example, pause, limit, filter, or otherwise modify the traffic flow of data packets so that any overflowing data packets will not be lost or otherwise compromised due to the switch's inability to accept the data packets. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257502 | Managing Network Traffic - Managing network traffic includes associating a wireless client device with a wireless access point comprising at least one processor with said wireless access point, identifying a network to which said wireless client device is assigned; and with said wireless access point, assigning said wireless client device to one of a plurality of Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) implemented within said network according to a protocol for balancing network traffic across the plurality of VLANs. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257503 | INTELLIGENT PRESENCE CONGESTION NOTIFICATION SERVICE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a network platform, the method including: receiving a subscriber ID and associated base station ID for a user equipment; receiving a congestion alert event message; identifying a user equipment on a congested base station; and notifying the user equipment on the congested base station. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257504 | PREVENTION OF CONGESTION AT RADIO ACCESS IN A MOBILE OR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In one aspect, there is provided is a method for preventing congestion at radio access in a mobile or wireless communication system, said method comprising, in an embodiment, a step of:
| 10-11-2012 |
20120257505 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND A WIRELESS NETWORK - For allowing a very effective resource management and network utilization a method for resource management within a wireless network, especially EPS (Evolved Packet Core) of LTE (Long Term Evolution) network, is described, wherein a congestion control of data-traffic is performed. The method is characterized in that for congestion control a Re-ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) function will be used wherein the Re-ECN function includes a policing function and a dropping function. Further, a corresponding wireless network is described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method | 10-11-2012 |
20120257506 | SYSTOLIC ARRAY ARCHITECTURE FOR FAST IP LOOKUP - This invention first presents SRAM based pipeline IP lookup architectures including an SRAM based systolic array architecture that utilizes multi-pipeline parallelism idea and elaborates on it as the base architecture highlighting its advantages. In this base architecture a multitude of intersecting and different length pipelines are constructed on a two dimensional array of processing elements in a circular fashion. The architecture supports the use of any type of prefix tree instead of conventional binary prefix tree. The invention secondly proposes a novel use of an alternative and more advantageous prefix tree based on binomial spanning tree to achieve a substantial performance increase. The new approach, enhanced with other extensions including four-side input and three-pointer implementations, considerably increases the parallelism and search capability of the base architecture and provides a much higher throughput than all existing IP lookup approaches making, for example, a 7 Tbps router IP lookup front end speed possible. Although theoretical worst-case lookup delay in this systolic array structure is high, the average delay is quite low, large delays being observed only rarely. The structure in its new form is scalable in terms of processing elements and is also well suited for the IPv6 addressing scheme. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257507 | ETHERNET LINK AGGREGATION - A system and method of transmitting data across a first link aggregation formed by an intermediate switch and a downstream switch, the intermediate switch adopting a Media-Access Card (MAC)-address-based load sharing algorithm for distributing traffic among links to the downstream switch interfaced with a final destination device. The method comprises: receiving a packet having a MAC header and an IP header at an input port of an upstream switch for transmission from the upstream switch to the intermediate switch, the upstream switch and intermediate switch forming a second link aggregation; re-writing, at the upstream switch, the source MAC address of the received packet to a different source address; sending the packet through the second link aggregation to the intermediate switch, the intermediate switch implementing the load sharing algorithm for sending the packet to the downstream switch along a link through the first link aggregation to the destination device. | 10-11-2012 |
20120263038 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND FRAME COMMUNICATION METHOD - A network system has: a node performing transmission and reception of a frame based on FCoE (Fibre Channel Over Ethernet); a network; a controller performing management of the node and the network; and a gateway provided with respect to the node. The gateway determines whether a frame received from the node is a control frame or a data frame, forwards the control frame to the controller, and forwards the data frame to the network. The controller performs the management based on the control frame received from the gateway. The network transfers the data frame received from the gateway to a target node without through the controller. The controller comprises a flow management unit that manages a transfer route of the data frame in the network with respect to each flow. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263039 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PREVENT RADIO ACCESS NETWORK (RAN) OVERLOAD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to prevent RAN (Radio Access Network) overload. In one embodiment, the method comprises initiating, at a User Equipment (UE), a RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection establishment procedure to establish a RRC connection to a cell. The method also comprises initiating, at the User Equipment (UE), a Random Access procedure due to a transmission of a RRCConnectionRequest message for the RRC connection establishment procedure, wherein an establishment cause in the RRCConnectionRequest message is set to delay tolerant access, and the UE stops the Random Access procedure if the UE considers access to the cell as barred based on barring information for delay tolerant access of the cell. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263040 | Methods and apparatus for enabling communication between network elements that operate at different bit rates - An apparatus and method for switching and/or routing electronic data between two networks communicating at different bit rates, where the bit rate of the faster network divided by the bit rate of the slower network is a non-integer. A switching/routing unit interconnects the networks via two set of lanes, one set connected to each network. Each lane communicates at a bit rate that is a common factor of the two bit rates. One set of lanes communicates with a set of transceivers that communicate at the faster bit rate on the faster network. The other set of lanes communicates with a (larger) set of network elements (NEs) that communicate at the slower bit rate on the slower network. Each transceiver and NE is structured so that the total bit rate of the lanes communicating with it is equal to the bit rate of its respective network. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269065 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING A FLOW CONTROL SIGNAL RELATED TO A TRANSMIT QUEUE - In one embodiment, a processor-readable medium can store code representing instructions that when executed by a processor cause the processor to receive a value representing a congestion level of a receive queue and a value representing a state of a transmit queue. At least a portion of the transmit queue can be defined by a plurality of packets addressed to the receive queue. A rate value for the transmit queue can be defined based on the value representing the congestion level of the receive queue and the value representing the state of the transmit queue. The processor-readable medium can store code representing instructions that when executed by the processor cause the processor to define a suspension time value for the transmit queue based on the value representing the congestion level of the receive queue and the value representing the state of the transmit queue. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269066 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR METHOD, ASSOCIATED BASE STATION, AND ASSOCIATED USER EQUIPMENT - It would be to provide a method which will work with future versions of LTE-A, be backwards compatible and alleviate interference to signals for basic system operation. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275305 | PRIORITIZED RANDOM ACCESS METHOD, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND COLLISION RESOLUTION METHOD - A prioritized random access method, a resource allocation method, and a collision resolution method are proposed for wireless communication devices with different priority levels pre-assigned according to their respective service requirements. In the prioritized random access method, different priorities are assigned to connection requirements of wireless communication devices according to their respective service characteristics. Collision resolution mechanisms of the prioritized random access method enable establishing connections of different service requirements such as time strict, delay tolerant, and normal user service. The resource allocation method allows different types of contention accesses have different collision opportunities and connection setup delays, and also enables dynamical adjustment in resource allocation according to practical application requirements, the number of MTC devices and system loading. Thus, resource utilization rate of the overall wireless communication network is enhanced. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281535 | Multiplexing and congestion control - Methods, systems and devices for network congestion control exploit the inherent burstiness of network traffic, using a wave-based characterization of network traffic and corresponding multiplexing methods and approaches. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281536 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTION FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a parameterized scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Data packets are analyzed at multiple protocol levels to detect characteristics associated with communicating the packets. The data packets are filtered so that detecting the characteristics is efficiently performed. The detected characteristics can be used for scheduling transmission of the packets. The detected characteristics can be used to dynamically change scheduling parameters. The dynamic scheduling parameters can maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling parameters may also incorporate notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to manage video traffic during periods of congestion. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281537 | PACKET DECONSTRUCTION/RECONSTRUCTION AND LINK-CONTROL - The present disclosure includes methods, devices, and systems for packet processing. One method embodiment for packet flow control includes deconstructing a transport layer packet into a number of link-control layer packets, wherein each of the link-control layer packets has an associated sequence number, communicating the number of link-control layer packets via a common physical connection for a plurality of peripheral devices, and limiting a number of outstanding link-control layer packets during the communication. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287786 | PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. A master switch in the upper tier, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs on lower tier entities with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch enforces priority-based flow control (PFC) on data traffic of a given virtual port by transmitting, to a lower tier entity on which a corresponding RPI resides, a PFC data frame specifying priorities for at least two different classes of data traffic communicated by the particular RPI. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287787 | PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. A master switch in the upper tier, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs on lower tier entities with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch enforces priority-based flow control (PFC) on data traffic of a given virtual port by transmitting, to a lower tier entity on which a corresponding RPI resides, a PFC data frame specifying priorities for at least two different classes of data traffic communicated by the particular RPI. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287788 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A setting unit sets a communication mode for different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses to a non-spatial multiplexing mode or a spatial multiplexing mode. Setting unit switches the setting of the communication mode for the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses from the non-spatial multiplexing mode to the spatial multiplexing mode, on the basis of a capability of a communication system having an own apparatus and the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses. A transmitting unit processes a transmitting signal to the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses to output the processed signal to a plurality of antennas, on the basis of the set communication mode. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287789 | FLOW CONSISTENT DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING - A device provides a flow table. The device receives a data unit, determines a data flow associated with the data unit, determines whether the flow table includes an entry corresponding to the data flow, determines a current utilization of a group of output ports of the device, selects an output port, of the group of output ports, for the data flow based on the current utilization of the group of output ports when the flow table does not store an entry corresponding to the data flow, and stores the data unit in a queue associated with the selected output port. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294149 | Method For Generating A Congestion Flag Based On Measured System Load - A radio base station generates a congestion status flag, based on measured resource usage in its cell, and based on performance of sessions in the cell. The flag may be a one bit, or a small number of bits, indicating whether the base station is congested. The flag can be sent to neighbouring radio base stations, for use in determining whether to perform handovers to that radio base station. The flag generated in a radio base station, and the flags generated in neighbouring radio base stations, can also be sent to user equipment in a cell. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294150 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIRELESS NETWORK AND A WIRELESS NETWORK - In order to allow an efficient use of data or frame aggregation techniques with real-time communications a method for operating a wireless network, especially a Wi-Fi technology based network, is described, wherein the network includes at least one wireless device for transmission of data and wherein the device may use a data or frame aggregation technique to provide an adjustable amount of aggregation. The method is characterized in that the amount of aggregation provided by the aggregation technique will be adjusted depending on a level of congestion in the network. Further, an according wireless network is described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300629 | PEAK LOAD MANAGEMENT OF A WIRELESS DATA CHANNEL - A method of allocating wireless data delivery services to users allows management of mobile data channel peak loading. A per-user metering structure for wireless broadband data services includes a target data throughput allowance provided to the network user for a relatively short time period known as a metering period, where a plurality of metering periods are contained in a billing period. Use of the method disclosed herein constrains the most load-impactive users, such as users streaming high-resolution videos, during periods of data channel congestion compared to typical users, such as users browsing the Internet. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300630 | IDENTIFICATION OF QOS CLASSIFICATION BASED ON PACKET ATTRIBUTES - A method, a system, and a computer program product is disclosed for identifying a quality of service (QoS) classification of a packet in a network by a network processor. The method comprising: providing a table wherein a priority value with a maximum of N values is used as an index into the table to retrieve a QoS classification having a maximum of M values with M less than N; receiving a data packet in a stream of data packets; extracting at least two priority indicator values from the packet; converting the at least two priority indicator values into a priority value; utilizing the priority value as an index into the table; extracting the entry in the table corresponding to the priority value as the QoS classification of the packet; and utilizing the QoS classification for subsequent processing of the data packet. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300631 | Method and Apparatus For Providing Access To Public Packet Networks From A Local Environment - One or more mobile devices capable of establishing wireless communication a public packet network independently of a network access device in a local environment is used to provide additional bandwidth for the local environment. Some traffic that would normally be routed over the backhaul connected to the network access device, such as a fixed wireless terminal, is sent to the mobile device and after address translation sent to the public network over the backhaul connection associated with the mobile device. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300632 | SENSOR NETWORK INFORMATION COLLECTION VIA MOBILE GATEWAY - There is provided a sensor network information collection mechanism in which, after a UE has decided to become part of an information collecting operation for collecting information from a local sensor network, a signaling transmitted from a managing node of a local sensor network is received and processed. A communication network control element is informed about the willingness to become an information collector by sending a report message comprising measurement results derived from the signaling received from the managing node of the local sensor network. When receiving a gateway allocation message indicating that the UE is determined to be a gateway element to the local sensor network, the information collecting operation is started wherein sensor nodes of the local sensor network are woke up, and a traffic flow direction in the local sensor network is set in accordance with the managing node identity to which the UE is accessed. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300633 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE PER FLOW STATE - A method and apparatus to reduce memory required in a network interface controller to store per flow state information associated with a network connection is provided. Instead of storing per flow state information for a connection in the network interface controller at an endpoint of the connection, the per flow state information for the connection is stored in memory external to the network interface controller. The stored state information is conveyed in a packet by the network interface controller between the endpoints of the connection. For a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection, the state information is conveyed between the endpoints of the TCP connection in a TCP option included in the TCP header in the packet. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300634 | MPLS VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK USING MULTIPLE NETWORK CORES - Examples of multi-protocol label switching networking using multiple network cores are disclosed. Example methods disclosed herein to route data in a multi-protocol label switching network include providing an incoming data packet in parallel to a plurality of network cores of the multi-protocol label switching network to cause a respective plurality of alternative paths in the plurality of network cores to be determined for routing the incoming data packet, each alternative path being associated with a respective network core, each network core including a respective plurality of routers, obtaining a plurality of weights associated with the plurality of alternative paths, and selecting, based on the plurality of weights, a first alternative path in a first network core to route the incoming data packet in the multi-protocol label switching network, the first alternative path being selected from among the respective plurality of alternative paths in the plurality of network cores. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300635 | Method and Arrangement for Load Balancing in a Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to a method and a base station ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120300636 | FLOW CONTROL CA ALLOCATION CORRECTION FACTOR BASED ON SCHEDULING POLICY, MOBILITY, LOAD OR RADIO CHANNEL TYPE - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a communication network node ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120307636 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING STREAM TO RECEIVE DATA IN PARALLEL - Provided are a method and an apparatus for controlling streams to receive data in parallel. The method includes receiving data in parallel using a plurality of connected streams, calculating a network congestion rate using a change in a transmission speed of data received through each of the plurality of streams, adjusting a number of connections of the plurality of streams based on the calculated network congestion rate, and receiving the data in parallel using the adjusted number of streams. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307637 | Method and System for Network Communications Via a Configurable Multi-Use Ethernet PHY - Aspects of a method and system for network communications via a configurable multi-use Ethernet PHY are provided. In this regard, an Ethernet PHY may be configured based on characteristics of a network link over which the Ethernet PHY communicates, energy efficiency considerations, etc. In one embodiment a first Ethernet PHY, a first MAC, a second Ethernet PHY, and a second MAC can be integrated within a network device. Data can be received by the second Ethernet PHY, buffered in a queue, and transmitted by the first Ethernet PHY, where the second Ethernet PHY receives the data at a rate that may be different than the rate at which the first Ethernet PHY transmits the data. In some instances, the second Ethernet PHY may be operable to request that a link partner pause or slow down transmission of data based on a status of the queue. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314575 | NETWORK TRAFFIC ENGINEERING - A method of engineering traffic within a network includes configuring and controlling routing within the network and steering traffic through the network, wherein the steering of the traffic through the network is optimized based on routing control and configuration by evaluating interior gateway protocol weights, label switch paths within multiprotocol label switching and/or border gateway protocol properties. The method further includes obtaining an ingress point at which content enters the network and obtaining an egress point at which content exits the network. The steering of the traffic through the network is optimized based on routing control and configuration by evaluating the ingress point and the egress point. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314576 | HIGH-SPEED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND HIGH-SPEED COMMUNICATION METHOD - A high-speed communication system according to the present invention includes: a plurality of nodes disposed on a communication path; and a plurality of communication connections established between the plurality of nodes. The plurality of nodes exchange a plurality of pieces of performance model information between the nodes, the plurality of pieces of performance model information representing communication performances achievable by each of the plurality of communication connections. Each of the plurality of nodes executes communication control based on any one of the plurality of pieces of performance model information. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314577 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING FLOW CONTROL IN SWITCH FABRIC, SWITCHING DEVICE, AND SWITCHING SYSTEM - A method for implementing flow control in a switch fabric includes: sending, by each input port, request information to a destination output port where no packet congestion occurs; according to respective back pressure information, determining, by the destination output port which receives the request information, whether to return grant information to each input port to establish a matching relationship between each input port and the destination output port which returns the grant information; according to the matching relationship, scheduling, by each input port, a cell to a destination output port that is matched with each input port. Through the embodiments of the present invention, quantity of information transmitted between an input port and an output port is reduced, the design of the switch fabric is simplified, and data processing efficiency in the switch fabric is improved. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314578 | Flow-Based Adaptive Private Network With Multiple WAN-Paths - Systems and techniques are described which improve performance, reliability, and predictability of networks without having costly hardware upgrades or replacement of existing network equipment. An adaptive communication controller provides WAN performance and utilization measurements to another network node over multiple parallel communication paths across disparate asymmetric networks which vary in behavior frequently over time. An egress processor module receives communication path quality reports and tagged path packet data and generates accurate arrival times, send times, sequence numbers and unutilized byte counts for the tagged packets. A control module generates path quality reports describing performance of the multiple parallel communication paths based on the received information and generates heartbeat packets for transmission on the multiple parallel communication paths if no other tagged data has been received in a predetermined period of time to ensure performance is continually monitored. An ingress processor module transmits the generated path quality reports and heartbeat packets. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320748 | SCHEDULING DATA OVER MULTIPLE NETWORK INTERFACES - A scheduler is configured to schedule packets in a plurality of flows to a corresponding one of a plurality of interfaces. Each of the packets includes a flow identifier for identifying a corresponding one of the plurality of flows. The scheduler include memory having instructions for execution by the processor to implement a scheduling algorithm. The scheduling algorithm person as follows. Sections within a predefined range are assigned to corresponding ones of the plurality of interfaces. For each packet, a hash function is applied to the flow identifier to obtain a hash value that is evenly distributed within the predefined range. Additionally, for each packet, it is determined in which of the sections the hash value falls and the corresponding one of the plurality of interfaces is identified accordingly. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320749 | DATA TRAFFIC HANDLING IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier having a master switch and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. The master switch, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch applies data handling to the data traffic in accordance with a control policy based at least upon the virtual port in which the data traffic is queued, such that the master switch applies different policies to data traffic queued to two virtual ports on the same port of the master switch. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320750 | BANDWIDTH MONITORING METHOD AND ITS DEVICE - A bandwidth monitoring device for use in a network for transferring priority packets in preference to non priority packets as far as the amount of the priority packets is within a contract bandwidth established between a network user and a network operator, comprising a bandwidth check result decision unit for detecting whether the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth, and a DSCP decision unit for determining that a non priority packet may be transferred as a priority packet when the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth thereby to sufficiently use the contract bandwidth. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327769 | System and Method for Increasing Input/Output Speeds in a Network Switch - A system and method for increasing input/output speeds in a network switch. A physical layer device is provided that includes a physical coding sublayer that insert data flow identifiers to data flows that are provided to a gearbox. In one embodiment, the gearbox is a 5 to 2 gearbox that can transport various combinations of 10G/40G data flows over a narrower interface to a second physical layer device having an inverse gearbox. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327770 | FLOW CONTROL FOR POWERLINE COMMUNICATIONS - A method of powerline communications in a powerline communications (PLC) network including a first node and at least a second node. The first node transmits a data frame to the second node over a PLC channel. The second node has a data buffer for storing received information. The second node runs a flow control algorithm which determines a current congestion condition or a projected congestion condition of the data buffer based on at least one congestion parameter. The current congestion condition and projected congestion condition include nearly congested and fully congested. When the current or projected congestion condition is either nearly congested or fully congested, the second node transmits a BUSY including frame over the PLC channel to at least the first node. The first node defers transmitting of any frames to the second node for a congestion clearing wait time. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327771 | COMPACT LOAD BALANCED SWITCHING STRUCTURES FOR PACKET BASED COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A switching node is disclosed for the routing of packetized data employing a multi-stage packet based routing fabric combined with a plurality of memory switches employing memory queues. The switching node allowing reduced throughput delays, dynamic provisioning of bandwidth and packet prioritization. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327772 | WAVEFRONT DETECTION AND DISAMBIGUATION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327773 | FLEXIBLE, COST-EFFECTIVE SOLUTION FOR PEER-TO-PEER, GAMING, AND APPLICATION TRAFFIC DETECTION & TREATMENT - A method and apparatus for detecting peer traffic based on a heuristic model and deep packet inspection is described. A suspect set of peer packets is detected using a heuristic model. From the suspect set of peer packet, a set of verified peer packets is detected using deep packet inspection. The set of verified peer packets is processed according to the peer processing policy, while the non-verified peer packets is processed according a non-peer policy. Furthermore, the statistics are generated from the set of suspect peer packet. These statistics are used to update the heuristic model. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003547 | Detecting and Mitigating Overload on Switches by Wireless Mobile Client Devices - Techniques are provided to load balance point of presence traffic for a group of network devices, such as switches, that are configured to support network connectivity in a wired network for client devices that roam between wireless access points served by the respective switches. The point of presence traffic may tend to be allocated to a particular switch due to network topology, whereby the switch may be located at a building entrance and therefore receive the majority of new association requests for mobile devices entering the building. Load is monitored by each switch and load information is exchanged between the switches. Requests and responses are exchanged between the switches such that point of presence responsibility may be transferred to switches with a lighter load. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003548 | Method For Improved Load Balancing In Communication Systems - Various methods are provided to address the need for improved load balancing. In a one method, a packet loss is determined ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130003549 | Resilient Hashing for Load Balancing of Traffic Flows - Methods, systems, and computer program product embodiments for managing traffic flows member of a plurality of available member resources in a communications device are disclosed. Embodiments include configuring a flow table containing a plurality of mappings, where each of the mappings specifies a relationship between one of a range of index values and at least one of the plurality of available member resources of an aggregated resource, assigning using the flow table respective traffic flows to at least one of the plurality of available links, and responsive to a change in the plurality of available member resources, changing the plurality of mappings. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003550 | System and Method for Priority Based Flow Control Between Nodes - A system and method for priority-based flow control between nodes. In one example, pause deadlocks in a physical loop can be averted by priority-based selection of egress ports to which a packet is forwarded. In one embodiment, if the packet priority matches a configured lossless priority, then the set of internal egress ports is masked such that only the internal ports belonging to the spanning tree remain in the set of internal egress ports. If the packet priority does not match a configured lossless priority, then the set of internal egress ports is masked such that only the internal ports belonging to the shortest path first tree remain in the set of internal egress ports. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003551 | NETWORK ROTAMETER STATION AND SERVICE - Methods and systems for controlling network traffic in a network are disclosed herein and may include monitoring network traffic characteristics for a plurality of communication channels in a home network, by at least one processor within the home network. The at least one processor may re-route network traffic for at least a portion of the plurality of communication channels in the home network, based on analysis by the at least one processor of at least the monitored network traffic characteristics. Network traffic can be estimated for at least a portion of the plurality of communication channels in the home network by the at least one processor within the home network, based on the monitored network traffic characteristics. The at least one processor may re-route network traffic for a portion of the plurality of communication channels in the home network, based on the estimated network traffic. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003552 | ENHANCED FLOW CONTROL - A method of wireless communication includes periodically adjusting a target queue length based on an estimated throughput of a network link and based on a measured underflow on the network link. The target queue length represents an amount of data being buffered at a network element. The method also includes controlling a link throughput based on the target queue length. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003553 | AUTOMATIC DETECTION AND WINDOW VIRTUALIZATION FOR FLOW CONTROL - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003554 | FLOW-BASED RATE LIMITING - A device may include logic configured to receive a packet, identify a flow associated with the packet in a flow table, and identify a rate limit associated with the flow in the flow table. A current rate associated with the flow may be calculated based on the packet. It may be determined whether the current rate associated with the flow exceeds the rate limit associated with the flow. If so, the packet may be discarded or tagged as “over limit.” | 01-03-2013 |
20130010597 | COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Described herein are a method and apparatus including calculating an aggregate peak total traffic demand for all overlapping access points in an interference range, comparing the aggregate peak total traffic demand to a threshold, rejecting a requested new quality of service traffic stream responsive to results of the comparison, calculating a peak total traffic demand for each overlapping access point in the interference range if the requested new quality of service traffic stream is admissible responsive to results of the comparison, comparing the peak total traffic demand for each overlapping access point in the interference range, if the requested new quality of service traffic stream is admissible, to the threshold and one of accepting the requested new quality of service traffic stream and rejecting the requested new quality of service traffic stream responsive to results of the second comparison. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010598 | Congestion Handling in a Communication Network - Data packets of a flow associated with a first bearer and data packets of a flow associated with a second bearer are received in an intermediate node ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130016612 | SELECTIVE TOPOLOGY ROUTING FOR DISTRIBUTED DATA COLLECTIONAANM Vasseur; Jean-PhilippeAACI Saint Martin DuriageAACO FRAAGP Vasseur; Jean-Philippe Saint Martin Duriage FRAANM Hui; Jonathan W.AACI Foster CityAAST CAAACO USAAGP Hui; Jonathan W. Foster City CA US - In one embodiment, a device, such as a network management server, determines a traffic matrix of a mesh network, where the traffic matrix indicates an amount of traffic per type of traffic transitioning between the mesh network and a global computer network via one or more current root devices. One or more optimized root devices may then be selected for corresponding directed acyclic graphs (DAGs) based on the amount of traffic and type of traffic. As such, a DAG formation request may be transmitted to the selected root devices, carrying a characteristic for a corresponding DAG to form by the respective selected root devices that indicates which one or more types of traffic correspond to the corresponding DAG. | 01-17-2013 |
20130021905 | CONTROLLING TRAFFIC FLOW TEMPLATE GENERATION - It is indicated which filters are to be used for a traffic flow template generation, in rules informing a communications network about resources authorized for a user of the communications network. A gateway combines the rules to a bearer providing access to the communications network, and generates a traffic flow template for the bearer out of filters which are indicated to be used for traffic flow template generation for the bearer in the rules. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021906 | Dynamic Management of Network Flows - A plurality of flow network elements monitors network flows at the subscriber level for a plurality of subscribers. The flow network elements export flow records to a collector, which organizes the flow records. A policy client correlates the flow records and determines whether any network flows are violating a flow policy definition. If a flow policy definition is violated, the policy client transmits a policy action to a policy server which indicates what action to take for a given violating flow. The policy server assigns a flow policy for the subscriber corresponding with the violating flow. The assigned flow policy is then transmitted to the flow network element having that violating flow, and that flow network element installs the flow policy. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021907 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION SESSIONS - A method and computer program product includes calculating a score for one or more communication sessions on a communication device, associating the score with the one or more communication sessions, and measuring a performance metric on the communication device. The performance metric may be indicative of a load on the communication device, and may be caused, at least in part, by the one or more communication sessions. If the performance metric on the communication device falls outside an acceptable value, a number of participants in at least one of the one or more communication sessions may be reduced based on the score associated with the at least one of the one or more communication sessions. | 01-24-2013 |
20130028085 | FLOW CONTROL IN PACKET PROCESSING SYSTEMS - Flow control in a packet processing system includes obtaining metric data measuring utilization of at least one resource in the packet processing system over intervals of a time period. A value of a flow control load parameter is adjusted during each of the intervals based on comparing the metric data with at least one condition that indicates depletion of the at least one resource. A value of a packet flow budget is established for the packet processing system in each of the intervals based on the respective value of the flow control load parameter in each of the intervals. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028086 | System and Method for Selecting Routing and Cancelling Overloading in Multihop Cellular Systems - A method for selecting routing and cancelling overloading in multihop cellular systems is provided herein. The method includes finding a user group having several routing selections in an overloading relay station, finding a user having maximum routing selections in the user group, disconnecting the routing link between the overloading relay station and the user to reduce the use of bandwidth of the overloading relay station, and finding an optimal routing from at least one un-overloading relay station group to link the user. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028087 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE - Systems, methods, and apparatus for routing are provided in which a connection track comprising a plurality of network or transport layer packets, received by a router, is identified by examining header fields of one or more packets in the plurality of packets. One or more quality of service (QoS) parameters is associated with the connection track by determining whether the track encodes a data type by (i) an identification of a predetermined application protocol used within the one or more packets and/or (ii) a comparison of a payload of one or more packets in the plurality of packets to known data type formats. A first QoS parameter is set to a first value in a first value range when the connection track contains the first data type. The connection track is routed through the router in accordance with the one or more QoS parameters assigned to the connection track. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028088 | DATA FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - There is provided a method of controlling a transmission rate of a data stream by a server transmitting the data stream to a client device over a network, the method comprising receiving a feedback message from the client, the feedback message containing information indicating a positive or negative acknowledgement of receipt for each one of a plurality of data packets of the data stream; calculating values of a plurality of metrics, wherein each of the values is indicative of transmission quality of the network and is calculated based at least in part on the information contained in the feedback message, and wherein the values include a first value of a first metric representing packet loss; and adjusting the transmission rate if at least one of the values satisfies a corresponding condition; wherein the first metric is prioritized among the plurality of metrics such that an adjustment of the transmission rate responsive to a second value of a second metric satisfying the corresponding condition is conditional on the first value of the first metric not satisfying the corresponding condition. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028089 | System and Method for Improving Transport Protocol Performance in Communication Networks Having Lossy Links - Providing transport protocol within a communication network having a lossy link. The receiver distinguishes between packets received with non-congestion bit errors and packets having been not at all received due to congestion. When packets are received with non-congestion bit errors, the receiver sends selective acknowledgments indicating that the packets were received with bit errors while suppressing duplicate acknowledgments to prevent the invocation of a congestion mechanism. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028090 | ROUTER AND CHIP CIRCUIT - Routers in a data transfer system relay data between the first node and each of the second nodes. A router includes a load value processing section and an aggregation decision section. The load value processing section obtains information about a load value of another router connected to a communications bus. The load value is a time delay caused by that another router and/or the throughput of that router. The aggregation decision section chooses one of the second nodes at which the data is to be received, and determines a transmission path between the second node chosen and the first node in accordance with information about the load value obtained from each router and information determined during a design process about the number of stages of routers from the first node through each said second node and/or the length of data to be transferred. | 01-31-2013 |
20130033986 | Quality of Service Control in Multiple Hop Wireless Communication Environments - One or more relay stations may be employed along a wireless communication access path between an ingress station and an egress station. A logical communication tunnel is established between the ingress and egress stations through any number of intermediate relay stations to handle session flows of PDUs. As PDUs arrive, the ingress station may determine and add scheduling information to the PDUs before they are delivered to the downstream intermediate relay stations or egress stations. The scheduling information is used by the downstream stations to schedule the PDUs for further delivery. The scheduling information may also be used by the egress station to schedule the PDUs for delivery. The scheduling information added to the PDU by the ingress station bears on a QoS class associated with the PDU, a deadline for the egress station to deliver the PDU, or a combination thereof. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039181 | Methods of optimizing scanning parameters for a plurality of channels in a wireless band - A method of optimizing scanning parameters for a plurality of channels in a wireless band includes identifying channels in the plurality of channels as overlapping channels and identifying channels in the plurality of channels as non-overlapping channels, wherein each of the non-overlapping channels transmits and receives signals at frequencies that do not overlap frequencies of other non-overlapping channels. Then scanning parameters for each channel are optimized in order to assign the scanning parameters to be normal scanning parameters or extended scanning parameters, the extended scanning parameters indicating longer scanning times used for scanning channels than that of the normal scanning parameters. Next each overlapping channel is scanned with a networked electronic device using the normal scanning parameters. The method also includes scanning each non-overlapping channel with the networked electronic device using the extended scanning parameters. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039182 | CONGESTION CONTROL IN AN OPTICAL LINE TERMINAL - There are disclosed systems and methods for detecting and controlling congestion in an Optical Line Terminal (OLT). The OLT has a plurality of ports. Each port of the plurality of ports communicates with at least one Optical Network Unit (ONU), and each port of the plurality of ports has a respective enforced maximum upstream bandwidth. For example, the maximum upstream bandwidth may be enforced by a Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA) algorithm. The OLT further includes an uplink port through which data received from each of the plurality of ports are transmitted. In one embodiment, if there is congestion of the data at the uplink port, then the enforced maximum upstream bandwidth for at least one port of the plurality of ports is modified. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039183 | TELECOMMUNICATION QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL - Different quality of service policies are enforced for packets from traffic streams of different type in a communication network, according to the type of traffic types of traffic. A learning phase and an operation phase are provided. The learning phase teaching by example of characteristics that must be used to distinguish the different types of traffic. In the learning phase, an indication is received of a quality of service policy that is required for user applications of a selected type. An indication is provided indicating execution of a user application of said type in a user domain and characteristics of packet traffic are derived from inspection of packets transmitted through the communication network to and/or from the user domain during the indicated execution. In the operation phase packet traffic in the network to and/or from the user domain is inspected. It is detected whether observed characteristics of the packet traffic match the derived characteristics. When a match is detected, enforcement of the quality of service policy in the network to packet traffic of the selected type of user application is triggered. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039184 | Load Estimation for Cell Stability in Interference Whitening Systems - A noise rise estimation method calculates ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039185 | Optimized Signaling in Relay-Enhanced Access Networks - Optimized signaling in relay-enhanced access networks There are provided measures for optimized signaling in relay-enhanced access networks, said measures exemplarily including receipt of at least one signaling message concerning at least one relay node of a relay-enhanced access network over at least one predetermined signaling interface, concentration of signaling concerning a respective relay node in terms of irrelevancy and/or redundancy from the at least one signaling message, and forwarding of the concentrated signaling in a signaling message over the at least one predetermined signaling interface towards the respective relay node. Said measures may exemplarily be applied for optimizing X2 messaging in relay-enhanced LTE access networks. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039186 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR REDUCTION OF TRANSMISSION DELAY IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for reducing latency in coordinated networks are provided. The apparatus and methods relate to a protocol that may be referred to as the Persistent Reservation Request (“p-RR”), which may be viewed as a type of RR (reservation request). p-RR's may reduce latency, on average, to one MAP cycle or less. A p-RR may be used to facilitate Ethernet audiovisual bridging. Apparatus and methods of the invention may be used in connection with coaxial cable based networks that serve as a backbone for a managed network, which may interface with a package switched network. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044599 | REVERSE LINK CONTROL TO REDUCE FORWARD LINK LATENCY - Some implementations provide a method for prioritizing reverse link packets so that particular reverse link packets are transmitted with a reduced latency in order to improve spectral efficiency of the forward link. The method also optionally includes weighting packets according to their determined lengths, and transmitting packets based on the determined weights. In one implementation, the method includes sorting packets at least according to one of size, type and nature of the data in the packets. Accordingly, sorting of the packets includes at least one of determining the size and the type of each packet. In one implementation, sorting the packets includes deep-packet inspection to determine a respective priority value for each packet. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044600 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INCREASED SMALL CELL RESOURCE UTILIZATION - A method of determining a bias parameter for a heterogeneous network including a small cell, a macro cell, and one or more user equipment (UEs), the small cell being underlaid with respect to the macro cell, includes determining, at a base station of the small cell, a loading state of the macro cell; and setting, at the base station, the bias parameter based on the determined loading state. A method of determining a cell border window (CBW) for the small cell, the small cell being underlaid with respect to the macro cell, the small cell having a plurality of attached UEs which are divided into inner cell UEs and border cell UEs, includes determining, at the base station, a difference value based on utilization values of the inner cell UEs and the border cell UEs; and adjusting the CBW based on the difference value and a threshold value. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044601 | Load Estimation in Softer Handover - Method and arrangement in a Radio Base Station RBS in a wireless communication system, for handling load coupling in softer handover. The method in an RBS involves receiving ( | 02-21-2013 |
20130051232 | MANAGING DATA ON INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and physical computer-readable storage medium are provided to improve efficiency of systems operating on internet protocol (IP) over Infiniband (IB) networks. A method includes multicasting a first ARP request from a source node, the first ARP request including an IP address of a source port of the source node, and performing load-balancing of host traffic across a plurality of ports of a plurality of nodes by sending a reply from a destination node corresponding to the IP address included in the first ARP request, the reply being sent over the source port to the source node. | 02-28-2013 |
20130064087 | Cross-Frequency Network Load Balancing - A base station that supports different sectors and co-located different frequencies across the different sectors in a CDMA network having an Access Terminal includes a processing unit which determines a load imbalance on a connection in a first sector at a first frequency. The base station includes a network interface unit through which the processing unit offloads traffic from the connection in the first sector at the first frequency to a first or second sector at a second frequency. A method for sending traffic with a base station that supports different sectors and co-located different frequencies across the different sectors in a CDMA network having an Access Terminal including the steps of determining with a processing unit a load imbalance on a connection in a first sector at a first frequency. There is the step of offloading with the processing unit through network interface unit traffic from the connection in the first sector at the first frequency to a first or second sector at a second frequency. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064088 | Apparatus and System for Packet Routing and Forwarding in an Interior Network - An apparatus comprising a network node coupled to an internal network comprising a plurality of internal nodes and configured to forward a packet designated to the internal network based on service reachability information that indicates at least one of the internal nodes for forwarding the packet to, wherein the service reachability information is sent and updated in a dynamic manner by the internal network. Also included is a network apparatus implemented method comprising receiving service reachability information from an internal network, maintaining the service reachability information in an interior Forwarding Information Base (iFIB), receiving a packet with a public destination address associated with the internal network; and forwarding the packet to appropriate locations in the internal network using the service reachability information in the iFIB. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064089 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRAFFIC CONTENTION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for allocating traffic contention resource units in a wireless communications system in which decisions are made in a distributed manner are described. A wireless communications device, corresponding to a link, self allocates resource units for traffic contention. Decisions regarding initially acquiring resources, relinquishing acquired resources, and/or acquiring additional resources for traffic contention are based on detected levels of network congestion and/or detected changes in network congestion. A wireless communications device detects a level of network congestion and determines a number of resource units to acquire for traffic contention based on the detected level of network congestion. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064090 | Load Balancing Method and System for Peer-To-Peer Networks - System and method for balancing a number of incoming connections of nodes connected to a peer-to-peer network. The method includes receiving at a selecting node information about out-finger candidates. The information includes at least a quantifiable parameter for the out-finger candidates and the out-finger candidates are possible nodes to be connected to the selecting node. The method includes calculating in the selecting node, for each node of the out-finger candidates, a probability value by using a predetermined probability function that uses as input the corresponding quantifiable parameter; and selecting one node from the out-finger candidates to be an out-finger node for the selection node based on the probability value. The probability value is associated with a number of in-finger connections to the selected out-finger node. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONGESTION-AWARE ROUTING IN A COMPUTER INTERCONNECTION NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to an example of a method for a first router to adaptively determine status within a network. The network may include the first router, a second router and a third router. The method for the first router may comprise determining status information regarding the second router located in the network, and transmitting the status information to the third router located in the network. The second router and the third router may be indirectly coupled to one another. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064092 | Method and system for implementing direct interface between access network nodes - The disclosure provides a method and a system for implementing a direct interface between access network nodes. The method includes: establishing, by an access network node, a direct interface with a proxy node ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130070594 | Policy Controlled Offloading Among Neighboring Networks - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for controlling and distributing data traffic among neighboring access networks within a geographic area. Subscribers may be given different priorities. Requests of services by subscribers may be prioritized. Data traffic within a congested access network may be offloaded to alternate access networks based on criteria such as service types and Quality of Service requirements associated with the data traffic, subscriber priorities associated with the subscribers, software and hardware capabilities associated with the user terminals of the subscribers, and resource availabilities in the alternate access networks. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070595 | Unified Quality of Service Negotiation Method Cross Multi-Media - A method of unified quality of service, hereafter called QoS, negotiation cross multi-media for a first unified terminal device (UTD) using a first medium for communication in a network system is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining a QoS requirement from the first UTD, via the first medium, transmitting the QoS negotiation request including QoS requirement to a second UTD using a second medium for communication in the network system, and when a QoS negotiation response corresponding to the QoS negotiation request is received from the second UTD, reporting a QoS negotiation result to first UTD according to the QoS negotiation response. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070596 | Method and Apparatus of IP Flow Mobility in 4G Wireless Communication Networks - A method to realize IP flow mobility (IFOM) between 3GPP access and non-3GPP access over GTP based interfaces is proposed. A user equipment is connected to a PDN-GW via a 3GPP access network and a non-3GPP access network. The UE transmits an IFOM triggering message to the PDN-GW, which selects IP flows to be moved based on EPS bearer ID and IP flow description. The PDN-GW sends an Update Bearer Request to a WAG or ePDG, and updates its mapping table if the Update Bearer Request is successful. The UE also updates its mapping table upon receiving an IFOM acknowledgement from the WAG or ePDG. The PDN-GW initiates a 3GPP bearer modification procedure to move the selected IP flows. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070597 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A ROUTE IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK USING A METRIC BASED ON RADIO AND TRAFFIC LOAD - A method and apparatus for calculating a routing metric for a wireless network including retrieving configured system parameters, selecting a form of a first weight factor based on channel load/utilization and parameters of the first weight factor, selecting a form of a second weight factor based on frame/packet error rate and parameters of the second weight factor, retrieving estimated link bit rate, measuring a channel/link busy time, estimating a channel/link load, estimating a packet/frame error rate of the link and calculating the metric are described. A method and system for determining a route/path between two nodes of a wireless network including calculating a weighted radio and load aware metric by each node in the wireless network, storing the metric and using the metric to select the route/path for communication between two nodes of the wireless network based on a sum of the metrics calculated by each node of the wireless network are also described. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070598 | RADIO RESOURCE SIGNALING DURING NETWORK CONGESTION IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method for radio link control in a mobile wireless communication device. The mobile wireless device transmits a sequence of service requests to establish radio resources with a wireless communication network for a data packet in a pending data buffer. When no radio resources are allocated in response to the transmitted sequence of service requests, the mobile wireless device sets a minimum threshold for the pending data buffer, discards all pending data packets above the minimum threshold and discards the oldest pending data packet. The mobile wireless device repeats transmitting and discarding until a radio resource is allocated or the pending data packet buffer is empty. A retry interval between successive service requests is increased after transmitting each sequence of service requests until reaching a maximum retry interval value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070599 | METHOD, NETWORK, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT FOR FLOW BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method, network, and computer program product are provided for traffic flow quality of service. A quality of service priority table is received for services defined by a user at the network, and the quality of service priority table includes quality of service levels for the services. Traffic flows are determined to correspond to packets being communicated over the network for the user. The traffic flows are mapped to services. The traffic flows are mapped to the quality of service levels for the services. The quality of service levels are assigned to the traffic flows as assigned quality of service levels corresponding to the services. Each of the traffic flows is routed over the network according to its assigned quality of service levels, respectively. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070600 | NETWORK REPEATER, QoS CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING QoS CONTROL PROGRAM | 03-21-2013 |
20130077489 | CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL FOR ETHERNET - A method for communication includes sending a pause frame from a first node to a second node over a communication link between the nodes. In response to the pause frame, one or more data frames are immediately transmitted from the second node to the first node upon receipt of the pause frame at the second node. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077490 | LOAD BALANCING - A satellite communication system comprising a hub and plurality of terminals may be divided into multiple segments, wherein each segment may support part of the terminals. A method for decentralized balancing of traffic between the system segments is presented herein. One segment in each coverage beam may be designated as home carrier and include load balancing information. The terminals may be configured to tune on a home carrier, receive the load balancing information and then use it for selecting a least loaded segment on which they may remain operational until reset or powered off. In some embodiments of the invention, said load balancing information may be used for calculating relative probabilities for selecting segments through a weighted random selection algorithm. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077491 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRAFFIC DETECTION NETWORK CONTROL - Systems and methods for communicating in a wireless communication system are described. One implementation is provided for controlling aspects of a wireless communication system network via a traffic detection function at the user equipment. The method includes obtaining, at an electronic device, an application configuration, the application configuration including an application identifier identifying an application of a plurality of applications and a network communication characteristic corresponding to each of the plurality of applications. The method further includes detecting, at the electronic device, the application identifier in a packet of network traffic. The method also includes transmitting, from the electronic device, the packet of network traffic based on the network communication characteristic corresponding to the detected application identifier. By providing an application identifier, fine grained (e.g., application specific) network controls may be implemented such as quality of service, charging/accounting, idle handoff, and traffic redirection/load balancing. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077492 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURATION OF A LOAD BALANCING ALGORITHM IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A method for configuration of a network device is described herein. Counter information for one or more ports of a plurality of ports of the network device is managed. The one or more ports are aggregated to a logical port in a logical communication channel. The counter information may be determined by the network device. A current load balancing algorithm is determined. The current load balancing algorithm is set for use on network packets on egress out of the logical port. Statistics are determined using the counter information and the current load balancing algorithm. Based on the statistics, the network device is configured with an available load balancing algorithm of a plurality of load balancing algorithms available to the network device. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077493 | VIRTUAL CONNECTION ROUTE SELECTION APPARATUS AND TECHNIQUES - Virtual connection route selection apparatus and techniques are disclosed. At a communication traffic routing apparatus, metric information associated with multiple different routes for a virtual connection, such as a PseudoWire, toward a destination is collected. The metric information may be collected from one or more remote route computation elements capable of computing routes for virtual connections between the routing apparatus and other routing apparatus over an underlying communication system, or during actual establishment of the virtual connections, for example. An initial or re-optimized route for a virtual connection can then be selected at the routing apparatus based on the collected metric information. In some embodiments, although the virtual connection routes are paths computed by Path Computation Elements (PCEs), actual path selection decisions are distributed to routers. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077494 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RELAY NODE CONFIGURATION AND RE-CONFIGURATION IN RELAY ENHANCED NETWORKS - A method for performing relay node configuration and re-configuration in relay enhanced networks, in particular in a 3GPP LTE-Advanced architecture, wherein the network includes a plurality of eNBs that function as donor eNBs providing wireless access to associated relay nodes, wherein the relay nodes function as eNBs from a UE perspective, is characterized in that the network is divided into clusters such that each cluster includes exactly one donor eNB and that each relay node is associated to at least one donor eNB any point in time, wherein the load of donor eNBs and the handover rates among relay nodes as well as between donor eNBs and relay nodes are monitored and/or estimated, wherein the association of relay nodes to donor eNBs is performed on the basis of the results of the monitoring and/or estimation. Furthermore, an apparatus for performing centralized relay node configuration in relay enhanced networks is disclosed. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083660 | Per-Group ECMP for Multidestination Traffic in DCE/TRILL Networks - Consistent with embodiments of the present disclosure, systems and methods are disclosed for providing per-group ECMP for multidestination traffic in a DCE/TRILL network. Embodiments enable per-group load balancing of multidestination traffic in DCE/L2MP networks by creating a new IS-IS PDU to convey the affinity of the parent node for a given multicast group. For broadcast and unknown unicast flooded traffic, the load balancing may be done on a per-vlan basis. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083661 | Multi-RAT Carrier Aggregation for Integrated WWAN-WLAN Operation - Systems and methods for Multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) Carrier Aggregation (MRCA) wireless wide area network (WWAN) assisted wireless local area network (WLAN) flow mapping and flow routing are disclosed. One system comprises a dynamic flow mapping module that is configured to form a flow-mapping table to dynamically map service flows between the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device. A flow routing module is configured to route data packets to one of the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device based on the flow-mapping table to transmit and receive the data packets via the wireless device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083662 | BROADBAND REPEATER WITH SECURITY FOR ULTRAWIDEBAND TECHNOLOGIES - An ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater provides a low cost infrastructure solution that merges wireless and wired network devices while providing connection to the plant, flexible repeater capabilities, network security, traffic monitoring and provisioning, and traffic flow control for wired and wireless connectivity of devices or networks. The ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater can be implemented in discrete, integrated, distributed or embedded forms. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083663 | PATH CONTROL DEVICE AND PATH CONTROL METHOD - A path control device according to the present invention is a path control device | 04-04-2013 |
20130088959 | CREDIT-BASED NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A switching network includes first, second and third switches coupled for communication, such that the first and third switches communicate data traffic via the second switch. The first switch is operable to request transmission credits from the third switch, receive the transmission credits from the third switch and perform transmission of data traffic in reference to the transmission credits. The third switch is operable to receive the request for transmission credits from the first switch, generate the transmission credits and transmit the transmission credits to the first switch via the second switch. The second switch is operable to modify the transmission credits transmitted by the third switch prior to receipt of the transmission credits at the first switch. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088960 | System and Method for Information Delivery with Multiple Point Transmission - A system and method for information delivery with multiple point transmission are provided. A method for detecting lost packets is provided. The method includes initiating a timer for a received packet at a receiving transmission point, where the timer is set according to a time value associated with the received packet. The method also includes determining that a delivery of the received packet has failed according to the timer elapsing, and transmitting a lost packet report to a primary transmission point that distributed the received packet to the receiving transmission point. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088961 | Apparatus and Method for Load Balancing in a Cable Network - Apparatus and method for load balancing cable modems across channels of a load balancing group on a DOCSIS network are described. At least one Quality of Service (QoS) parameter is collected for each service flow from cable modems actively passing traffic across one channel of the load balancing group. The QoS parameter collected is used to identify at least one cable modem having a service flow with an inferior grade of the QoS parameter relative to a pre-defined threshold of the QoS parameter. The cable modem having service flows with the inferior grade of the QoS parameter is selected first from the cable modems of the load balancing group for being moved from the one channel to a different channel of the load balancing group for purposes of balancing load of active service flows across the channels. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088962 | DYNAMIC RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL STATE SWITCHING | 04-11-2013 |
20130088963 | BROADBAND REPEATER WITH SECURITY FOR ULTRAWIDEBAND TECHNOLOGIES - An ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater provides a low cost infrastructure solution that merges wireless and wired network devices while providing connection to the plant, flexible repeater capabilities, network security, traffic monitoring and provisioning, and traffic flow control for wired and wireless connectivity of devices or networks. The ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater can be implemented in discrete, integrated, distributed or embedded forms. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088964 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL TRAFFIC IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to control traffic in a packet-switched network are disclosed. An example circuit manager includes a usage analyzer to estimate a utilization of a network for a future time interval based on data associated with actual utilization of the network, a rebalancer to detect a trigger event based on the estimated utilization, and to identify a future virtual circuit path through the network for the future time interval based on the estimated utilization when the trigger event is detected, the usage analyzer and the rebalancer to repetitively change mapping of virtual circuit paths including the future virtual circuit path to physical resources to adapt the network to expected usage conditions, a rerouter to identify the future virtual circuit path based on a first predicted weighted cost for a first communication link and a second predicted weighted cost for a second communication link, and a capacity manager to determine whether the identified future virtual circuit path is expected to reduce a future utilization of a communication path below a first threshold, and to determine where additional transmission capacity should be added to the network when the predicted future utilization of the communication path exceeds the first threshold. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088965 | BUFFER MANAGER AND METHODS FOR MANAGING MEMORY - Some of the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method comprising managing a plurality of buffer addresses in a system-on-chip (SOC); and if a number of available buffer addresses in the SOC falls below a low threshold value, obtaining one or more buffer addresses from a memory, which is external to the SOC, to the SOC. Other embodiments are also described and claimed. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088966 | FLOW MOBILITY FILTER RULE VERIFICATION - A method and system for flow mobility filter rule verification is provided. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a network node of a telecommunications packet network is configured to receive filter rules provided by a user entity (UE) relating to a requested IP-CAN session. The filter rules are applied by a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) network architecture for the session. The network node is also configured to compare received filter rules with Inter-Mobility Policies (IMPs) of the user in order to determine if the filter rules match with the user's IMPs, and to send a filter rule verification response indicating whether or not the filter rules match the user's IMPs. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088967 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET CAPTURE METHOD AND PACKET CAPTURE PROGRAM - A communication system includes, in addition to nodes, a controller for setting, in each node, a processing rule that stipulates a matching rule and processing for a packet matching to the matching rule. Each node processes a received packet in accordance with the processing rule. At least one of the nodes is capable of performing mirroring of a received packet. For a flow satisfying a pre-set condition, the controller sets a processing rule to perform packet mirroring in an arbitrary node, while setting, in a node on a packet capture route reaching a pre-set mirror server, a processing rule that stipulates the processing to forward a mirrored packet. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088968 | FLOW CONTROL NODE FOR MANAGING THROUGHPUT FAIRNESS OF A PLURALITY OF FLOWS, TRANSMISSION NODE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FLOW, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION RATE - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a multi-hop network system includes: a transmission node; a reception node; a router node; and a flow control node connected to all nodes within the multi-hop network system. The flow control node periodically receives flow monitoring information from at least one transmission node and evaluates whether the distributed state of the bandwidth of a network is fair. At this time, the flow control node sets a queue length threshold as transmission rate control information for fairly distributing the bandwidth of the network and transmits the set queue length threshold to at least one transmission node when unfairness has been detected. The transmission node sets the queue length threshold as a reference point for adjusting the transmission rate and performs the packet and/or link scheduling. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094360 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND FLOW RESTRICTION DEVICES - A communication device may be provided. The communication device may include: a packet generator configured to generate a packet including data for a second communication device and a header including an identifier identifying a communication service for the data and a transmitter configured to transmit the packet via a flow restriction device to the second communication device. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094361 | INTELLIGENT LAYER-2 FORWARDING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes a port management module and a notification module. During operation, the port management module identifies a local port selected to be in a blocking state associated with a spanning tree. The notification module constructs a notification message associated with the blocking state. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094362 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Example methods disclosed herein include, in response to receiving a first message associated with a first registration request for a device, determining whether the device is currently assigned to a first call processor and performing a load balancing procedure to reassign the device to one of a plurality of call processors including the first call processor, the load balancing procedure to bias reassignment to the first call processor in response to the device being determined to be currently assigned to the first call processor. Such example methods further include, in response to receiving a second message associated with a second registration request for the device, causing the first call processor to de-register the device in response to determining that the second message is associated with a pending reassignment of the device from the first call processor to a second call processor included in the plurality of call processors. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094363 | METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, AND NETWORK SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING DATA SERVICE - The present invention provides a method, a network device, and a network system for processing a data service. The method for processing a data service includes: receiving a data service packet; identifying protocol information and/or service information of the packet; mapping the protocol information and/or service information to a corresponding type of service field, and changing a type of service value of the packet according to the mapped-to type of service field; and performing queue scheduling for the packet according to the type of service value of the packet. The present invention effectively reduces the cost of the QoS implementation solution, prevents a low-priority application server from forging high-priority services, and prevents a high-priority port from being used to bear low-priority services. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100808 | Managing Utilization Of A Logical Communication Path In A Multi-Path Channel - A method of managing utilization of a logical communication path in a multi-path channel consisting of a plurality of logical communication paths overlying a plurality of physical connections connecting a first and a second node, including: for a non-ordered communication stream implementing a load-balancing communication mode to distributedly communicate messages of the non-ordered communication stream over the plurality of logical paths; and for an ordered communication stream implementing a designated logical path mode including designating a logical path of the multiple-path channel for communicating thereover messages of the ordered communication stream. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100809 | System and Method for End-to-End Automatic Configuration of Network Elements Using a Link-Level Protocol - A system and method for end-to-end automatic configuration of network elements using a link-level protocol. Network elements can be auto-configured through the propagation of configuration information. Configuration information is propagated using ports that have defined port roles that enable automatic propagation of configuration information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100810 | NETWORK BANDWIDTH REGULATION USING TRAFFIC SCHEDULING - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for regulating network bandwidth by means of monitoring network traffic, predicting network loads, and scheduling traffic utilizing traffic reporting and bandwidth reservation mechanisms. These systems and methods may reduce network congestion and support more efficient processing by network applications. Traffic reporting may comprise broadcasting control messages to network nodes indicating appropriate times to send and receive messages. Network nodes may use traffic reports (e.g., control messages) to proactively regulate their use of the network. Bandwidth reservation may allow network nodes to do productive processing while waiting to send and receive data, and may decrease mean wait times. Reservations may be implemented in a synchronous or asynchronous manner. In an exemplary embodiment, the reservation mechanism may emulate a traditional stream socket API. Embodiments enabling enhanced TV applications to run more effectively over cable TV out-of-band networks are described. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100811 | Output Rate Controller and Output Rate Control Method - An output rate controller has a TS packet buffer, a maximum value increase detector, a minimum value decrease detector and an output controller. The TS packet buffer accumulates input packets. The maximum value increase detector detects an increasing trend of the maximum number of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer within a fixed time period. The minimum value decrease detector detects a decreasing trend of the minimum number of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer within a fixed time period. The output controller sets a higher output rate of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer if an increasing trend has been detected by the maximum value increase detector, and sets a lower output rate of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer if a decreasing trend has been detected by the minimum value decrease detector. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107709 | Distributed Chassis Architecture Having Integrated Service Appliances | 05-02-2013 |
20130107710 | CONFIRMED DELIVERY OF BRIDGED UNICAST FRAMES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107711 | PACKET TRAFFIC CONTROL IN A NETWORK PROCESSOR | 05-02-2013 |
20130107712 | ADDRESSING THE LARGE FLOW PROBLEM FOR EQUAL COST MULTI-PATH IN THE DATACENTER | 05-02-2013 |
20130107713 | DISTRIBUTED CHASSIS ARCHITECTURE HAVING INTEGRATED SERVICE APPLIANCES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107714 | Method and Device for Network traffic Control | 05-02-2013 |
20130107715 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR DATA CLUSTERING | 05-02-2013 |
20130107716 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY POWER AND PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZED SERVER INTERCONNECTS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107717 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING NETWORK TRAFFIC | 05-02-2013 |
20130114409 | LINK ADVERTISEMENT FOR PATH COMPUTATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A path computation element for a communications network, receives link advertisements from hybrid nodes ( | 05-09-2013 |
20130114410 | Network Relay Device, Control Method for Network Relay Device, and Recording Medium on which Program for Controlling Network Relay Device Is Recorded - In a state where a network relay device | 05-09-2013 |
20130114411 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PACKET DISCARD PRECEDENCE FOR VIDEO TRANSPORT - Discard precedence priority of packets carrying an encoded video stream in a packet network is determined based on priority information included in the encoded video stream. A video streamer segments an encoded video stream and encapsulates the segment in an Internet Protocol (IP) packet. Priority information associated with the IP packet is determined based on at least one priority indicator associated with the segment that was included in the encoded video stream. Alternately, priority information associated with an Ethernet frame is determined based on at least one priority indicator associated with the segment that was included in the encoded video stream. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114412 | NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT PROBE SYSTEM - A method to investigate congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The method includes, for example, sending a probe packet to network devices from a source node to gather information about the traffic queues at each network device that is examined by the probe packet. A routing table at each network device that receives the probe packet is based on the gathered information for respective each traffic queue. | 05-09-2013 |
20130121150 | Modifying Backbone Service Instance Identifiers based on an Identified Flow of Associated Frames - In one embodiment, backbone service instance identifiers (I-SIDs) of backbone frames are modified based on flow identification of frames encapsulated therein to induce entropy into the headers of the backbone frames. Backbone packet switching devices use the modified service instance identifier to load balance the corresponding frame through the backbone network. At an exit point of the backbone network, the original backbone service instance identifier (I-SID) associated with a frame encapsulated in a backbone frame is recovered from the modified service instance identifier, with this recovery typically including determining the flow identification of the frame encapsulated in the backbone frame. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121151 | Traffic load management - A node may assist in the management of upstream network traffic in part by managing a contention window used by the node. The node may maintain a list of size(s) of contention window(s) of parent node(s) of the node. The node may set its own contention window to be longer (i.e., a longer period of time) than that of upstream neighbor nodes. With a longer contention window than that of its parent node(s), the node will refrain from using an RF channel needed by a parent node. Accordingly, upstream nodes are better able to transmit any backlog of data before receiving additional data from downstream nodes. This may better distribute data over the network, and may better manage data flow. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121152 | ADAPTIVE LOAD BALANCING - Methods and systems for performing load balancing within an Ethernet network are provided. According to one embodiment, a set of virtual networks, into which a network has been logically divided that can be used by a first component is maintained. Each of the virtual networks is a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and provides a path through the network between the first component and a second component. A packet destined for the second component is received by the first component. On a packet-by-packet basis or on a per flow basis, the first component dynamically selects a particular path by selecting a virtual network for transporting the received packet that tends to balance traffic load across the virtual networks. The first component causes the received packet to be transported through the network to the second component via the particular path. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121153 | DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING USING QUALITY/LOADING BANDS - Methods and apparatus for load balancing data traffic are disclosed. An example method includes determining a respective quality metric for each of a plurality of members of an aggregation group of the network device, each respective quality metric representing respective data traffic loading for each member of the plurality of aggregation group members. The example method also includes grouping the plurality of aggregation members into a plurality of loading/quality bands based on their respective quality metric. The example method further includes selecting members of the aggregation group for transmitting packets from a loading/quality band corresponding with members of the aggregation group having lower data traffic loading relative to other members of the aggregation group. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128738 | Hybrid Networking Path Selection and Load Balancing to Provide Robust High Bandwidth Availability in Home Networks - System and method for selecting a transmission medium on which to transmit a first stream. At least one of the plurality of transmission media may be substantially dynamic in nature. Path characteristics of each of a plurality of transmission media may be determined. A first transmission medium may be selected from the plurality of transmission media for the first stream based on the determined path characteristics. A first plurality of packets of the first stream may be transmitted on the first transmission medium. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128739 | Method and Device to Control Communication with Multiple Networks Based on Respective Quality of Service Requirements - A network host device including a connection manager to communicate communication data with an external network over a plurality of bearers of the external network, an interface driver to provide an interface between the interface driver and the communication manager, the interface being dedicated to the external network, to receive processing data associated with the communication data over the interface, and to tag a packet of the processing data with identification information of the external network, and a traffic control unit to receive each packet of the processing data tagged with the identification information of the external network, and to select a bearer from among the plurality of hearers of the external network to communicate the communication data. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128740 | COMMUNICATIONS SWITCHING ARCHITECTURE - Presently described is a system and method for switching multimedia data communications, including but not limited to Voice over IP (VoIP) telephony, cable TV, digital audio and video. The system utilizes a single, integrated device to provide all PacketCable-compliant functionality, including enhanced user privacy, compliance with CALEA, E911 and other mandated services not available in conventional distributed PacketCable systems. High speed and efficient, low cost operation are provided by means of an optimized data unit encapsulation scheme for internal switching and routing. A proprietary fiber optic backplane and removable optical connectors are used to enable lightspeed internal communications hot-swapping of components. Furthermore, the present system is extensible to all forms of digital data switching and is secure, resistant to Denial of Service attacks, and fault-resilient. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128741 | FLOW BASED QOS ROUTER CAPABLE OF REPORTING REAL-TIME STATISTICS - Disclosed is a flow-based QoS router capable of reporting real-time statistics, including: a line card configured to collect flow information by analyzing a flow, classify the collected flow information into flow information not requesting filtering and flow information requesting filtering, and transmit each of the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering; a system supervisor controller configured to receive the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering from the line card and store the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering, and accessed by a manager terminal to monitor the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering to perform filtering of and QoS application to a predetermined flow; and an application processor configured to command QoS application to the predetermined flow according to a request from the system supervisor controller. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128742 | Internet Real-Time Deep Packet Inspection and Control Device and Method - A deep packet inspection and control device for performing real-time traffic management on a real-time packet data stream over the internet that includes a first rule table unit for storing a rule table including a first set of rule entries which are pre-defined or generated dynamically; a first scanning unit for receiving a first real-time packet data stream from the internet, and scanning the first real-time packet data stream according to a scanning window defined by the first set of rule entries; a first analysis unit for matching the first real-time packet data stream with the first set of rule entries in the scanning window of the first scanning unit, and outputting a matching result; and a first rule linkage unit for performing linkage control on the first real-time packet data stream to be output back to the internet according to the matching result output from the first analysis unit. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128743 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A MULTITENANCY TELEPHONE NETWORK - A method and system for operating a multitenancy telephony system including a call queue that stores call requests received from a plurality of users; an expandable and contractible telephony resource cluster that establishes call sessions for call requests; a analysis system that calculates capacity requirements of the system; a resource allocator that manages the scaling and operation of the telephony resource cluster; and a plurality of telephony network channels that are used as telephony communication channels for call sessions. | 05-23-2013 |
20130135999 | DESTINATION-BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - A method for communication includes sending communication packets over a network from a first network interface. A notification, which originates from a second network interface and indicates a network congestion encountered by one or more of the packets, is received in the first network interface. A network address of the second network interface is identified based on the notification. A transmission rate of subsequent packets addressed to the network address is regulated responsively to the notification, irrespective of a transport service instance on which the subsequent packets are sent from the first network interface. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136000 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TCP TRAFFIC WITH RANDOM EARLY DETECTION AND WINDOW SIZE ADJUSTMENTS - A method for controlling data traffic with random early detection and window size adjustments including performing random early detection on incoming data packets, calculating a simple moving average of packet dropping probabilities for the data packets as calculated when performing random early detection, decreasing an advertised window size if the simple moving average is greater than a probability target plus a tolerance factor, increasing the advertised window size if the simple moving average is less than the probability target minus a tolerance factor, and not adjusting the window size if the simple moving average is not greater than a probability target plus a tolerance factor and not less than a probability target minus a tolerance factor. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136001 | AUDIO-VISUAL DATA TRANSMISSION OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL AT HIGHER RATES - A technique to switch high data rate content from higher frequency band transmission to lower frequency band transmission that uses Internet Protocol, without adding appreciable latency or jitter that may be manifested on a display. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136002 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF TRANSMISSION RATE - Disclosed is a data transmitter including: a plurality of write tasks configured to transmit data in parallel to a receiver over a network; and a control task configured to control the plurality of write tasks so that the plurality of write tasks are operated in a fixed transmission rate operation mode or a variable transmission rate operation mode in which a transmission rate varies depending on network conditions. Thus, network bandwidth can be efficiently shared with cross traffic even when a parallel TCP stream is used. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136003 | Method and Apparatus for Ethernet Data Compression - A method and apparatus for Ethernet data compression enables the size of Ethernet frames to be reduced. Compression and decompression of Ethernet frames occur by the Ethernet network elements, rather than by user computers or end devices that transmit data on the Ethernet network. A new EtherType value may be used to identify the type of compressed Ethernet frames and optionally the type of mechanism used to compress the payload of Ethernet frames. The new EtherType may be inserted into a newly assembled frame ahead of the original EtherType. Alternatively, the new EtherType may replace the original EtherType and a short subheader may be used to identify the original EtherType. Out-of-band network signaling by the Ethernet control plane may also be used to determine whether frames are to be compressed and decompressed over controlled Ethernet links and tunnels, with or without use of the new EtherType. | 05-30-2013 |
20130142047 | Channel Quality Aware Transport Flow Compensation - Channel quality of an airlink is assessed at an edge router of a radio-access communication network. Based on the assessment, the cause of lost data is determined to be due to traffic congestion or due to poor channel quality. In the latter case, congestion recovery/avoidance processes of a transport protocol of over a spliced transport connection can be overridden to avoid unnecessary limitations to data flow. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142048 | FLOW TEMPLATING IN LOGICAL L3 ROUTING - For a network controller for managing hosts in a network, a method for configuring a host to handle flow entries and template flow entries is described. The method generates a template flow entry to be populated in order to create a flow entry for a particular managed forwarding element. The method sends the template flow entry to the particular forwarding element in a host. The method configures a flow entry generating flow entry generating module in a host to create the flow entry by populating the template flow entry. The method configures the particular managed forwarding element to (1) send the template flow entry to the flow entry generating flow entry generating module (2) forward packets using the flow entry created by the flow entry generating flow entry generating module. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148501 | CONSTANT WINDOW BACK-OFF METHOD FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described including determining a target congestion index, determining a congestion index based on information from a last back-off round, comparing the target congestion index with the congestion index, performing one of increasing a triggering set size by a first factor and decreasing the triggering set size by a second factor responsive to the comparison, determining if a communications medium is idle, adjusting a back-off counter responsive to the third determining act, determining if the back-off counter is equal to a triggering point in the triggering set and transmitting data responsive to the fourth determining act. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148502 | PROCESSING NETWORK TRAFFIC AT A NETWORK EDGE - A device, provided at a network edge, receives a radio frequency signal from a user equipment, and converts the radio frequency signal into an electrical signal. The device also receives, from a network controller, at least one of control information, schedule information, or congestion management information. The device performs baseband signal processing on the electrical signal, based on at least one of the control information, the schedule information, or the congestion management information, to create a modified signal. The device provides the modified signal to the network controller. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148503 | Network Impairment Unit with Bandwidth-Constrained Packet Duplication - An impairment unit, method, and machine readable storage media for emulating network impairments. An impairment unit may include a network interface to receive network traffic from a network and to transmit impaired network traffic to the network. An impairment engine may generate the impaired traffic based on the received network traffic, the impaired network traffic including at least some duplicate packets. The impairment engine may determine a bandwidth available for transmission of duplicate packets based on the received network traffic and may constrain the total length of the duplicate packets to fit within the available bandwidth. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148504 | HANDLING CONGESTION IN A QUEUE WITHOUT DISCARDING NEW MESSAGES RECEIVED FROM A MESSAGE SENDER - A method, in an element having a queue used to store messages sent from a message sender to a message receiver, of handling congestion in the queue, without discarding a new message from the message sender. The new message which is to be added to the queue is received. The new message is of a given message type. It is determined that congestion handling is to be performed. The congestion handling is performed by removing older messages, of the given message type, from the queue. The new message is added to the queue. Other methods, apparatus, and network elements are also disclosed. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148505 | LOAD BALANCING IN A LOGICAL PIPELINE - A non-transitory machine readable medium storing a program that configures a managed forwarding element to perform logical L2 switching and L3 routing is described. The program generates a first set of flow entries for configuring the first managed forwarding element to perform (1) a first logical L2 processing for a first logical L2 domain, (2) a logical L3 processing, (3) a load balancing processing to select a second managed forwarding element from a plurality of managed forwarding elements to which to forward packets and (4) a logical ingress L2 processing for a second logical L2 domain on the packets. The program generates a second set of flow entries for configuring the second managed forwarding element to perform a second logical L2 processing for a second logical L2 domain on the packets. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155856 | Method and Network Node For Handling TCP Traffic - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a network node ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130155857 | HYBRID ARRIVAL-OCCUPANCY BASED CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A method for hybrid arrival-occupancy based congestion management includes increasing a recent arrivals counter associated with a data flow from one or more sources in response to receiving a data packet from one of the sources and storing the data packet in a buffer including multiple storage units. The method includes determining if a buffer is congested, randomly selecting an occupied unit of the buffer and determining the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer, generating a congestion notification message, sending the congestion notification message to the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer if the recent arrivals counter exceeds a threshold value and decreasing the recent arrivals counter associated with the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer and discarding the congestion notification message if the recent arrivals counter has a zero value. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155858 | HIERARCHICAL OCCUPANCY-BASED CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A method for hierarchical occupancy based congestion management includes receiving, by a computing device, a plurality of data flows, each of the plurality of data flows is received from a source and includes a plurality of data packets and storing the plurality of data packets in a buffer including multiple storage units. The method includes determining if the buffer is congested, responsive to determining the buffer is congested randomly selecting at least two occupied units of the buffer and identifying a source of each of the data packets stored in the occupied units of the buffer and generating a congestion notification message. The method also includes comparing a selection criterion associated with each identified source to determine which identified source has a higher selection criterion and sending the congestion notification message to the identified source with the higher selection criterion. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155859 | System and Method for Hierarchical Adaptive Dynamic Egress Port and Queue Buffer Management - A system and method for hierarchical adaptive dynamic egress port and queue buffer management. Efficient utilization of buffering resources in a commodity shared memory buffer switch is key to minimizing packet loss. Efficient utilization of buffering resources is enabled through adaptive queue limits that are derived from an adaptive port limit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155860 | PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING PACKET - The inventive concept relates to a method of managing a packet being transmitted through a packet transmission network. The method may include distinguishing a buffer unit corresponding to the received data packet among a plurality of buffer units according to a type of a data packet received from the outside; comparing the number of packets stored in the distinguished buffer unit with a critical value; storing the received data packet in the distinguished buffer unit or a sub buffer unit corresponding to the distinguished buffer unit according to the comparing result; and transmitting the data packet stored in the distinguished buffer unit through a working path of the backbone network and transmitting the data packet stored in the sub buffer unit through a protection path of the backbone network. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155861 | CONTENT SERVICE AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A network content service apparatus includes a set of compute elements adapted to perform a set of network services; and a switching fabric coupling compute elements in said set of compute elements. The set of network services includes firewall protection, Network Address Translation, Internet Protocol forwarding, bandwidth management, Secure Sockets Layer operations, Web caching, Web switching, and virtual private networking. Code operable on the compute elements enables the network services, and the compute elements are provided on blades which further include at least one input/output port. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155862 | PERFORMING RATE LIMITING WITHIN A NETWORK - Methods and systems for performing rate limiting are provided. According to one embodiment, information is maintained regarding a set of virtual networks into which a network has been logically divided. Each virtual network comprises a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and provides a path through the network between a first and second component thereby collectively providing multiple paths between the first and second components. Packets are received by the first component that are associated with a flow sent by a source component. The packets are forwarded by the first component to the second component along a particular path defined by the set of virtual networks. A congestion metric is determined for the particular path and based thereon it is determined whether a congestion threshold has been reached. Responsive to an affirmative determination, the source component is instructed to limit the rate at which the packets are sent. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155863 | Adaptation of Quality of Service in Handling Network Traffic - For allowing differentiated handling of network traffic, a message is received by a traffic type detector. The traffic type detector extracts a network label, e.g. a domain name, a hostname, or a network address, from the message and compares this extracted network label to one or more stored network labels. On the basis of the comparison, adaptation of a quality of service level for a forwarding treatment of data packets associated with the message is initiated, e.g. by controlling a bearer used for communicating the data packets. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155864 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a wireless terminal including a storage section that stores information on a plurality of wireless terminals forming a group in which the wireless terminal operates as a representative wireless terminal, a communication control section that controls random access to a base station before another wireless terminal in the group, and a transmitting section that transmits the information on the plurality of wireless terminals stored in the storage section to the base station. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163424 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOAD BASED OPTIMIZATION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods for providing load based optimizations in communication networks are provided. A network device that provides network management and exchanges control messages with other network devices in the communication network can be modified to masquerade as a radio access transceiver to obtain radio access transceiver load information. The network device can be modified to include a radio-related interface and can communicate messages with the radio access transceivers to setup a radio access transceiver connection for exchange of load information. The radio access transceiver load information can then be used in the core network to provide optimizations for the loaded radio access transceivers. The optimizations can include modifying packet flows to decrease the bandwidth needed and switching one or more packet flows to another radio access transceiver. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163425 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BEACON TRAFFIC WITHIN A NETWORK SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present disclosure sets forth an improved way for a node to manage beacon traffic. Specifically, the node determines that a new message is to be transmitted to one or more neighboring nodes. The node assigns a value to the message based on certain message characteristics. The node utilizes this message value to determine whether to unicast the message to each one of the subscribing nodes or to add the message to the node's beacon. If adding the message to the node's beacon results in a beacon length that is above a desired limit, then the node may add a second beacon to carry the new message. One advantage of this approach is that beacon transmission times are kept low in order to reduce the likelihood that the beacon encounters interference from artificial or natural sources, including interference from beacons transmitted by other nodes. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163426 | FORWARDING ELEMENT FOR FLEXIBLE AND EXTENSIBLE FLOW PROCESSING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A network device acting as a forwarding element within a software-defined network receives a representation of configurable flow table definitions and configurable logic for selecting between flow tables. The network device creates a flow table based on each of the configurable flow table definitions and installs the configurable logic for selecting between flow tables. The network device receives data to populate configurable key columns and action columns of the flow tables and populates the flow tables using that data. The network device then selects from forwarding decisions for packets according to the configurable logic for selecting between flow tables, the flow tables, and each packet's values in relevant header fields required by the configurable logic. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163427 | SYSTEM FOR FLEXIBLE AND EXTENSIBLE FLOW PROCESSING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A system for flexible and extensible flow processing includes a first network device to act as a controller within a software-defined network. The first network device receives a processing definition, translates the processing definition to create a parser configuration package and transmit the parser configuration package to a plurality of forwarding elements, and transmit data to populate flow tables within the plurality of forwarding elements. The system also includes a second and third network device, each acting as a flow switching enabled forwarding element and able to receive a parser configuration package from the first network device. The second network device compiles the parser configuration package into machine code, which is executed on a processor to perform packet processing. The third network device includes a co-processor to execute the parser configuration package to perform packet processing. The parser configuration package includes representations of header, table definition, and stack instructions. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163428 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED TCP PERFORMANCE OVER MOBILE DATA NETWORKS - Performance of transport protocols over a mobile data network is improved by a mobile accelerator, which performs protocol optimizations on-the-fly without requiring any modification to server or client protocol implementations in the operating systems of the server or client. The proposed mobile accelerator is compatible with existing TCP protocol implementations at the server and the client device, without server/client OS modification. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163429 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ADAPTIVE CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A system and method for adaptive congestion management uses measurements of usage of each edge network segment both per-customer and for each edge network segment as a whole. The technique then processes these measurements to determine what changes to make to allowed transfer rates to alleviate congestion. Adaptive congestion management also uses these measurements to determine when to remove any restrictions on transfer rates in the case that the edge network segment is no longer congested. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163430 | CONGESTION INDUCED VIDEO SCALING - Access nodes and methods adjust a bit rate of a data stream in a communication network. The access nodes and methods have a packet inspection unit configured to inspect one or more of the data packets to determine that the data stream includes video data. A congestion unit is coupled to the packet inspection unit and is configured to determine a level of congestion in the communication network, the level of congestion associated with a capacity of the wireless channel, the level of congestion capable of varying over time, and the capacity of the wireless channel capable of varying with the level of congestion. A video scaling unit is configured to adjust the bit rate of the data stream responsive to the packet inspection unit and the congestion unit. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163431 | RADIO-AWARENESS OF MOBILE DEVICE FOR SENDING SERVER-SIDE CONTROL SIGNALS USING A WIRELESS NETWORK OPTIMIZED TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - System and method of radio-awareness of mobile device for sending server-side control signals using a wireless network optimized transport protocol are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method of sending a message over an alternate channel to a mobile device in the presence of an open TCP connection with a mobile device, including sending the message over the alternate channel to the mobile device, without utilizing the open TCP connection, responsive to determining that a timing criteria has been met. The alternate channel utilized need not cause a radio of the mobile device to switch on. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163432 | Technique for Determining Transport Capacity Required to Achieve Controllable Worst Case Throughput - A link in a communications network is provisioned with a particular bandwidth capacity determined as a function of a “sub-par customer data fraction. ” The sub-par data fraction is given by a) the amount of data transferred under sub-par condition divided by b) the total data transferred, where “sub-par condition” means that data is transferred below a given target bit rate. | 06-27-2013 |
20130170350 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method for managing quality of service (QoS) consists of receiving a packet and identifying at least one application level characteristic of the packet. The method for managing QoS further consists of modifying quality of service parameters of the packet based on the application level characteristic and sending the packet to a destination with modified quality of service parameters. A system for managing QoS includes modules such as a bearer module adapted to review and retrieve data from a packet and a payload packet inspector module adapted to identify at least one application level characteristic of the packet. The system for managing QoS further has a policy enforcement module designed to modify quality of service parameters of the packet based in part on the retrieved data and the at least one application level characteristic. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170351 | MANAGING DATA MOBILITY POLICIES - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed to communicate traffic flow information to a network. A user equipment (UE) may detect a traffic flow (e.g., using one or more of the traffic detection implementations described herein). A 5-tuple associated with the traffic flow may be unknown by the network. The UE may issue an alert to the network. The alert may indicate to the network that the traffic flow has been detected. The UE may determine the 5-tuple associated with the traffic flow. The UE may report the 5-tuple to the network. The report may be in response to one or more of: a request received from the network requesting traffic flow information; or, a determination that a first policy condition has been met. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170352 | APPLICATION LAYER ACCESS CHANNEL CONGESTION AVOIDANCE IN GROUP COMMUNICATIONS OVER BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICES - The disclosure is directed to prioritizing call announce response in a broadcast/multicast communication system. An embodiment establishes a first priority for response based on assigning each user equipment (UE) a first random delay for response to a first call announce, responds to the first call announce using the first random delay, and determines a second priority for response to a subsequent call announce based on an elapsed time that each UE is present in a multicast area. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170353 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Baseband Signals - A method for transmitting baseband signals is disclosed. The method includes: when downlink traffic volume in an area among areas covered by multiple remote radio frequency units RRUs is lower than a preset threshold, generating or receiving a group of downlink baseband signals, where the group of downlink baseband signals corresponds to all RRUs in the area; and transmitting the group of downlink baseband signals to each RRU in the area, so that each RRU generates downlink radio frequency signals based on the downlink baseband signals and sends the downlink radio frequency signals. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present invention further disclose a method for transmitting baseband signals and a BBU. With the technical solutions, the bandwidth for transmitting baseband signals is greatly lowered, implementation is easy, and complexity of a system is reduced. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170354 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN COMPUTER SYSTEM - A computer system of the present invention includes a controller which sets a flow entry to each of a plurality of switches before a packet is forwarded from a plurality of nodes, and each of switches which transfers a reception packet which contains a destination address defined in the flow entry, to a destination node defined in the flow entry regardless of a transmission source address of the reception packet. | 07-04-2013 |
20130176850 | EXPANDING NETWORK FUNCTIONALITIES FOR OPENFLOW BASED SPLIT-ARCHITECTURE NETWORKS - A method enables a switch in a split-architecture network to provide high speed packet processing and enhanced network functionalities that are not supported by the OpenFlow. The switch receives a packet from a network through an input port of the switch, and matches header fields in the packet against table entries in flow tables to identify an action to be taken. The flow tables are part of an OpenFlow pipeline. The identified action is to direct the packet to a designated processing unit in the switch. The OpenFlow pipeline forwards the packet to the designated processing unit via a communication channel in the switch. The designated processing unit processes the packet with the enhanced network functionalities, and injects the packet back to one of the flow tables before transmission of the packet to the network through an egress port of the switch. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176851 | DYNAMIC FLOW CONTROL IN MULTICAST SYSTEMS - Machines, systems and methods for enhancing performance in a multicasting system, the method comprising monitoring flow rates in a multicasting system as system characteristics change over time, wherein the multicasting system is operating based on a first mapping between a plurality of data flows and multicasting groups, wherein data is disseminated by way of the mapping to subscribers to one or more of the data flows; decreasing flow rate thresholds of satisfied flows so as to minimize the difference between the flow rate thresholds and respective target transmission rates of the satisfied flows, as the system's feasible data transmission workload is maintained with respect to subscriber reception rate capacities; and increasing flow rate thresholds of unsatisfied flows so as to minimize the difference between the flow rate threshold and respective target transmission rates for the unsatisfied flows. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176852 | Network Self-Protection - A device used in a network is disclosed. The device includes a network monitor to monitor a network state and to collect statistics for flows going through the network, a flow aggregation unit to aggregate flows into clusters and identify flows that can cause a network problem, and an adaptive control unit to adaptively regulate the identified flow according to network feedback. Other methods and systems also are disclosed. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182570 | Method and Apparatus for Limiting Bearer Service in Radio Communication - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for limiting a bearer service in radio communication. The method includes: determining that a capability of a terminal system is in a critical condition; in a first bearer set of the terminal system including at least two bearers used for transmitting data, determining a set formed by some bearers in the first bearer set as a second bearer set, where priority of a bearer in the second bearer set is lower than priority of a bearer in the first bearer set excluding those in the second bearer set; and performing service limitation processing on the bearer in the second bearer set. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182571 | NETWORK TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION - A switch for a switching network includes a plurality of ports for communicating data traffic and a switch controller that controls switching between the plurality of ports. The switch controller selects a forwarding path for the data traffic based on at least topological congestion information for the switching network. In a preferred embodiment, the topological congestion information includes sFlow topological congestion information and the switch controller includes an sFlow client that receives the sFlow topological congestion information from an sFlow controller in the switching network. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182572 | RADIO-AWARENESS OF MOBILE DEVICE FOR SENDING SERVER-SIDE CONTROL SIGNALS USING A WIRELESS NETWORK OPTIMIZED TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - System and method of radio-awareness of mobile device for sending server-side control signals using a wireless network optimized transport protocol are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method of sending a message over an alternate channel to a mobile device in the presence of an open TCP connection with a mobile device, including sending the message over the alternate channel to the mobile device, without utilizing the open TCP connection, responsive to determining that a timing criteria has been met. The alternate channel utilized need not cause a radio of the mobile device to switch on. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182573 | MULTI-CLASS DATA TRANSPORT - Methods and apparatus for controlling the forwarding of a flow ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130188482 | ADAPTIVE BUFFER CONTROL - A method, device, computer readable medium, and system are disclosed that in one aspect may calculate a data rate and a latency of a packet flowing through a buffer, compare the data rate to a provisioned data rate, compare the latency to a threshold, and adapt a size of the buffer in response to results of the comparisons. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188483 | Resource Threshold Overload Protection - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method of protecting against resource overload. The method may include: setting a resource critical threshold level of usage for a monitored resource; setting an overload rejection level for a plurality of operations; measuring a level of usage; determining an overload usage state based on the level of usage; shedding an operation if the overload usage state equals or exceeds the overload rejection level for the operation; determining whether the level of usage exceeds the resource critical threshold level; and if the level of usage exceeds the resource critical threshold level: changing the overload usage state to a resource critical overload usage state, and shedding an operation unless the overload rejection level indicates that the operation should never be shed. Various exemplary embodiments relate to a network element including: a monitored resource; a rejection level mapping; a status monitor; and an overload manager. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188484 | OPTIMIZING CAPACITY DURING NETWORK CONGESTION - A device receives, from mobile devices, scheduling requests for voice packets, and assigns grants to the scheduling requests. The device further determines whether there is network congestion in a network associated with the device. The device also selects a grant, from the grants, when there is network congestion, and drops a voice packets associated with the selected grant. The device assigns physical resource blocks (PRBs) to one or more of the grants that are associated with one or more of the voice packets that are not dropped. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188485 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR THROTTLING TRANSMITTED DATA - A communication device and method for throttling transmitted data is provided. Token parameters of an aggregate token bucket, associated with a communication application, are distributed, at a processing unit, to respective application token buckets associated with at least two further applications. The communication application is enabled to receive respective data from the at least two further applications for transmission to a network via a communication interfaces. The respective data received from the at least two further applications is throttled via the respective application token buckets. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188486 | DATA CENTER NETWORK USING CIRCUIT SWITCHING - A circuit-based digital communications network is provided for a large data center environment that utilizes circuit switching in lieu of packet switching in order to lower the cost of the network and to gain performance efficiencies. A method for transmitting data in such a network comprises sending a setup request for a path for transmitting the data to a destination node and then speculatively sending the data to the destination node before the setup request is completed. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188487 | Method and Apparatus for Reducing Flood Traffic in Switches - An imporved method and apparatus for making forwarding decisions in a switching device. The invention reduces the flooding of frames to particular network segments connected to the switch. To insure a device sees a frame addressed to it, if a switch does not know what segment a device address is connected to for a unicast frame, the switch typically floods the frame to all segments in the broadcast domain. This invention allows segments to be identified as having a predefined maximum number of device addresses that will be associated with it. When that number of addresses is already in the forwarding table the switch will not flood unicast frames to that segment since no more devices should be connected to that segment. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188488 | USING ROUTING INFORMATION AND INTER-LAYER RELATIONSHIPS TO DETERMINE UTILIZATION IN A TRANSPORT NETWORK - Embodiments provide systems, methods, and computer program products for mapping higher-layer circuits, links, flows, and services to lower layer circuit and connection elements to determine utilization of the lower layer circuit elements based on the high-layer traffic. Higher layer configuration data and lower layer configuration data are imported to populate a model. An inter-layer relationship is either directly or indirectly mapped from the higher layers to the lower layer. Once the inter-layer relationship is established, the higher-layer circuits, links, flows, and services are inspected using the lower layer circuit and connection elements. Circuit and packet-based utilization is determined for the lower layer elements based on the higher-layer traffic flows. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188489 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC CONTROLLING METHOD - When a traffic storm has occurred in an open flow network, a frame of a cause is dropped in a flow unit without carrying out the indiscriminate drop of the frame and the down of the port. Specifically, a controller detects increase of the traffic in a short time from the statistic data regularly acquired from each of the switches under the control of it. The controller starts a storm detection mode upon the detection. In the storm detection mode, packets are extracted randomly from the switch for a predetermined time period, as a sample packet. The controller determines which of a broadcast storm, a multicast storm and a unicast storms has occurred, based on the sample packets. The controller determines that the traffic storm has occurred, when any of them has occurred. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188490 | Method and device for processing data in a communication network - A method and a device for processing data in a communication network, wherein a first node is served by a second node and communicates with a third node. The first node informs a fourth node to process data destined for the third node. The second node, the first node and the fourth node are connected via a transport network that is capable of a point-to-multipoint connection. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188491 | Uplink Traffic Separation in an Edge Node of a Communication Network - For separating data traffic in an uplink (UL) edge node ( | 07-25-2013 |
20130188492 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DATA PACKET TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - For load balancing in a large-scale wireless mesh network, a device, a system and a method are provided for controlling data packet transmissions in the wireless mesh network, wherein a time slot is randomly selected within a determined answer interval for transmitting an answer responding to a received data packet. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188493 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET FORWARDING PATH CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: a plurality of data forwarding nodes each including a packet processing unit processing an incoming packet in accordance with a packet handling operation in which a process to be applied to a packet and a matching rule for specifying a packet to which the process is applied are associated with each other; and a control apparatus capable of using at least two logical network topologies each obtained by applying a different path calculation policy to a physical network topology formed by the plurality of data forwarding nodes, selecting a logical network topology determined per data traffic and determining a packet forwarding path, and setting a packet handling operation realizing the packet forwarding path in data forwarding nodes on the packet forwarding path. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194925 | RESERVATION SYSTEM FOR AN ETHERNET NETWORK - An improved computer system may include a server carrying a computer processor in a Fibre Channel over Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (FCoCEE) network. The system may also include a reservation system in communication with the server that utilizes enhanced transmission selection (ETS) to reserve bandwidth for a priority group by scheduling bandwidth for the priority group based upon a projected workload. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194926 | RESERVATION SYSTEM FOR AN ETHERNET NETWORK - An improved computer system may include a server carrying a computer processor in a Fibre Channel over Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (FCoCEE) network. The system may also include a reservation system in communication with the server that utilizes enhanced transmission selection (ETS) to reserve bandwidth for a priority group by scheduling bandwidth for the priority group based upon a projected workload. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194927 | ROUTER, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ROUTER, AND PROGRAM - A router includes a buffer selection section for receiving a flit from an adjacent router and determining whether to store the flit on an input buffer or to store the flit on a bypass buffer. The buffer selection section executes at least one of a first control of, when a bypass process was performed, changing at least one of a transmission path and a transmission flow rate of data based on a transmission state of the router; and a second control of, when a bypass control section did not execute the bypass process, changing at least one of a transmission path and a transmission flow rate of data based on a transmission state of another first router at which data not subjected to the bypass process and data subjected to the bypass process by another second router are joined together. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194928 | SENSOR NETWORK - Method of using a sensor network for improving data flow of the sensor network comprises a step of identifying components of the sensor network, a step of estimating resource footprints of the components; and a step of modifying policies of the sensor network for governing data flow. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194929 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTED QUALITY OF SERVICE ENFORCEMENT - A grid router for routing data over a grid sessionwise, involves multiple devices forwarding data according to sessions over an unreliable network between the devices. The devices include a first group of mailbox units to handle the sessions and a second group of egress units to forward session data to devices external to the network. The mailbox units and egress units are connected in a CLOS network such that each mailbox unit is accessible by each egress unit. The router further includes a distributed entity, which assigning specific sessions to specific mailbox units and to specific egress units and further defomes quality of service (QoS) levels for each session in the presence of congestion in either the network or the devices. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194930 | Application Identification Through Data Traffic Analysis - There is provided a method of processing, analysing or profiling traffic in a packet switched telecommunications network. During a first phase (S | 08-01-2013 |
20130201829 | METHOD FOR CALL ADMISSION CONTROL IN MPLS NETWORKS - A computing device collects network topology information for a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) network that includes multiple data centers. The computing device receives, from a service layer operator, a request including a flow demand for services at a selected data center of the multiple data centers. Based on the collected network topology information, the computing device evaluates the flow demand for the selected data center to determine if the selected data center can support the flow demand and sends, to a network layer operator, a network soft-state to support the flow demand at the selected data center when it is determined that the selected data center can support the flow demand. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201830 | Machine Type Communications Connectivity Sharing - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are described for machine type communication (MTC) devices to share the same data path when the MTC devices transmit data to destination, or vice versa. The shared data path may run through the whole length of the traffic end-to-end or a segment between two nodes. A method may involve routing a first communication from a first MTC device toward a first MTC server through a logical 3GPP path between a first 3GPP network node and a second 3GPP network node. The logical 3GPP path is assigned a path identifier. The method may also comprise routing a second communication from a second MTC device toward a second MTC server through the logical 3GPP path. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201831 | TRAFFIC SCHEDULING DEVICE - The disclosure relates to a traffic scheduling device for scheduling a transmission sequence of data packets, stored in a plurality of traffic flow queues, an eligibility state of each of the traffic flow queues for the scheduling is being maintained in a hierarchical scheduling database describing a relationship among the plurality of traffic flow queues. The traffic scheduling device includes: a plurality of interconnected memory cluster units. Each memory cluster unit is associated to a single or more levels of the hierarchical scheduling database and each memory cluster unit is coupled to at least one co-processors. At least one co-processor is software-programmable to implement a scheduling algorithm. The traffic scheduling device also includes an interface to the plurality of traffic flow queues. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201832 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC TRANSFER RATE BASED ON CELL CAPACITY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system that provides a content delivery service to a user in a mobile communication system is provided. The system receives, from an enhanced Node B (eNB), cell-specific capacity information that is determined based on cell-specific load state information of the eNB, determines a transfer rate for traffic to be transmitted to a User Equipment (UE) in each cell, based on the received cell-specific capacity information, and transmits the traffic to be transmitted to the UE in each cell to the eNB at the determined transfer rate. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208594 | RECURSIVE LOAD BALANCING IN A LOOP-FREE ROUTING TOPOLOGY USING ROUTING ARCS - In one embodiment, a method comprises creating, in a computing network, a loop-free routing topology comprising a plurality of routing arcs for reaching a destination device, each routing arc comprising a first network device as a first end of the routing arc, a second network device as a second end of the routing arc, and at least a third network device configured for routing any network traffic along the routing arc toward the destination device via any one of the first or second ends of the routing arc; and load balancing the network traffic along the routing arcs based on traffic metrics obtained at the first and second ends of the routing arcs, including selectively sending a backpressure command to a first one of the routing arcs supplying at least a portion of the network traffic to a congested one of the routing arcs. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208595 | ADAPTIVE ETHERNET FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A network element implemented method includes receiving an Ethernet connection at a first rate, transmitting the Ethernet connection at a second rate, monitoring a buffer fill associated with the Ethernet connection, and periodically transmitting pause frames to a device associated with the Ethernet connection, wherein the pause frames include a determined optimal pause quanta value based on the first rate, the second rate, and the buffer fill. A network element includes a first port receiving an Ethernet connection at a first rate, a second port transmitting the Ethernet connection at a second rate, and monitor circuitry configured to monitor a buffer fill associated with the Ethernet connection and cause the first port to periodically transmit pause frames, wherein the pause frames include a determined optimal pause quanta value based on the first rate, the second rate, and the buffer fill. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215744 | Environmental Aware PCI Management - Geographical coordinates for a cell are obtained based upon the location of the cell, generating a physical layer cell identity matrix for the cell based upon a subset of physical layer cell values allocated for the location of the cell which is performed to eliminate interference among primary and secondary synchronization signaling for the cell based upon a subset of physical layer cell values allocated for the location of the cell, using one of the cell identities contained in the generated matrix for the new cell which is mapped to the location of the new cell and monitoring for physical layer cell color code collisions among neighboring cells reported by one or more user equipment in range of the new cell and neighboring cells, and if a collision occurs regenerate a physical layer cell matrix using unallocated physical layer cell values for the location of the new cell. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215745 | DYNAMIC BUFFER MANAGEMENT IN HIGH-THROUGHPUT WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Dynamic buffer management for wireless communication systems facilitates enhanced throughput. The dynamic buffer management reduces buffer allocation for the current service period near the end of the current service period, and allocates the freed buffer space to one or more subsequent service periods before they begin. As a result, the host may begin to transfer data for those subsequent service periods in advance, so that data is immediately available to send when the subsequent service periods begin. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215746 | REDUCING INTERARRIVAL DELAYS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that facilitates use of a network link. During operation, the system continuously monitors an interarrival delay of packets received from a sender over the network link. Next, the system adjusts a receive window for the sender based on the interarrival delay to facilitate receipt of subsequent packets from the sender and other senders over the network link. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215747 | MOBILE INTERNET SERVICE SYSTEM FOR LONG DISTANCE TRAINS - Embodiments described herein generally relate to providing communication services to client devices in a transport system. In some examples, methods of providing communication services to client devices in a transport system are described. The methods can include exchanging, among a multiple number of routers provided in a transport system, status information of each of the multiple number of routers. The methods can also include receiving, at a given router included in the multiple number of routers, a communication addressed to a remote server accessible through a first network. The communication may be received from a client device connected to the given router through a second network different than the first network. The methods can also include, based on the status information, routing the communication to the remote server through at least the given router and the first network. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215748 | Intelligent and Scalable Network Monitoring Utilizing a Hierarchy of Devices - Systems and methods for intelligent and scalable network monitoring using a hierarchy of devices are described. In some embodiments, a method may include monitoring network traffic having a first data rate and identifying a portion of that traffic. For example, the network traffic may include packet-based traffic in a mobile telecommunications network (e.g., 3G, 4G, LTE, etc.), and identifying the portion of the traffic may include identifying high-value and/or low-value portions as determined by one or more traffic identification rules (e.g., by user, session, transport protocol, type of content, etc.). The method may also include selecting a network analyzer to receive the high (or low) value traffic, and which may not be capable of and/or configured to analyze packets at the first data rate. Accordingly, the method may further include transmitting the identified traffic portion to the selected analyzer with a second data rate smaller than the first data rate. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215749 | RESILIENT ATTACHMENT TO PROVIDER LINK STATE BRIDGING (PLSB) NETWORKS - A system for interfacing a client system in a first network domain with a Provider Link State Bridging (PLSB) domain includes at least two Backbone Edge Bridges (BEBs) of the PLSB domain. Each BEB is an end-point of a connection in the first network domain to the client system and an end-point of at least a unicast path in the PLSB domain. An inter-node trunk is provided in the PLSB domain for interconnecting the BEBs. A phantom node is defined in the PLSB domain and is notionally located on the inter-node trunk. Each of the BEBs is configured such that: an ingress packet received from the client system via the connection in the first network domain is forwarded through a path notionally rooted at the phantom node; and an egress packet destined for the client system is forwarded to the client system through the connection in the first network domain. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215750 | APPARATUS & METHOD - A method of controlling data packet congestion in a data packet network comprises determining a reference flow condition that results in data packet congestion at a node of a data packet network, and identifying a data packet flow having a flow condition substantially equal to the reference flow condition. For such an identified data packet flow the following actions are taken causing a data packet to be dropped from the identified data packet flow, allowing a predetermined number of data packets from the identified data packet flow to proceed, and dropping data packets from the identified data packet flow subsequent to the predetermined number of data packets, until the packets that were not dropped have been delivered to the egress ports of the network. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215751 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR PACKET FLOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may compress wireless communications frames and communicate compressed frames that do not include the duplicative bit sequences within the packet flow. Logic may include the compressed frames in flow frames. Logic may generate, encode, transmit, decode, parse, and interpret flow frames after a packet flow is created. Flow frames may comprise a flow frame control field, a compressed frame, and a frame sequence check. Logic may decompress the compressed flow frame based upon flow decompression rules associated with a flow index of the flow frame. Flow frames may include a duration field to set the network allocation vectors of other stations. And the frame sequence check may be generated based upon the entire flow frame. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215752 | CONTROLLING GENERATION OF FILTERED RESULT PACKETS - A result packet generator includes a processor for generation and injection of filtered result packets, at least one counter for determining input/output/result packet bandwidth, and a controller for suppressing generation of the filtered result packets when an output and/or result packet bandwidth and/or a percentage of the result packet bandwidth in the output bandwidth exceeds at least one pre-determined threshold, which may be remotely programmable. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215753 | NON-INTRUSIVE METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING MASTER AND SLAVE CLOCKS OF A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK, AND ASSOCIATED SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICES - A method is devoted to the synchronization of master (HM) and slave (HE) clocks of a packet-switched network, capable of exchanging synchronization packet flows via intermediary equipment (E1-E9) of that network, connected to one another. This method comprises the following steps:
| 08-22-2013 |
20130223220 | Flow Control for Constrained Wireless Access Points - Disclosed are various embodiments that provide flow control for resource-constrained wireless access points. An access point service provides access to a network for wireless clients by way of a wireless network transceiver. A stop instruction is generated in response to determining that the wireless network transceiver is unable to process data received from the wireless clients. The stop instruction is sent to to the wireless clients by way of the wireless network transceiver. The stop instruction configures the wireless clients to cease sending data to the access point service. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223221 | Traffic Policing For MPLS-Based Network - A method, a device, and a storage medium provide for storing traffic policies pertaining to egress traffic to a network; receiving a traffic flow; computing a route for the traffic flow; identifying at least one of one or more labels associated with the traffic flow or a network address associated with a remote provider edge device associated with the traffic flow; selecting one or more traffic policies in response to at least one of an identification of the one or more labels or an identification of the network address; and transmitting along the route in the network according to the one or more traffic policies. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223222 | DYNAMICALLY PROVISIONING SUBSCRIBERS TO MANAGE NETWORK TRAFFIC - A system comprising: one or more server devices to: set a first network threshold level for determining network congestion in a network; set rate limiting criteria for determining when one or more subscribers will be rate limited; detect an increase in network congestion at a base station above the first network threshold level; identify one or more subscribers meeting one or more of the rate limiting criteria; rate limit network traffic associated with the one or more subscribers; detect a decrease in network congestion at the base station below a second network threshold level; and remove the rate limiting of the network traffic associated with the one or more subscribers. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223223 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VERIFYING MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING CONTRACTS - Systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for verifying service contracts by measuring rates of out-of-contract traffic. The method is discussed in terms of a system implementing the method. The system determines, based on packet markings, a number of network packets that are classified as out-of-contract by a network device, wherein the packet markings indicate a classification associated with respective network packets. The packet markings can be Differentiated Services Code Point markings Moreover, the classification associated with respective network packets can include a class of service and at least one of an in-contract status and an out-of-contract status. Next, the system measures network packets sent to the network device. Finally, the system determines how the network device is configured to classify incoming packets based on the number of network packets that are classified as out-of-contract by the network device and the network packets sent to the network device. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223224 | PACKET SPRAYING FOR LOAD BALANCING ACROSS MULTIPLE PACKET PROCESSORS - A network device includes multiple packet processing engines implemented in parallel with one another. A spraying component distributes incoming packets to the packet processing engines using a spraying technique that load balances the packet processing engines. In particular, the spraying component distributes the incoming packets based on queue lengths associated with the packet processing engines and based on a random component. In one implementation, the random component is a random selection from all the candidate processing engines. In another implementation, the random component is a weighted random selection in which the weights are inversely proportional to the queue lengths. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229919 | MANAGING DATA ON INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORKS - Mechanisms are provided to improve efficiency of systems operating on internet protocol (IP) over Infiniband (IB) networks. One mechanism includes multicasting a first ARP request from a source node, the first ARP request including an IP address of a source port of the source node, and performing load-balancing of host traffic across a plurality of ports of a plurality of nodes by sending a reply from a destination node corresponding to the IP address included in the first ARP request, the reply being sent over the source port to the source node. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229920 | MONITORING CONGESTION STATUS IN A NETWORK - A network node arranged to monitor ( | 09-05-2013 |
20130235725 | PSEUDO-RELATIVE MODE WRED/TAIL DROP MECHANISM - A buffer memory can be configured to temporarily store data in a number of queues. A processor can be configured to measure a fullness of the buffer memory. The processor can be configured to adjust thresholds and drop profiles based on a measured global resource usage for a weighted random early detection (WRED) technique with less resources than a conventional. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235726 | Network Control by Transferring Traffic Between Operation Layers Based on Monitored Traffic Status - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method and computer programs. It defines a network control based on the transfer of traffic between operation layers (e.g. carriers), in response to the traffic status monitored on at least two operation layers, and subsequent network reconfiguration for diminishing energy consumption by switching off radio nodes, when the traffic status indicates that a traffic reduction fulfils a first predetermined condition (e.g. first threshold defining a lower limit for traffic density), and for increasing capacity, when the traffic status indicates that a traffic increase fulfils a second predetermined condition (e.g. second threshold defining an upper limit for traffic density and/or service capability). | 09-12-2013 |
20130242736 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING A SELF OPTIMIZING-ORGANIZING NETWORK MANAGER - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a management module implemented in at least one of a memory or a processing device. The management module is configured to receive a signal associated with a value of a performance indicator that a first process module is configured to optimize using a metric. The management module is configured to optimize a value associated with the metric based at least in part on the value of the performance indicator that the first process module is configured to optimize and a value of a performance indicator that a second process module is configured to optimize using the metric. The management module is configured to send a signal to the first process module such that the first process module modifies a value of the metric based on the value associated with the metric. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242737 | COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE, COMMUNICATION RELAY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE - A CPU load monitoring unit monitors a load of a server that receives and processes data. An ARP table chance instructing unit instructs a second information processing device, which transmits data in which an IP address of the server is designated as a transmission destination toward a MAC address associated with the designated IP address, to associate an IP address oil the server with a MAC address of a communication relay device when the load of the server is a threshold value or more. A data relay unit receives data in which the IP address of the server is designated as the transmission destination from a client A transmission rate adjusting unit transmits the data received by the data relay unit to the server at a predetermined transmission rate. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242738 | MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE (MBMS) FREQUENCY PRIORITIZATION - An indicator indicates whether Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) Service Area Identifier (SAI) frequency information broadcast from a wireless communication network to a wireless communication device is being updated dynamically. Based on the indicator, the wireless communication device may apply different procedures for acquiring an MBMS service. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242739 | Method And Apparatus For Sharing TCAP Traffic Load - The present invention relates to a point code emulation apparatus and method for dividing a Common Channel Signaling System No. 7 (or SS7) signaling network into two or more networks. The point code emulator is adapted to receive TCAP messages from two or more subnets and converts, for the messages crossing over the subnets, the information of the TCAP messages, including originating point code, destination point code, and transaction identifier, (and optionally, calling party number and called party number), and forwards to the other one of the two or more subnets. Correspondence among the two or more subnets may be provisioned by an authorized user of the system, may be learned automatically by the system based on ISUP message correspondences or previous TCAP transactions, or may be automatically discovered by the system broadcasting messages to nodes in the destined one of the two or more subnets. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242740 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND ROUTER USED IN THE NETWORK - The present invention provides a communication network comprising a host network, a plurality of base stations, at least a mobile host capable of establishing links to the base stations, and a hierarchy-network of plural routers which are improved in transferring performances for ensuring continuous operations with a reduced load without packet loss. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242741 | GATEWAY APPARATUS AND VOICE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A gateway apparatus transmits and receives control signal indicative of whether bit rates of voice transmitted and received by mobile terminal connected to packet forwarding apparatus on mobile high-speed network can be changed when congestion is detected in mobile high-speed network and of notification scheme of changed bit rate. When congestion is detected on mobile high-speed network and bit rate of voice transmitted or received by the mobile terminal has been changed, the gateway apparatus converts voice compressed-and-encoded bit stream stored in packet supplied from packet forwarding apparatus from the changed bit rate into bit rate transmittable and receivable by a mobile terminal connected to radio network controller on mobile circuit-switched network and transmits the converted compressed-and-encoded bit stream to radio network controller. | 09-19-2013 |
20130250761 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODIFYING MEDIA PROTOCOL FEEDBACK LOOP BASED ON MOBILE SYSTEM INFORMATION - Systems and methods for modifying a media protocol based on subscriber and network performance information is disclosed. Media protocols such as adaptive bitrate protocol can adjust bit rates based on conditions perceived at the mobile device and with a goal of obtaining the highest bit rate possible. The media protocols residing on the mobile device do not have access to network performance information that can change rapidly and impact the experience at the mobile device. For example, congestion, radio air link interference, handoffs, and quality of service parameters can all impact the experience a user has when accessing media files from a mobile device. The requests made by a mobile device can be modified to take into account these factors to enhance the user experience. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250762 | Method and apparatus for Lossless Behavior For Multiple Ports Sharing a Buffer Pool - Packets are colored and stored in a shared packet buffer without assigning fixed page allocations per port. The packet buffer is divided into three areas—an unrestricted area, an enforced area, and a headroom area. Regardless of the fullness level, when a packet is received it will be stored in the packet buffer. If the fullness level is in the unrestricted area, no flow control messages are generated. If the fullness level is in the enforced region, a probabilistic flow control generation process is used determine if a flow control messages will be generated. If the fullness level is in the headroom area, flow control is automatically generated. Quanta timers are used to control regeneration of flow control messages. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250763 | Method and Apparatus for Control Plane CPU Overload Protection - Control packets received at a network element are pre-classified to enable out of profile traffic to be traced to an offending port. Pre-classified control packets are metered at a desired granularity using dynamically configured meters which adjust as ports are put into service or removed from service, and as services are applied to ports. CPU metering is implemented on a per-CPU core basis, but the per-CPU meters are used to perform flow control rather than as thresholds for ejecting errant control traffic. The combination of these three aspects provides robust CPU overload protection while allowing appropriate levels of control traffic to be provided to the control plane for processing, even in the event of a control traffic burst on one or more ports of the network element. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250764 | ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAME DUTY CYCLE ADAPTATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method of setting an almost blank subframe (ABS) duty cycle in a heterogeneous network including a macro cell and one or more small cells, the one or more small cells being underlaid with respect to the macro cell includes obtaining, at a network element, loading information corresponding to each of the macro cell and the one or more small cells, the loading information including, for each of the macro cell and the one or more small cells, an indication of an amount of information buffered at the cell for each user attached to the cell; and determining the ABS duty cycle based on the obtained loading information. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250765 | DELAY BASED ACTIVE QUEUE MANAGEMENT FOR UPLINK TRAFFIC IN USER EQUIPMENT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus stores data packets in a buffer. In addition, the apparatus determines a delay of at least one data packet of the data packets in the buffer. Furthermore, the apparatus controls a TCP data flow rate based on the determined delay. The apparatus may also store ACKs in a second buffer and drop an ACK of the stored ACKs when one of a number of stored ACKs is greater than a first threshold or a size of the stored ACKs is greater than a second threshold. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250766 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BALANCING UPLINK BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION IN A RELAY ASSISTED CELLULAR NETWORK - A system and method for balancing uplink (UL) bandwidth utilization in a relay assisted cellular network are disclosed. In one embodiment, scheduler context data associated with one or more mobile users/devices connected to the relay assisted cellular network is obtained. Further, static and dynamic load values of data packets coming from the one or more mobile users/devices are computed using the obtained scheduler context data. Furthermore, UL bandwidth utilization between the one or more mobile users/devices and a base station in the relay assisted cellular network is balanced using the computed static and dynamic load values. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250767 | Method and Device for Data Transmission - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method and apparatus for data transmission, wherein the method comprises: establishing a buffer for TCP/IP data packets, and the TCP/IP data packets including TCP payloads and TCP ACKs; adjusting a queue of the buffered TCP/IP data in accordance with header information of the TCP/IP data packets; and transmitting sequentially the buffered TCP/IP data packets being adjusted. According to the embodiments of the present invention, the IP data packets of TCP ACKs transmitted by the receiving side are processed, so that the amount of the TCP ACK responses is significantly reduced and the IP data packets of TCP ACKs are transmitted with priority, thereby the round-trip time delay for data transmitting can be reduced, and the data transmission efficiency can be improved. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250768 | AUTOMATED DEVICE PROVISIONING AND ACTIVATION - A method and network system for obtaining, from a management entity, a service policy applicable to a device group managed by the management entity, the device group including a first device and a second device communicatively coupled to the network system over a wireless network, the service policy comprising a classification policy to assist in identifying traffic associated with one or more available service activities and a control policy to assist in controlling at least a portion of the traffic associated with the one or more available service activities; identifying data traffic over the wireless network associated with the first device; based on the classification policy, identifying first traffic associated with the one or more available service activities within the data traffic over the wireless network associated with the first device; and based on the control policy, controlling at least a portion of the first traffic. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250769 | COMMUNICATION SESSION SOFT HANDOVER - While receiving content for a service at a user device via a particular delivery route, detecting a request for delivery of subsequent content for the service via a secure alternate delivery route. The user device may concurrently receive delivery of the subsequent content via the particular delivery route and the secure alternate delivery route. The detected request may be generated based on QoS associated with the received content of the service. The detected request may be received from a communication network and may comprise identification information for the particular delivery route. The secure alternate delivery route may be determined based on the identification information for the particular delivery route. A communication session profile may be generated and/or determined based on the secure alternate delivery route. The communication session profile is utilized for the requested delivery of the further content via the secure alternate delivery route. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258848 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A DISTRIBUTED RADIO BASE STATION - In a method for use in a distributed radio base station, comprising a plurality of radio equipment nodes and an associated radio equipment control node, configuring at least one of the radio equipment nodes with a initial signal path configuration, and monitoring a traffic demand of a respective cell of each of the plurality of radio equipment nodes. Subsequently, determining an alternative signal path configuration for the at least one radio equipment node based on at least the monitored demand, and dynamically switching from the initial signal path configuration to the determined alternative signal path configuration. Finally, exchanging data between the radio equipment control node and the at least one radio equipment node based on the determined alternative signal path configuration. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258849 | CLOSED-LOOP QOS CONTROL USING CHARGING GROUPS - A method and apparatus for providing Quality of Service (QoS) gating and control as a function of quota consumption by a group of users is disclosed. A feedback mechanism for QoS gating and control with an Offline Charging System (OFCS) is also provided. In a packet telecommunication network, the Policy Charging and Control architecture is modified to include an Aggregation Interface Function that dynamically collects usage quantum for users in real time. The Aggregation Interface Function proactively seeks user group information and aggregates usage quantum over an entire group to prevent surprise overage charges at billing. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258850 | CONGESTION ALLEVIATION IN NETWORK SYSTEMS - In one embodiment, a method is provided for alleviating congestion in a network system. In this method, the receipt of data packets destined for a destination apparatus is detected. Flow control signals are also received with each flow control signal corresponding to a data packet. Various time periods are tracked with each time period being between the detection of the receipt of a data packet and the receipt of tracked corresponding flow control signal. An average of the time periods is calculated and this average is compared to a threshold. One or more data packets are dropped in reference to the comparison. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258851 | MITIGATION OF CONGESTION DUE TO STUCK PORTS IN NETWORK SYSTEMS - In one embodiment, a method is provided for controlling congestion in a network system. In this method, receipt of a data packet that is destined for a destination switching apparatus is detected. Subsequent to the detection of the data packet, a time that has elapsed while flow control is implemented by the destination switching apparatus is tracked. The data packet is dropped based on the elapsed time exceeding a predefined time period. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258852 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTE OPTIMIZATION ENFORCEMENT AND VERIFICATION - In one embodiment, a best exit from an autonomous system (AS) for a controlled prefix is determined. A network device of the AS influences a route for the controlled prefix to be over the best exit. Traffic statistics for the controlled prefix are selected. The network device verifies, based on the traffic statistics, whether the influence has caused at least a configured amount of traffic for the controlled prefix to be over the best exit. When at least the configured amount of the traffic is not directed over the best exit, the network device further influences the route for the controlled prefix to be over the best exit. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258853 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY PERFORMING EXPLICIT CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - A system provides congestion control and includes multiple queues that temporarily store data and a drop engine. The system associates a value with each of the queues, where each of the values relates to an amount of memory associated with the queue. The drop engine compares the value associated with a particular one of the queues to one or more programmable thresholds and selectively performs explicit congestion notification or packet dropping on data in the particular queue based on a result of the comparison. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258854 | DISTRIBUTED LOAD MANAGEMENT ON NETWORK DEVICES - This disclosure relates to a system and method for dynamically managing load on network devices in a distributed manner. As the proliferation of data rich content and increasingly more capable mobile devices has continued, the amount of data communicated over mobile operator's networks has exponentially increased. Upgrading the existing network to accommodate increased data traffic is neither desirable nor practical. One way to accommodate increased data traffic is by utilizing network resources more efficiently. This disclosure provides systems and methods for efficiently utilizing network resources by dynamically configuring the network in a distributed manner based on real-time load information. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258855 | ETHERNET RING NODE WITH IMPROVED RECOVERY TIME AFTER A LINK FAILURE - The invention relates to an Ethernet ring node ( | 10-03-2013 |
20130265875 | Load Balancing for Stateful Scale-Out Network Services - A load balancer in a communication network tracks active network flows using a Bloom filter and takes a snapshot of the Bloom filter at the time of a scaling event. The load balancer uses the Bloom filter snapshot to differentiate packets belonging to pre-existing network flows from packets belonging to new network flows. Packets belonging to pre-existing network flows continue to be distributed according to a mapping function in use prior to the scaling event. Packets belonging to new network flows are distributed according to a new mapping function. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265876 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PACKET FLOW IN MULTI-STAGE SWITCH - Provided are an apparatus and method for controlling packet flow in a multi-stage switch. According to an aspect, there is provided an apparatus for controlling packet flow in a multi-stage switch, including: one or more source line cards configured to receive one or more packets, and to transfer the one or more packets to a switch fabric including a plurality of switch modules forming one or more switching stages such that the one or more packets are transferred along different switching paths in the switch fabric; and a destination line card configured to receive the one or more packets output from the switch fabric, and to transfer Acknowledge (ACK) messages for informing that the packets have been received, to the source line cards, in a predetermined time period. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265877 | MULTIPLE PATH LOAD DISTRIBUTION FOR HOST COMMUNICATION WITH A TAPE STORAGE DEVICE - A multiple port host communicates with multiple tape drives by requesting information associated with a particular tape. Information of availability status of a plurality of host ports is provided. Traversing all host initiator ports finds a host port with no or the least traffic load for a tape reservation request. A host port's traffic load calculation uses instant and the updated historical traffic as primary and secondary factors. Every host port's traffic load is updated for every read/write command, and is used for path selection of reservation requests. The instant load is relatively sensitive but will be zero under light load. The historical load is aware of the light load though it is not sensitive enough when a burst I/O occurs. With the traffic load calculated from instant and historical loads, the distribution of tape tasks is spread evenly among host initiator ports under light load and burst I/O scenarios. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265878 | HD Voice Recovery - A request is processed for setting up a communication session via a communication network between a first communication device and a second communication device. The communication network comprises a first sub-network that is configured for providing a higher quality of service, and a second sub-network that is configured for providing a lower quality of service. The first communication device is configured for communicating via the communication network using the higher quality of service. The communication is routed via the first sub-network or via the second sub-network in dependence of whether the second communication device is configured using the higher quality of service for communicating with the first communication device. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265879 | QCI BASED OFFLOADING - A QoS based selection of access network allows a UE to transmit different data traffic flows using different access technologies. The selection is done in accordance with information provided in the ANDSF. This allows a network operator to determine how different data traffic is routed, which can allow for better network utilization planning | 10-10-2013 |
20130265880 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GMPLS BASED MULTILAYER LINK MANAGEMENT IN A MULTILAYER NETWORK - Provided are a method and apparatus for managing a multilevel link that may calculate a shortest path using a Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS) control plane only, and may manage a single integrated traffic engineering (TE) link using the GMPLS control plane to control switches for various layers, in a cross layer network environment. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272126 | CONGESTION AWARE ROUTING USING RANDOM POINTS - In congestion aware point-to-point routing using a random point in an integrated circuit (IC) design, the random point is selected in a bounding area defined in a layout of the IC design. A set of pattern routes is constructed between a source pin and a sink pin in the bounding area, a pattern route in the set of pattern routes passing through the random point. A set of congestion cost corresponding to the set of pattern routes is computed. A congestion cost in the set of congestion costs corresponds to a pattern route in the set of pattern routes. A preferred pattern route is selected from the set of pattern routes, the preferred pattern route having the smallest congestion cost in the set of congestion costs. The preferred pattern route is output as a point-to-point route between the source pin and the sink pin. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272127 | Session-Aware GTPv2 Load Balancing - Systems and methods for session-aware GTPv2 load balancing are described. In some embodiments, a method may include receiving a first and a second transaction between an MME and an S-GW over an Sll interface of an LTE/SAE network using a control portion of a second version of a GTPv2-C protocol and storing an uplink UP TEId and IP address, a downlink CP TEId and IP address, and an uplink CP TEId and IP address obtained from the first transaction, and a downlink UP TEId and IP address obtained from the second transaction. The method may further include identifying messages between an eNodeB and the S-GW over a direct tunnel using a user portion of a GTPv1-U protocol as belonging to a session in response to the messages including at least one of: the first uplink UP TEId and IP address, or the first downlink UP TEId and IP address. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272128 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DETERMINING BLOCKING IN RING NETWORK - An apparatus of determining blocking in an Ethernet ring network sets blocking with respect to each of the plurality of links in an Ethernet ring network, and determines one of the plurality of links as a link to be blocked by using traffic request amounts of a plurality of service flows with respect to the respective links set to be blocked. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272129 | BACKGROUND TRAFFIC HANDLING IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be an eNB. In one configuration the eNB may establish a connection to a remote apparatus, receive a message from the remote apparatus indicating that the connection is supporting one of background traffic or active traffic, determine whether the connection is supporting the background traffic or the active traffic using the message, and set a time value for a state timer related to an operating state of the remote apparatus based on whether the connection is supporting the background traffic or the active traffic. In another configuration the eNB may establish a connection to a remote apparatus and disable one or more modes of communication based on whether the connection is supporting the background traffic or the active traffic. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272130 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC OF MULTI-MODE BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for controlling traffic of a multi-mode base station to overcome the unfair or unreasonable traffic allocation between different systems of a multi-mode base station in the prior art. The technical solutions provided by embodiments of the present invention include: obtaining target traffic of any system in the multi-mode base station according to a preset traffic allocation ratio; decreasing an increment step size of the system if current traffic of the system is greater than the target traffic and bandwidth of the multi-mode base station is idle; or increasing a decrement step size of the system if current traffic of the system is greater than the target traffic and bandwidth of the multi-mode base station is congested; and controlling traffic of the system in the multi-mode base station according to the adjusted increment step size or decrement step size. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272131 | GATEWAY DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A gateway apparatus arranged between a base station and the backbone network monitors a communication signal transmitted from a terminal apparatus through the base station. In a case where specifying information is not included in the communication signal, the gateway apparatus outputs a user data signal from the terminal apparatus through the base station to the backbone network. In a case where the specifying information is included in the communication signal, the gateway apparatus forwards the user data signal from the terminal apparatus through the base station to an external network. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING ON A PRIORITY LEVEL BASIS OVER SHARED COMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS OF A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for performing dynamic load balancing across transmission channels in a communications system, for loads of multiple priorities for a plurality of terminals are provided. Priority levels for a plurality of traffic flows from the plurality of terminals are determined, and the traffic flows are assigned to a plurality of transmission channels to load balance the traffic flows based on the determined priority levels. The load balancing includes generating a load vector for each of the transmission channels, and determining a load balancing target for the load vectors. The load balancing further includes determining a centroid point for the generated load vectors, wherein the centroid point is the load balancing target, and iteratively converging to the centroid point as the load balancing target by determining cancellation pairs for the load vectors, to balance loads of multiple priorities. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279335 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED PACKET FLOW MOBILITY - Methods and apparatus for improved packet data flow mobility and packet data distribution and collection across heterogeneous networks. In one embodiment, a source device with one or more wireless interfaces receives data to be transmitted to a target device. The device sequences the received data with corresponding packet sequence numbers according to characteristics of the service providing the data. The sequenced data is classified according to application/service requirements (e.g., minimum Quality of Service requirements, service type, etc.). The classified data is assigned to available network interfaces, which can support the classifications of the data. The data is transmitted over the assigned network interfaces to the corresponding receiving interface. The data is collected and reassembled according to the packet sequence number at the target destination. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279336 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method comprising determining charging and policy rules for a data connection between at least one core network node and at least one radio access network node comprising a traffic-offload function. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279337 | LOAD-BALANCED NSAPI ALLOCATION FOR iWLAN - In one embodiment, a load balancer receives a message from a tunnel termination gateway (TTG) associated with a mobile device. The load balancer may receive messages from a plurality of TTGs. A gateway node in a plurality of gateway nodes in which to send the message is determined. The load balancer then assigns a NSAPI for use by the gateway node. For example, the NSAPI may be associated with a tunnel that is generated between the TTG and GGSN. The load balancer ensures that the assigned NSAPI is not currently in use at the gateway node. Thus, no overlapping of NSAPIs may occur even though the load balancer is processing messages from multiple TTGs for multiple gateway nodes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279338 | CONGESTION CONTROL FOR DELAY SENSITIVE APPLICATIONS - In various embodiments, methods and systems are disclosed for a hybrid rate plus window based congestion protocol that controls the rate of packet transmission into the network and provides low queuing delay, practically zero packet loss, fair allocation of network resources amongst multiple flows, and full link utilization. In one embodiment, a congestion window may be used to control the maximum number of outstanding bits, a transmission rate may be used to control the rate of packets entering the network (packet pacing), a queuing delay based rate update may be used to control queuing delay within tolerated bounds and minimize packet loss, and aggressive ramp-up/graceful back-off may be used to fully utilize the link capacity and additive-increase, multiplicative-decrease (AIMD) rate control may be used to provide fairness amongst multiple flows. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286831 | BGP INTERCEPTS - Network devices, systems, and methods, including executable instructions and/or logic thereon, are provided to perform BGP intercepts. A network device includes a processing resource coupled to a memory. The memory includes program instructions executed by the processing resource to intercept BGP updates and process associated cryptographic signatures before receipt by a BGP router. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286832 | ADAPTIVE STORM CONTROL - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus comprising an ingress interface, an egress interface, and a storm controller coupled to the ingress interface and the egress interface. The storm controller is operable to determine whether to forward packets for a traffic flow received at the ingress interface to the egress interface based on a rate over a time period. The storm controller forwards packets for the traffic flow while the rate exceeds a first threshold and is less than a second threshold while a predefined condition exits. The storm controller limits traffic for the traffic flow to the first threshold while the rate exceeds the first threshold and the predefined condition does not exist. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286833 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC ASSOCIATION OF TERMINAL NODES WITH AGGREGATION NODES AND LOAD BALANCING - A system and method for association of remote nodes with respective aggregation nodes in a high capacity shared bandwidth communications network, which meets various requirements and desires associated with efficient, robust, reliable and flexible broadband services, and which is relatively efficient and automated from a network management and load balancing standpoint, is provided. A remote node receives a message transmitted by a gateway over the communications network, wherein the message includes service codes identifying one or more service capabilities of the gateway. The remote node determines, based on the service codes, whether the gateway is an eligible gateway for servicing one or more service requirements of the remote node. The remote node then adds the gateway to a pool of eligible gateways within the communications network. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286834 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC CONGESTION AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a traffic management apparatus and method for controlling traffic congestion. The traffic management apparatus includes: a hierarchical queue configured to have a plurality of levels that are hierarchically different from each other; a Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) management unit configured to allocate different weights to the respective levels, and to calculate a profile for each level; and a hierarchical scheduler configured to manage a packet according to each level, using the calculated profile for each level, thereby controlling traffic congestion. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286835 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADDITIONAL RETRANSMISSIONS OF DROPPED PACKETS - Systems and methods for utilizing transaction boundary detection methods in queuing and retransmission decisions relating to network traffic are described. By detecting transaction boundaries and sizes, a client, server, or intermediary device may prioritize based on transaction sizes in queuing decisions, giving precedence to smaller transactions which may represent interactive and/or latency-sensitive traffic. Further, after detecting a transaction boundary, a device may retransmit one or more additional packets prompting acknowledgements, in order to ensure timely notification if the last packet of the transaction has been dropped. Systems and methods for potentially improving network latency, including retransmitting a dropped packet twice or more in order to avoid incurring additional delays due to a retransmitted packet being lost are also described. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286836 | LOAD BALANCING OF NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure involve systems, methods, computer program products, and the like, for balancing or routing a received communication on a telecommunications network among a plurality of network devices. More particularly, a load balancing unit is associated with a telecommunications network that receives communications from one or more network devices intended for transmission through that network and selects an associated component of the network to process the communication. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286837 | Network Congestion Prediction - To control the transmission of real time transport packets over a network, incoming packets received over the network from a transmitter are monitored. A statistical analysis is performed on the received packets to determine network congestion. A message is sent to the transmitter to control a transmission parameter in accordance with the determined network congestion. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286838 | INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - A mobile communications network and infrastructure equipment are arranged to communicate data to mobile communications devices. The mobile communications network may establish a communications bearer between one of the mobile communications devices and one or more of the infrastructure equipment for communicating data packets for a communications session to the mobile communications device via the communications bearer. The infrastructure equipment is provided with an indication of a type of the data packets communicated via the communications bearer. Communication of the data packets is controlled via the communications bearer in accordance with a relative priority indicated by the type of the data packets communicated via the communications bearer with respect to data packets communicated via other communications bearers. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286839 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING A MULTI-CORE ARCHITECTURE FOR AN ACCELERATION APPLIANCE - The present solution is related to a method for distributing flows of network traffic across a plurality of packet processing engines executing on a corresponding core of a multi-core device. The method includes receiving, by a multi-core device intermediary to clients and servers, a packet of a first flow of network traffic between a client and server. The method also includes assigning, by a flow distributor of the multi-core device, the first flow of network traffic to a first core executing a packet processing engine and distributing the packet to this core. The flow distributor may distribute packets of another or second flow of traffic between another client and server to a second core executing a second packet processing engine. When a packet for the flow of traffic assigned to the first core is received, such as a third packet, the flow distributor distributes this packet to the first core. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286840 | Method And System For Offloading Tunnel Packet Processing In Cloud Computing - A network device may provide Layer-2 (L2) based tunneling to offload tunneling performed by tunneling gateways. The network device may selectively offload tunneling handled by a tunneling gateway by determining whether addressing or locality information of a destination network device for a traffic packet is available. When the locality information of the destination network device for the traffic packet is available, the network device may establish a separate tunnel for communicating the traffic packet to the destination network device instead of forwarding the traffic packet to the tunneling gateway. The separate tunnel may be configured to bypass the tunneling gateway. When the addressing or locality information of the destination network device for the traffic packet is not available, the network device may forward the traffic packet to the tunneling gateway for tunneling of the traffic packet by the tunneling gateway. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286841 | Load Sharing Method, Device, and System - A load sharing method, device, and system are disclosed. A first base station obtains a current load of the first base station. The first base station is connected to a mobility management entity (MME). The first base station selects a second base station that is also connected to the MME when the current load of the first base station exceeds a preset load threshold. Information of a load to be shared from the first base station to the second base station is transmitted so that the load to be shared can be shared with the second base station without switching a user equipment (UE) served by the first base station to the second base station. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286842 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A transmitting apparatus transmits a data stream via multiple wireless links and includes a storage unit that stores a guaranteed rate to be guaranteed for the data stream; a dividing unit that divides traffic of the data stream into first traffic corresponding to the guaranteed rate stored in the storage unit and second traffic corresponding to a portion of the traffic exceeding the guaranteed rate; and a distributing unit that distributes the first traffic to at least any one of the wireless links preferentially over the second traffic, and distributes the second traffic to available bandwidths of the plural wireless links. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286843 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, GATEWAY APPARATUS, MOBILITY MANAGEMENT NODE, AND CALL SESSION CONTROL SERVER APPARATUS - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of re-establishing a PDN connection by P-GW in case of detecting implementation of C-Plane processing related to the mobile station after detecting restart of PCRF. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286844 | INFORMATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information system includes: a plurality of physical nodes each processing a packet supplied from an external node in accordance with a packet handling operation in which a matching rule that determines a flow and a processing content that is applied to a packet matching the matching rule are associated with each other; and a control apparatus setting the packet handling operation in the plurality of physical nodes and causing the plurality of physical nodes to operate as virtual nodes on a virtual network that can be used by the external node. The control apparatus includes a broadcast range management unit managing a broadcast range configured by physical nodes corresponding to a previously-selected virtual node group on the virtual network and interface information about the physical nodes. The control apparatus refers to a network topology established by a connection relationship among the physical nodes and sets a packet handling operation realizing broadcast communication within the broadcast range in physical nodes on a path of the broadcast communication. | 10-31-2013 |
20130294236 | CONGESTION CONTROL IN PACKET DATA NETWORKING - A network element controls congestion in a link of a packet data network. A congested link is identified and a throttle rate is determined for one or more of the traffic groups traversing the congested link. The central controller determines the throttle rates using a weight of the group and the current traffic rate of the group through the link. The throttle rates are sent to switches to throttle traffic for each affected group. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294237 | PRIORITIZED REPORTING OF METERING DATA - A utility company may schedule when and how endpoints report resource consumption data based on relative priorities of endpoints or the customers associated therewith. By associating endpoints with one of multiple different quality of service (QoS) levels, and sending each endpoint a reporting schedule based on its respective QoS level, the utility company may configure prioritized reporting of resource consumption data by endpoints of an advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) with automatic meter reading (AMR). | 11-07-2013 |
20130294238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HOST-CONTROLLED PACKET DATA SUPPRESSION - The various aspects comprise methods and devices for managing signal traffic. The various aspects comprise a data controller module. The data controller module may be configured to receive information of an exchange of data with a plurality of data types having a plurality of data rates in a network communication; identify a sensitive condition of the network communication; and responsive to identifying the sensitive condition, reduce a rate of data of at least one data type of the plurality of data types | 11-07-2013 |
20130294239 | DATA FLOW SEGMENT OPTIMIZED FOR HOT FLOWS - Embodiments are directed towards improving the performance of network traffic management devices by optimizing the management of hot connection flows. A packet traffic management device (“PTMD”) may employ a data flow segment (“DFS”) and control segment (“CS”). The CS may perform high-level control functions and per-flow policy enforcement for connection flows maintained at the DFS, while the DFS may perform statistics gathering, per-packet policy enforcement (e.g., packet address translations), or the like, on connection flows maintained at the DFS. The DFS may include high-speed flow caches and other high-speed components that may be comprised of high-performance computer memory. Making efficient use of the high speed flow cache capacity may be improved by maximizing the number of hot connection flows and minimizing the number of malicious and/or in-operative connections flows (e.g., non-genuine flows) that may have flow control data stored in the high-speed flow cache. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294240 | METHODS AND APPARATUS - An apparatus, comprise a virtual machine on which an offload application is configured to run, said virtual machine comprising a first interface configured to provide offload traffic to said application and a second interface configured to output traffic from said application. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294241 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD - A mobile communications network communicating data to/from mobile communications devices includes a core network including plural infrastructure equipment, and a radio network including plural base stations with a wireless access interface communicating data to/from the mobile communications devices. The mobile communications network provides communications bearers on request to the mobile communications devices based on a relative type of data packets communicated via the communications bearers for supporting communications sessions, indications of the type of the data packets used to configure the communications bearers. The mobile communications network includes a control unit to determine the number of bearers of each of type of the communications bearers for plural predetermined types provided to the mobile communications devices within the mobile communications network, and to determine a state of the mobile communications network based on the number of each type of communications bearers for each of the plural predetermined types. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294242 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PUSCH IN TRAFFIC ADAPTATION SYSTEM - A Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission method by a User Equipment (UE) in a traffic adaptation system is provided. The method includes receiving, from a base station, a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for scheduling PUSCH resources, obtaining an Uplink (UL)-Grant in the PDCCH, determining a reference uplink and downlink configuration of the scheduled PUSCH resources in the PDCCH, based on at least one of the bit value of a UL-Index or a UL-Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) in the UL-Grant, and a serial number of a subframe in which the UL-Grant is located, and transmitting PUSCH data on the scheduled PUSCH resources according to a timing relationship corresponding to the reference uplink and downlink configuration. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294243 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RE-ROUTING CALLS - The disclosed embodiments include a system, computer program product, and method for routing a call over a packet network. A call request may be received from a calling party to call a called party at a network address. At least one potential call path over a packet network may be determined to connect the calling party to the called party at the network address. Network performance information associated with each potential call path may be accessed and a determination may be made that each of the call paths are impaired or congested. In response to determining that each of the call paths are impaired or congested, the call may be routed over a call path other than one of the at least one potential call paths to enable the calling party to communicate with the called party. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294244 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes: a packet receiving unit that receives, via a wireless ad hoc network, a packet transmitted from a node device; a congestion detection unit that detects, based on the packet received by the packet receiving unit, that congestion occurs in a communication path along which the packet reaches the packet receiving unit; a congestion control message generating unit that generates, when the congestion detection unit detects that the congestion occurs in the communication path, a congestion control message that instructs to take an action to avoid the congestion in the communication path; and a message transmitting unit that transmits the congestion control message generated by the congestion control message generating unit to the node device. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294245 | Predictive and Nomadic Roaming of Wireless Clients Across Different Network Subnets - Wireless access points detect neighboring wireless access points in different subnets. Upon connecting with a wireless client, a wireless access point determines predictive roaming information for the wireless client. Predictive roaming information identifies the wireless client; its home network subnet; and includes connection information associated with the wireless client. The wireless access point forwards the predictive roaming information associated with a wireless client to neighboring wireless access points while the wireless client is still connected with the wireless access point. Neighboring wireless access points store received predictive roaming information. Upon connecting with a wireless client, a neighboring wireless access point determines if the wireless client matches the stored predictive roaming information. If so, the neighboring wireless access point uses the predictive roaming information to quickly connect with the wireless client and to establish a tunnel to redirect network traffic associated with the wireless client through to its home subnet. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294246 | Adaptive Relative Bitrate Manager for TCP Depending Flow Control - A method is provided for congestion control in a network node ( | 11-07-2013 |
20130294247 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD, APPARATUS AND BASE STATION - Disclosed are a resource scheduling method, apparatus and base station for reducing the signaling overhead of the downlink control channel instruction in uplink and downlink data transmission. The method comprises: configuring semi-persistent scheduling parameters for a user equipment (UE) when the cell of the UE is determined to be an interference limited cell and a semi-persistent scheduling mechanism needs to be set for the UE; allocating semi-persistent scheduling resources to the UE for transmitting service data according to the semi-persistent scheduling parameters when the UE is determined to be in need of a semi-persistent scheduling mechanism for transmitting the service data of access services; sending the resource scheduling information of the semi-persistent scheduling resources to the UE over the downlink control channel of the UE. The technical solution provided in the present application reduces the signaling overhead of the downlink control channel instruction during data transmission, reduces inter-cell interference of the downlink control channel, and improves the reception capability of the downlink control channel, quality of service (QoS) and cell spectrum efficiency. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301413 | VIRTUAL INTERNET PROTOCOL MIGRATION AND LOAD BALANCING - A system for virtual internet protocol (VIP) address migration. The system comprises serving one or more clients connected via a switch router over a network to one or more network gateways. The switch router forwards packets to the VIP address of a first network gateway. If the first network gateway determines a VIP address migration criteria has been reached, the first network gateway may migrate any new traffic associated with a packet flow over to a second network gateway for more efficient processing by inserting a default flow code into the header of the VIP address of the packet. Older packets continue to process on the first network gateway, however new packets are forwarded and processed on the second network gateway. Once the packets being processed on the first network gateway completes, the second network gateway becomes the default network gateway for processing existing and new packets. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301414 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND GATEWAY - User traffic transmitted and received by a mobile station is distributed so as not to be converged on a gateway. The gateway includes a signaling processing device and bearer data processing devices, the signaling processing device is concentrated, and the bearer data processing devices are distributed to networks close to base stations. The signaling processing device recognizes, in response to a connection request from each mobile station, a position of the base station covering the mobile station, allocates the bearer data processing device connected to the network close to the base station, and connects the base station to the allocated bearer data processing devices. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301415 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MANAGING MEDIA TRAFFIC BASED ON NETWORK CONDITIONS - Methods and systems for providing a network monitoring system capable of correlating client device sessions, including media streaming sessions, and client device location information to dynamically identify changes in utilization load levels in portions of a network. Further action may be pursued to modify sessions in response to detection of utilization load level changes, based on one or more policies specified by a service provider. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301416 | MULTI-LEVEL BEARER PROFILING IN TRANSPORT NETWORKS - A method is provided for transporting data packets over a telecommunications transport network. The data packets are carried by a plurality of bearers, the bearers each carrying data packets that relate to different ones of a plurality of services. In the method a multi-level bandwidth profiling scheme is applied to the data packets of each bearer. A series of information rates are assigned to a bearer, the profiling scheme identifying and marking each data packet of the bearer based on a desired resource sharing according to the minimum information rate with which the packet is conformant. The marked data packets are forwarded for transport through the transport network. If there is insufficient bandwidth available in the transport network to transport all data packets, data packets identified by the profiling and marked as only being conformant with a higher information rate are discarded before any data packets marked as being conformant with a lower information rate. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308453 | Customer Configuration of Broadband Services - Novel solutions to provide enhanced configurability of network access. Such solutions can provide, inter alia, enhanced utilization of network resources (including without limitation network aggregation devices, such as DSLAMs and the like). In an aspect of some solutions, a network aggregation device can divide an aggregate uplink bandwidth into a plurality of time slots. Some or all of the time slots can be reserved for different customers (subscribers). In another aspect of some embodiments, the time slots can be allocated in such a way as to simulate oversubscription of the aggregate uplink bandwidth | 11-21-2013 |
20130308454 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING HTTP ADAPTIVE STREAMING PERFORMANCE USING TCP MODIFICATIONS AT CONTENT SOURCE - A method of sending hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) adaptive streaming (HAS) content from a content source to a client over a transmission control protocol (TCP) connection between the content source and the client may include receiving a request for one or more first HAS data chunks from the client; sending the one or more first HAS data chunks to the client; generating idle delay values indicating an amount of delay in the TCP connection during an idle time period, the idle time period being a time period over which no HAS data chunks are being sent from the content source to the client; receiving a request for a second HAS data chunk from the client; setting the size of a starting TCP congestion window based on the idle delay values; and sending the second HAS chunk to the client using the starting TCP congestion window. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308455 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING ACROSS MEMBER PORTS FOR TRAFFIC EGRESSING OUT OF A PORT CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus for load balancing across member ports for traffic egressing out of a port channel are provided herein. An example method according to one implementation may include: assigning a quantized value based on current load to each of the network ports in the port channel; receiving a data packet addressed to egress through the port channel; identifying a traffic flow with which the received data packet is associated; determining whether the identified traffic flow is a new traffic flow; and selecting one of the network ports in the port channel as an egress port. Selection of the egress port may be weighted according to the quantized value of each of the network ports in the port channel. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308456 | System And Method For Implementing Active Queue Management Enhancements For Variable Bottleneck Rates - An advance is made over the prior art in accordance with the principles of the present invention that is directed to a new approach for a system and method for a buffer management scheme. Certain embodiments of the invention improve the response of AQM schemes with controllable parameters to variations of the output rate of the bottleneck buffer. The impact on TCP performance can be substantial in most cases where the bottleneck rate is not guaranteed to be fixed. The new solution allows AQM schemes to achieve queue stability despite continuous variations of the bottleneck rate. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308457 | SYSTEM DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS AND FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE - A system detection method and apparatus. The throughput and response time of the system are acquired, where the throughput reflects the number of requests from outside the system that has been processed by the system. The response time reflects time required by the system to process requests from outside the system. The system performance characteristic parameter based on the throughput and response time is obtained and is used to describe congestion condition of the system to determine whether there is a bottleneck in the system. Also provided are a method and device for flow control. The system detection method and apparatus allow detecting a bottleneck and flow control in a simple and effective way to ensure that requests are processed in time. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308458 | System And Method For Implementing Active Queue Management Enhancements For Variable Bottleneck Rates - An advance is made over the prior art in accordance with the principles of the present invention that is directed to a new approach for a system and method for a buffer management scheme. Certain embodiments of the invention improve the response of AQM schemes with controllable parameters to variations of the output rate of the bottleneck buffer. The impact on TCP performance can be substantial in most cases where the bottleneck rate is not guaranteed to be fixed. The new solution allows AQM schemes to achieve queue stability despite continuous variations of the bottleneck rate. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308459 | HIGHLY SCALABLE MODULAR SYSTEM WITH HIGH RELIABILITY AND LOW LATENCY - A computing system for processing network traffic includes a plurality of network ports configured to receive network traffic, a plurality of processing blades, not directly coupled with the plurality of network ports, configured to process the network traffic, a switch coupled with the plurality of processing blades and configured to support inter-blade communications among the plurality of processing blades, a router coupled with the switch and the plurality of network ports, the router configured to forward the network traffic to one or more of the plurality of processing blades based on resource information of the plurality of the processing blades, and a system controller coupled to the router and the plurality of processing blades, the system controller configured to receive and maintain the resource information from the plurality of the processing blades and further configured to update the router with the resource information of the plurality of the processing blades. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308460 | SERVICE PROCESSING SWITCH - Methods and systems for providing IP services in an integrated fashion are provided. According to one embodiment, packets are load balanced among virtual routing processing resources of an IP service generator of a virtual router (VR) based switch. A packet flow cache is maintained with packet flow entries containing information indicative of packet processing actions for established packet flows. Deep packet classification is performed to determine whether a packet is associated with an established packet flow. If so, the packet is directed to one of multiple virtual services processing resources representing application-tailored engines configured to provide managed firewall services. If the packet is allowed, it is returned to the source virtual routing processing resource for forwarding. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308461 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZATION OF DATA FOR INTELLIGENT DISCARD IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods for optimizing system performance of capacity and spectrum constrained, multiple-access communication systems by selectively discarding packets are provided. The systems and methods provided herein can drive changes in the communication system using control responses. One such control responses includes the optimal discard (also referred to herein as “intelligent discard”) of network packets under capacity constrained conditions. The systems and methods prioritize packets and make discard decisions based upon the prioritization. Some embodiments provide an interactive response by selectively discarding packets to enhance perceived and actual system throughput, other embodiments provide a reactive response by selectively discarding data packets based on their relative impact to service quality to mitigate oversubscription, others provide a proactive response by discarding packets based on predicted oversubscription, and others provide a combination thereof. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308462 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION NODE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes: a plurality of communication nodes; and a control apparatus that controls packet processing of the plurality of communication nodes. The control apparatus further includes: a virtualization unit that configures a virtual node(s) from a plurality of communication nodes among the plurality of communication nodes; a control unit that sets a processing rule for a packet in at least one communication node of the plurality of communication nodes included in the virtual node(s), so that the at least one communication node executes packet processing corresponding to an operation of the virtual node(s); and a path calculation unit that calculates a forwarding path of a packet, based on a virtual network topology including the virtual node(s). The plurality of communication nodes process a packet corresponding to the forwarding path, in accordance with the processing rule. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315064 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK TRAFFIC CONTROL ELEMENT - A communication network traffic control element is disclosed which is arranged to receive traffic, such as voice and data, as a plurality of discrete traffic packets at an input and communicate the traffic as a serial traffic stream to an output. The traffic control element can include a receiver which is arranged to receive the traffic packets, and a processor which is arranged to communicate the serial traffic stream to the output. The processor can include a buffer to vary a traffic output rate from the processor independently of an input rate of traffic flow to the receiver. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322243 | SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING DISTRIBUTED DATA CUT-THROUGH - A data segment of a data packet destined for an egress port of an egress node may be received at a first ingress node. An egress statement vector and an ingress statement vector may be identified at the first ingress node. A determination may be made, based on the egress statement vector and ingress statement vector, whether the first ingress node is authorized to transfer the data segment to the egress port before the other data segments of the data packet are received at the first ingress node. The data segment may be transferred to the egress port before the other data segments of the data packet are received at the first ingress node when the determination indicates the first ingress node is authorized. The data segment may be stored in a buffer of the first ingress node when the determination indicates the first ingress node is not authorized. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322244 | SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING DISTRIBUTED DATA CUT-THROUGH - A system for transferring data includes an egress node including an egress port, and an ingress node configured to receive a data segment of a data packet destined for the egress port. The data packet is associated with a packet priority level. The ingress node is configured to receive an egress statement vector from the egress node indicating whether the egress port is or is not flow controlled for data associated with the packet priority level. The ingress node is configured to determine whether the egress port is available to receive the data segment from the ingress node before other data segments of the data packet are received at the ingress node based on the egress statement vector. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322245 | METHOD FOR UPLOADING DATA BY STATION, METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING DATA BY STATION AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING BY TRANSPORTER - The present invention provides methods and devices for transporting data from a station (hereinafter source station) to another station (hereinafter target station) by using a transporter. According to the present invention, route information of the transporter is provided to the source station, and the source station determines whether to use the transporter for transporting the data from the source station to the target station. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322246 | NETWORK PACKET LOSS PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a network packet loss processing method and apparatus. The method in the present invention includes: comparing a value of a current congestion window of a network with a buffer threshold when a packet loss event is detected, where the buffer threshold is used to indicate a data bearing capability of the entire network, where the data bearing capability is obtained by adding a data bearing capability of a link in the network and a data bearing capability of a buffer of a node in the network; if the value of the current congestion window is smaller than the buffer threshold, not performing backoff processing on the current congestion window; and if the value of the current congestion window is greater than or equal to the buffer threshold, performing backoff processing on the current congestion window. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322247 | ENHANCING AQM TO COMBAT WIRELESS LOSSES - In order to maintain a small, stable backlog at an internet router buffer, active queue management (AQM) algorithms drop packets probabilistically at the onset of congestion. This causes Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) data flow rates to reduce. However, wireless losses may be misinterpreted as congestive losses and induce spurious reductions in flow rates. A prior art AQM with random early detection (RED), fails to maintain a stable backlog under time-varying wireless losses. However, the present invention can resolve the problem and provide a robust tracking of the backlog to a preset reference level by applying a control-theoretic vehicle, Internal Model principle, to realize such tracking. An integral controller (IC) is used as an embodiment of the principle that is robust against time-varying wireless losses under various network scenarios. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322248 | FLOW LABEL NEGOTIATION METHOD, RELATED DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A flow label negotiation method is disclosed. The method in the embodiments of the present invention includes: constructing an RSVP-TE path message, where the path message includes a first FL capability flag bit; marking a local FL transmit and receive capability in the first FL capability flag bit; sending the path message to an egress node through a load distribution node; receiving an RSVP-TE resv message which is sent by the egress node through the load distribution node, where the resv message includes a second FL capability flag bit; and obtaining, from the second FL capability flag bit, an FL transmit and receive capability of the egress node, and completing FL negotiation. In addition, the embodiments of the present invention further provide a related device and a system for implementation of the method. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322249 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING NETWORK PERFORMANCE USING A CONNECTION ADMISSION CONTROL ENGINE - The disclosed embodiments include a method, apparatus, and computer program product for modifying a three-dimensional geocellular model. For example, one disclosed embodiment includes a system that includes at least one processor and at least one memory coupled to the at least one processor. The memory stores instructions that when executed by the at least one processor performs operations that includes gathering network performance information regarding data flow communicated with a client of a network over a plurality of connections utilizing performance information packets; and automatically balancing the data flow of the plurality of connections between access points of the network that are available to the client using connection admission control engines. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LOAD BALANCING FEMTOCELL CLUSTER ACCESS - A method of establishing a communication session between an access terminal and an access network is disclosed. The access terminal and access network may be femtocells based on the EVDO communication standard. The example method of communication may include transmitting a connection request from the access terminal to the access network, and receiving a redirect message or a traffic channel assignment message at the access terminal based on a communication between the access network and at least one other access network. More than one access network may be present communicating as a communication pair system aimed at load balancing access terminals. The method may also include establishing packet data communications between the access terminal and a packet data serving node to provide network communication to the access terminal. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329556 | FLOW CONTROL FOR NETWORK PACKETS FROM APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRONIC DEVICES - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that processes network packets on an electronic device. During operation, the system obtains, on the electronic device, an outgoing rate of the network packets from a network interface queue on the electronic device to a network link. Next, upon detecting a transmission of the network packets from an application on the electronic device to the network interface queue, the system uses the electronic device to allocate a proportion of the outgoing rate to the application based on a number of applications transmitting network packets from the electronic device to the network link. Finally, the system uses the allocated proportion of the outgoing rate and the network interface queue to transmit network packets from the application to the network link. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329557 | TUNNEL ACCELERATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - A method and system for network offloading includes receiving a packet at a communication interface of a wireless access point and processing the packet at a flow acceleration processor prior to processing the packet at a host processor. The flow acceleration processor may process the packet for header checking or security processing. The flow acceleration processor may provide the packet to a security coprocessor for security processing. The flow acceleration processor may generate a result code indicating whether the processing at the flow acceleration processor was successful. If the processing was unsuccessful, the packet is provided to the host processor for exception processing. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329558 | PHYSICAL LAYER BURST ABSORPTION - A system provides burst absorption of network traffic. The system may include multiple physical (PHY) layer devices in communication with a switch device. The switch device may instruct a PHY layer device to send incoming data received by the PHY layer device at a throttled rate, for example when the switch device identifies a high level of network congestion in the switch. The PHY layer device may absorb the burst of incoming network traffic by buffering incoming data in a queue and sending the incoming data to the queue at a throttled data transfer rate. When the network congestion has been alleviated, the PHY layer device may transmit network traffic to the switch at an accelerated transfer rate to empty the network traffic buffered in the queue. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329559 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONGESTION CONTROL USING ALLOCATION AND RETENTION PRIORITY - A method for managing congestion on a communication network that includes a network node having a congestion level. Congestion pre-emption criteria corresponding to the congestion level is determined. A list of potential service pre-emption candidates associated with a service pre-emption criteria that is at least equal to the congestion pre-emption criteria is created. The list of potential service pre-emption candidates is at least a sub-set of a plurality of services on the node. A determination is made as to whether to pre-empt at least one of the potential service pre-emption candidates on the list based at least on the service pre-emption criteria. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329560 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, GATEWAY APPARATUS, AND DATA DISTRIBUTION METHOD - Radio communication system includes mobile terminal (UE), plurality of base stations connected by radio to the UE, gateway apparatus (GW) connected to the plurality of base stations, and data distribution server (SV) which is connected to the GW over the Internet and which distributes data to the UE. UE transmits a first data request (DR) and a second DR to the data distribution server through the base station and the GW. When the GW receives the first DR from the base station, GW transmits the received first DR to the data distribution server independent of a radio transmission load state from the base station to the UE. When the GW receives second DR from the base station, GW transmits the received second data request to the data distribution server with delay in accordance with radio transmission load state from the base station. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329561 | Method and Device for Estimating Available Cell Load - Methods and devices for determining an available load in a cell of a cellular radio system are provided where the determination of the available load is made in response to an estimated inter cell interference load. An estimated inter cell interference is determined. The inter cell interference change events are monitored by determining when a User Equipment changes serving cell or when the User Equipment adds or removes a cell to the active set of the User Equipment. The determined inter cell interference is adjusted by an estimated load caused by the User Equipment causing an inter cell interference change event, and the available load is determined in response to the adjusted inter cell interference. The method can continuously update inter cell interference. Moreover, the update can be made fast and thereby allow an improved estimation of the available cell load. | 12-12-2013 |
20130336115 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INGRESS MULTICAST LOAD BALANCING - A system, method and apparatus for efficient bandwidth management of traffic across a plurality of channels using one or more epoch-based load balancing functions to asynchronously rebalance traffic allocations among the channels. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336116 | CONGESTION-BASED NOTIFICATION DURING FAST REROUTE OPERATIONS IN STATEFUL PATH COMPUTATION ELEMENT ENVIRONMENTS - In one embodiment, once activation of use of a backup tunnel is detected for a primary tunnel, then a level of congestion of the path of the backup tunnel may be determined. In response to the level being greater than a threshold, a head-end node of the primary tunnel is triggered to reroute the primary tunnel (e.g., requesting to a path computation element). Conversely, in response to the level not being greater than the threshold, the backup tunnel is allowed to remain activated. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336117 | DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING SCHEME TO SUPPORT IEEE 1588 PTP OVER MULTIPLE PORTS SPANNING A LAG - A Precision Timing Protocol (PTP) is implemented over a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) formed by multiple ports of a network node, where PTP traffic goes through the same physical link between the network node and a peer network node on both the transmit and return paths. When the network node receives a PTP message that identifies a PTP stream from the peer network node through a given PTP-LAG port, it declares itself as an active port and the other PTP-LAG ports as standby for the PTP stream. The PTP stream is transmitted from the network node to the peer network node through the active port only, to maintain symmetry of the PTP stream's transmission paths between the network node and the peer network node. The network node processes exchanged messages of the PTP stream to perform timing synchronization with the peer network node. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336118 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORK DYNAMIC OVERLOAD MANAGEMENT - A downstream device in a network may monitor and collect data on its condition, including detecting overload conditions, and transmit such data to an upstream network device. The upstream network device may select a best downstream device for a particular traffic flow based on condition data received from downstream devices and transmit the traffic flow to the selected downstream device. A network management server may be configured to perform similar functions, instructing network devices on how to transport data through a network based on condition data received from such devices. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336119 | System for Managing the Allocation of the Resources of a Satellite Link in a Telecommunication Network - A service manager intended to be positioned in a telecommunications network implementing a satellite and one or more user networks, the communication protocol relying on the 3G standard or implementing TFT and PDP rules, comprises at least the following modules: a link configuration module which contains one or more static configurations that can be modified by a user, an external-events manager module, a traffic detector module, a configured-TFTs traffic detector plugin, a TFTs management module, a Secondary PDP context management module. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336120 | CONGESTION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INTER-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a vehicle communication system and method used when transmitting and receiving driving information of a vehicle to and from surrounding vehicles. According to the present invention, a host vehicle may transmit and receive driving information to and from its surrounding vehicles to find out information about a position, a speed, a driving direction, etc., thereby decreasing traffic accident risk. However, transmission and reception of the driving information may not be smoothly performed depending on surrounding communication conditions. The present invention provides a communication congestion control device and method for smoothly performing data transmission and reception between vehicles depending on surrounding conditions, by setting a time frame variably depending on surrounding communication conditions and transmitting data on the basis of the changed time frame. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336121 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING TRANSMISSION BANDWIDTH BETWEEN DIFFERENT SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for sharing transmission bandwidth between different systems, and belong to the communications field. When a first communications system and one or more other communications systems share transmission bandwidth, the method includes: comparing, by a first network element in the first communications system, the sum of rates at which a service is sent to a second network element in the first communications system with bandwidth preconfigured for the second network element; adjusting, by the first network element based on a comparison result, a transmission priority of the service sent to the second network element; and adjusting, by the first network element based on transmission congestion status of the first communications system, sending bandwidth for transmitting the service to the second network element. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336122 | LOAD BALANCING PSEUDOWIRE ENCAPSULATED IPTV CHANNELS OVER AGGREGATED LINKS - A method for load balancing IPTV channels is described. In one embodiment of the invention, a first Provider Edge (PE) network element of a label switched network, coupled with a second PE network element over multiple member links of an aggregate link, receives IPTV packets. For each IPTV packet received, the first PE network determines layer 3 information of the IPTV packet, and generates one or more channel load balancing keys based on the layer 3 information. The PE network element generates a hash value from the channel load balancing keys and determines which one of multiple member links to transmit the IPTV packet on based on the hash value, and transmits the IPTV packet to the second PE network element on the determined member link. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336123 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACCESS POINT (AP) AGGREGATION AND RESILIENCY IN A HYBRID WIRED/WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Aspects of the invention may provide a system and method for access point aggregation and resiliency in a hybrid wired/wireless local area network. Access point aggregation and resiliency may include determining one or more available switch ports having a capability to handle a first access point group, the first access point group having a first default switch port. One or more available switch ports may be provisioned to provide service to the first access point group. Information may be communicated between the first default switch port and/or any of the provisioned switch ports, while maintaining client status and connection information. Available switch ports may be selected from a reserved pool of available switch ports and upon abatement of a need to utilize the provisioned switch ports, the provisioned switch ports may be returned to the reserved pool of available switch ports. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336124 | Partitioning Entity and Method for Partitioning Capacity - The present invention relates to a partitioning entity and a method for partitioning capacity in a communication network to avoid starvation of certain data traffic and to support services with different characteristics. The method of partitioning capacity comprises assigning communication links to a group associated with a time-varying group capacity to form a group of communication links. The group comprises a first sub-group and at least a second sub-group of communication links. Further, the method comprises allocating a non-zero fraction of the time-varying group capacity to the first sub-group of communication links of the group. | 12-19-2013 |
20130343190 | APPLICATION-DRIVEN CONTROL OF WIRELESS NETWORKING SETTINGS - Embodiments related to automatically adjusting wireless network settings based upon utilization of a wireless network link by applications are disclosed. For example, one disclosed embodiment provides a method of adjusting a wireless networking setting for a wireless network link. The method includes monitoring data flow through a network interface controller to collect, for each of one or more applications running on the computing device and communicating over the wireless network link, flow performance data comprising information regarding an amount of data flow arising from the application. The method also includes monitoring link data comprising information regarding data being sent and received over the wireless network link, and based upon the flow performance data and the link data, controlling a network interface controller to adjust the wireless networking parameter to change a configuration of the network link. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343191 | ENSURING PREDICTABLE AND QUANTIFIABLE NETWORKING PERFORMANCE - The ensuring of predictable and quantifiable networking performance. Embodiments of the invention combine a congestion free network core with a hypervisor based (i.e., edge-based) throttling design to help insure quantitative and invariable subscription bandwidth rates. A lightweight shim layer in a hypervisor can adaptively throttle the rate of VM-to-VM traffic flow. A receiving hypervisor can detect congestion and communicate back to sending hypervisors that rates are to be regulated. In response, sending hypervisors can reduce transmission rate to mitigate congestion at the receiving hypervisor. In some embodiments, the principles are extended to any message processors communicating over a congestion free network. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343192 | MESH NETWORK NODE WITH MULTIPLE AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUESTERS - A device may receive a packet, may identify a first packet characteristic associated with the packet, may identify a second packet characteristic associated with the packet, and may store information associated with the packet in a queue based on the first packet characteristic and the second packet characteristic. The device may service the packet from the queue based on an automatic repeat requester (“ARQ”) mechanism. The ARQ mechanism may specify a maximum quantity of times that the packet should be serviced before being dropped, when a packet acknowledgement is not received, may specify a time period between packet service attempts, and may be based on the first packet characteristic and the second packet characteristic. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343193 | Switch Fabric End-To-End Congestion Avoidance Mechanism - Aspects of a switch fabric end-to-end congestion avoidance mechanism are presented. Aspects of a system for end-to-end congestion avoidance in a switch fabric may include at least one circuit that enables reception of a congestion notification message that specifies a traffic flow identifier. The circuitry may enable increase or decrease of a current rate for transmission of data link layer (DLL) protocol data units (PDU) associated with the specified traffic flow identifier as a response to the reception of the congestion notification message. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343194 | QUALITY OF SERVICE PACKET SCHEDULER DESIGN - Systems, methods, devices, and processors are described for quality of service (QoS) packet scheduling in satellite communications systems. A packet received at the QoS packet scheduler may be assigned a virtual departure time utilizing novel self-clocked fair queuing techniques. The virtual departure time for a packet assigned to a queue may depend on a different weight assigned to the queues. Queues may be treated as low latency queues in some cases and may be provided with committed information rates in other cases. Low latency queues may be assigned weights equal to infinity, or the reciprocal of the weight equal to zero. Queues with committed information rates may assign different weights to packets depending on whether the rate that packets are received exceeds the committed information rate. Packets may then be scheduled based on their virtual departure time order. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343195 | CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT - A congestion control method is used in a wireless network that includes a plurality of wireless communication equipments. The method includes: monitoring a congestion condition in respective wireless communication equipments; and extending an exclusive transmission time in which a packet is transmitted exclusively using wireless resource of the wireless network in a congested wireless communication equipment in which congestion has occurred among the plurality of wireless communication equipments. | 12-26-2013 |
20140003237 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPERATING WIRELESS DEVICES IN DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION (DFS) BANDS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003238 | Systems and Methods for Managing Network Bandwidth via Content Buffering | 01-02-2014 |
20140003239 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK GUIDED TRAFFIC OFFLOAD | 01-02-2014 |
20140003240 | SUPPORTING MEASURMENTS AND FEEDBACK FOR 3D MIMO WITH DATA TRANSMISSION OPTIMIZATION | 01-02-2014 |
20140003241 | SERVER FOR UNDERTAKING CONTROL PLANE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TRAFFIC DETOUR SERVICE MOBILITY IN SAME SERVER | 01-02-2014 |
20140003242 | HYBRID CONGESTION CONTROL | 01-02-2014 |
20140003243 | CONGESTION CONTROL IN AN HSPA SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003244 | PROVIDING CONTROL SIGNALLING OVER DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES (RATS) | 01-02-2014 |
20140010086 | OPPORTUNISTIC CARRIER AGGREGATION USING SHORT RANGE EXTENSION CARRIERS - Systems and methods for providing opportunistic carrier aggregation to short range or low power extension carriers are generally disclosed herein. One embodiment includes data traffic offload techniques to offload data communicated in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) from a primary cell to a secondary cell. For example, the primary cell may be provided by a LTE/LTE-A base station operating in licensed spectrum, and the secondary cell may be provided by a low-power extension carrier operating in unlicensed spectrum using a LTE/LTE-A standard. The low-power extension carrier may be activated as needed to off-load data transfers from the primary cell, in download-only, upload-only, and time-division LTE (TD-LTE) modes. Configurations involving multimode base stations, multimode user equipment (UE), relay extension carriers, and remote radio equipment are also described herein, in conjunction with deployment of opportunistic carrier aggregation using extension carriers. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016464 | QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE ENHANCEMENT THROUGH FEEDBACK FOR ADJUSTING THE QUALITY OF SERVICE IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of enhancing Quality of Experience (QoE) associated with an application flow for an end-user in a communication network comprises: receiving a packet belonging to the application flow, the packet comprising QoE information determined based on previous packets exchanged within the application flow; decoding the QoE information from the received packet; and adjusting a QoS mechanism for the packet, based on the decoded QoE information for enhancing the QoE of the application flow. A network node for carrying out this method is disclosed. Also, a method for relaying QoE associated with an application flow for an end-user in a communication network comprises: receiving packets belonging to the application flow; calculating QoE information based on the received packets; and sending the calculated QoE information back to the communication network, the QoE information being included in a packet belonging to the application flow. A network node for carrying out this method is disclosed. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016465 | METHOD AND ARCHITECTURE FOR A SCALABLE APPLICATION AND SECURITY SWITCH USING MULTI-LEVEL LOAD BALANCING - A switch architecture and method provides scaling through multi-level load balancing of flows across data and application processing planes. An input/output module receives a communication session flow (forward) from a client device and selects one of a plurality of data processors to process the flow. The selected data processor determines the level of processing for the forward flow and selects an application processor from a plurality of such application processors. The application processor generates a session structure identifying actions to be performed on the forward flow and transfers the session structure to the selected data processor to perform the actions on the forward flow. The application processor also predictively generates and offloads a session structure for the associated reverse flow. If the reverse session structure is offloaded to a different data processor, either the forward or reverse flow redirects packets, or is redirected, to the data processor hosting the other flow. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016466 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT GATEWAY FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE NETWORK - A gateway for interfacing a capillary network of communicating devices with an access point of a cellular network. The gateway includes a plurality of input buffers designed to store elementary packets. A plurality of output buffers store composite packets formed by aggregation of elementary packets, each output buffer being associated with a type of flow of the cellular network. A flow regulator determines for each output buffer, parameters of size and/or transmission times of the composite packets such that the flow of these packets is consistent with the type of flow of the cellular network associated with the output buffer. A multiplexing device transfers and aggregates elementary packets, stored in the input buffers, in the form of composite packets having the parameters determined by the flow regulator. A scheduling device for transmitting the composite packets by the transmission resources of the cellular network. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016467 | Representing Bandwidth Constraints in Partially Controlled Environments - Disclosed is a network element (NE) comprising a receiver configured to receive a path computation request, a path computation element (PCE) coupled to the receiver and configured to compute a group of network paths through a network of NEs operating in a network stratum in response to the path computation request, wherein each network path comprises one or more physical links, and compute at least one constraint for each physical link, and an abstraction module coupled to the PCE and configured to receive the computed network path set and constraints, compute one or more abstract links that describe the network path group, and compute a constraint for each abstract link based on the physical link constraints. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016468 | ADAPTIVE HYBRID WIRELESS AND WIRED PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - A hybrid wired and wireless architecture for a process control system is disclosed that includes hierarchical adaptability and optimization capabilities. The system is arranged in three tiers, the first including a number of wireless end devices exchanging packets of data and/or instructions with the distributed control system, where each wireless end device is associated with one or more meters, remote terminal units, diagnostic devices, pumps, valves, sensors, or tank level measuring devices. The second tier includes a plurality of wireless routers, each including a memory that stores a routing table and a processor that routes packets. The third tier includes a master wireless gateway device operably connected to receive packets from and transmit packets to the distributed control system. The processor of each of the wireless routers routes packets across the tiers between the end devices and the wireless gateway devices based on the stored routing table. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016469 | DETERMINISTIC DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CODING - A network and a communication method are described. The network comprises: source nodes, receiver nodes, and coding nodes. The coding nodes are connected with input links for communication of input signals to the coding nodes and output links for communication of output signals from the coding nodes. The output signals are a linear combination of the input signals. The coefficients of the linear combination are deterministically chosen based on local information available locally at the coding node. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016470 | METHOD FOR TRAFFIC LOAD BALANCING - A method for balancing traffic load is disclosed. The method comprises: monitoring, by a stacking device in a distribution layer, traffic in an aggregation link between the stacking device and a core layer; when a traffic unbalance is monitored in the aggregation link, finding by said stacking device a data flow which causes said traffic unbalance from data flows transferred over the aggregation link; and determining by said stacking device an incoming interface through which the found data flow enters said stacking device, reallocating a new MAC address to the incoming interface, and sending the new MAC address allocated to the incoming interface to a terminal server, so as to enable said traffic unbalance to transit to traffic balance by way of said terminal server sending a data flow with the new MAC address as the destination MAC address. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016471 | LOAD BALANCING MECHANISM FOR SERVICE DISCOVERY MECHANISM IN STRUCTURED PEER-TO-PEER OVERLAY NETWORKS AND METHOD - An overlay network, node and application for load balanced service discovery. The application includes the steps of implementing the service discovery mechanism in the DHT P2P overlay network for finding a peer ( | 01-16-2014 |
20140016472 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN A NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for controlling traffic congestion in a network, the network comprising a plurality of nodes including a source node, intermediary nodes and a destination node. In one embodiment, this can be accomplished by collecting network topology information and various parameters from each nodes in the network, storing the collected information and parameters in a database, computing network statistics from at least one of the contemplated collected information thereby reflecting the probabilities of changing modulation at a specific state, computing optimal parameters of specific congestion mitigation mechanisms associated with the plurality of nodes and configuring each node's specific congestion mitigation mechanism, wherein for each mechanism the method calculates the optimal parameter configuration per node. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016473 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING BANDWIDTH FOR A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for performing traffic engineering, e.g., allocating bandwidth, on a wireless access network are disclosed. For example, the method determines a number of subscriber stations (SSs) that a Base Station (BS) is capable of supporting in accordance with at least one performance objective for voice traffic, wherein the at least one performance objective for voice traffic comprises a type of codec. The method then allocates bandwidth by the base station in accordance with the number of subscriber stations that the base station is capable of supporting. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022900 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INDICATING A LEVEL OF RAN CONGESTION FOR USER PLANE TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving by a first network element a data packet associated with a subscriber. The method further includes determining a level of radio congestion currently experienced by the subscriber and encapsulating the data packet in accordance with a first protocol, the encapsulating comprising adding a header to the data packet, the header including an extension header that includes a congestion level indicator (“CLI”) indicative of the determined level of radio congestion. The encapsulated data packet is forwarded to a second network element. The extension header further includes an indication of whether the radio congestion currently experienced by the subscriber is in an uplink direction or a downlink direction. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022901 | SMART PAUSE FOR DISTRIBUTED SWITCH FABRIC SYSTEM - Techniques for improving the performance of flow control mechanisms such as Pause are provided. The techniques provide for maintaining a fair distribution of available bandwidth while also allowing for fewer packet drops, and maximizing link utilization, in a distributed system. For example, in one embodiment, techniques are provided for achieving a fair share allocation of an egress port's bandwidth across a plurality of ingress ports contending for the same egress port. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022902 | COUNTER BASED FAIRNESS SCHEDULING FOR QoS QUEUES TO PREVENT STARVATION - Systems and methods are disclosed to communicate data between wireless access point with one or more low priority queues; one or more high priority queues; a quality of service (QoS) queue coupled to the low and high priority queues; a fairness counter; and a buffer coupled to the fairness counter and the QoS queue to map buffer mapping to the QoS queue when the fairness counter expires, the method including performing an association request for fairness scheduling; and injecting a low priority packet in a transmit opportunity of the high priority queue. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022903 | PACKET SWITCH, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD - A packet switch includes an ingress unit configured to divide packet data into a plurality of segments, and allocate each of segments to any one of a plurality of links, a switching fabric unit configured to include a plurality of switches, each of switches switching the segments to the links in accordance with destinations of the segments, respectively, and an egress unit configured to receive the segments, and reconstruct the segments in the packet data, wherein the ingress unit transmits the segments to the links on which no back pressure signal is transferred and another link on which the back pressure signal is transferred and on which the segment have not been transmitted in specific period, based on a back pressure signal supplied from each of switches and a transmission flag indicating whether or not the segment have been transmitted to the links. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND MANAGING USER PLANE CONGESTION - A method and apparatus for managing user plane congestion in a network are disclosed. A method performed by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for user plane congestion in a network includes receiving an indication from the network that user plane congestion exists in the network, transmitting a request for the network to provide a lower Quality of Service (QoS) level for a particular service based on the indication, and observing a decrease in user plane QoS based on the transmitted request. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED UPLINK MULTIPLEXING - A method, and apparatus for multiplexing are disclosed. Data is received over a plurality of logical channels. Data from the plurality of logical channels is multiplexed into a medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) based on a priority associated with each of the plurality of the logical channels. The MAC PDU is transmitted over an uplink transport channel | 01-23-2014 |
20140022906 | SELECTIVE TOPOLOGY ROUTING FOR DISTRIBUTED DATA COLLECTION - In one embodiment, a device, such as a network management server, determines a traffic matrix of a mesh network, where the traffic matrix indicates an amount of traffic per type of traffic transitioning between the mesh network and a global computer network via one or more current root devices. One or more optimized root devices may then be selected for corresponding directed acyclic graphs (DAGs) based on the amount of traffic and type of traffic. As such, a DAG formation request may be transmitted to the selected root devices, carrying a characteristic for a corresponding DAG to form by the respective selected root devices that indicates which one or more types of traffic correspond to the corresponding DAG. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022907 | ARCHITECTURAL MODEL FOR LTE (LONG TERM EVOLUTION) EPC (EVOLVED PACKET CORE) DEPLOYMENT - A new deployment model enables a seamless migration to LTE (long term evolution)/EPC (Evolved packet core). In addition, an intelligent edge gateway (IEG) supports future distributed architecture and a converged network for service providers. Specifically, the model supports existing data services (e.g. UMTS) and the delivery of LTE services does not affect the existing data services. Moreover, a distributed architecture is employed, such that, local traffic is optimally routed at the edge and backhaul is minimized The system can also provide support for enhanced Femto cell 3GPP access to a home network. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029423 | Methods And Apparatuses For Automating Return Traffic Redirection To A Service Appliance By Injecting Traffic Interception/Redirection Rules Into Network Nodes - Methods and apparatuses for automating return traffic redirection to a service appliance by injecting forwarding policies in a packet-forwarding element are disclosed herein. An example method for automating return traffic redirection can include: establishing a communication channel between a service appliance and a packet-forwarding element; and transmitting an out-of-band message over the communication channel to the packet-forwarding element. The message can include a forwarding policy that requests the packet-forwarding element to forward predetermined packets to the service appliance. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029424 | Higher Layer Compression with Lower Layer Signaling - Methods and devices for reducing traffic over a wireless link through the compression or suppression of high layer packets carrying predictable background data prior to transportation over a wireless link. The methods include intercepting application layer protocol packets carrying the predictable background data. In embodiments where the background data is periodic in nature, the high layer packets may be compressed into low-layer signaling indicators for communication over a low-layer control channel (e.g., an on off keying (OOK) channel). Alternatively, the high layer packets may be suppressed entirely (not transported over the wireless link) when a receiver side daemon is configured to autonomously replicate the periodic background nature according to a projected interval. In other embodiments, compression techniques may be used to reduce overhead attributable to non-periodic background data that is predictable in context. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029425 | Method And Apparatus For Inter-Carrier Load Balancing - Various methods and devices are provided to address the need for improved inter-carrier load balancing. In one method, network equipment determines ( | 01-30-2014 |
20140029426 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION BAND - A transmission apparatus includes: a frame transmitter configured to receive an asynchronous first frame transmitted via a first transmission network and arrange the received first frame to a second frame to transmit the arranged second frame to a second transmission network; a congestion detector configured to detect congestion that has occurred in an asynchronous transmission apparatus that receives the first frame via the first transmission network; and a band controller configured to control a transmission band of a path so as to reduce the transmission band of a path on the second transmission network corresponding to a path on which the congestion has occurred. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029427 | METHOD FOR OPERATING AN OPENFLOW SWITCH WITHIN A NETWORK, AN OPENFLOW SWITCH AND A NETWORK - For allowing a very flexible scheduling of data flows within an OpenFlow (OF) switch a method for operating an OpenFlow switch within a network includes using the OpenFlow switch to direct arriving data flows out of different ports of the OpenFlow switch. The method is characterized in that a scheduling mechanism for performing at least one scheduling task is assigned to the OpenFlow switch, wherein a metric will be used to assign weights to the arriving data flows and wherein the data flows will then be scheduled based on the assigned weights and based on a scheduling policy. Further, a corresponding OpenFlow switch and a corresponding network are described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029428 | Method and a system for transmitting pilot - The disclosure discloses a method for transmitting a pilot, which includes the step of: selectively transmitting or not transmitting a demodulation pilot in a subframe according to a setting, in a control signaling, of triggering or not triggering a demodulation pilot transmission in the subframe. A system for transmitting the pilot is further disclosed, which includes a pilot selectively transmitting unit configured to selectively transmit or not transmit a demodulation pilot in a subframe according to a setting, in a control signaling, of triggering or not triggering a demodulation pilot transmission in the subframe. The method and system of the disclosure are capable of reducing the pilot overhead and improving the capacity of the LTE/LTE-Advanced system. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029429 | ADAPTIVE LOAD BALANCING - Methods and systems for performing load balancing within an Ethernet network are provided. According to one embodiment, a set of paths is maintained by a first component of multiple components coupled in communication with a network. Each path is a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and the first component and a second component of the multiple components are connected through each path. A packet destined for the second component is received by the first component. On a packet-by-packet basis or on a per flow basis, the first component dynamically selects a particular path of the multiple of paths by selecting a virtual network of the set of virtual networks for transporting the received packet that tends to balance traffic load across the set of virtual networks. The first component causes the received packet to be transported through the network to the second component via the particular path. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029430 | WAVEFRONT DETECTION AND DISAMBIGUATION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENTS - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029431 | CONCEPT FOR LOAD BALANCING IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A concept for balancing a load in a mobile communication network, comprising receiving | 01-30-2014 |
20140036674 | SPLIT TRANSPORT CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) FLOW CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN A CELLULAR BROADBAND NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for split transport control protocol (TCP) flow control management in a cellular broadband network. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for split TCP flow control management in a cellular broadband network is provided. The method includes first determining a context for a packet received as part of a data flow in a base station of a cellular broadband network and then selecting either an end-to-end TCP connection or a split TCP connection to support the data flow. Thereafter, the data flow is routed using the selected connection. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036675 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIRTUAL ETHERNET INTERFACE BINDING - A method and network device (e.g., a switch) is described for assigning virtual Ethernet bindings. The method may comprise accessing the network device to obtain information related to hardware (e.g., switching hardware) of the network device. Thereafter, an uplink binding from a plurality of physical uplinks is selected based on the information. A virtual network interface of a virtual machine is then mapped to the selected uplink binding. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036676 | Maintaining MBMS Continuity - Methods and systems for managing Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) service continuity include, with a source node in a communication system, providing an MBMS, processing an event that indicates that a User Equipment (UE) being serviced by the source node is to be transferred to one of a number of candidate nodes, receiving a congestion bit from each of the candidate nodes, and providing data to the UE that causes the UE to be serviced by a target node selected from the candidate nodes based at least in part on values of the congestion bits from each of the candidate nodes. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036677 | LOAD BALANCING FOR DEVICES WITHIN A NETWORK - A first device is configured to receive an instruction from a second device, identify network demand associated with the instruction, identify a third device associated with the instruction, send a first load query to the third device, and receive a first load response from the third device. The first load response may identify network capacity associated with the third device and may indicate that the third device is under-loaded, overloaded, or substantially overloaded. The first device is further configured to send a first portion of data, associated with the instruction from the second device, to the third device based on the network capacity indicating that the third device is under-loaded, and send a second portion of data, associated with the instruction from the second device, to a fourth device based on the network capacity indicating that the third device is under-loaded. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036678 | Load Balancing Method and Related Wireless Communication Device - A load balancing method for a wireless communication device includes checking a total loading of the wireless communication device, wherein the total loading comprises a first loading of an omni antenna and a second loading of a directional antenna; and adjusting transmission power of the wireless communication device according to the total loading of the wireless communication device and information sent by at least one neighbor wireless communication device, in order to perform load balancing. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036679 | METHOD TO DROP PACKETS SELECTIVELY IN PACKET DATA NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives information from a network for discarding a data packet, identifies a data packet to be transmitted, determines whether the identified data packet is associated with at least one packet filter of a traffic flow template (TFT), and discards the identified data packet based on whether the identified data packet is associated with the at least one packet filter of the TFT. In an aspect, the apparatus identifies a data packet to be transmitted, determines whether the data packet is associated with at least one packet filter of the TFT, deactivates a link flow associated with the data packet based on whether the data packet is associated with the at least one packet filter of the TFT, and provides information to a device to discard the data packet associated with the deactivated link flow. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036680 | Method to Allocate Packet Buffers in a Packet Transferring System - A method comprising receiving a credit status from a second node comprising a plurality of credits used to manage the plurality of allocations of storage space in a buffer of the second node, wherein each of the plurality of allocations are dedicated to a different packet type, instructing the second node to use the credit dedicated to a second priority packet type for storing a first priority packet type, wherein the first priority is higher than the second priority, and wherein the credit status reflects the credits for the first priority packet type having reached a minimum value, and transmitting the first priority packet to the second node. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036681 | TRAFFIC GENERATOR WITH PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL - Traffic generators, methods, and computer readable storage media for testing a network are disclosed. A scheduler may determine a sequence of packets to be transmitted, each packet in the sequence of packets belonging to one of a plurality of flow control groups. A packet generator may generate packets in the determined sequence and output completed packets for transmission over a network under test. The packet generator may include a first processing engine and a last processing engine configured as a pipeline to perform respective sequential stages of a packet generation process, and a first bank of first-in-first-out (FIFO) queues including a plurality of FIFO queues corresponding to the plurality of flow control groups. The first processing engine may store first packet forming data associated with each flow control group in the corresponding FIFO queue of the first bank of FIFO queues. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036682 | Load Balancing Based on TRILL - A method for load balancing based on Transparent Interconnection of Lots of Links (TRILL) is provided. Said method comprises: acquiring, by a routing bridge (RB), all current medium access control (MAC) addresses within each virtual local area network (VLAN) on a link where the RB is located. And if said RB is selected as a designated routing bridge (DRB), said RB distributes all the current MAC addresses acquired within each VLAN between said RB and other RBs on the same link according to a preset distribution rule, and notifies said other RBs to be responsible for forwarding of messages having a specified MAC address and VLAN, wherein said MAC addresses are the MAC addresses of the host devices on the link where said RB is located. If said RB is a common RB, said RB receives a notification sent by a DRB and learns that it is responsible for forwarding of messages having a MAC address and VLAN specified in said notification; and upon receiving a message sent by a host device, said RB determines whether said message is a message it is responsible for forwarding according to the VLAN and the MAC address of the host device carried by the message; if yes, said RB forwards said message; and if no, said RB discards said message. | 02-06-2014 |
20140043975 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RATE ADAPTATION OF QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED APPLICATION - A method, system, and computer program product for identifying network congestion in a communication system. A connection manager identifies a number of packet delay times of a plurality of data packets within the communication system; determines whether the at least one packet delay time meets a threshold; and responsive to the at least one packet delay time meeting the threshold, adjusts a congestion indicator. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043976 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CREATING AND FOR RECEIVING A DATA PACKET WITH DISCARD ELIGIBLE INFORMATION - Aspects of the present disclosure relates to a method and a device for creating a data packet with discard eligible information and to a method and device for receiving a data packet with discard eligible information. Specifically, one aspect of the present disclosure provides a method for creating a data packet, containing a data payload and at least one label determining onward routing for the data packet, for onward transmission in a data communication system, a machine readable medium for implementing the method, and a corresponding device. In a first step a discard eligibility associated with the data packet is determined. In a second step, discard eligible information is encoded in a label determining onward routing for the data packet. In a third step an outgoing data packet including the label is generated. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043977 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - The disclosed embodiments include a computer implemented method for managing network communications. In one embodiment, the method includes gathering, using performance information packet (PIP) data packets, network performance information from a communications network that includes network performance information from a set of egress points between the communications network and an outside network. The method selects a network connection including an egress point and an egress packet path within the communications network to the egress point offering the best quality of service between the communications network and an outside network based on the network performance information. The method then establishes the network connection between the communications network and the outside network for routing communications. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050091 | LOAD BALANCING OVERLAY NETWORK TRAFFIC USING A TEAMED SET OF NETWORK INTERFACE CARDS - A system includes a server including: logic adapted for receiving traffic from a virtual machine (VM), the traffic including at least one packet, logic adapted for hashing at least a portion of the at least one packet according to a hashing algorithm to obtain a hash value, and logic adapted for selecting an uplink based on the hash value; at least one accelerated network interface card (NIC), each accelerated NIC including: network ports including multiple Peripheral Component Interconnect express (PCIe) ports adapted for communicating with the server and a network, each network port including an uplink, logic adapted for encapsulating the at least one packet into an overlay-encapsulated packet, logic adapted for storing a media access control (MAC) address corresponding to the selected uplink as a source MAC (SMAC) address in an outer header of the overlay-encapsulated packet, and logic adapted for sending the overlay-encapsulated packet via the selected uplink. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050092 | LOAD SHARING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A load sharing method includes: receiving, by a second provider edge PE device, a multi-chassis MC negotiation synchronization frame sent by a first PE device, where the MC negotiation synchronization frame carries information used to indicate a first virtual local area network VLAN; determining, by the second PE device, an active/standby state of the second PE device according to the information used to indicate a first VLAN, where the active/standby state of the second PE device corresponds to the first VLAN; and sending, by the second PE device, the active/standby state of the second PE device to a customer edge CE device, so that the CE device forwards a frame of the first VLAN according to the active/standby state of the second PE device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050093 | Coexistence Support For Multi-Channel Wireless Communications - Systems and techniques relating to wireless communications are described. A described technique includes monitoring a group of wireless channels that are useable by at least a first wireless communication device for wireless communications, receiving one or more beacon signals from one or more second wireless communication devices, identifying, within the group of wireless channels, one or more primary channels on which the one or more beacon signals are received, estimating a traffic load for the one or more identified primary channels, determining, based on the estimated traffic load, whether to use as a primary channel for the first wireless communication device, a channel of the one or more identified primary channels or a channel of the group of wireless channels that is separate from the one or more identified primary channels; and selecting the primary channel for the first wireless communication device based on a result of the determining. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056140 | TERMINATED TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL TUNNEL - A method, a multiprotocol offload engine, and a set of instructions are disclosed. A local area network interface 150 may receive a transmission control protocol data transmission from a source local area network device. A processor 110 may encapsulate the transmission control protocol data transmission in a negative acknowledgement oriented reliable multicast data transmission. A wide area network interface 160 may transmit the negative acknowledgement oriented reliable multicast data transmission over the wide area network 260. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056141 | PROCESSING SYSTEM USING VIRTUAL NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER ADDRESSING AS FLOW CONTROL METADATA - In a processing system comprising a plurality of processing nodes coupled via a switching fabric, a method includes implementing a flow control property for a data flow in the switching fabric based on an addressing property of an address of a virtual network interface controller associated with the data flow. A switching fabric includes a plurality of ports, each port coupleable to a corresponding processing node, and switching logic coupled to the plurality of ports. The switching fabric further includes flow control logic to implement a flow control property for a data flow in the switching logic based on an addressing property of an address of a virtual network interface controller associated with the data flow. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056142 | Congestion Control for Multi Flow Data Communication - In a multi flow HSDPA system comprising a RNC ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140056143 | Systems and Methods for Measuring Available Bandwidth in Mobile Telecommunications Networks - A network device receives probe packets communicated by a user equipment device. The network device communicates response packets back to the user equipment device, including timestamps, and/or other information. The user equipment device may be configured to test the performance of different portions of a wireless network (i.e., determine an available bandwidth measurement throughput (ABMT) of the wireless network) by accessing different network devices (or information associated with different network devices). | 02-27-2014 |
20140056144 | NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT USING STREAM-SPECIFIC QoS BITS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for managing network communications. A traffic manager module configured to serve as a proxy between a plurality of client devices and a network service may receive a plurality of messages for the network service. Each message may be associated with at least one QoS parameter. The traffic manager module may transmit the plurality of messages to the network service over a connection between the traffic manager module and the network service. The QoS of the connection between the traffic manager module and the network service may be dynamically altered during the transmission of a first message of the plurality of messages based on the at least one QoS parameter associated with the first message. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056145 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE RATE MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods, apparatus, and computer readable media may adjust an encoding rate based on network conditions between a transmitter and a receiver. Either the transmitter, receiver, or both the transmitter and receiver may determine the encoding rate. In one aspect, a ratio of received network data to transmitted network data is determined. An encoding parameter is then determined based on the determined ratio. In one aspect, the encoding parameter may be used to adjust an encoder. In another aspect, the determined encoding parameter may be transmitted to an encoding or transmitting node. In another aspect, an amount of data buffered in a network is determined. A sustainable throughput of the network is also determined. A transmission rate is then determined based on the sustainable throughput and the amount of data buffered. An encoding parameter is then adjusted based on the transmission rate. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056146 | STATELESS LOAD BALANCER IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM FOR TRANSPARENT PROCESSING WITH PACKET PRESERVATION - Stateless load balancing of network packets within a system avoids detection by a network client or end user for deep packet inspection or other bump-in-the-wire applications. At least one header field of a received packet is used in generating a hash value. The hash value is used to identify a processing resource within the system for processing the received packet. Before being sent to the identified resource, the received packet is encapsulated with a new header that includes an indication of ingress port. The encapsulation does not modify the original packet. On a return path from the identified processing resource, the ingress port is determined from the encapsulated packet, the encapsulated packet is decapsulated to obtain a recovered packet that is identical to the received packet, and the recovered packet is forwarded to the network through an egress port as determined from the recovered ingress port. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056147 | MANAGEABILITY TOOLS FOR LOSSLESS NETWORKS - Manageability tools are provided for allowing an administrator to have better control over switches in a lossless network of switches. These tools provide the ability to detect slow drain and congestion bottlenecks, detect stuck virtual channels and loss of credits, while hold times on edge ASICs to be different from hold times on core ASICs, and mitigate severe latency bottlenecks. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056148 | System and Method for Detecting Rogue Traffic Using Flow Statistics with a List of Authorized Engines - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for determining rogue traffic using flow statistics and a list of authorized media engines. A system configured according to this disclosure receives data associated with a group of packets in a media queue, such as the source network address where the packets originated, the destination network address for the packets, and an indication of an associated queue for the packets. The system then verifies the data received by comparing the source network address to a list of network addresses of known media engines. The system further verifies that the indication of an associated queue for the packets is correct for the packets. Should the system detect failure in the verification of known media engines or the verification of indication of associated queues, the system generates a notification. | 02-27-2014 |
20140064080 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR STAGED TRAFFIC CLASSIFICATION AMONG TERMINAL AND AGGREGATION NODES OF A BROADBAND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system architecture and methods for data traffic flow classification are provided. An initial traffic class is assigned to a data flow as a current traffic classification, where the initial traffic class is based static traffic classification method(s) applied with respect to an initial packet of the data flow. A predetermined number of further packets of the data flow, subsequent to the initial packet, are analyzed based on predetermined factor(s), and a traffic class based on the analysis of the further packets is determined. The traffic class based on the analysis of the further packets is assigned as the current traffic classification of the data flow. Data indicating a traffic class for the data flow (based on a dynamic traffic classification method) is received, and the traffic class based on the dynamic traffic classification method is assigned as the current traffic classification of the data flow. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064081 | MULTICAST REPLICATION SKIP - In one implementation, the volumes of the queues in a network device are monitored to identify ports that are congested or near congestion. In another implementation, an auxiliary queue or counter is used to measure the long term congestion or predict future congestion. The auxiliary queue includes a counter that tracks the occupancy of the queue through a service rate that is less than the service rate of the queue. The service rate of the queue may be the data rate at which data leaves the queue. The service rate of the counter or auxiliary queue may be the speed at which the value of the counter changes. Forced packet dropping may be applied to packets destined to queues associated with a counter that exceeds a threshold. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064082 | CONGESTION MITIGATION AND AVOIDANCE - In one embodiment, a method is provided for congestion mitigation. In this method, a congestion level of data flows along a path is monitored relative to a threshold. Here, each data flow is associated with a flow identifier. Based on detection that the congestion level exceeds the threshold, the flow identifier of a number (e.g., one or more) of the data flows is changed to a different flow identifier. This change results in the number of the data flows redirected to a different path. In an alternate embodiment, another method is provided for congestion avoidance. In this method, a data flow transmitted along a single path is received, and the data flow is split into multiple micro data flows. A different flow identifier is then assigned to each micro data flow. This change results in the multiple micro data flows distributed along multiple different paths. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064083 | LOAD DISTRIBUTION IN A NETWORK OF SMALL-CELL BASE STATIONS - A network device may make a determination that a first backhaul connection, which serves a first base station, is congested and that a second backhaul connection, which serves a second base station, is not congested. This determination may be made based on a first periodic data cap imposed (on the first backhaul connection, a traffic load on the first backhaul connection, a second periodic data cap imposed on the second backhaul connection, and a traffic load on the second backhaul connection. In response to the determination, the network device may configure a value of a cellular communication parameter utilized by one or both of the base stations. The configuration may comprise periodic adjustments of the value of the cellular communication parameter. The periodic adjustments may cause one or more mobile devices to be cyclically handed-over between the first base station and the second base station. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064084 | DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTMENT TO QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED ON PREDICTED TRAFFIC ACTIVITY ON A LINK - In an embodiment, an apparatus predicts traffic usage in uplink and downlink directions of a link that is configured to support a communication session for the client device. In an example, the predictions can be based upon a call state parameter (e.g., if the client device is a non-floorholder or is muted the client device is unlikely to send much traffic in the uplink direction, etc.). The apparatus initiates, in association with the communication session, (i) an uplink-specific QoS adjustment to a first level of Quality of Service (QoS) assigned to the uplink direction of the link based on the predicted traffic usage in the uplink direction, and/or (ii) a downlink-specific QoS adjustment to a second level of QoS assigned to the downlink direction of the link based on the predicted traffic usage in the downlink direction. The apparatus can correspond to the client device or alternatively to a server. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064085 | COMMUNICATION NODE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication node that is capable of preventing a packet collision from occurring is provided. In a wireless network that connects a plurality of communication nodes in a multi-hop fashion, the communication node selects a high-communication-quality frequency to be used for transmission, sets frequency information in a channel assignment information part of a packet, and transmits the packet to a communication node that is a next hop destination. The communication node may recognize the frequency used for each hop from the frequency information set in the channel assignment information part of the received packet. Recognizing the frequency used for each hop, the apparatus may prevent the use of a frequency that could cause a hidden-terminal problem. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064086 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - The disclosed embodiments include a computer-implemented method for controlling network communications. In one embodiment, the method executes instructions, using a processor, to perform operations comprising: communicating with a first set of network communications devices of a first packet network; receiving and storing in memory network performance information associated with the first set of network communications devices; initiating routines on a second set of network communications devices of a second packet network of a second communications carrier for determining network performance information associated with the second packet network; storing the network performance information associated with the second set of network communications devices; determining an operational status of a network node within the second packet network based on the stored network performance information; and controlling network communications of data packets over node segments of the first packet network and the second packet network based on the stored network performance information. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064087 | ASSIGNING IDENTIFIERS TO MOBILE DEVICES ACCORDING TO THEIR DATA SERVICE REQUIREMENTS - A network fabric includes a mobile device associated with a service type and a server including a processor and memory storing program code for assigning identifiers to mobile devices in accordance with an identifier assignment policy. The processor, in response to executing the program code stored in the memory, associates a service type with the mobile device, maps the service type to an identifier predetermined to cause frames bearing the identifier to receive a particular frame-forwarding treatment within the network fabric, assigns the identifier to the mobile device based on the service type of the mobile device, and sends the identifier to the mobile device for inclusion in frames transmitted by the mobile device. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064088 | System and Method for Increasing Input/Output Speeds in a Network Switch - A system and method for increasing input/output speeds in a network switch. A physical layer device is provided that includes a physical coding sublayer that insert data flow identifiers to data flows that are provided to a gearbox. In one embodiment, the gearbox is a 5 to 2 gearbox that can transport various combinations of 10G/40G data flows over a narrower interface to a second physical layer device having an inverse gearbox. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064089 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LINK LOAD BALANCING ON A MULTI-CORE DEVICE - Systems and methods are described for link load balancing, by a multi-core intermediary device, a plurality of Internet links. The method may include load balancing, by a multi-core device intermediary to a plurality of devices and a plurality of Internet links, network traffic across the plurality of Internet links. The multi-core device providing persistence of network traffic to a selected Internet link based on a persistence type. A first core of the multi-core device receives, a packet to be transmitted via an Internet link to be selected from the plurality of Internet links. The first core sends to a second core of the multi-core device a request for persistence information responsive to identifying that the second core is an owner core of a session for persistence based on the persistence type. The first core receives the persistence information from the second core and determines to transmit the packet to the Internet link previously selected based on the persistence information received from the second core. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071824 | SERIAL CLUSTERING - Serial clustering uses two or more network devices connected in series via a local and/or wide-area network to provide additional capacity when network traffic exceeds the processing capabilities of a single network device. When a first network device reaches its capacity limit, any excess network traffic beyond that limit is passed through the first network device unchanged. A network device connected in series with the first network device intercepts and will process the excess network traffic provided that it has sufficient processing capacity. Additional network devices can process remaining network traffic in a similar manner until all of the excess network traffic has been processed or until there are no more additional network devices. Network devices may use rules to determine how to handle network traffic. Rules may be based on the attributes of received network packets, attributes of the network device, or attributes of the network. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078903 | Real Time and High Resolution Buffer Occupancy Monitoring and Recording - Presented herein are techniques for detection and characterization of buffer occupancy of a buffer in a network device. Packets are received at a network device. The packets are stored in a buffer of the network device as they are processed by the network device. An occupancy level of the buffer is sampled at a sampling rate. Occupancy levels of the buffer over time are determined from the sampling, and traffic flow through the network device is characterized based on the occupancy levels. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING IP NETWORK LOAD - A method for adjusting an IP network load, includes: receiving an IP packet flow; and adjusting a forwarding path of an IP packet according to a load status of an IP network, and sending the IP packet, where network devices of the IP network are interconnected to form a multi-stage CLOS topology structure. According to the method, the forwarding path of the network load may be adaptively adjusted according to the dynamic load status of the network, so as to achieve dynamic load balancing of the entire network; through the dynamic load balancing, possible congestion in the network is better eliminated, thereby improving quality of service; unavoidable design for a light load caused by an actuality of an unbalanced network load is avoided, thereby enabling the network to be designed for a heavy load and increasing a utilization rate of network capacity. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086050 | DATA SERVICE LEVEL UPLINK DATA FLOW CONTROL - A method and a mobile device for limiting uplink transmission for user data at the data service level are provided. At least one least one characteristic related to uplink transmission is monitored and uplink transmission for user data is limited at the data service level based at least in part on the at least one characteristic. Battery power can potentially be saved by limiting uplink transmission for user data at the data service level when uplink transmission is unlikely to be successful. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086051 | FENCING OFF SWITCH DOMAINS - Techniques are disclosed to reduce crossover between traffic from switch elements of different switch domains in a distributed switch. Addition of a first switch element to the distributed switch is detected. The distributed switch includes multiple switch elements at least subsequent to the addition, and each switch element has a switch element identifier and a fabric identifier. The respective fabric identifiers of the first switch element and of a second switch element are retrieved. The second switch element is communicably connected to the first switch element via a link, and the link is configured to allow only command traffic to be transmitted via the link. Upon a determination that the fabric identifier of the first switch element does not match the fabric identifier of the second switch element, then no command is issued specifying to reconfigure the link to allow at least one additional traffic type, different from command traffic. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086052 | CONGESTION CONTROL FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS (RAN) - Systems and methods are disclosed for controlling congestion in a Radio Access Network (RAN). One embodiment comprises a charging system of a network. The charging system receives a traffic report for a RAN indicating a congestion condition in an area of the RAN. The charging system then identifies a subscriber in the area of the RAN, identifies a service plan for the subscriber, and generates modified rules that deviate from predefined rules in the service plan of the subscriber in response to the congestion condition. The charging system then provides the modified rules to a network entity, such as a Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), that performs policy and charging control for a service requested by the subscriber. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086053 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A method for controlling an information processing apparatus including a CPU that executes an application relevant to communication other than baseband processing, the method including controlling a variation in an operating frequency of the CPU, determining, using a processor, whether an amount of traffic per unit time of a wireless link changes after the variation in the operating frequency, and setting an operating frequency of the CPU based on a result of the determining whether an amount of traffic per unit time changes. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086054 | MITIGATING THE EFFECTS OF CONGESTED INTERFACES ON A FABRIC - Techniques are provided for mitigating the effects of slow or no drain devices on a fabric. One or more of the described embodiments can be used alone or in combination to address problems associated with inter-switch link blocking and to address the situation where flows which are not associated with slow/no drain devices suffer the negative impacts of slow or no drain devices on a fabric. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086055 | LOAD BALANCING TRAFFIC IN A MPLS NETWORK - A method and system for managing traffic in a network. Label switch paths are identified. Each label switch path begins at a first provider edge and ends at a second provider edge. For each label switch path, logical paths are identified. Most recent data received from the first provider edge is transmitted to the second provider edge via a selected logical path. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086056 | SELECTIVE INTERNET PRIORITY SERVICE - An Internet Priority Service (IPS) provides to authorized users priority access to communication over the Internet during emergencies. Transmission of data packets from an authorized user that accesses the IPS are given priority for transmission over the Internet. The level of priority given to a data packet depends on the type of application associated with the data packet. Each user or group of users may also be given a respective IPS level of priority. Furthermore, for a particular authorized user, access to the IPS may be limited to a specific number of application types, which for example do not have high bandwidth requirements. Assigning different priority levels as a function of application type and user or group of users, and limiting IPS access to specific application types allows efficient methods of emergency communication to be implemented over the Internet during emergencies. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086057 | UPLINK CONGESTION DETECTION AND CONTROL BETWEEN NODES IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - Congestion in a radio access network (RAN) associated with transporting uplink information originating from one or more mobile terminals is detected. That detected RAN congestion is reduced using any suitable technique (several examples are described) and may be implemented in one or more nodes in the RAN. One advantageous (but non-limiting) application is to a RAN that supports high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA) and/or one or more enhanced uplink dedicated channels (E-DCHs). | 03-27-2014 |
20140092738 | MAINTAINING LOAD BALANCING AFTER SERVICE APPLICATION WITH A NETWOK DEVICE - In general, techniques are described for maintaining load balancing after service application. A network device comprising ingress and egress forwarding components and a service card may implement the techniques. An ingress forwarding component receives a packet and, in response to a determination that the service is to be applied to the packet, updates the packet to include an ingress identifier that identifies the ingress forwarding component, thereafter transmitting the updated packet to the service card. The service card applies the service to the updated packet to generate a serviced packet and transmits the serviced packet to the ingress forwarding component identified by the ingress identifier so as to maintain load balancing of packet flows across the plurality of forwarding components. The ingress forwarding component determines a next hop to which to forward the serviced packet and the egress forwarding component forwards the serviced packet to the determined next hop. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092739 | FLOW FILTER MAPPING SCHEME WITH PCC FLOW-DIRECTION AVP - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a policy and charging rules node (PCRN) device for implementing a PCC procedure with SDF inputs, the method including: receiving a PCC request with a SDF input; determining if the PCC request is from a user equipment (UE); mapping flow direction information from the SDF input request into a unified flow-direction record stored in the PCRN; generating PCC, ADC, and/or QoS rules based upon the unified flow-direction record; determining if flow direction is defined on an output interface; mapping the unified flow-direction record into a flow-information AVP associated with the generated PCC, ADC, and/or QoS rules. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092740 | ADAPTIVE PACKET DEFLECTION TO ACHIEVE FAIR, LOW-COST, AND/OR ENERGY-EFFICIENT QUALITY OF SERVICE IN NETWORK ON CHIP DEVICES - Methods and apparatus for provision of adaptive packet deflection to achieve fair, low-cost, and/or energy-efficient Quality of Service (QoS) in Network-on-Chip (NoC) devices are described. In some embodiments, it is determined whether a target port of a packet has reached a threshold utilization value and the packet is routed to an alternate port in response to a deflection probability value that is to be determined based on a utilization value of the target port and a priority level value of the packet. Other embodiments are also claimed and/or disclosed. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092741 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TCP MAPPER - A system for congestion control of traffic in a network that uses Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) includes a plurality of TCP congestion control programs having one or more parameters, a plurality of TCP congestion control units running the TCP congestion control programs, and a TCP mapper adapted to map incoming TCP traffic flow from a plurality of incoming TCP traffic flows to the TCP congestion control units based on at least one of (a) the type of application program from which the incoming TCP traffic flow originated (b) the type of network for which the incoming TCP traffic flow is destined, (c) parameters related to network performance (d) network constraints (e) source of the incoming TCP traffic flow, and (f) destination of the incoming TCP traffic flow. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092742 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD TO SUPPORT WLAN OFFLOADING - Embodiments of systems and techniques are described for supporting WLAN offloading. In some embodiments, a network management system (NMS) for WLAN offloading may include a network manager (NM); a first element manager (EM), coupled to the network manager, to communicate with the network manager and one or more WLANs; and a second EM, coupled to the NM, to communicate with the NM and one or more base stations of a cellular network. Coverage areas of at least one access point (AP) of the one or more WLANs are overlaid with at least one cell of the cellular network to support a WLAN offloading operation. Further, the NM is to activate the WLAN offloading operation based at least in part on at least one indicator received from the one or more WLANs. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092743 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POOL STARVATION IN A SHARED MEMORY SWITCH - A switch includes a reserved pool of buffers in a shared memory. The reserved pool of buffers is reserved for exclusive use by an egress port. The switch includes pool select logic which selects a free buffer from the reserved pool for storing data received from an ingress port to be forwarded to the egress port. The shared memory also includes a shared pool of buffers. The shared pool of buffers is shared by a plurality of egress ports. The pool select logic selects a free buffer in the shared pool upon detecting no free buffer in the reserved pool. The shared memory may also include a multicast pool of buffers. The multicast pool of buffers is shared by a plurality of egress ports. The pool select logic selects a free buffer in the multicast pool upon detecting an IP Multicast data packet received from an ingress port. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092744 | Dynamic Queuing and Pinning to Improve Quality of Service on Uplinks in a Virtualized Environment - At a network element having a plurality of physical links configured to communicate traffic over a network to or from the network element, an uplink group is formed comprising the plurality of physical links, wherein the plurality of physical links comprise a first physical link and a second physical link A plurality of classes of service are defined comprising a first class of service and a second class of service, wherein the first class of service and second class of service have bandwidth allocations on the first physical link. Traffic congestion is detected on the first physical link that exceeds a predetermined threshold for the first class of service. Traffic associated with one or more virtual machines associated with the first class of service on the first physical link is re-associated to the second physical link until the traffic congestion falls below the predetermined threshold. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098668 | TCP FLOW CONTROL OPTIMIZED FOR NETWORKS HAVING RADIO SEGMENTS - Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) may be optimized for a cellular network having a radio segment. A base station may include a radio interface to connect to one or more user equipment (UE) devices and a number of queues to buffer data, incoming to the base station, from one or more servers, over TCP sessions. One or more processors may: determine state information relating to a fullness level of the queues; and transmit the state information to the one or more servers for use by the one or more servers in performing flow control with respect to the TCP sessions. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098669 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCELERATING FORWARDING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A network element acting as a forwarding plane within a software-defined network to reduce negative effects of slow-path packet processing is described. The network element, upon receiving a first packet, determines whether it matches any flow entry within a set of flow tables. When the first packet does not match any flow entry of the set of flow tables, the network element performs a miss procedure including inserting at least a portion of the first packet into a packet miss table of the network element, which is accessed by a controller. The controller may access the packet miss table using a pull mechanism. The miss procedure may also include accessing a configurable default rule table of the network element, which includes rules enabling limited forwarding for those packets that do not match any entry of the set of flow tables. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098670 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING LOAD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for distributing a load of a base station in a wireless communication system supporting multi-carriers are provided. In the method, carriers are classified into a plurality of groups. A load of each of a plurality of cells corresponding to the plurality of groups, is determined. A cell load of each of the plurality of cells is compared with at least one threshold set in advance. When a cell load of a first cell has a value greater than the at least one threshold set in advance, a cell inside a group of the first cell or a cell inside a group different from the first cell is selected depending on the cell load of the first cell. A terminal of the first cell is allowed to perform a handover to the selected cell. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098671 | Intermediate Networking Devices - A wireless communication device comprising: one or more network modems enabling the wireless communication device to communicate over a first wireless network; one or more network modems enabling the wireless communication device to communicate with two or more end-point devices over a second wireless network; one or more processors configured to execute one or more instructions; and memory coupled to the one or more processors and configured to provide the one or more processors with the one or more instructions. The one or more instructions, when executed by the processors, cause processors to: establish a first connection between the wireless communication device and a first end-point device; establish a second connection between the wireless communication device and a second end-point device; apply a first control to traffic transmitted by or to the first end-point device; and apply a second control to traffic transmitted by or to the second end-point device. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105018 | Method And Apparatus Of Group Credit Control For Wireless Networks - Methods are provided for metering the usage, on a group of lines subject to a group user agreement, of the data processing capacity of a network. Implementations include steps of receiving usage reports from respective lines of the group at least when usage quotas granted to the lines are exhausted; maintaining a total, over the group, of usage that has been reported by the lines and of outstanding usage quotas that have been granted to the lines; and maintaining a comparison between the total outstanding group quota and a limit that depends on the total reported group usage, so as to detect violation events when said quota violates the limit. Upon occurrence of violation events, instructions for the processors serving respective lines to reallocate quota are sent selectively. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105019 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING SUSTAINABLE THROUGHPUT OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Sustainable average data throughput rates for data transfer between a sender and a receiver are determined for a network in a steady-state condition. Delivery performance for data transferred in non-steady-state conditions is disregarded in determining sustainable average data throughput rates. The rates may be used to adapt file delivery to network conditions. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105020 | FRAME TRANSFER APPARATUS AND FRAME TRANSFER METHOD - There is provided a frame transfer apparatus, which includes: a storage unit configured to store an address and a port in association with the address; a receiving unit configured to receive a frame; a switch unit configured to determine an output port based on a destination address of a received frame; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the received frame, from the output port determined by the switch unit, wherein the switch unit includes a copying unit configured to copy the received frame when the destination address of the received frame has not been stored in the storage unit, and a rate control unit configured to control an output rate of a frame to be copied. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105021 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING NETWORK MAXIMUM DELAY, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK ADMISSION - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for estimating network maximum delay. The method of estimating network maximum delay may include: estimating first maximum delay using a first parameter caused from a flow and a second parameter caused from a network; estimating second maximum delay using a probability distribution based on packet delay information about the flow admitted to the network; and estimating a mixed maximum delay by mixing the first maximum delay and the second maximum delay. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105022 | PACKET PROCESSORS AND PACKET FILTER PROCESSES, CIRCUITS, DEVICES, AND SYSTEMS - A packet filter ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140105023 | System and Method for Assigning Paths for Data Flows Through a Wide-Area Network - A method includes, receiving a plurality of data flows. A respective data flow includes a respective source address and a respective destination address. The method further includes generating, without regard to priorities associated with the plurality of data flows, an ordering of the plurality of data flows; and iteratively modifying, without regard to the priorities, the ordering of the plurality of data flows by applying a randomization algorithm to the plurality of data flows, until a cost associated with path assignments for the ordering of the plurality of data flows satisfies a predetermined condition. A respective path assignment for a respective data flow specifies a respective path from a respective source address to a respective destination address. The method also includes executing the data flows based on the path assignments for the ordering of the plurality of data flows having the cost that satisfies the predetermined condition. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105024 | APPARATUS FOR ETHERNET TRAFFIC AGGREGATION OF RADIO LINKS - A multi-radio device system includes a set of sending radio devices and a set of receiving radio devices. Among the sending radio devices is a load-balancing radio device that receives data packets from an originating network. The load-balancing radio device labels data packets with sequence numbers and distributes the labeled data packets among the sending radio devices based on the relative capacities and statuses of those sending radio devices. The sending radio devices transmit the labeled data packets to the receiving radio devices. The receiving radio devices send the labeled data packets to an aggregating radio device within the set of receiving radio devices. The aggregating radio device uses the sequence numbers to ensure that the data packets are forwarded to a destination network in the correct order, extracting original data packets from the labeled data packets before forwarding the original data packets on toward the destination network. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105025 | Dynamic Assignment of Traffic Classes to a Priority Queue in a Packet Forwarding Device - Responsive to detecting a predetermined time of day, packet forwarding treatment is changed in accordance with at least one class of packet flow from a first packet forwarding treatment to a second packet forwarding treatment. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112137 | ROUTING ENCAPSULATED DATA PACKETS ONTO SELECTED VLANS - A system and method are provided to route packets in a data center network. Individual packets are encapsulated at an edge of the data center network, so that each encapsulated packet includes a set of header fields, such as a tenant identifier. For each encapsulated packet, a hash class is determined from the set of header fields. A routing virtual local area network (VLAN) is selected for the packet based on the tenant identifier and the hash class. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112138 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR OBTAINING LOAD INFORMATION IN NETWORKS - At least one example embodiment discloses a system including a plurality of base stations. The system further includes a proxy server configured to generate a request for loading information from at least one of the plurality of base stations and receive the loading information from the at least one of the plurality of base stations, the request being a base station to base station interface message. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112139 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PACKET BASED IDENTIFIER LOCATOR NETWORK PROTOCOL (ILNP) LOAD BALANCING AND ROUTING - A method to provide load balancing and routing for a plurality of end systems in a network. The network contains a load balancer (LB) and the method comprises receiving a request packet with Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) addresses specified. A destination address is associated with a set of target end systems and presence of a nonce information indicates the requesting correspondent node is Identifier Locator Network Protocol (ILNP) capable. The method further comprises directing the request packet to a specific end system from the set of target end systems that share a load balanced address, wherein each target end system has a unique direct path locator prefix. The method also comprises overwriting a common IPv6 locator prefix with the unique direct path locator prefix, forwarding the request packet to the specific end system, and notifying a requesting correspondent node the direct path locator prefix for the specific end system. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112140 | REDUCING CONGESTION OF MEDIA DELIVERY OVER A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK - A device may receive a packet that includes priority information that is based on a priority assigned to bits included in the packet. The priority may be assigned based on scalable code used to encode the bits for transmission. The device may determine that an indicator of network congestion satisfies a threshold, and may schedule the packet for transmission to a user device based on the priority information and the determination that the indicator satisfies the threshold. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112141 | BACKBONE CHANNEL MANAGEMENT METHOD AND BACKBONE CHANNEL MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A backbone channel transmits first through third channel packets among Advanced eXtensible Interface (AXI) 5 channel packets. The backbone channel is managed by dividing the backbone channel into a first sub-channel and a second sub-channel, transmitting the first channel packet through the first sub-channel, transmitting the second channel packet through the second sub-channel, and transmitting the third channel packet through both the first sub-channel and the second sub-channel. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112142 | METHOD OF FORWARDING PACKET AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Provided are a method of packet forwarding and an apparatus therefor. In the method, a method performed in a network apparatus includes receiving at least one packet, providing the at least one packet to a network controller through a data plane when flow information to forward the at least one packet is not available and receiving a message including the flow information to forward the at least one packet from the network controller through a control plane. Therefore, the method and the apparatus may increase an efficiency of packet forwarding by simplifying procedure of configuring flow rules on newly input packets. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112143 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION AND METHOD - A mobile communications system including one or more mobile communications devices and a mobile communications network, the mobile communications network including a radio network part and a core network part and being configured to communicate data packets to and/or from mobile communications devices. Data packets can be communicated to or received from the mobile communications devices using either a broadband packet network or a dedicated messaging network. The dedicated messaging network is arranged to communicate short data grams more efficiently than larger data communications. Therefore by selecting either the dedicated messaging network or the broadband network as a function of content of the data packet a more efficient use of available communications resources and hardware resources is realized. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112144 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS DEVICE, AND PROGRAM FOR WIRELESS DEVICE - An edge router | 04-24-2014 |
20140112145 | SCHEME FOR AVOIDING DEADLOCK IN MULTI-RING INTERCONNECT, WITH ADDITIONAL APPLICATION TO CONGESTION CONTROL - A method and system to avoid multi-ring deadlock. The method includes removing a message on a multi-ring interconnect either with a ring connector associated with the target of the message or by the message's source station such that the message travels no more than one time around the slotted ring interconnect before its removal. The method may also be applied to single ring networks for congestion control. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112146 | Method and Apparatus for Processing Bearer - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for processing a bearer. The method includes performing depth packet inspection DPI processing on a traffic flow of a service according to a preset layer-7 protocol type matching rule. Alternatively, shallow packet inspection SPI processing is performed on a traffic flow of a service according to a preset layer-3 or layer-4 protocol type matching rule so as to obtain a DPI/SPI processing result. According to the DPI/SPI result and the preset matching rule, a service quality attribute parameter of the service is determined. The method further includes determining whether the service quality attribute parameter is the same as a service quality attribute parameter of an existing bearer, and if different, creating a dedicated bearer for the service. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119181 | TRAFFIC ENGINEERING SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING DEMAND DEADLOCK AND ACHIEVING UNIFORM LINK UTILIZATION - Exemplary traffic engineering solutions are described herein. According to exemplary embodiments, multiple tiered thresholds representing allocatable capacities of links in the network may be provided. The tiered thresholds may effectively limit the amount of data that a traffic engineering system is permitted to allocate on links in the network. The traffic engineering system may attempt to allocate data flows in the network according to the smallest threshold. If the network cannot accommodate the data flows according to the smallest threshold, then the next-smallest threshold may be attempted. The thresholds may be sequentially tested in increasing order until the largest threshold is attempted. If a workable threshold is found, then the data flow may be allocated to a path in the network. If the traffic engineering system is unable to accommodate the data flows at any of the tiered thresholds, then the traffic engineering system may report a failure. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119182 | Wirespeed TCP Packet Window Field Modification For Networks Having Radio Segments - The transmission Control Protocol (TCP) may be optimized for a cellular network having a radio segment. A network device may receive state information relating to processing of traffic at a radio interface in a cellular network and receive packets transmitted by user equipment (UE). Based on the state information, the network device may modify a TCP window field of the received packets based on the state information. The network device may forward the modified version of the packets towards a destination indicated by a destination address field of the packets. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119183 | CONTROL OF RATE ADAPTIVE ENDPOINTS - An apparatus may receive a plurality of data streams for transmission over a network. The apparatus may adjust packet drop rates in proportion to differences between actual bit rates and target bit rates of the data streams. Information about the adjusted packet drop rates may be provided to rate adaptive endpoints that are generating the data streams. The rate adaptive endpoints may respond to the information by adjusting the bit rates at which the data streams are encoded. Over one or more time intervals, the bit rates are adjusted to levels that yield a transmission of the data streams that is both balanced and unbiased. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119184 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COOPERATIVE CONGESTION DETECTION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Congestion information is determined based on a file segment transferred to one of user terminals. The congestion information is available to a server or controller communicatively linked with a plurality of user terminals. The congestion information is shared with other user terminals that share a bottleneck link. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119185 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND FILTERING FORCED TRAFFIC DATA FROM NETWORK DATA - A non-transitory processor-readable medium is provided that stores code representing instructions to be executed by a processor to filter data associated with an entity for a first predefined time period in response to an access by the entity at a first time to a preselected network location from a plurality of preselected network locations. The plurality of preselected network locations are associated with forced web traffic patterns. The processor is also caused to filter data associated with the entity for a second predefined time period in response to an access by the entity at a second time to a preselected network location from the plurality of preselected network locations during the first predefined time period. The second time is after the first time. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119186 | Buffer relay management within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A relay wireless communication device is implemented to perform buffer management and coordination with a source wireless communication device. A relay wireless communication device (generally, a relay) informs a source wireless communication device (source) of the status of memory therein to store messages intended for a destination wireless communication device (destination). For example, the source transmits information to the relay, which buffers information before forwarding it on to the destination. This buffering may be a function of the source having additional information intended for the relay and/or destination. The relay performs appropriate signaling, such as suspend transmission requests and resume transmission requests, to inform other devices in the system of its memory storage status (e.g., such as when having an actual or anticipated overflow). In one implementation, a suspend transmission request may be implemented by setting a particular bit within a communication from the relay to the source. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119187 | PROCESSING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING PACKET BROADCAST - The present invention provides a processing method, device and system for controlling packet broadcast. The method includes: obtaining, by a first device, a cluster MAC address, and determining an egress port of the first device corresponding to the cluster MAC address; and establishing, by the first device, a cluster table, where the cluster table is used to record correspondence between address information and the egress port of the first device, and the address information includes the cluster MAC address, so that the first device forwards a packet from the egress port of the first device corresponding to the cluster MAC address according to the cluster table after receiving the packet whose destination MAC address is the cluster MAC address. Embodiments of the present invention can reduce network traffic burdens. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119188 | Method and Arrangement in a Network Node - Method and arrangement in a network node ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140119189 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING A PACKET AND RELATED DEVICE - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for processing a packet and a related device. One implementation consists of a method for processing a packet that comprises receiving, by a first network device, a forwarded packet, performing a flow table matching for the forwarded packet, and if unmatched, encapsulating the forwarded packet with an inner encapsulation and an outer encapsulation, and transmitting the forwarded packet to a second network device. The method further comprises receiving a flow table packet returned by the second network device, wherein the flow table packet carries flow table information of the forwarded packet and is encapsulated with a special layer 2 frame header, and processing the flow table packet according to an operation indicated by an Ethernet type value in the special layer 2 frame header. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126367 | NETWORK APPLIANCE THAT DETERMINES WHAT PROCESSOR TO SEND A FUTURE PACKET TO BASED ON A PREDICTED FUTURE ARRIVAL TIME - A network appliance includes a network processor and several processing units. Packets a flow pair are received onto the network appliance. Without performing deep packet inspection on any packet of the flow pair, the network processor analyzes the flows, estimates therefrom the application protocol used, and determines a predicted future time when the next packet will likely be received. The network processor determines to send the next packet to a selected one of the processing units based in part on the predicted future time. In some cases, the network processor causes a cache of the selected processing unit to be preloaded shortly before the predicted future time. When the next packet is actually received, the packet is directed to the selected processing unit. In this way, packets are directed to processing units within the network appliance based on predicted future packet arrival times without the use of deep packet inspection. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126368 | Systems And Methods For Managing A Network - Systems and methods for managing congestion in a network are disclosed. One method can comprise receiving a service tag at a first node, the service tag representing congestion information of at least a portion of the network. If the first node is a boundary node, the method comprises modifying a downstream data rate based upon the congestion information, and if the first node is not a boundary node, the method comprises transmitting the congestion information to a second node. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126369 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUBSCRIBER-BASED POLICY MANAGEMENT - In accordance with various embodiments, systems and methods of mapping an event related to a subscriber to an associated subscriber profile associated with a global unique identifier (GUID) associated with the specific subscriber, regardless of the particular subscriber identifier associated with the event. The system includes a routing module which is operable to resolve the GUID from a variety of identifiers and identifier types which might be associated with an event. The method can receive a subscriber identifier associated with an event, resolve the subscriber identifier to a global unique identifier (GUID), and route the event to a single actor for processing in accordance with the subscriber's profile and thereby provide the appropriate services and quality of service. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126370 | Method of Traffic Engineering for Provisioning Routing and Storage in Content-Oriented Networks - A transceiver configured to receive and transmit data in a content oriented network (CON), and a processor configured to obtain a jointly provisioned routing and storage solution resolved according to an aggregated data flow equation generating a conventional data flow of content on a link to a destination, and an aggregated data flow of the content on the link, and a storage indicator, and to determine whether to store and transmit the data. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126371 | FLOW SWITCH AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a flow switch, and an operating method thereof, and more particularly, to a flow switch for providing network virtualization, in which a quality of service (QoS) for a packet for each virtual machine is easily secured through flow information extracted from each of a plurality of packets when the plurality of packets generated by a plurality of virtual machines is input in a server virtualization environment, and an operating method thereof. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126372 | NETWORK DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE NETWORK DEVICE, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - A device that can sufficiently speed up a communication of a TCP is provided. A network device relays a TCP communication between hosts. The network device holds a request rate and a first output rate indicative of an effective bandwidth for transferring data to a second network. The network device divides data from a first network into a plurality of connections a second network, and transfers the data between the hosts. The network device holds a second output rate for each of the divided connections. When the request rate is equal to or larger than the first output rate by a threshold value, and a relatively low-speed connection is detected among the plurality of connections of the second network, the network device conducts a communication with the use of a connection other than the relatively low-speed connection. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126373 | DYNAMIC TRAFFIC OFFLOADING - Data services may be enhanced by mitigating the need for unplanned core network capacity expansion or network element upgrades and reconfiguration, by offloading data to an alternative network, such as Exchange Point (IXP) or other operator network. A method can include monitoring a status of a transit network. The method can also include offloading traffic to the transit network from a transport network when a predetermined condition is met. The predetermined condition includes the status of the transit network indicating that the transit network is operational. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126374 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING - Embodiments of the present invention relate to method and apparatus for load balancing in scheduling traffic flows in networks. In one aspect, there is provided a method of load balancing for use in scheduling a traffic flow, comprising: selecting, based on a mapping entry, a first processing engine (PE) from a plurality of PEs as a target PE for a packet of the traffic flow, the mapping entry indicating an association between the packet and the first PE; determining whether load of the target PE exceeds a threshold; and in response to determining that the threshold is exceeded, updating the selection of the target PE based on a scheduling status of the traffic flow, the scheduling status indicating a dispatch of a previous packet of the traffic flow, such that the packet is dispatched to the same target PE as the previous packet. Corresponding apparatus is also provided. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126375 | DATA FLOW CONTROL - One aspect provides a method of controlling an information flow in a data transmission system. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a plurality of data packets and generating a modified information flow. Data packets in the modified information flow are spaced with a variable spacing whilst the order of the data packets is maintained. The variable spacing between the data packets is exponentially distributed. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126376 | Advertising Reachability In Proxy FHRP for Anycast Routing Service - Embodiments described herein achieve proxy FHRP for anycast routing services through the coordination of L2MP edge switches to allow load balancing for the use of routing services. Such embodiments may avoid duplicity and coordinate control planes between the edge switches to present a proxy interface to the rest of the network for the routing services. As such, multipathing and load-balancing for efficient use of crucial services may be provided for client nodes inside the network. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133305 | Test Packet Injection System - A networking device of one embodiment includes a processor, a memory, a networking module, and a traffic manager module. The networking module is configured to receive a packet comprising a first header (the first header comprising information identifying a flow), add a second header to the packet (the second header identifying the packet as a test packet), and assign processing rules to the packet based at least on the information identifying the flow. The traffic manager module is configured to remove one of the first header and the second header from the packet and process the packet in accordance with the processing rules. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133306 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - A system and method for satellite communication that receives channel status information (CSI) of a forward link connected to a subscriber terminal station, resets a modulation and coding (MODCOD) of a physical layer based on the received CSI, and changes a congestion window value of a transmission layer based on the reset value of the reset MODCOD of the physical layer is provided. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133307 | ROUTER, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ROUTER, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a bus system including a bus master, a first bus, and a second bus to connect them together, this router is arranged on the second bus to relay packets. The bus master outputs packets including information about at least one of (N+1) predetermined types of quality requirements. The second bus transmits packets designating at most N types of quality requirements. An exemplary router controls sending of the packets, with respect to at most N types of buffers that classify and store the packets by reference to the quality requirement type information and the packets stored in the buffers, so that the packets are sent in the descending order of their level of the quality requirement. The router controls sending schedule of the traffic flows by sensing a difference between the (N+1) different types of quality requirements. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133308 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TCP MAPPER - A system for congestion control of traffic in a network that uses Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) includes a plurality of TCP congestion control programs having one or more parameters, a plurality of TCP congestion control units running the TCP congestion control programs, and a TCP mapper adapted to map incoming TCP traffic flow from a plurality of incoming TCP traffic flows to the TCP congestion control units based on at least one of (a) the type of application program from which the incoming TCP traffic flow originated (b) the type of network for which the incoming TCP traffic flow is destined, (c) parameters related to network performance (d) network constraints (e) source of the incoming TCP traffic flow, and (f) destination of the incoming TCP traffic flow. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140211 | CLASSIFICATION OF TRAFFIC FOR APPLICATION AWARE POLICIES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method includes performing stateful application classification on packets received at a controller and transmitting classification information to an access point. The classification information includes flow information and stateless rules for applying policies. The access point is configured to use the classification information to perform stateless application classification and apply policies to packets received from a mobile device. An apparatus and logic are also disclosed herein. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140212 | Fabric Load Balancing - In one implementation, a series of nodes in a network or a fabric communicate congestion values upstream against the flow of data packets. A current node determines average data intensity for each of a set of outputs. The average data intensity is based on recent data packet transmissions respectively to each of the set of outputs. The current node receives an output congestion value from each of the set of outputs and calculates an effective congestion value for each of the plurality of outputs as a function of the output congestion value and the average data intensity. The current node performs a comparison of the effective congestion values for the plurality of outputs and selects an output based on the comparison. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140213 | Service Policy Implementation for an End-User Device Having a Control Application or a Proxy Agent for Routing an Application Traffic Flow - A method performed by a network system communicatively coupled to a device over a wireless access network, the method comprising transmitting a traffic flow to, or receiving the traffic flow from, a software application on the device, the traffic flow comprising one or more related data transfers over the wireless access network, the traffic flow being routed between the software application and the network system through an assisting element comprising a control application or a proxy agent on the device, wherein the traffic flow has a characteristic associating the traffic flow with the first software application, the characteristic preserving the association between the traffic flow and the software application when the traffic flow is routed by the one or more assisting elements; identifying the characteristic; and implementing at least a portion of a control, accounting, or notification service policy based on the identified characteristic. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140214 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING IN A SINGLE TIER SWITCHED NETWORK - A method and apparatus for more efficient routing of packets in a network is provided. The apparatus may include dynamic routing of packets or portions of packets which avoids congestion and blocking by making local decisions within the network. The apparatus may further include creating and updating routing tables which map switch outputs to available network output ports. Additionally the header of packets entering the network are processed prior to entry or as part of the entry to the network to produce a processed packet. The processed packets or portions of packets preferably include complete route information or a final destination address that enables rapid routing through the network without further processing of the packet header. One or more aspects of the inventions may be implemented in combination with other aspects of the invention to further improve network efficiency. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146673 | SELECTION OF VIRTUAL NETWORK ELEMENTS - A server may be configured to: receive a network selection query, associated with a user device. The network selection query may include information relating to a geographic location of the user device. The server may also select, based on information included in the network selection query, a virtual network element that services the geographic location of the user device and functions as a physical network element of an evolved packet core (EPC) network or an internet protocol (IP) multimedia subsystem (IMS) network. The server may also enable use of the selected virtual network element by the user device; receive a data packet destined for the selected virtual network element; provide the data packet to the selected virtual network element; and prevent the data packet from being sent to a non-selected virtual network element. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146674 | Packet Prioritization in a Software-Defined Network Implementing OpenFlow - A software-defined networking (SDN) OpenFlow apparatus comprises a processor, and a memory system coupled to the processor and comprising a flow pipeline, wherein the flow pipeline comprises a series of flow tables, wherein each of the flow tables comprises at least one match field, wherein the match fields correspond to a plurality of network services, wherein the match fields are ordered based on a prioritization of the network services, which of the match fields are shared among the network services, a shared dependency of the match fields, and processing speed, and wherein the prioritization is based on which network services are most important and which network services are most frequently used. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146675 | PACKET SWITCHING - In an embodiment, an apparatus is provided that may include an integrated circuit including switch circuitry to determine, at least in part, an action to be executed involving a packet. This determination may be based, at least in part, upon flow information determined, at least in part, from the packet, and packet processing policy information. The circuitry may examine the policy information to determine whether a previously-established packet processing policy has been established that corresponds, at least in part, to the flow information. If the circuitry determines, at least in part, that the policy has not been established and the packet is a first packet in a flow corresponding at least in part to the flow information, the switch circuitry may request that at least one switch control program module establish, at least in part, a new packet processing policy corresponding, at least in part, to the flow information. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146676 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRIORITIZING NETWORK PACKETS - According to one embodiment, a system is described that comprises a network device adapted to receive a media stream that includes a plurality of network packets. The network device of the system processes the media stream, targeted for a client device that is communicatively coupled to the network device, by perform a number of operations. A first operation comprises partitioning the plurality of network packets into a plurality of subsets, each subset in the plurality of subsets corresponding to a media frame in a plurality of frames. Next, a priority level is determined for each particular media frame in the plurality of media frames, where the priority level for each particular media frame is assigned to each of the one or more network packets in the particular frame. Thereafter, network packets are transmitted or dropped based at least on the priority level associated with each network packet in the plurality of network packets. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146677 | DYNAMIC DETERMINATION OF TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS BASED ON PACKET PRIORITY AND NETWORK CONDITIONS - According to one embodiment, a non-transitory computer readable medium is described that comprises instructions which, when executed by one or more hardware processors, cause dynamic determination of one or more transmission parameters for transmitting a particular network packet of a plurality of network packets. The transmission parameters are determined based on (a) a classification associated with the particular network packet and (b) one or more current conditions. Subsequent to this determination, the particular network packet is transmitted using the one or more transmission parameters. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146678 | Devices for Title of Invention reduced overhead paging - Methods and systems for reducing overhead paging are described. One example of such a method includes generating a compressed traffic indication map (TIM) element, the compressed TIM element comprising a partial virtual bitmap field constructed from at least one encoded block field that includes an encoded block information field identifying at least one encoding mode for encoded block information, and sending the compressed TIM element to an at least one station (STA) associated with the access point that supports at least one multiple basic service set identifier (BSSID). The method may also include, in response to the at least one encoding mode comprising an offset, length, bitmap (OLB) mode, encoding the encoded block information field to include a length subfield followed by contiguous subblock subfields, each subblock subfield including a corresponding subblock of a partial virtual map. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146679 | FLOW STATE AWARE MANAGEMENT OF QoS THROUGH DYNAMIC AGGREGATE BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENTS - Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in the packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In embodiments of the invention, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded on lower priority flows and flow aggregates. Further action is taken to reduce the likelihood of packet discards. When an aggregate set of flows raises a congestion alarm, action is taken to try to increase aggregate capacity by excising capacity from pre-assigned donor aggregates. A donor aggregate may be carrying flows, for example, classified as best effort. Another type of donor capacity is donor re-assignable unused capacity. Aggregates may have capacity added either up to a defined limit or, temporarily, exceeding any limit provided there is free capacity available, but removable back to the defined limit when other aggregates need increased capacity and are below their defined limits. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153393 | INGRESS TRAFFIC CLASSIFICATION AND PRIORITIZATION WITH DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING - According to one embodiment, a method comprises an operation of determining whether an ingress control message is locally terminated control traffic on a digital device prior to the ingress control message being forwarded to a hardware processor of the digital device for processing. A priority is assigned to the ingress control message based on information within the ingress control message, if the ingress control message is determined to be locally terminated control logic. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153394 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DATA FLOW OVER A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LINK WITH CREDIT ALLOCATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of controlling data flow over a wireless communication link with credit allocation. For example, an apparatus may include controller to control a data flow of a stream of data from a first device to a second device over a wireless communication link, the stream of data including data to be delivered to a plurality of endpoints, wherein the controller is to provide to the first device a plurality of credit allocations corresponding to the plurality of endpoints, wherein the controller is to determine a particular credit allocation corresponding to a particular end point based at least on an estimated link delay of the wireless communication link, and an estimated delivery rate of delivering data from a buffer of the second device to the particular endpoint. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153395 | USER EQUIPMENT IN A CONGESTION CONTROLLED CDMA SYSTEM - A system for controlling congestion in a code division multiple access system with multi-user detection capabilities is disclosed. The system includes at least one user equipment, a base station, and a radio network controller. Each user equipment includes a receiver having multi-user detection capabilities. The base station includes a receiver having multi-user detection capabilities, an intra-cell interference measuring device, and an inter-cell interference measuring device. The radio network controller includes a radio resource management device configured to control congestion based on measurements taken by the base station. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153396 | DETECTING OUTLIERS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC TIME SERIES - According to an aspect of the invention, a system and method is configured to detect time series outliers in network traffic. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153397 | Apparatus And Method For Controlling Traffic Flow In Backhaul Link In Wireless Communication Network - A method, system, and apparatus for controlling traffic flow in one or more backhaul links in a wireless communication network is provided. Each backhaul link of the one or more backhaul links includes a backhaul uplink and a backhaul downlink. The method includes analyzing one or more backhaul uplinks and one or more backhaul downlinks between a controller and one or more Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs). The method further includes communicating one or more messages between the controller and the one or more BTSs. The one or more messages include analysis of one or more analyses of one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks. The method further includes controlling the traffic flow in at least one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks based on the one or more messages. | 06-05-2014 |
20140160924 | ADVERTISING NETWORK LAYER REACHABILITY INFORMATION SPECIFYING A QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR AN IDENTIFIED NETWORK FLOW - Methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture for advertising network layer reachability information specifying a quality of service for an identified network flow are disclosed. Example methods disclosed herein to specify quality of service for network flows include receiving network layer reachability information including a first quality of service class specified for a first network flow, the network layer reachability information having been advertised by a first network element that is to receive the first network flow. Such example methods can also include updating an incoming packet determined to belong to the first network flow to indicate that the incoming packet belongs to the first quality of service class, the incoming packet being received from a second network element. Such example methods can further include, after updating the incoming packet, routing the incoming packet towards the first network element. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160925 | VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK TO LABEL SWITCHED PATH MAPPING - A method, a device, and a storage medium provide for storing an extended forwarding information base that includes path values that indicate paths to route traffic, wherein the paths include optimal and sub-optimal paths based on a shortest path metric; receiving a traffic flow; inspecting the traffic flow; selecting a next hop and one of the path values associated with the next hop based on the inspecting; identifying one or more paths to route the traffic flow in accordance with one or more paths indicated by the one of the path values; and transmitting the traffic flow along the one or more paths toward a destination. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160926 | COMMUNICATING ENCODED TRAFFIC DATA - An electronic device encodes traffic data as a collection of codes. The electronic device sends the codes in random access resources or shared transmission resources over a wireless link to a wireless access network node, the codes providing an encoded representation of the traffic data. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160927 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR GENERATING SIMULATED NETWORK TRAFFIC USING DIFFERENT TRAFFIC FLOWS AND MAINTAINING A CONFIGURED DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFIC BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT TRAFFIC FLOWS AND A DEVICE UNDER TEST - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for generating simulated network traffic from a plurality of different traffic flows and maintaining a configured distribution among the flows are disclosed. One exemplary method includes determining a number of operations per flow for each of a plurality of flows that generate simulated network traffic between the flows and a device under test. The method further includes determining a desired traffic distribution among the traffic generated by the traffic flows. The method further includes assigning a weight to each flow that determines the number of times to execute each flow during execution of a batch of flows. The method further includes executing the flows in batches according to the assigned weights to transmit the desired distribution of traffic between the different flows and the device under test. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160928 | Technique for Handling Congestion Control - A method for congestion control in a transport network of a radio access network is disclosed. The method comprises receiving, by the control node, a first uplink flow through a first communication link in the transport network from a first radio access node and receiving, by the control node, a second uplink flow through a second communication link in the transport network from a second radio access node. If congestion is detected in the transport network for either uplink flow, the control node selectively triggers either Active Queue Management (AQM)-based congestion control at the control node, or local congestion control at the for the uplink flow. Triggering is carried out such that AQM-based congestion control is carried out for only one of the first uplink flow or the second uplink flow if congestion is detected for both the first uplink flow and the second uplink flow. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160929 | AIRTIME-BASED PACKET SCHEDULING FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Airtime usage may be used as a factor in controlling network traffic flow to and from client devices via a wireless network interface. Received packets or other data are assigned to a quality of service profile. Additionally, a cost value for communicating the received data is determined at least in part based on an actual or estimated airtime usage for the received packet. The cost value is used to allocate wireless network airtime to data. The allocation of wireless network airtime may be varied dynamically based on operating conditions. The cost value may be based on factors including the airtime used to communicate data; whether the data is a retransmission; and wireless network overhead. The cost value of data may also be different depending on whether the data is being sent from a client device or to a client device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160930 | Systems and Methods for Packet Relaying - System and method embodiments are provided for packet relaying. The embodiments enable reduced network traffic. In an embodiment, a method in a wireless network component for packet relaying includes transmitting a first data packet comprising data to a relay station, wherein the first data packet comprises an identification (ID) of the target wireless device wherein the data packet is intended for a target wireless device, wherein the relay station is configured to forward the data in the first data packet to the target wireless device without sending an acknowledgement back to the wireless network component; receiving a second data packet transmitted by the relay station; and determining whether a receiver ID of the second data packet corresponds to the target wireless device, wherein the wireless network component considers the transmission successful if the receiver ID of the second data packet corresponds to the target wireless device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160931 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING FLOW IN SERVER VIRTUALIZATION ENVIRONMENT, AND METHOD FOR APPLYING QOS - An apparatus and method for managing a flow in a server virtualization environment, and a method of applying a QoS policy, the method including a flow processing unit configured to analyze a flow generated by a virtual machine (VM) to extract flow information, determine whether the flow is a new flow by comparing the extracted flow information with preset flow information, and apply a corresponding Quality of Service (QoS) policy to the flow, and a QoS management unit configured to, in a case in which the flow is a new flow, generate a QoS policy for the analyzed flow based on the extracted flow information and prestored virtual machine information, and transmit the generated QoS policy to the flow processing unit. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160932 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLASSIFYING FLOWS FOR COMPRESSION - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication include receiving, at a compressor component, a data packet flow and determining information associated with the data packet flow from one or more data packets associated with the data packet flow. The determined information includes source or destination information corresponding to the one or more data packets of the data packet flow. Further, the methods and apparatus include classifying the data packet flow as a compressible or an uncompressed data packet flow based on the determined information, and compressing or skipping compressing of the one or more data packets associated with the data packet flow based on the classification of the data packet flow. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include transmitting the one or more compressed or uncompressed data packets depending on the classification of the data packet flow. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160933 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DROPPING DATA USING A DROP PROFILE - A system selectively drops data from queues. The system includes a drop table that stores drop probabilities. The system selects one of the queues to examine and generates an index into the drop table to identify one of the drop probabilities for the examined queue. The system then determines whether to drop data from the examined queue based on the identified drop probability. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160934 | LOAD BALANCING HASH COMPUTATION FOR NETWORK SWITCHES - Techniques to load balance traffic in a network device or switch include a network device or switch having a first interface to receive a data unit or packet, a second interface to transmit the packet, and a mapper to map between virtual ports and physical ports. The network device includes hash value generator configured to generate a hash value based on information included in the packet and based on at least one virtual port. The hash value may be optionally modified to load balance egress traffic of the network device. The network device selects a particular virtual port for egress of the packet, such as by determining an index into an egress table based on the (modified) hash value. The packet is transmitted from the network device using a physical port mapped to the particular virtual port. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160935 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PACKET REASSEMBLY AND REORDERING - A method for packet reassembly and reordering, comprising: receiving a cell sent by a source port, wherein the cell carries a Source Identification (SID), a packet sequence number and a cell sequence number; preprocessing the received cell according to the SID to determine whether the cell shall be inserted into a packet reassembly database; ordering cells in the packet reassembly database according to the packet sequence number to obtain a correctly ordered packet; if the correctly ordered packet is a complete packet, ordering the cells of the correctly ordered packet according to the cell sequence number to obtain correctly ordered cells; and performing a packet reassembly for the correctly ordered cells. Correspondingly, a network device and a communication system are provided. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160936 | IMPLEMENTATION OF PACKET DATA SERVICE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for transferring a data packet associated with a service from a packet data network to a mobile communication network, be characterized by comprising steps of: forming a message by adding either a service identifier (SI) for identifying the service or an indicator for indicating that the data packet is associated with the SI to the data packet, the SI corresponding to a session identifier for the data packet; and sending the message from the packet data network to the mobile communication network. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169168 | CONFIGURATION OF A VIRTUAL SERVICE NETWORK - Configuration of a virtual service network by a configuring node includes: determining that the virtual service is to be configured; determining a configuration associated with the virtual service and including packet forwarding policies associated with the virtual service, each packet forwarding policy including a virtual service network address and a destination; and sending the packet forwarding policies in the configuration to a network node. The network node: stores the packet forwarding policies; receives a data packet for the virtual service and including a virtual service network address; determines a match between the virtual service network address in the data packet with the virtual service network address in a given packet forwarding policy of the stored packet forwarding policies; obtains a given destination in the given packet forwarding policy; and sends the data packet to a service load balancer associated with the given destination by the network node. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169169 | ROUTING SUPPORT FOR LOSSLESS DATA TRAFFIC - A method for communication in a packet data network including at least first and second subnets interconnected by routers. The method includes defining at least first and second classes of link-layer traffic within the subnets, such that the link-layer traffic in the first class is transmitted among nodes in the network without loss of packets, while at least some of the packets in the second class are dropped in case of network congestion. The routers are configured by transmitting control traffic over the network in the packets of the second class. Data traffic is transmitted between the nodes in the first and second subnets via the configured routers in the packets of the first class. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169170 | MAINTAINING CONSISTENT QUALITY OF SERVICE BETWEEN SUBNETS - Network apparatus includes a plurality of interfaces, which are coupled to a network so as to receive and transmit data packets having respective link-layer headers and network-layer headers. Each link-layer header includes respective source and destination link-layer addresses and a link-layer priority value. Switching and routing logic is configured, responsively to the network-layer headers, to transfer each data packet from a respective ingress interface to a respective egress interface and to modify the source and destination link-layer addresses of the transferred data packet while copying the link-layer priority value from the ingress interface to the egress interface without modification. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169171 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTICAST OVER HIGHLY MOBILE MESH NETWORKS - Systems, devices, and methodology for removing echo and reducing congestion in multicast (broadcast) over a dynamic self-healing mobile mesh network, by use of discrete embedded computers synchronously tracking mesh connections and link quality across multiple RF connections, keeping multicast both efficient and effective in a highly kinetic, ever changing, mesh topology. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177441 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A QUEUING SYSTEM INSIDE A MESH NETWORK - Wireless mobile communication (WMC) devices located in operating proximity of each other may be enabled to form a mesh (ad hoc wireless) network. WMC devices in a mesh network may form a queuing system wherein each WMC device may store data forwarded to and/or from other WMC devices in the mesh network. Each WMC device in the mesh network may have different queuing capability based on a plurality of factors that may comprise internal factors such as processing, storage, power, and/or connectivity. The mesh network may comprise an internal addressing scheme that may enable utilization of the queuing system whether or not WMC devices in the mesh network are communicatively coupled to external networks. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177442 | PERFORMING RATE LIMITING WITHIN A NETWORK - Methods and systems for performing rate limiting are provided. According to one embodiment, information is maintained regarding a set of virtual networks into which a network has been logically divided. Each virtual network comprises a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and provides a path through the network between a first and second network device thereby collectively providing multiple paths between the first and second network devices. Packets are received by the first device that are associated with a flow sent by a source network device. The packets are forwarded by the first device to the second device via a particular path of the multiple paths. A congestion metric is determined for the particular path and based thereon it is determined whether a congestion threshold has been reached. Responsive to an affirmative determination, the source device is instructed to reduce the rate at which the packets are sent. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185442 | SUPPORTING QUALITY OF SERVICE DIFFERENTIATION USING A SINGLE SHARED BUFFER - An example method, system, and switching element are provided and may provide for an egress port to be configured to receive a plurality of data packets, each of the plurality of data packets being a class of a plurality of classes. A buffer may communicate with the at least one data port interface. A memory management unit may be configured to enable and disable transmission of the plurality of classes of the plurality of data packets based on a metering policy; and place the plurality of data packets in the buffer. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185443 | DATA OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUE FOR THE EXCHANGE OF DATA AT THE EDGE OF A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An apparatus for the transmission of management and/or control traffic in a network, comprising a memory configured to store a first record of management and/or control data from a previous interval, and a processor coupled to the memory, wherein the processor is configured to retrieve the first record, receive a second record of the network management and/or control data for a current interval, and generate a differential of the first and second records. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185444 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication method executed by an information processing apparatus capable of transmitting data to another information processing apparatus, the method includes: setting a first threshold as an amount of data capable of being transmitted without waiting for a reply from the another information processing apparatus; transmitting a first data having a data amount less than or equal to the first threshold to the another information processing apparatus; acquiring from the another information processing apparatus processing time information taken to process the first data by the another information processing apparatus; and changing the first threshold concerning the data amount into a second threshold based on the processing time information. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185445 | Flow-Based Adaptive Private Network with Multiple WAN-Paths - Systems and techniques are described which improve performance, reliability, and predictability of networks without having costly hardware upgrades or replacement of existing network equipment. An adaptive communication controller provides WAN performance and utilization measurements to another network node over multiple parallel communication paths across disparate asymmetric networks which vary in behavior frequently over time. An egress processor module receives communication path quality reports and tagged path packet data and generates accurate arrival times, send times, sequence numbers and unutilized byte counts for the tagged packets. A control module generates path quality reports describing performance of the multiple parallel communication paths based on the received information and generates heartbeat packets for transmission on the multiple parallel communication paths if no other tagged data has been received in a predetermined period of time to ensure performance is continually monitored. An ingress processor module transmits the generated path quality reports and heartbeat packets. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185446 | SYNCHRONIZING STATE AMONG LOAD BALANCER COMPONENTS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for synchronizing state among load balancer components. Embodiments of the invention include load balancers using a consistent hashing algorithm to decide how new connections should be load balanced. Use of consistent hashing algorithm permits load balancers to work in a stateless manner in steady state. Load balancers start keeping flow state information (destination address for a given flow) about incoming packets when it is needed, i.e. such as, for example, when a change in destination host configuration is detected. State information is shared across load balancers in a deterministic way, which allows knowing which load balancer is authoritative (e.g., is the owner) for a given flow. Each load balancer can reach the authoritative load balancer to learn about a flow that cannot be determined locally. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185447 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A node on a core network, in accordance with a connection state of a terminal, releases a transmission path resource which is made unnecessary due to LIPA (Local IP access) or SIPTO (Selected IP traffic offload) connection configuration. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192645 | Method for Internet Traffic Management Using a Central Traffic Controller - A method for internet traffic management, comprising receiving a request for a path set from an application at a network traffic controller, wherein the request contains an intended traffic destination endpoint, evaluating a plurality of network devices in a network, identifying a plurality of paths usable by the application to transmit traffic from the application to the intended traffic destination endpoint, including the plurality of paths in the path set, and sharing the path set with the application. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192646 | USER TRAFFIC ACCOUNTABILITY UNDER CONGESTION IN FLOW-BASED MULTI-LAYER SWITCHES - A method of policing network traffic based on congestion on a flow-based programmable switch, such as an OpenFlow switch is provided. The method polices congestion-causing flows in a network by detecting congestion at a flow-based programmable switch on the network. Once congestion has been detected, the method identifies one or more flows that are causing the congestion at the flow-based programmable switch, and penalizes the flows that were identified as causing congestion. A flow-based programmable switch including a data plane having input ports, output ports, and forwarding rules that map packets received on an input port to an output port based on a packet matching a rule in the forwarding rules is also described. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192647 | NETWORK APPARATUS, PERFORMANCE CONTROL METHOD, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - To prevent the switching time influences power saving efficiency and packet loss prevention performance, it is provided a network apparatus for transferring packets, including a transfer part for transferring received packets to a given destination, and a determining part for obtaining traffic volume of the packets to be transferred. The determining part determines periodicity of changes to the traffic volume, predicts traffic volume after a predetermined period of time with use of the determined periodicity, and controls transfer performance of the transfer part based on a result of the traffic volume prediction. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192648 | Method and Apparatus for Sending Non-Data Frame - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for sending a non-data frame. The method for sending a non-data frame includes: determining an access category for which a transmission opportunity of a shared medium has been obtained, where the obtained transmission opportunity of the shared medium is obtained for the access category through contention according to an enhanced distributed channel access mechanism; and sending a non-data frame according to the access category for which the transmission opportunity of the shared medium has been obtained. In this way, different quality-of-service requirements of a non-data frame and a data frame are met while fairness is considered, thereby avoiding that a management and control message is not sent in time because a non-data frame and a data frame are transmitted according to a same access category. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192649 | REDUCING INTERARRIVAL DELAYS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that facilitates use of a network link. During operation, the system continuously monitors an interarrival delay of packets received from a sender over the network link. Next, the system adjusts a receive window for the sender based on the interarrival delay to facilitate receipt of subsequent packets from the sender and other senders over the network link. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192650 | WIRELESS NETWORK ENCODING MANAGEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM - A wireless network encoding management method and device. The method includes: determining whether a network infrastructure allows inter-network wireless network encoding; if the inter-network wireless network encoding is allowed, selecting, from neighboring networks of the network infrastructure, a node capable of forming an inter-network wireless network encoding group; and forming the inter-network wireless network encoding group and performing a scheduling design. Therefore, network encoding management in heterogeneous networks can be implemented, and the system capacity of the network and an effective data rate can be increased. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192651 | MULTI-HOMED TERMINALS - For a multi-homed terminal, a method comprising a step of receiving, from a server, an a multiple interface related routing policy rule defined per terminal, said a multiple interface related routing policy rule comprising flow distribution rules including an Inter-APN flow distribution container that includes information related to routing IP flows with respect to a plurality of APNs for using PDN connections to access multiple IP networks is performed. Then, a first round of rule evaluation according to a flow distribution rule of highest priority selected among the flow distribution rules in the received a multiple interface related routing policy rule is performed. If the selected flow distribution rule is from the Inter-APN flow distribution container, then performing, by the multi-homed terminal, a second round of rule evaluation to select an access technology for performing flow distribution. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198647 | LINK AGGREGATION (LAG) INFORMATION EXCHANGE PROTOCOL - In one embodiment, a switch includes a processor adapted for executing logic, logic adapted for receiving link aggregation (LAG) information about a first peer switch, logic adapted for storing the LAG information about the first peer switch, and logic adapted for using the LAG information about the first peer switch and LAG information about the switch to determine load balancing across one or more connections between the switch and the first peer switch. In another embodiment, a method for exchanging LAG information between peer switches includes receiving LAG information about a first peer switch at a second peer switch, storing the LAG information about the first peer switch, and using the LAG information about the first peer switch and LAG information about the second peer switch to determine load balancing across one or more connections between the first and second peer switches. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198648 | IDENTIFICATION OF DATA FLOWS BASED ON ACTIONS OF QUALITY OF SERVICE POLICIES - In one embodiment, a method comprises determining a Quality of Service (QoS) policier action for data packets belonging to a first flow of data packets received at an ingress interface of a network switching device, the QoS policier action based on one of multiple prescribed QoS classifications by a QoS policier that aggregates distinct flows of data packets into a single aggregated flow according to prescribed QoS thresholds; and assigning to the first flow of data packets a unique identifier that associates the QoS policier action to identification of the first flow of data packets, enabling identification of the distinct flows of data packets within each of the prescribed QoS classifications. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198649 | EXTENDED LINK AGGREGATION (LAG) FOR USE IN MULTIPLE SWITCHES - In one embodiment, a method for providing link aggregation (LAG) to heterogeneous switches includes receiving, at a switch controller, LAG requests forwarded by switches and determining that multiple LAG requests corresponding to a server have been received, grouping the multiple LAG requests into LAG groups according to a switch from which they were received and correlating all the LAG groups with the server, instructing each of the switches to setup a LAG group with the server according to the LAG groups determined by the switch controller, and creating alternate flows that correspond to flows through each of the switches to the server through direction from the switch controller. The switches may rely upon OpenFlow to communicate with the switch controller, in some approaches. In addition, other methods for providing LAG to heterogeneous switches are also described, along with systems and computer program products which provide LAG to heterogeneous switches. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198650 | AVOIDING NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATON IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - A flow setup table in a basestation breakout component allows for servicing non-cacheable IP data flows at the breakout component without the need for network address translation. For each broken out IP flow at the breakout component, the flow setup table holds a mapping between tunnel IDs and the IP related information. The flow setup table data is sent to the breakout component at the gateway. The gateway breakout component uses the flow setup table to forward non-cacheable data requests to the internet and return data received from the internet back to the basestation breakout component. The basestation component then sends the non-cacheable data in the correct tunnel to the user equipment requesting the data. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198651 | NETWORK PACKET LOSS PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a network packet loss processing method and apparatus. The method in the present invention includes: comparing a value of a current congestion window of a network with a buffer threshold when a packet loss event is detected, where the buffer threshold is used to indicate a data bearing capability of the entire network, where the data bearing capability is obtained by adding a data bearing capability of a link in the network and a data bearing capability of a buffer of a node in the network; if the value of the current congestion window is smaller than the buffer threshold, not performing backoff processing on the current congestion window; and if the value of the current congestion window is greater than or equal to the buffer threshold, performing backoff processing on the current congestion window. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198652 | Scheduling and Traffic Management with Offload Processors - A scheduling system for a packet processing system is disclosed. The system can include a classification circuit connected to a memory bus and configurable to classify network packets, placing the classified network packets into first multiple input/output queues, a scheduling circuit for reordering the network packets received from the classification circuit through the first multiple input/output queues and placing the reordered network packets into second multiple input/output queues, an arbitration circuit for directing network packets received from the scheduling circuit through the second multiple input/output queues to multiple output ports, and multiple offload processors, each coupled to at least one of the multiple output ports, the offload processors configured to modify the network packets. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198653 | Scheduling and Traffic Management with Offload Processors - A method for scheduling packet processing is disclosed. The method can include classifying network packets based on session metadata and placing the classified network packets into first multiple input/output queues, with network packets transported to a classification circuit using a memory bus having a defined memory transport protocol, reordering network packets received from the first multiple input/output queues using a scheduling circuit and placing the reordered network packets into a second multiple input/output queues, directing network packets received from the scheduling circuit through the second multiple input/output queues to multiple output ports using an arbitration circuit, and modifying network packets using multiple offload processors, each offload processor coupled to at least one of the multiple output ports, the offload processors configured to direct modified network packets back to the memory bus. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198654 | COMMUNICATION MONITOR, PREDICTION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An importance degree prediction apparatus includes a path change determination unit that generates alarm path change information including path change information when a path is changed and an alarm developing when the path is changed in a network. The apparatus includes a reception unit that searches alarm path change information of a new alarm when the alarm is received from a development prediction apparatus, and a prediction unit that predicts a traffic amount in a post-change path based on a traffic amount in a pre-change path in the searched alarm path change information. The apparatus includes a calculation unit that calculates a criticality degree in the network based on a ratio of the predicted traffic amount in the post-change path that exceeds a predetermined allowable amount, and a determination unit that determines an alarm importance degree of the received alarm corresponding to an influence degree based on the criticality degree. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198655 | ENHANCED LOCAL ACCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS USING SMALL NODE DEVICES - A hybrid user equipment and small-node device data offloading architecture is provided. In this hybrid architecture, the small-node device includes a backhaul link to a telecommunication network and/or the Internet. The user equipment can send and receive data through the small-node device using the backhaul link. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198656 | ADAPTIVE LINK AGGREGATION AND VIRTUAL LINK AGGREGATION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch comprises a plurality of ports, a link management module, a forwarding module, and a link adaptation module. The link management module operates at least two ports of the plurality of ports of the switch to form a link aggregation. This link aggregation operates as a single logical channel. The forwarding module determines an egress port for a packet among the ports participating in the link aggregation based on a distribution policy. The link adaptation module detects an imbalance of the respective link utilizations among links of the link aggregation based on one or more imbalance criteria, and applies one or more corrective actions to the distribution policy. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198657 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DATA, DEVICE, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a base station for transmitting data. The method includes: receiving, by a base station, data sent by a core network, where the data is data that needs to be sent to a terminal and the terminal is a terminal that has separately established a connection to the base station and a WiFi access point; selecting, by the base station, one of the base station and the WiFi access point according to a load of the base transceiver station and a load of the WiFi access point; sending the data to the terminal by using the selected base station or WiFi access point. By using the technical solutions according to the embodiments of the present invention, the loads of two networks is balanced and resources of the two networks are effectively used. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198658 | DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND COMPUTER SYSTEM - Provided is a data communication apparatus which includes a transmission interval calculator configured to calculate an effective transfer speed of the data based on a difference between an actual arrival time at which response data to transmission data transmitted to the other data communication apparatus has arrived and a predictive arrival time calculated by multiplying the number of relay devices passed until the response data from the other data communication apparatus arrives at the data communication apparatus by a transfer delay time necessary to pass through one relay device and a buffer size of the relay device on a communication path of the data, and calculate a transmission interval of transmission data based on the effective transfer speed and a transmission controller configured to perform transmission control of transmission data based on the transmission interval. Thus, congestion control is efficiently implemented in an interconnection network configured as a regular network. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204746 | OpenFlow Enabled WiFi Management Entity Architecture - System and method embodiments are provided to improve offloading traffic from mobile operators networks via a WiFi network. The embodiments also include schemes to offload traffic between WiFi networks. The embodiments include a network component comprising a WiFi management entity (WiME) configured to serve as an anchor point for a user device at a WiFi network and communicate with a management entity at a wireless network using OpenFlow protocol to handle a plurality of control and mobility functionalities for traffic in the WiFi network, wherein the control and mobility functionalities include offloading traffic for the user device from the wireless network to the WiFi network. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204747 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING A NETWORK SWITCH APPLIANCE - A method for use to configure a network switch device to implement a traffic flow configuration, the network switch device having a plurality of network ports and a plurality of instrument ports, the method includes: receiving instrument port information that identifies one or more of the instrument ports for the traffic flow configuration, wherein the instrument port information is received by a processing unit; receiving network port information that identifies one or more of the network ports for the traffic flow configuration; receiving traffic information that identifies one or more network traffic for the traffic flow configuration, wherein the traffic information is received after the instrument port information is received or after the network port information is received; and storing the instrument port information, the traffic information, and the network port information in association with each other to implement the traffic flow configuration. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204748 | ARBITRATION OF MULTIPLE-THOUSANDS OF FLOWS FOR CONVERGENCE ENHANCED ETHERNET - In one embodiment, a system includes a processor and logic integrated with and/or executable by the processor, the logic being adapted to: receive a plurality of flows, each flow comprising packets of data, assign a service credit to each of the plurality of flows, assign a weight parameter to each of the plurality of flows, select a flow from a head of a first control queue unless the first control queue is empty or there is indication that the first control queue should be avoided, wherein a flow is selected from a head of a second control queue when the first control queue is empty or there is indication that the first control queue should be avoided, provide a number of units of service to the selected flow, and decrease the selected flow's service credit by an amount corresponding to the number of units of service provided thereto. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204749 | PORT-BASED FAIRNESS PROTOCOL FOR A NETWORK ELEMENT - Methods and apparatuses for providing a fairness protocol in a network element are disclosed herein. In accordance with the disclosed fairness protocol, the average bandwidth of traffic sourced from each of a plurality of ingress ports is monitored. The largest bandwidth of traffic sourced from a port within a first group of ingress ports (e.g., ingress ports of a network element) is identified and compared to the largest bandwidth of traffic sourced from a port within a second group of ingress ports (e.g., ingress ports of one or more network elements communicatively connected to the network element). In order to fairly allocate bandwidth when transmitting traffic that is sourced from the first and second groups, precedence is given to traffic flowing from the group associated with the identified port sourcing the lower bandwidth of traffic. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204750 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT ASSEMBLY FOR MANAGING A FLOW OF NETWORK MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC - A network management assembly is disclosed for managing a flow of network management traffic across a network containing a plurality of discrete network domains. The assembly can include a first management terminal which is arranged to transmit network management traffic to each of the network domains via a respective first communication link, and a second management terminal which is arranged to receive network management traffic from each of the network domains via a respective second communication link. Each of the first communication links can permit a flow of network management traffic from the first management terminal to a respective domain, and prevent a reverse flow of network management traffic from the respective domain to the first management terminal. Each of the second communication links can permit a flow of network management traffic from a respective domain to the second management terminal, and prevent a reverse flow. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204751 | DYNAMICALLY ASSIGNING PACKET FLOWS - In general, in one aspect, the disclosure describes a method includes accessing data of an egress packet belonging to a flow, storing data associating the flow with at least one queue based on a source of the data of the egress packet. The method also includes accessing an ingress packet belonging to the flow, performing a lookup of the at least one queue associated with the flow, and enqueueing data of the ingress packet to the at least one queue associated with the flow. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204752 | PACKET PROCESSING SYSTEM PROCESSING PACKETS BY PLURAL PROCESSORS - A packet processing apparatus includes plural packet processors processing input packets constituting an input packet stream. A flow identification information manager holds flow identification information about flows included in the input packet stream. A flow assigner assigns each of the flows to one of the packet processors. A packet identifier determines, based on the flow identification information, one of the flows to which the input packet belongs. A packet distributor supplies the input packet to the determined packet processor according to a result of determination made by the packet identifier. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204753 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device has a first wireless communication unit capable of performing wireless communication within a first communication distance, a second wireless communication unit capable of performing wireless communication within a second communication distance greater than the first communication distance, and a controller configured to assign at least a part of the wireless communication performed by the second wireless communication unit to the first wireless communication unit instead of the second wireless communication unit, based on a communication history of the second wireless communication unit stored after the wireless communication using the first wireless communication unit becomes available. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204754 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting traffic control information by an Evolved Node B (ENB) in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting congestion state information a traffic control node. The congestion state information is used to control traffic for a User Equipment (UE) that is accessing the ENB. And, the congestion state information includes information about a congestion state of the ENB, and is included in a packet header transmitted from the UE. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204755 | APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA TRAFFIC IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS NETWORKS - An apparatus for distributing data traffic in heterogeneous wireless networks is provided. A terminal for transmitting data to a plurality of wireless networks, includes a transmission rule storing unit to store a data transmission rule with respect to the plurality of wireless networks, a data dividing unit to divide first data into a plurality of first data groups based on the stored data transmission rule, a transmission network selecting unit to select an individual transmission network for each divided data group from the plurality of wireless networks based on the determined data transmission rule, and a network access unit to transmit each data group to the selected transmission network. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204756 | COMMUNICATION SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM - A communication speed control system to be placed between service providing servers on the Internet and smartphones, the communication speed control system including: a traffic storing unit a non-regulated IP address storing unit for registering IP addresses of the servers a packet reading unit for extracting an IP address of the server from the packet; a traffic management unit for calculating cumulative data traffic of the IP address in question a handling rule management unit for determining that a band limitation is required when the cumulative data traffic exceeds a threshold value and the IP address in question is not registered as a non-regulated IP address, and determining that a band limitation is not required when the cumulative data traffic does not exceed the threshold value and a packet transmission unit for transmitting a packet at a normal communication speed. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204757 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM - A wireless sensor network system includes: sensor terminals and a management terminal. A sensor terminal sends a join request at a first transmission power; and the management terminal calculates the traffic load of nodes on the reception path of the join request. If the number of hops and the traffic load are both within respective permissible ranges, the management terminal sets the reception path as the communication route of the sensor terminal. If the number of hops and/or the load is not within the permissible rage, the management terminal reconstructs the communication path by outputting an instruction to the sensor terminal to make direct connection to the management terminal or a specified node with a low traffic load, at a second transmission power greater than the first transmission power. When receiving the instruction, the sensor terminal transmits to the management terminal or the specified node at the second transmission power. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204758 | Multi-mode intelligent access method, device and system - A multi-mode intelligent access method, device and system are disclosed. The method includes that: a multi-mode mobile intelligent access device is added into a communication network; and the multi-mode mobile intelligent access device employs a way including flow mobility between different access networks, so as to enable a terminal to access a core network gateway through multiple kinds of access networks. By means of the multi-mode intelligent access technology of the disclosure, a terminal can use multiple kinds of access networks at the same time, and the flow mobility between the different access networks can be implemented, so as to utilize wireless bandwidths optimally and improve the transmission speed while reducing the cost of a mobile terminal and enhancing service experience for a subscriber. | 07-24-2014 |
20140211622 | CREATING MULTIPLE NOC LAYERS FOR ISOLATION OR AVOIDING NOC TRAFFIC CONGESTION - Systems and methods described herein are directed to solutions for Network on Chip (NoC) interconnects that automatically and dynamically determines the number of layers needed in a NoC interconnect system based on the bandwidth requirements of the system traffic flows. The number of layers is dynamically allocated and minimized by performing load balancing of the traffic flows between the channels and routes of different NoC layers as they are mapped. Additional layers may be allocated to provide the additional virtual channels that may be needed for deadlock avoidance and to maintain the isolation properties between various system flows. Layer allocation for additional bandwidth and additional virtual channels (VCs) may be performed in tandem. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211623 | Balancing Load Distributions of Loopback Ports - Balancing load distributions of loopback ports includes determining that a load distribution among loopback ports of a switch is unbalanced, determining whether the load distribution is balanceable, and balancing the load distribution. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211624 | Network Device - Disclosed is a network communication switch that facilitates reliable communication of high priority traffic over lower priority traffic across all ingress and egress ports. The network communication switch may monitor the frame storage buffer regardless of egress port, and when the frame storage buffer reaches a predetermined level, the switch may discard lower priority frames from the most congested port. When the frame storage buffer reaches a second predetermined level, the switch may discard lower priority frames before they are stored according to egress port. The network communication switch may further monitor ingress frames for priority, and assign priority to frames according to pre-assigned priority, ingress port, and/or frame contents. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211625 | PREDICTIVE MANAGEMENT OF A NETWORK BUFFER - Predictive management of a network buffer is contemplated. The network buffer may be predictively managed to control packet drop based at least in part on predicted sojourn time. The predicted sojourn time may be determined to predict time needed from an arriving packet to travel through a queue of the network buffer. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211626 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING DATA OFFLOAD, NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE, USER EQUIPMENT, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for triggering data offload. The method includes: receiving, by a first network element from a home subscriber server HSS, information of a packet data network PDN connection, where the information includes offload indication information, and the PDN connection is established by a UE through a second access network; and obtaining, by the first network element, the offload indication information, and triggering, according to the offload indication information, processing of offloading a data flow in the PDN connection to a first access network. In the foregoing provided solution, the UE does not need to indicate, to the first network element, information that offloading is required for the PDN connection, and therefore the UE does not need to support an IKEv2 protocol. This lowers a requirement of the foregoing offload technology on the UE. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211627 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR I/O DRIVEN RATE ADAPTATION - Described is an I/O driven, feedback based rate control mechanism that allows a transfer session to self-adjust its transfer rate in response to the speed of the storage device at the destination. The described system may operate at the application layer, which makes cross-platform deployment an easier task | 07-31-2014 |
20140211628 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCAL PACKET TRANSPORT SERVICES WITHIN DISTRIBUTED ROUTERS - A system and method for routing packets within a router having a plurality of loosely-coupled route processors, including a first route processor, and a line card operably coupled to the plurality of distributed-route-processors. Each route processor includes an internal forwarding information base (IFIB). Each IFIB includes information that is used to route packets addressed to elements within the router. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211629 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING OUT-OF-RESOURCES (OOR) CONDITIONS IN A DATA NETWORK - A system and method for advertising out-of-resources (OOR) conditions for entities, such as nodes, line cards and data links, in a manner that does not involve using a maximum cost to indicate the entity is “out-of-resources.” According to the technique, an OOR condition for an entity is advertised in one or more type-length-value (TLV) objects contained in an advertisement message. The advertisement message is flooded to nodes on a data network to inform them of the entity's OOR condition. Head-end nodes that process the advertisement message may use information contained in the TLV object to determine a path for a new label switched path (LSP) that does not include the entity associated with the OOR condition. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211630 | MANAGING PACKET FLOW IN A SWITCH FARIC - In a method for managing packet flow in a switch fabric comprising a plurality of fabric chips, wherein a packet comprises a counter, a determination as to whether the packet has been detoured around an unavailable fabric link and a determination as to whether the packet is making forward progress are made. In addition, a value of the counter in the packet is modified in response to a determination that the packet has been detoured around an unavailable fabric link and a determination that forward progress is not being made. | 07-31-2014 |
20140219090 | NETWORK CONGESTION REMEDIATION UTILIZING LOOP FREE ALTERNATE LOAD SHARING - Methods and apparatus for network congestion remediation utilizing loop free alternate load sharing within a network device are described. The network device monitors a plurality of egress output queues. Upon detecting congestion at one of the output queues that is a primary next hop for traffic matching an entry of a forwarding table, the network device causes some of the affected traffic to continue to utilize the congested output queue and some of the affected traffic to utilize a loop free alternate next hop via a different output queue at a different port. Upon detecting an end to the congestion, the network device sends all of the affected traffic using the primary next hop. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219091 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FLOOD BROADCASTS IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - Computer networks with multiple nodes are often required to deliver packets to all nodes in the network, commonly referred to as “flooding.” Flooding is used to deliver multicast and broadcast packets generated by application, network and other layers of the networking stack. Flooding can be done very reliably but less efficiently via node to node “unicast” transmissions, or very efficiently but less reliably via “broadcast” transmissions. In order to balance reliability with efficiency, this invention defines a threshold for the number of neighboring nodes as seen by a given node prior to a flooding operation to determine whether data should be unicast or broadcast. Below that threshold, unicast is used; at or above that threshold, broadcast is used. The invention also incorporates knowledge of nodes seen in turn by neighbor nodes as part of this decision. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219092 | TERMINAL HANDOVER - A communication terminal for receiving a communication service from a network that is configured to provide communication services to terminals via a plurality of communication devices, the terminal being configured to receive a communication service from a communication device, receive, from that communication device, a request that it handover from that communication service to another provided by the network and decide, responsive to that request, whether or not to handover from that communication service to another provided by the network. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219093 | QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR SERVING NODE AND METHOD - A method, computer readable medium and serving node includes an interface configured to exchange data with a user equipment and with a gateway node of a network; and a processor. The processor is configured to implement a classifier function for intercepting a request from the user equipment, and for analyzing whether the request complies with pre-established categorization rules, a request analyzer function for analyzing the request when the request complies with the pre-established categorization rules and for selecting one mode of plural available modes, and an application function for requesting a quality of service, QoS, bearer to be established between the serving node and the user equipment when the selected mode includes a QoS requirement. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219094 | Centralized Control of Data Plane Applications - The invention relates to a central control entity ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140219095 | METHOD OF PERFORMING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS, METHOD OF SUPPORTING SAME, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for performing communication by a device-to-device (D2D) user equipment (UE) performing D2D communication in a wireless communication system supporting the D2D communication, comprises receiving a transmission request signal for D2D communication from at least one other D2D UE; measuring a received signal power or a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the received at least one transmission request signal; generating, based on the measurement, D2D link information including at least one of received signal power or SNR information about a D2D link between the D2D UE and the at least one other D2D UE and information about an interference level caused by the at least one other D2D UE; and transmitting the generated D2D link information and a bandwidth request for D2D communication to a base station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219096 | ETHERNET LAN SERVICE ENHANCEMENTS - Numerous enhancements to metro Ethernet network (MEN) E-LAN services and IETF Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) include an enhancement of the overall Quality of Service (QoS) architecture, an enhancement to classification at the provider edge, the use of Ethernet QoS classes, enhancements to policing and marking at ingress provider edge equipment, the provision of traffic management functions at egress provider edge equipment, the use of multiple Ethernet virtual connections (EVCs) and Aggregate EVCs, an enhancement to QoS across an external network-network interface and an enhancement to treatment of Ethernet service frames in a core network. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONGESTION-AWARE ROUTING IN A COMPUTER INTERCONNECTION NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to an example of a method for a first router to adaptively determine status within a network. The network may include the first router, a second router and a third router. The method for the first router may comprise determining status information regarding the second router located in the network, and transmitting the status information to the third router located in the network. The second router and the third router may be indirectly coupled to one another. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219098 | METHOD OF PERFORMING TUNNEL SIGNALING OVER IP TUNNELING PATH AND APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - A method and apparatus for performing tunneling signaling over an IP tunneling path connected to an end-to-end path on an IP network are provided, in which an end-to-end signaling flow is received from a sender or a receiver on the end-to-end path, a tunnel signaling flow is generated corresponding to the received end-to-end signaling flow, and the generated tunnel signaling flow is transmitted through the IP tunneling path, the end-to-end signaling flow is forwarded between an entry node and an exit node of the IP tunneling path, and the forwarded end-to-end signaling flow is transmitted to at least any one node on the end-to-end path, wherein the forwarding is simultaneously performed with the transmitting of the tunnel signaling flow, and the transmitting of the end-to-end signaling flow is suspended until the transmitting of the tunnel signaling flow is completed. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219099 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING - Systems and methods for distributed computing between communication devices. A femto node is treated as a trusted extension of a user equipment and performs processing tasks on behalf of the user equipment. The femto node is also treated as a trusted extension of network servers and performs services on behalf of the network servers. Tasks are thus distributed between the network servers, the femto node and one or more user equipments. The tasks include processing data, filtering incoming messages, and caching network service information. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233383 | Management of Traffic Buffering in Internal and External Memories in a Passive Optical Network - Methods, systems, and computer program products for managing memory of a passive optical network (PON) are provided herein. The method includes the steps of receiving a plurality of data packets from a stream of packets. A plurality of packet descriptors associated with each data packet is stored in a configurable first queue. The first queue includes a plurality of cache slots and is managed in an internal memory. A state of the first queue is identified. In response to the state of the first queue meeting a predetermined threshold, packet descriptors from a tail cache slot of the first queue are transferred to a second queue. The second queue is managed in an external memory. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233384 | Method and Apparatus for Receiving Information From a Communications Network - A network element for communicating with a wireless communication unit is described. The network element comprises: a transceiver for communicating with the wireless communication unit; an interface for operably coupling to a data store; and a control processor. The control processor is operably coupled to the interface, and arranged to: intercept a communication from the wireless communication unit to a second network element, inspect the communication to determine whether the communication relates to a request for a first item of information; request the first item of information from the data store, wherein the control processor is further arranged to not forward the request for the first item of information to the second network element if it is determined that first item of information is stored in the data store; receive the first item of information from the data store; and transmit the first information to the wireless communication unit. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233385 | METHODS AND NETWORK NODES FOR TRAFFIC STEERING BASED ON PER-FLOW POLICIES - A method for redirecting a traffic flow in a communication network, in which a first or default service path has been configured for the traffic flow to go through is disclosed. The method comprises: receiving a notification message from a network node, the notification message including a traffic characteristic information of a packet of the traffic flow; creating a set of rules based on the received traffic characteristic information; and sending the set of rules to a plurality of switches in the communication network, the set of rules configuring a second or alternative service path to be used by subsequent packets of this traffic flow. Also, a network node for carrying out this method is provided. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233386 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OFFLOADING HANDOVER OF WIRELESS CONNECTIONS FROM A LTE NETWORK TO A WI-FI NETWORK - The various embodiments herein provide a method and system for providing network offloading in a wireless communication. The method comprising includes obtaining an Access Technology Selection Policy (ATSP) from at least one of Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF), pre-configuration and Mobile Management Entity (MME), wherein the ATSP comprises of a plurality of radio access network selection criteria assistance default threshold values; modifying the ANDSF ATSP threshold values based on at least one of the radio characteristics and load conditions of the Radio Access Network (RAN) node by the RAN node; sending the modified ATSP threshold values to the UE; updating the ANDSF policy with the modified ATSP threshold values by the UE and determining offloading of the UE from a first radio access network to a second radio access network by the UE. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233387 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR LOAD BALANCE - The present invention relates to a method and device for a load balance. The device comprises: a selecting module, configured to select, according to a load state and fault state of each network edge node in a network edge node pool of an access network, a network edge node having the capacity of bearing a load to serve a user equipment from the network edge node pool when a message including information indicating that the user equipment intends to access a network is received; and a sending module, configured to send a message for indicating the selected network edge node to serve the user equipment to the selected network edge node. The method and device of the present invention can improve a utilization rate of a network edge node and lower the requirement for the capacity of the network edge node. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233388 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, QoS CONTROL STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A first access network in which a bearer transfer path that guarantees a predetermined QoS has been established and a second access network in which a transfer path which is different from that in the first access network has been established are provided, and PCRF | 08-21-2014 |
20140241157 | Extended Access Point - An extended wireless access point may have many distributed radio units connected to associated processing units via a radio transmission network comprising commodity switches controlled by one or more network controllers. The one or more network controllers may use a load balancing algorithm to select a processing unit to process a signal received by a distributed radio unit. The radio units may receive a wireless signal, and generate compressed samples of the wireless signal for transport via the radio transmission network and processing by a selected processing unit. Similarly, a processing unit may generate and transmit via the radio transmission network compressed samples for decompression and transmission by a radio unit. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241158 | COLLECTION OF SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION FOR DATA BREAKOUT IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - A method and system supports subscriber based IP data breakout at the edge of a mobile data network without monitoring the use of security keys or breaking into ciphered message exchanges. The system employs a first service mechanism operating at the edge of the mobile data network a second service mechanism operating at the core on the S11 interface. The second service mechanism at the core collects subscriber related data, subscriber identifiers and tunnel identifiers and sends this data to the first service mechanism. The second service mechanism at the core collects subscriber related data, subscriber identifiers and tunnel identifiers and sends this data to the first service mechanism. The first service mechanism uses the tunnel identifiers received from the second service mechanism to identify sessions and tunnels carrying subscriber dependent data packets (S1-U packets) in order to perform subscriber-based IP data breakout, offloading and optimization. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241159 | OPTIMIZATION OF TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) CONNECTIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Network parameters implemented in a number of network devices may be optimized. In one implementation, a device may receive values for a network parameters, the network parameters including network parameters associated with devices in a network. At least a first portion of the network parameters may relate to traffic control in transmission control protocol (TCP) sessions in the network and at least a second portion of the network parameters may relate to data transmission in a radio access interface in the network. The device may further receive values for performance indicators that define a performance of one or more aspects of the network. The device may further modify one or more of the network parameters based on the received values for the network parameters and based on the received performance indicators, to optimize performance of the network with respect to the performance indicators. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241160 | Scalable, Low Latency, Deep Buffered Switch Architecture - A switch architecture includes an ingress module, ingress fabric interface module, and a switch fabric. The switch fabric communicates with egress fabric interface modules and egress modules. The architecture implements multiple layers of congestion management. The congestion management may include fast acting link level flow control and more slowly acting end-to-end flow control. The switch architecture simultaneously provides high scalability, with low latency and low frame loss. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241161 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Data Transmission in a Communication System - A method and apparatus for controlling data transmission in a communication system is provided. In one aspect of the invention relates to a method performed by a data transmission control node in a communication system. The method comprises receiving a request for a transmission rule for a device; determining a transmission impacting parameter for the device based on information received in the request and based on the transmission impacting parameter further determining a device transmission rule governing the data transmission by the device. A transmission rule deployment message is transmitted to the device enabling the device to govern transmission in accordance with the device transmission rule. Another aspect of the invention relates to a transmission control node apparatus and a further aspect relates to a user equipment device. An advantage is that enabling a sending device to optimize its traffic allows a better performing network with higher utilization. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241162 | Method of Enhancing Processing Capabilities in a Communications Network - A method of enhancing processing capabilities in a communications network is provided. The method includes receiving a request to process a mobile station at a first control node of the network, detecting that the mobile station requires processing support, and assigning at least a part of processing of the mobile station to a second control node capable of handling the processing. The first control node configures the second control node over an interface between the control nodes, and the assigning includes routing data traffic from the mobile station through the second control node after the first control node has configured the second control node over an interface between the control nodes. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241163 | RECEIVER-BASED METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR CONTROLLING TCP SENDER BEHAVIOR IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS WITH LARGE BUFFER SIZES - Receiver-based methods for controlling TCP sender behavior in cellular communications networks with large buffer sizes are disclosed. One method includes, at a TCP receiver, receiving packets from a TCP sender. The method further includes determining, based on the packets, a minimum round trip time and a moving average round trip time for cellular network carrying the packets between a TCP sender and a TCP receiver. The method further includes adaptably adjusting a received window size to advertise to the TCP sender based on the minimum round trip time and the moving average round trip time. The method further includes advertising the adjusted received window sizes to the TCP sender. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241164 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY DELAYING NETWORK DATA FLOWS - A control system managing data flows between a sender data processor and a recipient data processor. The data flows originate at the recipient data processor and pass through at least one telecommunications network gateway. The control system includes: a data flow identifier operable to discriminate data packets, sent by the sender data processor to the recipient data processor, as belonging to different data flows depending on respective software applications from which the data flows are originated; and an acknowledgement packet delayer operable to detect acknowledgment packets sent by the recipient data processor for acknowledging receipt of corresponding data packets received from the sender data processor, to discriminate among the acknowledgment packets depending on the data flow to which the acknowledgment packets pertains, and to selectively delay forwarding of the acknowledgment packets to the sender data processor, the selectively delaying depending on the data flow to which the acknowledgment packets relate. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247720 | SIGNAL PATH ISOLATION FOR CONDUCTIVE CIRCUIT PATHS AND MULTIPURPOSE INTERFACES - A device can be configured to provide isolation between conductive circuit paths and to selectively connect one of the conductive circuit paths to a shared interface. Each conductive circuit path can include driver circuitry designed to transmit signals according to a particular protocol and a corresponding signal speed. The shared interface can be, in one instance, a connector designed for connection to other devices. The other devices can be configured to communicate over the shared interface using one or more of the particular protocols provided using the different circuit paths. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247721 | LINK AGGREGATION METHODS AND DEVICES - A method of aggregating a plurality of packet based communication channels is provided by the system. The communication channels connect two common endpoints, and aggregation devices are present at each endpoint to implement an aggregation policy. The system provides a dynamic aggregation system where m aggregation policy is employed on a per packet flow basis. Packet flows can be classified by application type, so that an appropriate aggregation policy can be used for packets belonging to the flow. The selected aggregation policy is used for each flow within the aggregation devices at each endpoint. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247722 | CONGESTION LEVEL INDICATION WITH EXPLICIT CONGESTION NOTIFICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method, apparatus, and computer program product for indicating and responding to various congestion levels in a communication system, such as a wireless communication network. A congestion level in the network is determined, and a percentage of data packets to be transmitted to an endpoint, such as user equipment or another network endpoint serving the user, are marked to indicate the congestion level. The endpoint determines the congestion level at the network from the percentage of received data packets that are marked and may initiate an appropriate response behavior in response to the determined congestion level. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247723 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE - Systems, methods, and apparatus for routing are provided in which a connection track comprising a plurality of network or transport layer packets, received by a router, is identified by examination of header fields of one or more first packets in the plurality of packets. One or more quality of service (QoS) parameters is associated with the connection track by determining whether the track encodes a data type by (i) an identification of a predetermined application protocol used within the one or more first packets and/or (ii) a comparison of a payload of one or more packets in the plurality of packets to known data type formats. A first QoS parameter is set to a first value in a first value range when the connection track contains the first data type. The connection track is routed through the router in accordance with the one or more QoS parameters assigned to the connection track. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247724 | Load Distribution in a Network of Small-Cell Base Stations - A network device may make a determination that a first backhaul connection, which serves a first base station, is congested and that a second backhaul connection, which serves a second base station, is not congested. This determination may be made based on a first periodic data cap imposed on the first backhaul connection, a traffic load on the first backhaul connection, a second periodic data cap imposed on the second backhaul connection, and a traffic load on the second backhaul connection. In response to the determination, the network device may configure a value of a cellular communication parameter utilized by one or both of the base stations. The configuration may comprise periodic adjustments of the value of the cellular communication parameter. The periodic adjustments may cause one or more mobile devices to be cyclically handed-over between the first base station and the second base station. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247725 | LOAD REDUCING SYSTEM AND LOAD REDUCING METHOD - An open flow network system is stabilized while reducing a load, by reducing inquiries of a flow entry to a controller about a flow in which a flow registration has not completed. Specifically, the controller registers the flow entry that defines a rule and an action to uniformly control packets as a flow in a flow table of a switch. When receiving a packet, the switch carries out an inquiry of the flow entry corresponding to the received packet to the controller, if the flow entry corresponding to the received packet is not registered on the flow table, and stacks the received packet. Also, the switch controls the transfer of the received packet which has the same header data as the stacked packet by using the stacked packet until the flow entry corresponding to the received packet is registered. | 09-04-2014 |
20140254368 | Content Based Overload Protection - Unit (1, eNB, SGW, PGW) comprising a processor ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140254369 | Nonlinear Power State Transitioning - In nonlinear power state transitioning, temporal intervals of inactivity in network traffic traversing a network node are determined from transport control data carried in the network traffic. An interrupt is generated that compels a deepest diminished power state from a plurality of power states in the network node. The deepest diminished power state is the deepest power state from which recovery to a completely powered state within a minimum one of the inactivity intervals is assured. Electrical energy consumption in the network node is reduced in response to the interrupt in accordance with a power management schedule. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254370 | END-TO-END QUALITY OF SERVICE OPTIMIZATION BASED ON NETWORK PERFORMANCE INDICATORS - A system may be configured to receive information regarding a quality of service (“QoS”) objective for a network. The network may include a group of nodes through which network traffic traverses. Each node, of the group of nodes, may implement one or more queues that indicate an order in which traffic is processed by the node. The system may further identify scheduling information associated with one or more nodes of the network. The queues implemented by the one or more nodes may be based on the identified scheduling information. The system may receive performance information from at least one of the nodes, of the group of nodes; and may generate new scheduling information for at least one node, of the group of nodes, based on the information regarding the QoS objective, the scheduling information associated with the one or more nodes, and the performance information. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254371 | MECHANISM TO ENABLE BUFFER TO BUFFER CREDIT RECOVERY USING LINK RESET PROTOCOL - A buffer to buffer credit recovery mechanism is disclosed in which the ports involved in the credit recovery operation are synchronized while credit recovery is being enabled and during a credit recovery operation when credit recovery parameters are being reset. Buffer to buffer credit recovery involves exchanging primitive control signals and parameters during the login sequence to enable credit recovery. Once credit is lost; there may be a need for resetting a link to reset the credit recovery counters and BB credits. Both of these processes require synchronization between the ports involved in the credit recovery mechanism. This synchronization is achieved by enabling credit recovery during the Link Reset protocol negotiation and ensuring that no frames or R_RDYs are exchanged during the procedure. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254372 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, PROCEDURE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PROVISIONING A NETWORK - A procedure for provisioning a network, and a system, apparatus, and computer program that operate in accordance with the procedure. The procedure comprises performing a provisioning action to provision a traffic flow in a network. A graphical representation of a portion of the network is provided based on a result of the provisioning action. In one example aspect, the graphical representation comprises a plurality of representative elements representing one or more network components and one or more links between at least two of the plurality of representative elements. The network components comprise, for example, at least one of a network element, an optical channel, or a cross-connection, or the like. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254373 | Method and Apparatus for Improving LTE Enhanced Packet Core Architecture Using Openflow Network Controller - A communication network configured to substitute serving gateway (“SGW”), packet data network gateway (“PGW”), and mobility management entity (“MME”) with an OpenFlow network controller (“OFNC”) for packets routing between mobile devices and the Internet is disclosed. The network includes a cellular base station, a packet data network (“PDN”), and OFNC. The cellular base station provides wireless communication for user equipments (“UEs”). The PDN is able to route packet flows to their destination(s). The routing controller or OFNC manages a cluster of routers including at least one edge router via OpenFlow protocol. The OFNC, in one embodiment, establishes a routing path between the cellular base station and the PDN for an authenticated UE via a group of routers based on information obtained from an authenticating server and a charging system. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254374 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PROVIDING SERVICE CLUSTERING IN A TRILL NETWORK - The methods and devices discussed herein provide service clustering within a TRILL network without relying on an additional service insertion framework. A TRILL network can include one or more flow distribution RBridges for distributing flows to service nodes. Each flow distribution RBridge can have a virtual base identifier and one or more virtual cluster identifiers. An example method can include maintaining N service cluster load balancing structures and receiving a packet that is encapsulated with an inner header (source/destination addresses) and an outer header (ingress/egress RBridge identifiers). The method can include determining whether the egress RBridge identifier is a virtual cluster identifier, and if so, applying a hash function to a predetermined flow tuple and selecting a service node associated with the hash value from one of the N service cluster load balancing structures. The method can include forwarding the packet to the selected service node. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254375 | METHOD FOR TERMINATING VOICE CALLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method to reduce signalling loads in wireless communication networks in a wireless communication network comprising an IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) application server allocated on a server by implementing a new voice call terminating procedure. The method comprises determining whether a Mobile Station Roaming Number (MSRN) is related to a foreign network and, based on this determination, performing a number of operations. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254376 | Methods and Apparatus for Using a Layered Gear to Analyze and Manage Real-Time Network Quality of Service Transmission for Mobile Devices on Public Networks - Methods for providing layered gear mechanism to enable optimal transmission of data packets includes identifying types of data that are scheduled for transmission over a network. Data packets are generated at different depths for a particular type of data identified for transmission, wherein the data packets are generated at a source. The data packets of different depths are transmitted in different layers over a network, to a destination, wherein each layer of data packets corresponds to a specific depth. Response for the data packets transmitted in each layer is collected from the network as the data packets progress along the network. The response is analyzed to identify network transmission characteristics for each layer. A depth is selected for transmitting subsequent data packets for the particular data type based on the network transmission characteristics obtained through the analysis. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254377 | Methods for Packet Forwarding Though a Communication link of a Distributed link Aggregation Group Using Mesh Tagging - A method for packet forwarding through a communication link of a distributed link aggregation group (LAG) in a mesh network using a path tag is described herein. A packet is received on a non-mesh port of a first network device of the mesh network. A Media Access Controller (MAC) destination address of the packet that is associated with a plurality of network devices in the mesh is determined. Each network device of the plurality of network devices includes a link grouped in the distributed LAG. A destination mesh device from the plurality of network devices is selected. A plurality of available paths between the first network device and the destination mesh device are determined. A path of the plurality of available paths is selected. A tag associated with the selected path is inserted into the packet, and the packet is forwarded along the selected path. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254378 | MOBILE INTERNET SERVICE SYSTEM FOR LONG DISTANCE TRAINS - Embodiments described herein generally relate to providing communication services to client devices in a transport system. In some examples, methods of providing communication services to client devices in a transport system are described. The methods can include exchanging, among a multiple number of routers provided in a transport system, status information of each of the multiple number of routers. The methods can also include receiving, at a given router included in the multiple number of routers, a communication addressed to a remote server accessible through a first network. The communication may be received from a client device connected to the given router through a second network different than the first network. The methods can also include, based on the status information, routing the communication to the remote server through at least the given router and the first network. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254379 | TRAFFIC CLASSIFICATION AND CONTROL ON A NETWORK NODE - A system is configured to receive traffic being transported via a network; obtain, as a result of receiving the traffic, content from one or more packets associated with the traffic; analyze the content to identify one or more attributes associated with the content, where the one or more attributes correspond to at least one of: a network address, information associated with an application with which the traffic is associated, information associated with message content, or information associated with software content; determining that at least one attribute, of the one or more attributes, matches an attribute, of a set of attributes that are stored within a memory, where the set of attributes corresponds to a set of categories of traffic; identify a category, of the set of categories, that corresponds to the attribute; associate the category and the traffic; and process the traffic based on the associated category. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254380 | Real-Time Network Monitoring and Subscriber Identification with an On-Demand Appliance - A system and a method are disclosed for selectively monitoring traffic in a service provider network. The system receives a notice for a beginning of a network data flow, which responds to a request from a user device for content at an origin server. The system then determines whether to monitor the data flow from the origin server to the user device. If so determined, the system collects statistic information of the data flow and stores the statistic information to a flow record in a database. The system also maps the flow record to a subscriber of the service provider network by analyzing the statistic information of the data flow and estimates bandwidth provided to the data flow by the service provider's network based on the analysis of the statistic information of the data flow. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254381 | Congestion Handling in a Base Station of a Mobile Network - For implementing handling of congestions in a mobile network, a base station ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140254382 | TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION FOR IP CONNECTION OVER AN IP CONNECTIVITY ACCESS NETWORK AND FOR AN APPLICATION ALLOWING A CHOICE OF IP CONNECTION ENDPOINT - In an embodiment, there is provided a method for optimization of IP traffic between a User Equipment having access to an IP network via an IP Connectivity Access Network, and an IP connection endpoint in said IP network, for an application allowing a choice in said IP connection endpoint, said method comprising at least one step based on a selection of an IP connection endpoint according to end-to-end IP traffic optimization criteria. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254383 | Method and system for controlling effective time of terminal trigger message - A method for controlling effective time of a terminal trigger message is disclosed. The method includes: a mobility management unit receives a terminal trigger message from a Machine Type Communication (MTC) application server; and in a scenario of congestion control, the mobility management unit determines that a time value of a back-off timer is longer than a time value of an effective timer related to the terminal trigger message, and reconfigures the time value for the effective timer related to the terminal trigger message. A system for controlling effective time of a terminal trigger message is further disclosed. With the present disclosure, before the back-off timer of a terminal expires, a network can reserve the trigger message to avoid an unsuccessful trigger of the terminal, thus improving a success rate of triggering the terminal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269295 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF VIRTUAL SUB-NETWORKS - A system and method for management of virtual sub-networks includes a network controller including a control unit and one or more ports coupled to the control unit. The network controller is configured to receive a first admit request from a network switching device on a first virtual sub-network, form a first admit response based on information associated with the first admit request, transmit the first admit response to the network switching device on the first virtual sub-network, form one or more first flow control messages including configuration information for coupling the network controller and the network switching device using a second virtual sub-network, transmit the one or more first flow control messages, transmit a first migrate message to the network switching device, and exchange management traffic with the network switching device using the second virtual sub-network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269296 | Systems and Methods of Bundled Label Switch Path for Load Splitting - In example embodiments of the systems and methods of multipath load balancing disclosed herein, a bundle of packets for transmission over a network backbone is transformed into N parallel bundles. The multi-path model is composed of its N constituent legs that are signaled between the same ingress/egress node pair such that each leg can potentially carry 1/N of the traffic rate of the original route. The multi-path legs can be easily identified based on their placement or power in the backbone due to their ability to carry the largest traffic volume between important or critical nodes. The number of parallel legs that the bundle is composed of may be set based on the average nodal degree of connectivity in the network backbone. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269297 | INTEGRATED DATA PLANE FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK SERVICES - Network services can be dynamically configured on an integrated data path by establishing control paths between data plane entities located on the integrated data path and service entities associated with the network services. In this way, routing for the integrated data path is performed with fewer restrictions than traditional data planes, which are largely limited by the relative locations of pre-configured network nodes in the service network. As a result, the integrated data path may traverse a shorter or more favorable route over the services network, thereby achieving improved service network performance, lower latency periods, less congestion, etc. Further, a service topology on the integrated data path can be dynamically re-configured through the addition, removal, or reordering of data plane entities on the integrated data path. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269298 | Network Processor and Method for Processing Packet Switching in Network Switching System - A network processor for processing packet switching in a network switching system is disclosed. The network processor includes a first memory for storing a first packet among a plurality of packets; a second memory for storing a second packet among the plurality of packets; and a memory selecting unit for selecting the first memory or the second memory for storing each of the plurality of packets according to whether a traffic of the network switching system is congested; wherein attributes of the first memory and the second memory are different. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269299 | NETWORK CONTROLLER NORMALIZATION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - Methods, devices, and machine-readable and executable instructions are provided for normalizing network traffic using a network controller. An example method for normalizing network traffic using a network controller can include receiving network traffic, including a plurality of data units, at a network controller, and normalizing the network traffic based on a rule using the network controller. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269300 | Method And Apparatus For Inter-RAT Integration - A method comprises off-loading data traffic from user equipment in a coverage area of a cell from a first band to second band. The off-loading comprises building a probability distribution function of a transmit configuration for power levels of sub-bands for first bands and second bands in the cell and updating the probability distribution function being configured at an end of a selected time interval. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269301 | NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - Technologies for managing congestion of a communication channel includes a network device for receiving a network packet from a computing device destined for another computing device, analyzing network traffic flows over a communication channel established between the network device and an upstream network device, and determining whether the communication channel is congested as a function of the network traffic flows. Such technologies may also include storing the received packet in a local storage in response to determining that the communication channel is congested, transmitting an acknowledgement packet to the computing device in response to storing the received network packet local storage, and transmitting the stored network packet to the upstream network device in response to determining that the communication channel is no longer congested. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269302 | Intra Switch Transport Protocol - In one implementation, a network device is configured to implement an intra switch transport protocol. The intra switch transport protocol is configured to determine a maximum window size according to a predetermined bandwidth and a round trip time between a plurality of ingress ports and an egress port. The network device is configured to calculate an assigned window value for the one of the plurality of ingress ports based on the maximum window size and generate an acknowledgment message including the assigned window value for the one of the plurality of ingress ports, and to delay successive acknowledgement messages according to fabric congestion and egress port occupancy. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269303 | Systems And Methods For Managing A Packet Network - Systems and methods for managing congestion in a network are disclosed. One method can comprise receiving delay information relating to one or more network points wherein the delay information represents one or more of link level delay, connection level delay, and class of service level delay. The method can also comprise comparing delay information to a threshold and if the delay information exceeds the threshold, executing a congestion control process associated with the one or more network points. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269304 | ADVANCED GATEWAY FOR MULTIPLE BROADBAND ACCESS - An advanced gateway for multiple broadband access can include a plurality of broadband network interfaces. The advanced gateway can route data from a local network interface to a broadband network interface when a performance attribute of the broadband network meets or exceeds a data characteristic of data conveyed through the local network interface. In another embodiment, a first advanced gateway can send a portion of data received through the local network interface to a second advanced gateway when performance attributes associated with the first advanced gateway cannot meet or exceed a data characteristic of data received through a local network interface of the first advanced gateway. In yet another embodiment, an advanced gateway can receive commands from service providers, determine a recipient device for the command and forward the command to the recipient device through a device interface coupled to the recipient device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269305 | DYNAMIC NETWORK LOAD REBALANCING - A network device includes a communication interface. A processing system is coupled to the communication interface. A memory system is coupled to the processing system and includes instructions that, when executed by the processing system, cause the processing system to receive first traffic though the communication interface and forward the first traffic downstream though the communication interface using a first path. The memory system also includes instructions that, when executed by the processing system, cause the processing system receive a congestion notification from a downstream network device through the communication interface and determine whether the congestion notification is associated with the first traffic. In response to the first traffic being associated with the congestion notification, the processor determines whether a second path exists for forwarding subsequent traffic that is associated with the congestion notification downstream though the communication interface. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269306 | ETHERNET TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - An improved Ethernet traffic management device is provided comprising. a first port, a second port, and a third port. The device further comprises a first deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller controlling traffic through the first port, a second deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller controlling traffic through the second port, and a third deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller controlling traffic through the third port. The first deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller, second deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller, and third deterministic multi-threaded micro-controller cooperatively operate to selectively communicate data packets between each of the first, second and third ports. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269307 | Content Addressable Memory with Reduced Power Consumption - A ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) provides a pre-classifier section which analyzes a subset of received data values to forward the entire received data values only to selected portions of a TCAM likely holding that data value to substantially reduce power consumption required for classification. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269308 | System and Method for Customizing the Identification of Application or Content Type - Expertise, for performing classification of a type of network traffic, can be encapsulated in a module. A set of modules, as currently available to a traffic controller, can be referred to as a collection. Programming language constructs are introduced that facilitate the writing of modules customized to identify network traffic that is peculiar to a particular user, or to a relatively small group of users. An example programming language, based on Tcl, is introduced. A key aspect is event-driven programming, and the “when” command construct is introduced. Three important event types, that can trigger a “when” command, are CLIENT_DATA, SERVER_DATA, and RULE_INIT. Another key aspect is an ability to keep state information between events. Constructs for intra-session, intra-module, and global state are introduced. A module can be blocked from executing more than once for a session. Successful execution of a module can be specified by a “match” statement. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269309 | METHOD OF MANAGING COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC FOR MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREOF - A method and a communication device for managing communication traffic for multiple communication technologies are provide. The method, performed by a communication device to manage communications with a first and a second network having a first and a second communication technology, respectively, includes: determining, by a second communication module, whether a first transmission of the first communication technology is in progress before proceeding with a second transmission having the second communication technology; when the first transmission is in progress, initiating, by a second communication module, an unavailable period of the first communication technology; initiating, by a second communication module, notification of the unavailability of the first communication technology to the first network; and proceeding, by the second communication module, with the second transmission. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269310 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING MULTIPLE MODEMS - A mobile communications device allows communication in an ad hoc wireless network. The mobile communications device transmits, on a first radio frequency (RF) channel of the wireless network, a first signal by at least a first radio of the wireless device, the first signal encoded using at least a first modem of the wireless device. The mobile communications device concurrently transmits or receives, on an RF second channel of the wireless network, a second signal by at least a second radio of the wireless device, the second signal encoded or decoded using at least a second modem of the wireless device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269311 | PARALLELIZING PACKET CLASSIFICATION AND PROCESSING ENGINES - An apparatus that recursively classifies packets includes a hierarchical set of classification engines that perform parallel classification of the packets in a packet processing queue. In particular, a first classification engine separates the packets based on physical-layer information and/or link-layer information in the packets. Then, second classification engines further separate the packets into multiple parallel pipelines based on layer information in the packets that is other than the physical-layer information and the link-layer information. The first classification engine and the second classification engines maintain a relative ordering of the packets in network sub-flows while allowing changes in relative ordering among different network flows. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269312 | BASE STATION HAVING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS FOR THE ADAPTIVE OFFLOADING OF AN OVERLOADED AREA - Telecommunication stations having a wide coverage area are described. Some embodiments relate to a station for transmitting and/or receiving electromagnetic waves, including at least two antenna ports, each antenna port being capable of being connected to a respective group of antennas comprising one or more antennas, the respective signals being fed to the respective antenna ports being identical to one another, except for, if need be, the respective powers thereof, the station further including adjustment components capable of separately adjusting the respective power of at least one of the respective signals, and a control component capable of controlling the adjustment components according to a control signal received by the station. In some embodiments, the telecommunications systems described herein can be used for heterogeneous mobile networks. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269313 | System and Method for Adaptation in a Wireless Communications System - A method for adapting communications system topology includes receiving, by an adaptation device, first signal plus interference to noise ratio (SINR) values from user equipments in a communications system, the first SINR values associated with a transmission configuration as configured by the communications system, and adapting, by the adaptation device, a topology of the communications system in accordance with the first SINR values received from the user equipments already attached to the communications system. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269314 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR MULTI-SCREEN VIDEO APPLICATIONS OVER CABLE WI-FI NETWORKS - Combining network and client based adaptive streaming approaches enable a distributed and adaptive resource management system for carrier quality video transmission over cable Wi-Fi systems. The adaptive resource management over cable Wi-Fi heterogeneous networks includes a network based approach using client based feedback. The resource management of a video stream is performed on a service provider's network, for example in a cable modem termination system, by evaluating a margin and a fairness index. In embodiments, the rate of a video stream to a requesting client is adjusted and, in embodiments, the rate of a video stream for non-requesting clients is adjusted. Embodiments include mechanisms for call admission control and adaptive streaming based on adjustable resource margins and fairness indices for DOCSIS and Wi-Fi hetnet systems. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269315 | ADAPTIVE R99 AND HS PS (HIGH SPEED PACKET-SWITCHED) LINK DIVERSITY FOR COVERAGE AND CAPACITY ENHANCEMENT OF CIRCUIT-SWITCHED CALLS - Adaptive link diversity is employed for enhanced coverage and capacity during user data communication in a UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System). Specifically, current radio conditions associated with the user data are monitored and analyzed. Moreover, a switching and/or concurrent transport mechanism is implemented for communication between a NodeB and UE (User Equipment), when the current radio conditions change beyond a predefined level. In particular, a CS (Circuit Switched) over HSPA (High Speed Packet Access) connection is reconfigured to an R99 (Release 99) CS connection, or a concurrent R99 CS connection is provided along with the CS over HSPA connection, when detected that radio conditions have degraded beyond a predefined threshold. In one aspect, the selection between switching to a new transport mechanism and, adding a concurrent transport mechanism is based on an analysis and/or operator defined conditions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269316 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES DATA FLOW AT A NETWORK DEVICE IMPLEMENTING REDUNDANT PACKET DISCARD SECURITY TECHNIQUES - An improved method is described for providing Differentiated Services (Diffserv) traffic to a node in a network that implements a security method that discards duplicate packets received at the node. The method includes the step of identifying at least two service levels to be provided to received traffic and assigning different size look-back window counts to each of the service levels. The look-back window count indicates a number of packets that have been previously received at the node that should be compared against a received packet to determine whether a duplicate packet has been received. In one embodiment, a service level that has higher priority is assigned a lower look-back window count and thus examines fewer previously received packets than a service level having a lower priority. Such an arrangement reduces the possibility that traffic having higher priority is dropped as a security measure. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269317 | COMPRESSION DEVICES, DECOMPRESSION DEVICES, COMPRESSION METHODS, AND DECOMPRESSION METHODS - A compression device which may include: a subset determination circuit configured to determine a subset of a transmission indication map, the transmission indication map including a plurality of bits, each bit indicating whether data to be transmitted to a respective pre-determined radio communication terminal is present in an access point; a pre-determined bit value determination circuit configured to determine whether the subset includes a bit of a pre-determined bit value; and a compressed string generation circuit configured to insert, if the subset includes a bit of the pre-determined bit value, into a compressed string an indicator indicating that the subset includes a bit of the pre-determined bit value and the subset and further configured to include, if the subset does not includes a bit of the pre-determined bit value, into the compressed string an indicator indicating that the subset does not include a bit of the pre-determined bit value. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269318 | DIGITAL CAPACITY CENTRIC DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is an architecture for a Digital Capacity Centric Distributed Antenna System (DCC-DAS) that dynamically manages and distributes resources in different locations where there is demand for capacity. The DCC-DAS also allows for the routing of resources to other applications such as location finding devices, jamming devices, repeaters, etc. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286164 | FLOW MANAGEMENT FOR DATA STREAMS OVER CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and systems for data flow control include establishing a first connection between a gateway and a network client responsive to a connection request from the network client; establishing a second connection between the gateway and a server specified by the connection request; determining a user class for the network client based on a level of network congestion detected at the gateway based on throughput and round-trip-time delays; modifying a data flow received at the gateway on the second connection to remove data from the flow based on the determined user class of the network client; and transmitting the modified data flow to the network client via the first connection. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286165 | Optimization of a Backhaul Connection in a Mobile Communications Network - A system, a method, a device, and a computer program product for transmission of data between a user device and a server. A first data received from the user device and a second data received from the server are processed. A determination is made whether to store at least a portion of the second data in at least one memory. The stored portion of the second data is provided to the user device in response to receiving the first data. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286166 | Method and Device for Loading Read Content - The present disclosure is applied in field of mobile internet, and provides method and device for loading a read content, the method includes: acquiring a loading condition evaluation parameter of the mobile terminal, the loading condition evaluation parameter including a network environment parameter; determining a loading condition level of the mobile terminal according to the loading condition evaluation parameter; adapting a loading strategy corresponding to the loading condition level in a preset loading strategy table; loading the read content according to the loading strategy. The embodiments of the present method can adapt a suitable loading strategy for the read content needs to be loaded according to the network environment, in which the mobile terminal is currently, so as to implement an adaptive adjustment of the loading strategy and ensure that the read content can be loaded in a shortest time no matter of the network environment. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286167 | PATH CONTROL SYSTEM, PATH CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PATH CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A path control system according to the present invention includes: a network including a communication device that communicates via a wireless link using adaptive modulation; and a path control device ( | 09-25-2014 |
20140286168 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND NODE - Each of the nodes included in an ad-hoc network determines whether an identifier indicative of high-priority data is included in data received from another node. When the identifier is included in the received data, each of the nodes determines whether the subject node is a device that relays the received data to a destination. When determining that the subject node is a device that relays the received data to the destination, each of the nodes transmits the received data to the destination. When determining that the subject node is not a device that relays the received data to the destination, each of the nodes suppresses data transmission to the nodes included in the ad-hoc network. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286169 | ELASTIC TRAFFIC MARKING FOR MULTI-PRIORITY PACKET STREAMS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Routers in a communications network mark packets of a multi-priority stream to establish a drop precedence of the packets during network congestion. For each packet received, a router employs one of two types of packet-marking mechanisms to associate low drop precedence with a high-priority, out-of-profile packet. One type, called “token bucket with loan bucket,” uses a token bucket to determine whether a packet is in conformance, i.e., in-profile, with a traffic profile and at least one loan bucket to determine whether a high priority, out-of-profile packet may borrow bandwidth. Another mechanism type, called “token bucket with color-exchange queue,” uses a color-exchange queue to delay packet forwarding for a fixed period. During this delay, a high-drop-precedence marking of an out-of-profile, high-priority packet may be exchanged with a low-drop-precedence marking of an in-profile, low-priority packet. The packet-marking mechanisms are useful in improving the quality of video viewing. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286170 | METHOD IN A RADIO NETWORK NODE FOR CONTROLLING USAGE OF RAT AND FREQUENCY BANDWIDTH IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio network node, and a method therein, for controlling usage of RAT and frequency bandwidth in a radio communications system. The method includes allocating a first RAT to a first frequency bandwidth, and allocating a second RAT to a second frequency bandwidth. When a load on the first RAT is above a threshold, the method includes reallocating the first RAT to a third frequency bandwidth, and reallocating the second RAT to a fourth frequency bandwidth, wherein the third and fourth frequency bandwidths are a subset of the first and second frequency bandwidths. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293784 | DISTRIBUTED LOAD BALANCING IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - Embodiments relate to a baseband processing apparatus ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293785 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SERVICE POLICY IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for managing the service policy applied to a black network comprising a radio link and to a red network connected to this black network managed by a predetermined set of profiles is proposed. The congestion of the radio link is detected by any means by the black domain. The congestion of the radio link is detected by a method for detecting congestion which operates by means of exchanges within the red domain. A service policy profile then established matches for each domain to a detected congestion level. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293786 | Path Resolution for Hierarchical Load Distribution - Network devices perform multiple stage path resolution. The path resolution may be ECMP resolution. Any particular stage of the multiple stage path resolution may be skipped under certain conditions. Further, the network device facilitate redistribution of traffic when a next hop goes down in a fast, efficient manner, and without reassigning traffic that was going to other unaffected next hops, using multiple stage ECMP resolution. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293787 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE CAPABILITIES OF AN AD HOC TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method is provided for optimizing the adaptation of communication routes in a network consisting of wireless communication nodes, with transfer of information between nodes by relays. This optimization notably enables the communications capabilities to be increased within a self-organized MANET-type network (“Mobile Ad Hoc Network”) which is present notably in radio networks. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293788 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROUTING ELECTRONIC CONTENT TO A RECIPIENT DEVICE - A system and method for routing electronic content to a recipient device comprising a plurality of network nodes, each network node adapted to receive and forward electronic content and an activity profile server adapted to be in data communication with each network node, the activity profile server adapted to monitor the activity level of each network node and inform each network node on the congestion level of an adjacent network node; wherein each network node is adapted, on receiving the information on congestion level to store electronic content if the adjacent network node is congested and forward the electronic content to the adjacent network node if the adjacent network node is not congested is disclosed. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293789 | BASE STATION, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station includes a communicating unit that relays communication between a network and a mobile terminal that is capable of using plural communication schemes that respectively use differing transmission routes to a network; a measuring unit that measures a delay amount in the transmission route of each of the communication schemes; and a switching unit that among the communication schemes and based on predetermined information that includes the measured delay amount, switches the communication scheme used for relaying the communication. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293790 | RELIEVING CONGESTION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A traffic congestion estimation method used for a WLAN comprising wireless terminals ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293791 | ETHERNET DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES CONDITIONING - A network includes an edge node configured to define the per-hop behaviors using a set of bits in an Ethernet header of a frame and a core node configured to receive the frame and to forward the frame according to the per-hop-behaviors. The network can also include a defined set of differentiated service classes, each differentiated service class associated with the set of per-hop behaviors, indicated in the set of priority bits. The network classifies the Ethernet frame based on at least one of a set of priority bits or information in at least one protocol layer in the frame header of the Ethernet frame and determines a per-hop behavior based on the classification. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293792 | OPTIMIZING BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION IN AN IN-HOME NETWORK - Methods and systems for optimizing bandwidth utilization in an in-home network may comprise in a multi-protocol premises-based wired and wireless network, monitoring capabilities of media of a wired communication link operating in accordance with a wired communication standard and capabilities of a wireless communication link operating in accordance with a wireless local area network standard. Some or all data communications from the wired communication link may be routed to the wireless communication link based on the media capabilities. Bit-loading of the data communications in the wired communication link and wireless communication link may be configured based on the media capabilities. The capabilities may comprise one or more of: bandwidth, data throughput, usage, and signal-to-noise ratio. The wired communication standard may comprise Multimedia over Cable Alliance (MoCA). The monitoring may be performed by one or more Multimedia over Cable Alliance (MoCA) network controllers. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293793 | Service-Aware Profiling for Transport Networks - A method is provided of transporting data packets over a telecommunications transport network. The data packets are carried by a plurality of bearers, each carrying data packets that relate to different ones of a plurality of services. In the method bandwidth profiling is applied to the data packets of each bearer, independently of the other bearers, to identify and mark the data packets of each of the bearers that are conformant with a predetermined maximum information rate for the bearer. The data packets are forwarded for transport through the transport network, wherein, if there is insufficient bandwidth available in the transport network to transport all data packets, data packets not identified by the profiling as being conformant are discarded, so as not to be transported through the transport network. | 10-02-2014 |
20140301197 | VIRTUAL QUANTIZED CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - Congestion management for data traffic in a virtual domain identifies a congestion source and sends a message to the source to adjust data traffic rates. The source may be a virtual machine hosted by a physical server with one or more virtual servers incorporated. A congestion manager may identify the source and send the message to the source without affecting other data sources hosted by the physical server or the virtual servers. In some embodiments, information about the congestion source may be encapsulated in a packet payload readable only by the congestion source so only the congestion source receives the instruction to adjust the transmission rate. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301198 | LINK STATUS BUFFER FLOW CONTROL MANAGEMENT - Generally, this disclosure describes techniques for buffer management based on link status. A host platform may include a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and a network controller that includes a buffer used by the BMC. When a network controller is in a lower power link state, the BMC may attempt to send data to the link partner which causes the network controller to transition out of the low power state. However, this transition may take longer than the buffer's ability to buffer the incoming flow from the BMC. Accordingly, to avoid the need for larger buffer space, a buffer manager is used to provide flow control management of the buffer based on link status. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301199 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROCESSING A PACKET - A system for processing a packet may include, for each of a network interface controller and a central processing unit, a measurement of the processing time, a determination of the amount of energy consumed to process a unit of information in the packet, and a measurement of the load. A user may provide the system with signals to perform networking processes for the packet in a manner to reduce the processing time of the system or in a manner to reduce the amount of energy consumed by the system for processing the packet. A portion of the system may receive at least one of the measurements, determinations, and signals and may cause one of the network interface controller and the central processing unit to perform networking processes for the packet. The networking processes may include establishing a connection to a network. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301200 | RADIO CONTROL BASE STATION AND METHOD OF DETERMINING CONNECTION-TARGET SWITCHING CENTER - A radio control base station connected to a plurality of switching centers includes a capacity information receiving unit configured to receive capacity information from at least one of the plurality of switching centers, a load information receiving unit configured to receive load information from at least one of the plurality of switching centers, a selection ratio calculating unit configured to calculate a selection ratio for selecting a connection-target switching center to which a call from a mobile station is to be connected based on the received capacity information and the received load information, and a connection-target switching center determining unit configured to determine the connection-target switching center based on the calculated selection ratio. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301201 | MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS WITH MULTIPLE ACCESS POINTS BASED ON INTER-ACCESS POINT COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for managing communications in a wireless communications system. An inter-access point communications link between a first access point and a second access point is established. At the first access point, one or more performance statistics from the second access point are received via the inter-access point communications link. Communication to or from a mobile device via the first access point and the second access point, is managed based at least in part on the received performance statistics. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301202 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR DYNAMIC CONTENT OFFLOADING - Methods and apparatuses for dynamic content offloading are provided. For example, a method includes sending, by a client device, a request for one or more data files and receiving a redirection message redirecting the client device to receive the one or more data files through a broadcast channel if offloading is available for the one or more data files. As another example, a method a method includes configuring a client device to utilize offloading and dynamically redirecting the client device to a broadcast channel to receive a transmission of one or more data files in response to (i) receiving a request from the client device for the one or more data files, (ii) determining that offloading to the broadcast channel is appropriate for the one or more data files, and (iii) determining that the client device is configured to utilize offloading. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301203 | Centralized Data Plane Flow Control - The invention relates to a central control entity ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301204 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, POLICY AND CHARGING RULE SERVER APPARATUS, AND MOBILE MANAGEMENT NODE - When congestion is detected in an S-GW, communications are allowed to continue as many as possible. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: notifying, by the S-GW, a PDF in a PCRF of detection of congestion when the congest is detected; acquiring, by the PDF in the PCRF, charging system information regarding UEs using an S1 bearer and an S5 bearer set in the S-GW from an HSS; acquiring, by the PDF in the PCRF, communication service class information in a flow unit in the S1 bearer and the S5 bearer from the P-GW according to the notification; and performing, by the PDF in the PCRF, bandwidth adjustment on specific flows of the S1 bearer and the S5 bearer based on the charging system information and the communication service class information in the flow unit. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301205 | STREAM MANAGEMENT IN AN ON-CHIP NETWORK - A credit-based data flow control method between a consumer device and a producer device. The method includes the steps of decrementing a credit counter for each transmission of a sequence of data by the producer device, arresting data transmission when the credit counter reaches zero, sending a credit each time the consumer device has consumed a data sequence and incrementing the credit counter upon receipt of each credit. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301206 | SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CONCURRENT DATA FLOWS ON A NETWORK - A system for transmitting concurrent data flows on a network includes a memory containing the data of the data flows; a plurality of queues assigned respectively to the data flows, organized to receive the data as atomic transmission units; a flow regulator configured to poll the queues in sequence and, if the polled queue contains a full transmission unit, transmitting the unit on the network at a nominal flow-rate of the network; a queue management circuit configured to individually fill each queue from the data contained in the memory, at a nominal speed of the system, up to a threshold common to all queues; a configuration circuit configurable to provide the common threshold of the queues; and a processor programmed to produce the data flows and manage their assignment to the queues, and connected to the configuration circuit to dynamically adjust the threshold according to the largest transmission unit used in the flows being transmitted. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301207 | SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CONCURRENT DATA FLOWS ON A NETWORK - A system for transmitting concurrent data flows on a network, includes a memory containing data of data flows; a plurality of queues assigned respectively to the data flows, organized to receive the data as atomic transmission units; a flow regulator to poll the queues in sequence and, if the polled queue contains a full transmission unit, transmitting the unit on the network at a nominal flow-rate of the network; a sequencer to poll the queues in a round-robin manner and enable a data request signal when the filling level of the polled queue is below a threshold common to all queues, which threshold is greater than the size of the largest transmission unit; and a direct memory access configured to receive the data request signal and respond thereto by transferring data from the memory to the corresponding queue at a nominal speed of the system, up to the common threshold. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307549 | BUNDLED CHARGING FOR OVER-THE-TOP AND HOSTED SERVICES IN IP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system may receive a request to receive a particular quality of service level for traffic flow between a user device and an over-the-top application server that provides an over-the-top application service. The over-the-top application server may be outside of a service provider network. The system may determine that the user device is to receive the particular quality of service level for the over-the-top application service based on receiving the request. The system may cause the traffic flow to receive the particular quality of service level based on determining that the user device is to receive the particular quality of service level. The traffic flow may be transmitted using the service provider network. The system may determine usage information associated with the traffic flow, where the usage information identifies the user device and the particular quality of service level. The system may provide the usage information. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307550 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORK BASED TRAFFIC STEERING TO NON-CELLULAR ACCESS - Various communication systems may benefit from traffic steering. For example, radio access network based traffic steering can be used to benefit of communications by steering traffic to Wi-Fi leveraging Hotspot 2.0. A method can include determining that an off-load condition exists in an area of a radio access network. The method can also include commanding a user equipment to off-load to non-cellular radio access based on the determining. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307551 | AUTOMATIC LEARNING OF WI-FI NEIGHBORS AND NETWORK CHARACTERISTICS - Communication systems may benefit from additional network information. For example, certain networks or user equipment may benefit from automatic learning of Wi-Fi neighbors and network characteristics. A method may include monitoring network neighborhood for a non-cellular access point. The method may also include storing an identifier of a non-cellular access point. The method may further include associating at least one characteristic of the non-cellular access point with the identifier. The method may additionally include reporting the identifier and the at least one characteristic. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307552 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL FOR DUAL-ACCESS-TECHNOLOGY CELLS - According to an aspect of an embodiment, a base station includes a first interface, a second interface, a third interface, and an allocator. The first interface communicates with a plurality of terminals via a licensed radio spectrum. The second interface communicates with the plurality of terminals via an unlicensed radio spectrum. The third interface receives from a central controller a licensed radio spectrum assignment including a set of assigned physical resource blocks associated with the licensed radio spectrum. The allocator allocates unlicensed radio spectrum resources and the physical resource blocks among the plurality of terminals. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307553 | NETWORK TRAFFIC LOAD BALANCING - A system and methods of using commodity switches and commodity servers to produce a load-balanced, highly-available network for a computing cloud are disclosed. The system comprises switches and servers. The switches are organized in tiers. The switches in the highest tier are connected to the servers via uplink switch ports. The switches in the lowest tier are connected to devices external to the system via downlink switch ports. A packet received from any downlink switch port is forwarded to one of the at least one link aggregation of uplink switch ports. A packet received from any uplink switch port is forwarded according to the first label in the packet. A server is configured to insert one or more labels in a packet to be sent out via the switches. A value in a label indicates the switch port to be selected to send out the packet received at a switch. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307554 | VIRTUAL ENHANCED TRANSMISSION SELECTION (VETS) FOR LOSSLESS ETHERNET - In one embodiment, a system includes a hardware processor and logic integrated with and/or executable by the processor, the logic being adapted to receive a traffic flow having a plurality of packets, classify the traffic flow into a traffic class based on a characteristic of the traffic flow, the traffic class being selected from a plurality of traffic classes, store an identifier of the selected traffic class to one or more of the packets, and transmit the traffic flow according to its destination based on a priority of its selected traffic class. In more embodiments, additional systems, methods, and computer program products for prioritizing traffic flow handling are described. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313892 | OVERLAY NETWORK PRIORITY INHERITANCE - In one embodiment, a system includes logic adapted for receiving an overlay-encapsulated packet including one or more underlay packets, logic adapted for decapsulating the one or more underlay packets from the overlay-encapsulated packet, logic adapted for deriving a priority for each of the one or more underlay packets based on at least one of: a priority of the overlay-encapsulated packet, a transport header of the overlay-encapsulated packet, and an application designation of the one or more underlay packets, and logic adapted for setting the priority of the one or more underlay packets. In another embodiment, a method includes receiving an overlay-encapsulated packet, decapsulating underlay packets therefrom, deriving a priority for the underlay packets, and setting the priority of the underlay packets, the priority being based on any of: a priority of the overlay-encapsulated packet, a transport header of the overlay-encapsulated packet, and/or an application designation of the underlay packets. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313893 | Method and Device for Processing Interconnected Ring in Multi-Protocol Label Switching - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for processing an interconnected ring in multi-protocol label switching. The method includes classifying to-be-processed services as a single ring service for an original ring and a cross-ring service for an interconnected ring corresponding to the original ring, determining information about a virtual point corresponding to the interconnected ring, creating a virtual channel of the original ring according to the information about the virtual point, using the virtual channel to forward the cross-ring service to the interconnected ring, and processing the single ring service according to a pre-created actual channel of the original ring. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313894 | MOBILITY LOAD BALANCING METHOD AND ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE - A mobility load balancing (MLB) method and an access network device are disclosed, which are applied in the field of communication technologies. The MLB method includes: acquiring, by an access network device, resources actually occupied by a service of an operator in a cell controlled by a base station and preset resources occupied by the service of the operator, and determining, according to the acquired resources actually occupied by the service and the preset resources occupied by the service, whether to perform MLB on a user equipment served by the operator, thereby implementing balancing of mobility load. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313895 | FEMTO CELL ACCESS POINT PASSTHROUGH MODEL - Fixed, differentiated quality of service (QoS) is supplied for packetized traffic (e.g., voice and data) intended for femto cell coverage when transmitted concurrently with external broadband traffic. Quality of Service differentiation is supplied without an external implementation. Femto cell coverage is prioritized over concurrent packetized traffic to deliver a rich user experience for delay and jitter sensitive applications. A passthrough configuration for a femto access point (AP) facilitates supplying hard QoS for data packet streams, or flows, intended for femto cell coverage or non-femto-cell coverage. The femto AP receives a consolidated packet stream through backhaul link(s) and distinguishes flow(s) for femto coverage and flow(s) for auxiliary broadband coverage. The femto AP routes the flow(s) intended for femto with hard QoS according to QoS policy which can be determined by a network operator or a subscriber. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313896 | LINE RELAYING DEVICE, TDM LINE DETOUR SYSTEM, AND TDM LINE DETOUR CONTROL METHOD - When a reduction in the transmission speed of the line preset as the TDM line transfer route is detected by a device-connecting line termination unit, a mapping request, to which information indicating the amount of TDM-line bandwidth overflowing from the line and a destination indicating the final line relaying device have been added, is generated by the mapping request processing unit, and transmitted via the other line to another device connected in a ring network in order to map the overflow amount of bandwidth added to the mapping request on each line sequentially from the other device to the line relaying device as the final transfer destination, thereby forming a TDM-line detour route. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313897 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a system for providing distributed communication between communication terminals and a method for same. The method for providing distributed communication between communication terminals in a communication system includes the steps of: a first communication terminal receiving at least one first signal from at least one target communication device; the first communication terminal collecting at least one second signal that at least one second communication terminal receives from the at least one target communication device and at least one third signal that the at least one second communication terminal obtains by processing the at least one second signal in a preset processing scheme; and the first communication terminal combining the at least one first signal and the at least one second signal, or the at least one first signal and the at least one third signal. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321276 | Reducing Latencies Through Packet Aggregation - Techniques, systems, and articles of manufacture for reducing latencies through packet aggregation. A method includes computing an end-to-end latency for each of multiple data packets to reach a pre-determined destination, determining an aggregation scheme with a corresponding aggregation time for each of the multiple data packets, wherein the aggregation time encompasses the time needed to transmit each of the multiple data packets to an aggregation component and the time spent waiting to output the aggregation component to an output port, and wherein the aggregation time is less than the computed end-to-end latency for each of the multiple data packets, aggregating each of the multiple data packets in accordance with the aggregation scheme, and programming the aggregation component with the aggregation scheme. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321277 | Network Validation - Systems and methods for provisioning and validating a network are disclosed. One method can comprise providing a first communication tunnel between a network access point and a first tunnel endpoint. Availability of the first tunnel endpoint can be determined. If the first tunnel endpoint is determined to be available, network traffic can be routed to the first tunnel endpoint. If the first tunnel endpoint is determined to be unavailable, a second communication tunnel between the network access point and a second tunnel endpoint can be provided. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321278 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SAMPLING PACKETS IN A NETWORK FLOW - A method for sampling packets for a network flow, includes: receiving a packet at a network port of a network switch appliance, the network switch appliance comprising an instrument port for communication with a network monitoring instrument; determining whether the packet belongs to a network flow that is desired to be monitored, wherein the act of determining is performed based at least in part on one or more information in a control plane using a processing unit; and passing the packet to the instrument port if the packet belongs to the network flow. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321279 | RANDOM EARLY DROP BASED PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR TRIGGERING RANDOM EARLY DROP BASED OPERATION ACCORDING TO AT LEAST TRIGGER EVENT GENERATED BASED ON SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE SCHEDULE - A random early drop (RED) based processing circuit includes a scheduler, an RED-based decision logic and a controller. The scheduler generates a trigger event according to an RED-based operation schedule. The scheduler is coupled to a software interface, and the RED-based operation schedule in the scheduler is programmed via the software interface. The RED-based decision logic performs at least a first RED-based operation to generate a first RED decision accordingly. The controller receives at least the trigger event, and triggers the RED-based decision logic to perform the first RED-based operation according to at least the trigger event. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321280 | PROCESSING DATA - Measures for processing data in a telecommunications network. At a first network node in a cluster of network nodes, a communication session setup request requesting setup of a communication session with a subscriber device in a plurality of subscriber devices is received. In response to receipt of the communication session setup request, registration data relating to the subscriber device is retrieved from a shared registration data store. The communication session setup request is routed according to the retrieved registration data. The retrieved registration data relating to the subscriber device was previously stored in the shared registration data store by a second network node in the cluster of network nodes in relation to a registration procedure conducted for the subscriber device by the second network node, the second network node being a different network node to the first network node in the cluster of network nodes. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321281 | FIFO BUFFER WITH MULTIPLE STREAM PACKET SEGMENTATION - An epoch-based network processor internally segments packets for processing and aggregation in epoch payloads. FIFO buffers interact with a memory management unit to efficiently manage the segmentation and aggregation process. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321282 | HIGH-RATE DUAL-BAND CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS - A method, apparatus and system for wireless communication are described. The method includes transmitting and receiving data to and from one or more wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) via an underlay system access link. The underlay system is non-standalone, and control information is provided from an overlay system. An underlay base station is linked to other underlay base stations to implement a mesh backhaul. The method also includes transmitting and receiving at least a portion of the data to or from an overlay base station via backhaul links and receiving control data from the overlay base station. The data is split at a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity, and the PDCP entity terminates in the overlay base station and a radio link control (RLC) entity terminates in the underlay base station. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321283 | TECHNOLOGY AWARE DIFFSERV MARKING - The present disclosure relates to methods supporting enhanced scheduling of IP data packets originating from different radio access technologies. One aspect is a method in a node in a radio access network, said node comprising one or more radio access technology circuitry, each radio access technology circuitry serving data packet traffic according to a certain radio access technology, said method comprising marking the header of IP data packets with an identification code indicating which radio access technology that the data packets originated from, and a common Quality of Service class regardless of which radio access technology each data packet originated from and sending the data packets via a common secure tunnel. Another aspect is a method in a node comprising routing or switching functionality, the method comprising scheduling and forwarding the IP data packets according their radio access technology identification code using a preset radio access technology scheduling policy. | 10-30-2014 |
20140328175 | UTILIZING LATENCY CONTROL TO ALLEVIATE BUFFERBLOAT - In one embodiment, a method includes estimating a current queuing latency, the estimated current queuing latency being associated with a queue of packets maintained in a buffer. The method also includes calculating a current drop or mark probability, the current drop or mark probability being associated with a probability that packets associated with the queue of packets will be dropped or marked. A rate at which the packets associated with the queue of packets are dequeued from the buffer is estimated in order to estimate the current queuing latency. The current drop or mark probability is calculated using the current estimated queuing latency. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328176 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING DATA LOSS ASSOCIATED WITH A QOS RESERVATION FAILURE - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for avoiding data loss associated with a quality of service (QoS) reservation failure. One such method of wireless communication operable at an access terminal includes receiving a request from an access network for a preselected communication, establishing a radio link with the access network in response to the received communication request, transmitting a Quality of Service (QoS) reservation request message to the access network to request QoS in response to the received communication request, receiving a QoS reservation rejection message from the access network indicating a rejection of the requested QoS, transmitting a RESV request message to the access network in response to the QoS reservation rejection message, and receiving the preselected communication over a preselected flow in response to the RESV request message. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328177 | SUPPORT DATA CONNECTIVITY OVER WLAN AND WWAN - Methods, systems, and devices are described for managing data connectivity at a user equipment (UE). The managing may include determining that all traffic of all PDN connections of the UE is currently offloaded to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access network and then refraining from transmitting and receiving data over Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) PDN connections while all traffic of all PDN connections of the UE is offloaded to the WLAN access network. In response to detecting a triggering event, a PDN connection may be established with at least one of an available WWAN access network or the WLAN access network, according to a current WWAN camping status of the UE and a WLAN offload policy. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328178 | BASEBAND SIGNAL PROCESSING CLUSTER - Embodiments relate to a baseband signal processing cluster ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140328179 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, SWITCH, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - A computer system according to the present invention includes: a switch which transfers test data to a different switch via each of a plurality of networks to obtain a transfer performance of each of the plurality of networks; and a controller which configures a flow entry onto a flow table of the switch, the flow entry defining a network with a transfer performance equal to or higher than a threshold value as a transfer route to the different switch. This achieves load balancing in the computer system by using the OpenFlow technology. | 11-06-2014 |
20140334302 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BITRATE ON NETWORKS - A method and system for managing bitrate of network traffic are provided. The method for managing bitrate of network traffic includes: receiving a packet; retrieving metadata from the packet and associating the packet with at least one traffic aggregate; determining a drop rate for the at least one traffic aggregate based on network flow data; and determining, based on the drop rate and the metadata, to forward or drop the packet. The system includes a packet processing module configured to receive a packet; a deep packet inspection module configured to retrieve metadata from the packet and associate at least on traffic aggregate with the packet; a control module configured to determine a drop rate for the at least one traffic aggregate based on network flow data; and a policy decision module configure to determine whether to forward or drop the packet based on the drop rate and the metadata of the packet. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334303 | PCC QOS AUTHORIZATION BASED ON RULE SPLIT AND FLOW DIRECTION - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a policy and charging rules node (PCRN) of updating a policy and charging control (PCC) rule. The method includes: receiving a filter update request comprising a new filter and a reference filter; matching the reference filter with a previously requested PCC rule; determining a set of filters associated with the service data flow; determining whether any filter of the set of filters is removed; and authorizing quality of service (QoS) information based on the remaining filters of the set of filters. Various exemplary embodiments relate to a non-transitory machine-readable storage medium encoded with instructions executable by a processor for performing the method. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334304 | CONTENT CLASSIFICATION OF INTERNET TRAFFIC - A content-classification model is constructed using sampling methods to create training sets of classifiers using imbalanced and/or large-volume training data; the model maps network source addresses and/or flow sizes to target applications and is applied to network traffic to identify contents thereof and estimate a tonnage of traffic corresponding to a given application. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334305 | WIDE AREA TRANSPORT NETWORKS FOR MOBILE RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS AND METHODS OF USE - Wide area transport networks for mobile Radio Access Networks, and methods of use are provided herein. An exemplary wide area transport network may include a plurality of network segments that include at least one wireline network and at least one wireless network communicatively coupled with one another. Each of the plurality of network segments may be configured to transmit at least one of a plurality of signals communicated between a baseband module and a wireless transceiver. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334306 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A data transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method comprises: receiving service data sent by a first terminal, the first terminal being a single-mode terminal or a multi-mode terminal; monitoring forwarding load traffic of a back-end egress of a first network device in a first network; when the load traffic reaches present load traffic, switching a current forwarding mode to a routing mode, and selecting a second terminal as a forwarding node of the first terminal, the second terminal being a multi-mode terminal; forwarding the service data to the second terminal, so that the second terminal coverts the service data and sends the converted service data to a second network device in a second network. According the embodiments of the present invention, the technical problem of a low utilization rate of the total bandwidth of a network egress in the prior art is solved. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334307 | METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF BACKHAUL DATA IN WIRELESS 238COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method for transmission of backhaul data in a wireless communication system, said wireless communication system being adapted to use radio resources for transmission between one or more mobile stations and at least one network control node, said method using a first backhaul transmission link (L | 11-13-2014 |
20140334308 | PREVENTING TRAFFIC FLOODING TO THE ROOT OF A MULTI-POINT TO MULTI-POINT LABEL-SWITCHED PATH TREE WITH NO RECEIVERS - A method is provided for pruning an MP2MP tree. The method includes, in a first node of an MP2MP LSP tree, determining whether the first node has only a single replication branch for the MP2MP LSP tree, the single replication branch representing a downstream path to only a second node of the plurality of nodes. In response to determining that the first node has only a single replication branch for the MP2MP LSP tree, sending a message to the second node indicating that the second node should refrain from sending upstream traffic towards the first node, and in response to determining that the first node does not have only a single replication branch for the MP2MP LSP tree, refraining from sending a message to the second node indicating that the second node should refrain from sending upstream traffic of the MP2MP LSP tree towards the first node. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334309 | Application-Aware Flow Control in a Radio Network - The disclosure relates to a method and network node ( | 11-13-2014 |
20140341028 | REDUCING SUPERFLUOUS TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK - In one embodiment the modem has a network interface, application interface, processor, and memory. The network interface exchanges radio data with a network. The application (or host) interface exchanges application data with an application (or host) processor. The processor converts a unit of radio data to a corresponding unit of application data. The memory stores each unit of application data received by the modem. The processor is configured to execute a selective discard function to reduce traffic by determining if a newly arrived unit of application data is a duplicate of a stored unit of application. In the case that the newly arrived unit of application data is a duplicate of the stored unit of application data, the processor is further configured to selectively discard the duplicate unit of application data in dependence on whether an acknowledgement of the data has been already recognized by the processor. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341029 | ENCODING A PAYLOAD HASH IN THE DA-MAC TO FACILITATE ELASTIC CHAINING OF PACKET PROCESSING ELEMENTS - A method is implemented in a network element of a service network. The network element executes a packet processing element (PPE) of a plurality of PPEs, where each PPE in the plurality of PPEs executes a stage of packet processing for the service network and where the plurality of PPEs are connected to one another by a plurality of switch fabrics. The PPEs self-select a subset of a set of equivalent service chains to service with each service chain defining a subset and sequence of the plurality of PPEs. Each PPE self-selects the subset of equivalent service chains to process based upon knowledge of the plurality of PPEs servicing that stage of the full set of service chains such that there is spreading of load across all available PPEs in that stage. There is no single point of failure and minimal reassignment of PPEs for a set of equivalent data flows traversing the plurality of PPEs of the service network for changes in topography of the plurality of PPEs in the service network. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341030 | PACKET SWITCH DEVICE AND METHOD OF THE SAME - A packet switch device includes an input port, a loop-back port, a storage module, and a switch engine. The input port receives a packet. The storage module stores packet flow tables. Each packet flow table includes at least one flow entry and action. The switch engine compares the packet with a default packet flow table of the plurality of packet flow tables when it determines that the packet does not include a flow header. The switch engine includes the packet with the flow entry of the default packet flow table and performs the corresponding action when the packet matches the flow entry. When the action includes a specific action of comparing the packet with another one of the packet flow tables, the switch engine attaches the flow header to the packet to set a flow ID therein and transmits the packet back to the switch engine through the loop-back port. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341031 | DIFFERENTIATION OF TRAFFIC FLOWS MAPPED TO THE SAME BEARER - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprising: at least one processor; and at least one memory including computer program code, wherein the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: receive at least one traffic flow; establish at least one bearer for communication; assign a first quality of service class identifier value associated with the at least one bearer; map the at least one traffic flow to the at least one bearer; and determine a second quality of service class identifier value for a data packet of the at least one traffic flow. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341032 | Support For Distinguished Minimum Latency Traffic Guard Band - A network device may implement a guard band for reducing latency of transmitting high priority data. The device may identify a scheduled communication time for high priority data, which may include a scheduled reception time of the high priority data by the network device or a scheduled communication time of the high priority data. The network device may initiate a guard band prior to the scheduled communication time, and even before the high priority data is received by the network device. When the guard band is active, the network device may prevent transmission of low priority data, which may include preempting an in-progress low priority packet when initiating the guard band. Upon receiving the high priority data, the network device may immediately transmit the high priority data without incurring additional latency for preempting a low priority packet. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341033 | TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD - A transmission management method, includes: receiving a request for establishing an on-demand virtual lease line from a first electronic device when a request is made to communicate with a second electronic device. Position information of the first electronic device and the second electronic device is obtained. Routers located between the first electronic device and the second electronic device are obtained according to position information of all routers stored in the storage unit, and the position information of the first electronic device and the second electronic device. Analyzing positions and workloads of the routers located between the first and second electronic device, and determining an optimal transmission path according to the positions and workloads of the router. The first electronic device and the second electronic device are controlled to communicate with each other via the determined optimal transmission path. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341034 | TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD - In a transmission management method, a workload of a transmission path when a first electronic device communicates with a second electronic device is detected. Other transmission paths between the first electronic device and the second electronic device according to location information of routers, the first electronic device, and the second electronic device are detected when the workload of the current transmission path is heavy. An optimal transmission path of the other transmission paths is detected according to the workloads of the transmission paths. The first electronic device is controlled to communicate with the second electronic device via the determined optimal transmission path. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341035 | BEACON TRANSMISSION OVER UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses are described in which an unlicensed spectrum is used for Long Term Evolution (LTE) communications. A first method includes broadcasting beacon signals in an unlicensed spectrum at predetermined times from an evolved Node B (eNB). A second method includes receiving beacon signals broadcast in an unlicensed spectrum at predetermined times from an eNB. The beacon signals may include downlink signals identifying the eNB and at least one associated attribute of the eNB. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341036 | LIGHTWEIGHT CONTROL-PLANE SIGNALING FOR AGGREGATION DEVICES IN A NETWORK - Providing a label is disclosed. A first message is transmitted to an access device where the first message includes a set of available labels. A second message is received from the access device where the second message includes a label from the set of available labels selected to be used by the access device. The set of available labels is updated to account for the label selected by the access device. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341037 | Rerouting Technique - A technique for routing data frames in a telecommunications backhaul network ( | 11-20-2014 |
20140341038 | METHOD FOR OFFLOADING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for offloading data in a wireless communication system for supporting a multiple radio access network and an apparatus for same. Specifically, the method includes the steps of: receiving a message of a connected cell report including an identifier of a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) to which a terminal is connected via a base station, from the terminal connected to the base station of a cellular network; transmitting scheduling information on a data transmission time to the base station, when data to be transmitted to the terminal is determined to be transmitted via the WLAN AP; and transmitting the data via the WLAN AP to the terminal according to the scheduling information. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341039 | EFFICIENT DELIVERY OF REAL-TIME SYNCHRONOUS SERVICES OVER A WIRELESS NETWORK - In embodiments of the present disclosure improved capabilities are described for providing efficient delivery of real-time synchronous services over a large area broadband LTE wireless network, where optimization servers utilizing publish-subscribe broker services are provided within the wireless network to reduce the resources required for applications streaming data to a plurality of mobile cellular devices. | 11-20-2014 |
20140347990 | Apparatus and Method to Reduce Denial of Service During MME Overload and Shutdown Conditions - A communication device configured to perform a load balancing procedure in response to a mobility management entity being overloaded and/or shut down. The base station can be configured to generate a radio resource control (RRC) Connection Reject message including a load balancing clause. The communication device can be configured to initiate a load balancing procedure based on the RRC Connection Reject message. The communication device can also be considered to initiate a load balancing procedure after a predetermined wait time has expired and/or after a predetermined number of received RRC Connection Reject messages. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347991 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTENT-RELATED DATA OF AN OTT PROVIDER TO A TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE USING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method is provided for transfer of content-related data of an Over-the-top (OTT) provider to a telecommunications device using a telecommunications network. The method includes: receiving, by the OTT provider, a request for content-related data; transmitting the content-related data of the OTT provider to a content delivery interface device of the telecommunications network; and transmitting the content-related data of the OTT provider to a content delivery functionality of the telecommunications network and transmitting the content-related data of the OTT provider from the content delivery functionality of the telecommunications network to the telecommunications device at a predetermined time or in a predetermined time interval. The telecommunications network includes a radio interface and a further radio interface for transmission of the content-related data of the OTT. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347992 | Common Pilot Gating in a Multi-Antenna Wireless Communication System - A multi-antenna base station ( | 11-27-2014 |
20140347993 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCALABLE AND RESILIENT LOAD BALANCING - A method for providing resilient load balancing in a system comprising a first processing unit, a second processing unit, a first active load balancer and a second active load balancer is disclosed. A first set of packet flows may be mapped to the first active load balancer and a second set of packet flows may be mapped to the second active load balancer. The first set of packet flows may include a first packet flow. In some embodiments, the method includes: (a) storing, by the first processing unit, a set of state information associated with the first active load balancer, the set of state information comprising state information associated with a first session associated with the first packet flow; (b) receiving, by the first processing unit, information indicating that the first active load balancer is inoperable; and (c) in response to receiving the information indicating that the first active load balancer is inoperable, transmitting, from the first processing unit to the second active load balancer, the state information associated with the first session. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347994 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING ACROSS MEMBER PORTS FOR TRAFFIC EGRESSING OUT OF A PORT CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus for load balancing across member ports for traffic egressing out of a port channel are provided herein. An example method according to one implementation may include: assigning a quantized value based on current load to each of the network ports in the port channel; receiving a data packet addressed to egress through the port channel; identifying a traffic flow with which the received data packet is associated; determining whether the identified traffic flow is a new traffic flow; and selecting one of the network ports in the port channel as an egress port. Selection of the egress port may be weighted according to the quantized value of each of the network ports in the port channel. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347995 | PROCESSING PACKETS BY A NETWORK DEVICE - A method and apparatus for performing a lookup in a switching device of a packet switched network where the lookup includes a plurality of distinct operations each of which returns a result that includes a pointer to a next operation in a sequence of operations for the lookup. The method includes determining a first lookup operation to be executed, executing the first lookup operation including returning a result and determining if the result includes a pointer to another lookup operation in the sequence of operations. If the result includes a pointer to another lookup operation, the lookup operation indicated by the result is executed. Else, the lookup is terminated. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347996 | System and Method for Quality of Service in a Wireless Network Environment - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for providing on-demand quality of service guarantees in a wireless network environment. The system determines an on-demand quality of service for a segment of a communication path between a user equipment communicating with a radio access network connected to a core network and an external network connected to the core network. The system then determines if the on-demand quality of service for the segment meets a quality of service requirement. If the on-demand quality of service for the segment does not meet the quality of service requirement, the system identifies an alternate communication path between the user equipment and the external network, wherein the alternate communication path differs from the communication path. The system can then setup the alternate communication path for traffic between the user equipment and the external network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355438 | ELASTIC AUTO-PARALLELIZATION FOR STREAM PROCESSING APPLICATIONS BASED ON A MEASURED THROUGHTPUT AND CONGESTION - A method for adjusting a data parallel region of a stream processing application includes measuring congestion of each parallel channel of the data parallel region, measuring a total throughput of all the parallel channels, and adjusting the number of parallel channels based on the current measured congestion and throughput. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355439 | END-TO-END QUALITY OF SERVICE OPTIMIZATION AND REPORTING - A system may be configured to identify a queue scheduler configuration associated with node of a network; and receive queue state information regarding the node. The queue state information may include information regarding at least one of: a measure of occupancy of one or more queues associated with the node, or a drop rate associated with the one or more queues associated with the node. The system may further determine, based on the received queue state information, that a performance of the one or more queues does not meet a threshold measure of performance; generate, based on determining that the performance of the one or more queues does not meet the threshold measure of performance, a modified queue scheduler configuration that is based on the identified queue scheduler configuration; and output, to the node, the modified queue scheduler configuration. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355440 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION IN NETWORK TO ENHANCE BALANCE THEREOF - An apparatus for allocating a network bandwidth includes an information collection unit configured to collect flow information of a network; and a traffic check unit configured to check traffic of the collected flow information. Further, the apparatus includes a traffic respond unit configured to suppress the network bandwidth depending on a check result of the traffic; and a control unit configured to the information collection unit, the traffic check unit, and the traffic respond unit. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355441 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DELIVERING ASSURED SERVICES OVER UNRELIABLE INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE BY USING VIRTUAL OVERLAY NETWORK ARCHITECTURE OVER A PUBLIC CLOUD BACKBONE - A method for virtual overlay network architecture includes receiving a request for a virtual overlay network, discovering, by a computer processor, a physical topology for the virtual overlay network and constructing overlay tunnels within the physical topology with at least one elastic hub. The method further includes receiving, by the computer processor, feedback regarding performance of the physical topology of the virtual overlay network, selecting an overlay tunnel of the overlay tunnels for sending a data packet, and sending the data packet using the selected overlay tunnel. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355442 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device that controls a transmission bandwidth of TCP communication includes a means for linearly increasing the transmission bandwidth of the TCP communication during a certain period of time after a data segment whose reception has been acknowledged enters an update state without detection of congestion in the TCP communication, a means for non-linearly increasing the transmission bandwidth after the certain period of time, a means for detecting congestion using a change rate of a discarding rate or a retransmission rate in the TCP communication, a means for estimating a retransmission rate and a change rate thereof using a previous history of the transmission bandwidth and a retransmission bandwidth, and a means for estimating a discarding rate and a change rate thereof using a previous history of the transmission bandwidth and an ACK reception number. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355443 | Methods and Systems for Performing Dynamic Spectrum Arbitrage Based on eNodeB Transition States - A dynamic spectrum arbitrage (DSA) system may include a dynamic spectrum policy controller (DPC) and a dynamic spectrum controller (DSC) that together dynamically manage the allocation and use of resources (e.g., spectrum resources) across different networks. The DSC and/or DPC components may be configured to monitor a congestion state of an eNodeB, and intelligently allocate resources, manage user traffic of the eNodeBs, select target eNodeBs for handovers, determine the quality of service (QoS) levels that are to be given to wireless devices attached to the eNodeBs, and/or perform other similar operations to intelligently manage the allocation and use of resources by the various networks. The DPC and/or DSC components may be also configured to perform these and other operations based on the transitions, changes, transition rates, or rates of change in the congestion levels of the network components. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355444 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Routing - A method, apparatus and computer program for providing an indication of network capability or providing data routing. An example method for use in a user equipment may comprise receiving an indication comprising a cell identification (ID) list that includes one or more cell IDs with which a local routing path is capable of being established, determining, with a processor, whether a cell ID of a second UE is on the cell ID list, a cell of the second STA having been identified, and in an instance in which the cell ID of the second STA is on the cell ID list, causing an indication for establishment of the local routing path for communication, the local routing path being between a first cell, the first cell serving the UE, and a second cell, the second cell serving the second UE, and communication being between the UE and the second UE. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355445 | LINK AGGREGATION BASED ON VIRTUAL INTERFACES OF VLANS - A method of managing data transmission based on virtual local area networks includes obtaining a first VLAN property of a first physical interface and a second VLAN property of a second physical interface; in response to determining the first VLAN property and the second VLAN property are at least partially identical, obtaining a first virtual interface corresponding to the first physical interface and a second virtual interface corresponding to the second physical interface; and mapping the first physical interface and the second physical interface to an identical data channel via the first virtual interface and the second virtual interface, wherein the first physical interface and the second physical interface are located in a same processing device. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355446 | Network Assisted Bonding - A device is provided for facilitating a media transmission over a wireless network. The device may control and manage a plurality of first wireless modems on a first end node side. The plurality of first wireless modems may be configured to transmit/receive a plurality of data streams over a plurality of wireless data channels to/from at least one second wireless modem on a second end node side. The device may receive network-related information from a network component associated with the wireless network. The network-related information may be used to adjust the distribution or receipt of the plurality of data streams between the plurality of first wireless modems, thereby enabling reconstitution of the media transmission from the plurality of data streams. In addition, the device may be configured to send performance-related information to the network component, thereby enabling a determination to be made about managing network resources of the wireless network. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362698 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ADAPTIVE BUFFER ALLOCATIONS IN SYSTEMS WITH ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Systems disclosed herein may allocate buffer space using methods, which prevent other resource allocation methods from apportioning the other resources in a way that inhibits system needs from being met. As such, buffer space may be dynamically allocated without impeding other resource allocation by basing the buffer space allocation at least on the traffic priority class that each allocated buffer will handle. Alternatively, buffer space may be dynamically allocated without impeding other resource allocation by basing the buffer space allocation at least on the bandwidth needs of each respective buffer being allocated. Alternatively still, buffer space may be dynamically allocated without impeding other resource allocation by basing the buffer space allocation at least on a function of the traffic priority class that each allocated buffer will handle and the bandwidth needs of each respective buffer being allocated. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362699 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING CALL PERFORMANCE AND DATA THROUGHPUT - Methods and apparatus are described for improving call performance and data throughput. The methods and apparatus include receiving one or more packet data units (PDUs) during a transmission time interval (TTI) from a network entity, wherein the one or more PDUs are associated with a radio bearer. Further, the methods and apparatus include determining one or more out-of-order PDUs from the one or more PDUs. Moreover, the methods and apparatus include reordering the one or more out-of-order PDUs, wherein the one or more out-of-order PDUs are reordered within the TTI. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include processing the one or more reordered PDUs. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362700 | System and Method for Managing a Wireless Network - An embodiment method of managing a wireless network includes managing an infrastructure topology for the wireless network. The wireless network includes a plurality of network nodes. The method further includes managing a connection of a user equipment (UE) to the wireless network. The method further includes managing a customer service provided to the UE over the connection. The method also includes managing analytics for the wireless network and the service. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362701 | NLOS WIRELESS BACKHAUL DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating over a wireless backhaul channel comprising generating a radio frame comprising a plurality of time slots, wherein each time slot comprises a plurality of symbols in time and a plurality of sub-carriers in a system bandwidth, broadcasting a broadcast channel signal comprising a transmission schedule to a plurality of remote units in a number of consecutive sub-carriers centered about a direct current (DC) sub-carrier in at least one of the time slots in the radio frame regardless of the system bandwidth, and transmitting a downlink (DL) control channel signal and a DL data channel signal to a first of the remote units, wherein the DL data channel signal is transmitted by employing a single carrier block transmission scheme comprising a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) spreading for frequency diversity. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362702 | MOBILE APPLICATION TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION - A method for reducing traffic in a cellular network used to satisfy data requests made by a mobile application is provided. The method includes intercepting a data request made by the mobile application on a mobile device, querying a local repository on the mobile device to determine if any locally stored response is valid, and querying a remote proxy for any remotely stored response if the locally stored response is invalid. Either the locally stored response or the remotely stored response is provided to the mobile device without the mobile device needing to access the cellular network. A related system is also disclosed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369194 | FLOW CONTROL WITH REDUCED BUFFER USAGE FOR NETWORK DEVICES - Methods and apparatus for implementing flow control with reduced buffer usage for network devices. In response to detection of flow control events, transmission of a data unit or segment such as an Ethernet frame is preempted in favor of a flow control message, resulting in aborting transmission of the frame. Data corresponding to the entirety of the frame is buffered at the transmitting station until the frame has been transmitted (or after a delay), enabling retransmission of the aborted frame. Preemption of frames in favor of flow control messages results in earlier responses to flow control events, enabling the size of buffers to be reduced. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369195 | CONGESTION AVOIDANCE AND CONTROL FOR UDP-BASED PROTOCOLS - An improved technique involves avoiding congestion in a network by monitoring round trip times of data units sent from a node of the network. Along these lines, a controller at a node of the network sends data units at some transmission rate to a target node with instructions to send a response back to the home node. Upon receiving the response, the controller measures the round-trip time as the difference in time from sending of the message to receipt of the response. Based on the round-trip time, the controller sets a new transmission rate at which to send units of data. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369196 | PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD, PACKET TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A packet transmission method includes receiving a packet having a first service class; determining a maximum transfer band of the first service class, based on maximum transfer band information for each of a plurality of service classes of each of a plurality of computers; determining a transfer band of the first service class, based on traffic amount information for each of the plurality of service classes; transferring the received packet in the first service class, when the transfer band is smaller than the maximum transfer band of the first service class; determining whether a second service class includes a free band, based on the maximum transfer band information, when the transfer band of the first service class is not smaller than the maximum transfer band; and transferring the received packet in the second service class, when it is determined that the second service class includes the free band. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369197 | METHOD, APPARATUS, SYSTEM, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR MITIGATING END USER CONGESTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method, gateway apparatus, computer program, and computer program product for mitigating end user congestion in a wireless network is provided. The gateway apparatus is in a core network and receives from a radio access network (RAN) a message comprising cell congestion information indicating that a cell of the RAN is in a congested state. The gateway apparatus receives via a packet data network (PDN) a downlink (DL) network packet addressed to a wireless communication device, WCD, attached to the core network via said cell of the RAN. In response to receiving the DL network packet, the gateway apparatus determines a classification of the DL network packet. After determining the classification of the DL network packet, the gateway apparatus processes the DL network packet in accordance with the cell congestion information and the determined classification of the DL network packet. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369198 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ROUTE PACKET FLOWS OVER TWO TRANSPORT RADIOS - A method includes receiving packets of a flow at a packet data convergence protocol layer; and based on at least one criterion, routing the flow to one or both of at least one cellular transport radio and a wireless local area network transport radio. Another method includes receiving at a packet data network gateway from an S 1 interface a dynamic host configuration protocol request for a station; one of creating an internet protocol configuration for the station or generating another dynamic host configuration protocol request to a dynamic host configuration protocol server to obtain the internet protocol configuration; and delivering the internet protocol configuration to the station. Apparatus for performing the methods are also disclosed, as are computer-readable program storage devices. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369199 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTENT BY SELECTING DATA ACCELERATION ALGORITHM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for providing content by selecting a data acceleration algorithm. According to one desirable embodiment of the present invention, an IP address included in a received content provision request is extracted, whether communication network provider information that matches the extracted IP address exists is determined, a data acceleration algorithm is selected according to the communication network provider information when the communication network provider information exists, and the selected data acceleration algorithm is applied to requested content and the requested content is transmitted. According to the present invention, content according to the characteristics of the communication network can be more quickly provided while operating a single content server, and different data acceleration algorithms can be applied according to the characteristics of the communication network thereby providing the content more quickly. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369200 | DISABLING HEADER COMPRESSION OVER POINT-TO-POINT PROTOCOL (PPP) - A system and method for disabling header compression during an establishment and configuration of a communication protocol and communication channel between a pair of correspondents. The system comprises an initiating correspondent transmitting at least one PPP negotiation packet having at least one acceptable TCP/IP header compression option type. A software module of a responding correspondent intercepts and examines said at least one PPP negotiation packet before said at least one PPP negotiation packet reaches a PPP layer of the responding correspondent and modifies said acceptable TCP/IP header compression option type to an unacceptable TCP/IP header compression option type and transmits same to said PPP layer of the responding correspondent. The responding correspondent rejects said unacceptable TCP/IP header compression option type. Said software module receiving said modified PPP negotiation packet modifies same to said acceptable TCP/IP header compression option type, and transmitting said PPP negotiation packet to said initiating correspondent. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369201 | MULTI-RAT CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR INTEGRATED WWAN-WLAN OPERATION - Systems and methods for Multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) Carrier Aggregation (MRCA) wireless wide area network (WWAN) assisted wireless local area network (WLAN) flow mapping and flow routing are disclosed. One system comprises a dynamic flow mapping module that is configured to form a flow-mapping table to dynamically map service flows between the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device. A flow routing module is configured to route data packets to one of the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device based on the flow-mapping table to transmit and receive the data packets via the wireless device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369202 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MESSAGE DISTRIBUTION - The disclosure relates to a message distribution method, device, and system. A message distribution method includes: creating a session based on a received first type of session message and allocating a corresponding cluster node to the session; and upon receiving a second type of session message associated with the session, distributing the second type of session message to the cluster node corresponding to the session. With the technical solution according to the embodiments of the invention, both the first type of session message and the second type of session message may be processed on the same cluster node, smooth and dynamic capacity expansion may be achieved for the cluster, the system performance may be enhanced, and system maintenance may be facilitated. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369203 | CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a congestion control method, a device, and a system. In the embodiments of the present invention, because a gateway device, unlike a gateway device that performs congestion control on all user equipments by using a same control policy in the prior art, performs congestion control on a user equipment according to a real-time location of the user equipment and a real-time congestion situation of a location region in which the user equipment is camping, thereby improving flexibility and accuracy of congestion control. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376373 | CONGESTION NOTIFICATION IN LEAF AND SPINE NETWORKS - Methods and systems to alleviate congestion in leaf and spine network topologies. Control information may be advertised by spines regarding the leaves to which it is connected. The control information is advertised to other leaf switches connected to the advertising spine. The control information may include a destination leaf ID, an enroute spine ID, an FL flag and an FF flag. The FL flag is a “Flow Learn Flag,” that is set by the advertising spine that a leaf switch toward which the spine may be facing congestion above at a first predetermined threshold level. The FF flag is a “Flow Freeze Flag,” that is set when all links to the corresponding destination leaf identified are congested, and the congestion level has crossed a second predetermined threshold level. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376374 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORKS WITH SMALL CELLS - A multi-modal multi-modulation small cell base station such as a picocell is disclosed. The small cell can perform operations to form a self-organizing network. Portions of the small cell, for example, in a processor module, that provide function for SONs may be referred to as a SON module. The SON module may provide a configurable set of algorithmic optimizer components to tune various aspects of network performance. The SON module may provide functions such as a tracking area optimizer, a random access channel (RACH) optimizer, a mobility optimizer, a load balancer, and an inter-cell interference coordinator (ICIC). | 12-25-2014 |
20140376375 | ROUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING LOW-POWER WIRELESS MESH NETWORK BASED ON CHANNEL HOPPING TIME-MULTIPLEXED WIRELESS LINK - Disclosed herein is a routing apparatus and method for configuring a LPWMN based on a channel hopping time-multiplexed wireless link. The routing apparatus of the present invention includes a control unit for setting up a channel hopping time-multiplexed wireless link with a gateway router, one or more routers, and one or more devices based on deterministic and synchronous multi-channel extension (DSME) media access control (MAC) link control (DSME MAC link control: DLC) sublayers and DSME MAC link network (DLN) sublayers. A communication unit transfers data frames to the gateway router, routers, and devices depending on connection quality of the channel hopping time-multiplexed wireless link. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376376 | Method And Apparatus For Improved Multicast Rate Control - Various methods and devices are provided to address the need for improved multicast operation. In one method, a sender transmits multicast transmissions at a first transmission rate to a multicast group of mobile devices that includes a group of feedback mobile devices. The sender receives, from each feedback mobile device of the group of feedback mobile devices, multicast receive quality feedback corresponding to the multicast transmissions. A new transmission rate for subsequent multicast transmissions to the multicast group of mobile devices is then determined using the multicast receive quality feedback received from each feedback mobile device, a lower multicast receive quality level threshold and a higher multicast receive quality level threshold. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376377 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AUTOMATIC METERING SYSTEM - A communication system according to the present invention includes a plurality of ad hoc communication networks each formed by one or more communication units and one gateway and includes a monitoring server that monitors the ad hoc communication networks. The monitoring server determines on the basis of a monitoring result of load states of the gateways and a monitoring result of a congestion state of radio traffic whether it is necessary to carry out load distribution control for moving a communication unit subordinate to a first gateway to be subordinate to a second gateway set around the first gateway and, when determining that it is necessary to carry out the load distribution control, instructs at least one gateway of the first gateway and the second gateway to broadcast-deliver a signal including control information and instructing reselection of a gateway set as a participation destination. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376378 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF AN ALL PURPOSE BROADBAND NETWORK - In embodiments of the present disclosure improved capabilities are described for increasing the bandwidth in a network, where centralized optimization servers are utilized to reduce the time-latency for applications being run from a user device. Further, by associating additional local optimization servers, application functionality may be optionally transferred from the centralized optimization server to the local optimization server in instances where a number of user devices are requesting the same data via their access through the same access node, and in other instances, to the effect that associated communication network bandwidth utilization is reduced or eliminated. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009821 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTEGRATED UNICAST AND MULTICAST TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - Methods for managing network resources for multicast streams based on unicast load conditions of a base station in a communications network include monitoring unicast load conditions of the base station, and adjusting bearer properties for a multicast stream based on the unicast load conditions. A broadcast provisioning server (BPS) manages network resources for multicast streams based on unicast load conditions of a base station in a communications network. The BPS may be configured to monitor unicast load conditions of the base station and adjust bearer properties for a multicast stream based on the unicast load conditions. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009822 | CONTROL DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control device includes: a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to: acquire congestion information indicating a congestion state of communication of wireless local area networks (LANs) which are connection destination candidates of a mobile terminal configured to switch a state thereof between a first state and a second state, in the first state the mobile terminal being wirelessly connected to a radio base station of a mobile communication network and not performing a detection operation of a wireless LAN among the wireless LANs, and in the second state the mobile terminal performing the detection operation and being wirelessly connected to a detected wireless LAN, and perform switching control for switching a state of the mobile terminal from the first state to the second state when the congestion information satisfies a given condition. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009823 | CREDIT FLOW CONTROL FOR ETHERNET - One embodiment provides a method for enabling class-based credit flow control for a network node in communication with a link partner using an Ethernet communications protocol. The method includes receiving a control frame from the link partner. The control frame includes at least one field for specifying credit for at least one traffic class and the credit is based on available space in a receive buffer associated with the at least one traffic class. The method further includes sending data packets to the link partner based on the credit, the data packets associated with the at least one traffic class. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009824 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONTROL OVERLOAD IN WLAN SYSTEMS - The present disclosure relates to a technology for providing a service of effectively transmitting and receiving data by simultaneously using a 3GPP system and a non-3GPP system in a network in which the 3GPP system and the non-3GPP system coexist. A communication method of a non-3GPP access network entity according to embodiments of the present disclosure includes receiving overload status information from a gateway; receiving a session management request message from a user equipment (UE); and transmitting a session management reject message comprising a back-off timer to the UE. According to the embodiment of the present disclosure, when a specific PDN (or APN) is overloaded, the overload state can be controlled. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009825 | METHOD FOR OPERATING POLICY OF REDUCING NETWORK LOAD, SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method of operating policy information for reducing network load, a system thereof, and a recording medium thereof. The system of operating policy information for reducing network load, comprising: a reception unit for receiving information of a policy applicable target application and network usage pattern information of the policy applicable target application; a generation unit for generating network usage control policy information of the policy applicable target application by using the network usage pattern information of the policy applicable target application; and a process unit for processing so that the policy information for reducing network load, the policy information including the network usage control policy information of the policy applicable target application generated by the generation unit and the information of a policy applicable target application, is transmitted to an application for reducing network load included in an user's wireless terminal device. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009826 | HIERARCHICAL TRAFFIC DIFFERENTIATION TO HANDLE CONGESTION AND/OR MANAGE USER QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE - Methods, apparatuses and systems for performing hierarchical traffic differentiation and/or employing hierarchical traffic differentiation are provided. These methods, apparatuses and systems may be implemented to, for example, handle congestion and/or to manage user quality of experience (QoE). Performing the hierarchical traffic differentiation may include differentiating or otherwise classifying (collectively “differentiating”) traffic mapped to, or within, a bearer formed in accordance with a QoS class into multiple traffic sub-classes. Employing the hierarchical traffic differentiation may include scheduling and/or policing (e.g., filtering) the differentiated traffic for transmission based on a prioritization of, and/or policy for managing, the multiple traffic sub-classes. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009827 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF IMPROVING RESOURCE UTILIZATION - A network system of the present invention comprises a switch and a controller. The switch performs processes on a received packet in accordance with a flow entry in which are defined a rule and an action for uniformly controlling a packet as a flow. The controller sets the flow entry to a flow table of the switch. The switch notifies a vacancy status of a flow table of the switch itself to the controller. The controller performs a path calculation in consideration with the vacancy status of the flow table of the switch to improve a utilization of the flow table of the switch. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009828 | Network System, Switch and Method of Network Configuration - A network system of the present invention includes a switch and controllers. The switch processes on a received packet in accordance with a flow entry in which are defined a rule and an action. The controllers set the flow entry to a flow table of the switch. The switch assigns a flow table to each controller, searches when receiving a packet from outside for a flow table matching with the packet in all flow tables, ignores a flow entry set by a controller of which a status of connection is invalid among flow entries matching with the packet and processes the packet in accordance with an action of a flow entry set by a controller of which a status of connection is valid. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009829 | Topology Aware MANET For Mobile Networks - Systems and methods provide adaptability in a mobile ad hoc network (MANET), based on an existing protocol, such as adaptive hybrid domain routing (AHDR). The systems and methods are especially suited for fast changing topologies that may change after a reactive route discovery has been completed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016254 | QUEUE CREDIT MANAGEMENT - To prevent buffer overflow, a receiving entity may use credits to control the total amount of packets any single transmitting entity can forward. Once the assigned credits are spent, the transmitting entity cannot send data portions to the receiving entity until additional credits are provided. However, the logic in the receiving entity may be designed to manage a maximum number of credits that is less than the capacity of the buffer in the transmitting entity. For example, the receiving entity is designed to manage a maximum of eight credits but the buffer has room for twelve data portions. To use the buffer efficiently, the transmitting entity may identify when extra buffer storage is available and provide additional credits. In addition, the transmitting entity may control when the credits are provided such that the receiving entity is not allocated more credits that it was designed to manage. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016255 | REMOVING LEAD FILTER FROM SERIAL MULTIPLE-STAGE FILTER USED TO DETECT LARGE FLOWS IN ORDER TO PURGE FLOWS FOR PROLONGED OPERATION - A network device to detect large flows includes a card to receive packets of flows. The device includes a large flow detection module including a serial multiple-stage filter module including series filter modules including a lead filter module and a tail filter module. Each filter module includes counters. The serial filter module is to serially increment the counters to reflect the flows, and is to increment counters that correspond to flows of subsequent filter modules only after all counters that correspond to the flows of all prior filter modules have been incremented serially up to maximum values. The serial filter module is to detect flows that correspond to counters of the tail filter module that have been incremented up to maximum values as the large flows. The large flow detection module includes a lead filter removal module to remove the lead filter module from the start of the series. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016256 | Method and Apparatus for Content Caching in a Wireless Communication Network - The teachings herein describe methods and apparatuses for caching content at the “edge” of a wireless communication network, based on operating one or more RAN caches within the RAN portion of the network under the control of a gateway cache that operates at the packet data network interface level within the CN portion of the network. Each RAN cache operates as subordinate of the gateway cache, based on intercepting content requests from wireless devices operating within the RAN, providing corresponding proxied content requests to the gateway cache, and serving or not serving requested content from the RAN cache in dependence on control signaling from the gateway cache. Such operation permits all decision making to reside in the gateway cache, thereby retaining full visibility for critical billing and lawful intercept functions, while obviating in many instances the need to back haul such content. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016257 | IDENTIFICATION OF INTERNAL DEPENDENCIES WITHIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR EVALUATING POTENTIAL PROTOCOL LEVEL DEADLOCKS - Systems and methods for automatically building a deadlock free inter-communication network in a multi-core system are described. The example implementations described herein involve automatically generating internal dependency specification of a system component based on dependencies between incoming/input and outgoing/output interface channels of the component. Dependencies between incoming and outgoing interface channels of the component can be determined by blocking one or more outgoing interface channels and evaluating impact of the blocked outgoing channels on the incoming interface channels. Another implementation described herein involves determining inter-component communication dependencies by measuring impact of a deadlock on the blocked incoming interface channels of one or more components to identify whether a dependency cycle is formed by blocked incoming interface channels. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016258 | Path Aggregation Group Monitor - A network device monitors a path aggregation group. The network device may monitor path selection for network traffic (e.g., packets) communicated through the path aggregation group. During a monitoring period, the network device may obtain a path selection indication that a network packet has been selected for communication through the path aggregation group and specifically a first path in the path aggregation group. The network device may update a path entry associated with the first path in the path aggregation group. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016259 | Switched data transmission system that may be used in particular in avionics applications - This switched data transmission system, particularly for use in avionics applications, of the type comprising a plurality of electronic devices and equipment units adapted for transmitting discrete messages over a transmission network, and in which each of the devices and equipment units is connected to a network switch, the switches being connected to each other by means of data transmission links so as to form a physical topology of a loop network, each message being associated with information regarding data flow priority in the network comprising of functional priority information, is characterized in that each message is also associated with information regarding temporal priority of data flow in the network. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016260 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRAFFIC LOAD BALANCING ON MULTIPLE WAN BACKHAULS AND MULTIPLE DISTINCT LAN NETWORKS - In accordance with embodiments disclosed herein, there are provided methods, systems, mechanisms, techniques, and apparatuses for traffic aggregation on multiple WAN backhauls and multiple distinct LAN networks; for traffic load balancing on multiple WAN backhauls and multiple distinct LAN networks; and for performing self-healing operations utilizing multiple WAN backhauls serving multiple distinct LAN networks. For example, in one embodiment, a first Local Area Network (LAN) access device is to establish a first LAN; a second LAN access device is to establish a second LAN; a first Wide Area Network (WAN) backhaul connection is to provide the first LAN access device with WAN connectivity; a second WAN backhaul connection to provide the second LAN access device with WAN connectivity; a management device is communicatively interfaced with each of the first LAN access device, the second LAN access device, the first WAN backhaul connection, and the second WAN backhaul connection; and the management device routes a first portion of traffic originating from the first LAN over the first WAN backhaul connection and routes a second portion of the traffic originating from the first LAN over the second WAN backhaul connection. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016261 | TRANSPORT PROTOCOL LAYER OPTIMIZATION FOR MANAGING SIGNALING AND POWER CONSUMPTION - Systems and methods for optimizing signaling in a mobile network and conserving battery resources based on transport protocol layer such as Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) layer optimization techniques are disclosed. A distributed proxy system, in various embodiments, can implement one or more optimization techniques including deferring TCP socket closures or closing network sockets with TCP RST instead of TCP FIN to save on signaling in the wireless (e.g., mobile network) and conserve battery resources. In some embodiments, the disclosed system can implement various methods to prevent or reduce number of TCP and/or application level retries, and thereby reduce signaling in the wireless network and conserve battery resources. In other embodiments, the distributed proxy system can multiplex all TCP sockets in a mobile device through a single socket to reduce TCP/IP overhead and thus conserve device and network resources. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016262 | DIFFERENTIAL FORWARDING IN ADDRESS-BASED CARRIER NETWORKS - The invention relates to enabling differential forwarding in address-based carrier networks such as Ethernet networks. There is described a method of and connection controller for establishing connections ( | 01-15-2015 |
20150016263 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR TRAFFIC REDISTRIBUTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The apparatus includes a processor. The processor is configured to determine whether to redistribute traffic, generate a message upon determining traffic is to be redistributed, the message including cell priority values, the cell priority values including a priority value for each of a plurality of carriers, and transmit the message to the one or more user equipment. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016264 | DISTRIBUTED CACHING SYSTEMS WITH CONFIGURABLE EXTENDED CACHING OPTIMIZATION - Methods and systems for distributed caching of information using extended caching optimization are provided. According to one aspect, a method for distributed caching of information using extended caching optimization includes, at a mobile device for operating in a wireless network, monitoring requests issued from an application located within the device to an external entity not located within the device; storing, in a local cache, responses to the monitored requests received from the external entity; and, in response to identifying a request as one that meets a first criterion for optimization, applying an extended caching optimization, including preventing the identified request from being transmitted to the external entity and providing a response to the identified request from the local cache. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016265 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED PACKET FLOW MOBILITY - Methods and apparatus for improved packet data flow mobility and packet data distribution and collection across heterogeneous networks. In one embodiment, a source device with one or more wireless interfaces receives data to be transmitted to a target device. The device sequences the received data with corresponding packet sequence numbers according to characteristics of the service providing the data. The sequenced data is classified according to application/service requirements (e.g., minimum Quality of Service requirements, service type, etc.). The classified data is assigned to available network interfaces, which can support the classifications of the data. The data is transmitted over the assigned network interfaces to the corresponding receiving interface. The data is collected and reassembled according to the packet sequence number at the target destination. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023169 | System and Architecture to Optimize Video Traffic over Internet Protocol Networks - Techniques are provided for managing network traffic and alleviating network congestion issues in video conference environments. At a video conference bridge device configured to send and receive communications to an endpoint device in a network, one or more video streams are received from the endpoint participating in a video conference. Each of the video streams is classified as a rate adaptive stream or as a non-rate adaptive stream. For video streams classified as rate adaptive streams, the video streams are assigned to a buffer queue for rate adaptive streams. For video streams classified as non-rate adaptive streams, the video streams are assigned to a buffer queue for non-rate adaptive streams. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023170 | TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS SERVICE PROVIDERS - A device receives packet information associated with a traffic flow and a network segment. The network segment includes a portion of a network via which the traffic flow is transmitted. The device associates the received packet information with a period of time. The device determines that the period of time has expired, and aggregates the received packet information based on determining that the period of time has expired. The device determines a network performance parameter associated with the traffic flow over the network segment based on the aggregated packet information. The device generates performance information that identifies the network performance parameter, the traffic flow, and the network segment. The device provides the performance information. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023171 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of scheduling communications with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may transmit at least one scheduling frame including an indication of a downlink period allocated for simultaneous transmission from the wireless communication unit to at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group during the downlink period. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029848 | Systems And Methods For Native Network Interface Controller (NIC) Teaming Load Balancing - Systems and methods are provided that may be employed in a network environment to implement load balancing for multi-network interface controller (NIC) teaming applications using pause frame flow control communications received at an information handling system in situations where a given data path through a given NIC of the information handling system and a corresponding network switch is heavily loaded or otherwise congested relative to one or more other more lightly loaded data paths through other NICs of the information handling system and their corresponding network switches. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029849 | RECEIVER-SIGNALED ENTROPY LABELS FOR TRAFFIC FORWARDING IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, a receiver device determines that it accepts flow entropy, and accordingly determines a set of entropy labels the receiver device is accepting. After transmitting the set of entropy labels from the receiver device to one or more sender devices, the receiver device may then receive packets from the one or more sender devices with selected particular entropy labels from the set of entropy labels. In another embodiment, a sender device receives from a receiver device a set of entropy labels the receiver device is accepting. As such, when determining a packet to forward to the receiver device with flow entropy, the sender device may select a particular entropy label from the set of entropy labels for that receiver device, and transmits the packet device to the receiver device with the selected particular entropy label. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029850 | LOAD BALANCING NETWORK ADAPTER - Methods and systems for providing device-specific authentication are described. One example method includes receiving, by an input port of a network adapter within the computer system, a stream of network traffic; dividing, by load balancing logic within the network adapter, the received stream of network traffic into a plurality of substreams; and presenting the plurality of substreams to respective interfaces of the network adapter, each network adapter interface being accessible by an operating system executing on the computer system. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029851 | MANAGING THE TRAFFIC LOAD OF A DELIVERY NODE - The invention relates to a method for managing the traffic load of a delivery node being in a state BLOCKED or UNBLOCKED. The method comprises the step determining that the traffic load of the delivery node is within a pair of upper and lower limits. The method also comprise the step of changing the state of the delivery node upon the determination that the traffic load of a delivery node is within the pair of upper and lower limits. Changing the state is changing from UNBLOCKED to BLOCKED or from BLOCKED to UNBLOCKED. The invention also relates to a delivery node suitable for implementing the method disclosed hereinabove. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029852 | MAXIMIZING BOTTLENECK LINK UTILIZATION UNDER CONSTRAINT OF MINIMIZING QUEUING DELAY FOR TARGETED DELAY-SENSITIVE TRAFFIC - In one embodiment, a system and method include determining bandwidth of a link that connects a local modem to a remote router. A first percentage of the bandwidth is assigned to a first class of data and a second percentage of bandwidth is assigned to a second class of data. The remaining percentage of the bandwidth is assigned for nominal excess capacity. The flow of first class of data and second class of data are controlled to below respective percentages of the bandwidth. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029853 | CONGESTION CONTROL ENFORCEMENT IN A VIRTUALIZED ENVIRONMENT - In a data network congestion control in a virtualized environment is enforced in packet flows to and from virtual machines in a host. A hypervisor and network interface hardware in the host are trusted components. Enforcement comprises estimating congestion states in the data network attributable to respective packet flows, recognizing a new packet that belongs to one of the data packet flows, and using one or more of the trusted components and to make a determination based on the congestion states that the new packet belongs to a congestion-producing packet flow. A congestion-control policy is applied by one or more of the trusted components to the new packet responsively to the determination. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029854 | SERVICE LAYER SOUTHBOUND INTERFACE AND QUALITY OF SERVICE - Existing resource reservation techniques are inefficient for M2M communications. In an example embodiment described herein, a system comprises a service layer server that resides on a service layer and a control plane node that resides on an access network, wherein the service layer server communicates with the control plane node via a control plane interface. The control plane interface can be used to configure quality of service (QoS) policies (rules) that are based on an object that is being addressed. In this context, for example, an object may be a memory location or value. For example, the service layer may configure one or more QoS rules for the access network based on the object by sending a QoS provisioning message that includes one or more parameters to the control plane node. The control plane node may determine the object that is identified in the one or more QoS rules, and the QoS rules may be distributed to one or more routers that may be used to access the object. The access network may apply the one or more QoS rules in accordance with the parameters. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029855 | TRAFFIC ROUTING - The present disclosure relates to a traffic routing method and a traffic routing device. A member device of a stacking system receives traffic destined for a destination node. If there is at least one valid Equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) associated with an address of the destination node in a forwarding table, the member device routes the received traffic to the destination node through the at least one valid ECMP path. Otherwise, the member device selects at least one other member device of the stacking system for routing the received traffic, updates an ECMP path associated with the address of the destination node in the forwarding table to a stacking link connecting the member device with the selected at least one member device, and transmits the received traffic to the selected at least one member device. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029856 | PACKETS RECOVERY SYSTEM AND METHOD - In a network for reliable transfer of packets from a transmitter to a receiver using a Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP), a system for packet recovery, the system comprising a detection block (detector) for packet loss detection and a probe device (probe) for lost packet retransmission, wherein the detector includes a means for sending a packet retransmit request to the probe upon detecting a packet loss (a lost packet), and wherein the probe includes a means for storing received packets and for retransmitting the lost packet responsive to the retransmit request. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029857 | PER-CLASS SCHEDULING WITH RATE LIMITING - Providing network access is disclosed. Use of a provider equipment port via which network access is provided to two or more downstream nodes, each having one or more classes of network traffic associated with it, is scheduled on a per class basis, across the downstream nodes. The respective network traffic sent to each of at least a subset of the two or more downstream nodes is limited, on a per downstream node basis, to a corresponding rate determined at least in part by a capacity of a communication path associated with the downstream node. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029858 | ENERGY SAVING METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR BASE STATION - An energy saving method, system and device for a base station, applied in the technical field of communications. The energy saving method comprises: if the number of user equipments sending a service request in the coverage of a coverage base station is greater than a first threshold, sending a second activation request to a capacity boosting base station, wherein the second activation request is used for requesting the capacity boosting base station in a dormant state to enter an intermediate state from the dormant state, and the intermediate state refers to that in the intermediate state, the capacity boosting base station bears a user equipment in a connected state rather than a user equipment in an idle state; and after the capacity boosting base station enters the intermediate state, transferring the user equipment to be connected to the capacity boosting base station in the intermediate state. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029859 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, NETWORK, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - Known network management systems for managing traffic signals in a network store node/link parameter signals and traffic parameter signals and calculate solutions defining intermediate nodes/links situated between sources and destinations for transporting said traffic signals from said sources to said destinations via said intermediate nodes/links and calculate route information per solution. By storing node/link parameter signals and traffic parameter signals for several situations (like several predictions in the future) and calculating solutions for each situation and then selecting a solution per situation, the network management system will manage the network more advantageously, especially when solutions are compared with each other, and when a solution is selected per situation in dependence of comparison results (comprising similarities/differences between solutions of different situations). Said route information may comprise link load parameters and/or resource consumption parameters and/or fairness parameters and/or throughput parameters. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029860 | Method and Apparatus for Processing Inbound and Outbound Quanta of Data - A method for processing inbound and/or outbound data wherein a processing policy is determined for a quantum of data. A quantum of inbound data is received and a data notification for the received data is prepared. The notification for the quantum of received inbound data is delivered to a processor according to the processing policy. When selecting a quantum of outbound data, an outbound data work request for the outbound data is prepared and delivered to an output unit according to the processing policy. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036493 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOAD BALANCING NON-IP DEVICES - The present disclosure relates to methods and systems for providing load balancing for layer 2 devices. A device intermediary to a plurality of clients and a plurality of servers and a plurality of layer 2 devices establishes, for each layer 2 device, a first traffic domain corresponding to ingress traffic received from the plurality of clients and a second traffic domain of the device corresponding to ingress traffic received from the plurality of clients. The device associates a first virtual local area network (VLAN) with the first traffic domain and a second VLAN with the second traffic domain. The device establishes a plurality of services. Each service corresponds to a layer 2 device and includes a corresponding subnet internet protocol (SNIP) address hosted on the device. The device establishes a virtual server to load balance the plurality of services corresponding to each of the plurality of layer 2 devices. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036494 | GROUPED MULTICAST/BROADCAST SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK (MBSFN) SPLITTING - A reporting server receives reports on content items being accessed by a plurality of UE devices through a first multicast/broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN). The reporting server determines, for each content item being accessed, which of the UE devices is accessing the content item. The UE devices are then grouped by the accessed content items such that at least one content item is accessed by a first group of UE devices and not accessed by a second group of UE devices. The reporting server then sends data representing the first and second groups to a broadcast video provisioning system (BVPS) with a recommendation to split the MBSFN into second and third MBSFNs. In another implementation, the reporting server receives reports from fourth and fifth MBSFNs and recommends joining the fourth and fifth MBSFNs to form a sixth MBSFN if broadcast bandwidth requirements are met. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036495 | DEVICE TO DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION MECHANISMS - Technology for enabling device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless network is disclosed. One method comprises receiving a traffic flow optimization message at a first transmission node in the wireless network from a detection function (DF) module. A D2D setup message can be transmitted from the first transmission node to establish a D2D link, wherein the D2D link bypasses a serving gateway for the wireless network and provides communication between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036496 | REPORTING OF USER PLANE CONGESTION (UPCON) USING A UPCON CONTAINER - Technology for reporting radio access network (RAN) user plane congestion (UPCON) is disclosed. In an example, a core network (CN) device can include computer circuitry configured to: receive an UPCON event report using an UPCON container that includes a congestion situation indicator to indicate a UPCON situation; and change an UPCON process based on the congestion situation indicator. The core network device can include a mobility management entity (MME), a serving gateway (S-GW), a packet data network (PDN) gateway (P-GW), a policy and charging enforcement function (PCEF), a policy and charging rules function (PCEF), a serving general packet radio service (GPRS) support node (SGSN), a gateway GPRS support node (GGSN), an access network discovery and selection function (ANDSF), an operation and maintenance (O&M) subsystem, an UPCON server, a proxy, or a standalone function entity. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036497 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP SEGMENTATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may implement a hierarchical data structure for traffic indication mapping (TIM) and segment the TIM into TIM segment bitmaps to facilitate transmissions for wireless communications devices. The traffic indication provides information as to whether a device associated with an access point (AP) has data buffered by the AP. Logic of the AP may inform devices about the range of devices represented by each of the TIM segments by including a block start and block range or a TIM segment index that can be associated with a range of blocks. Logic may provide at least one page bitmap to devices for the TIM segment bitmaps to provide an indication to the devices as to whether a particular block includes an indication that any client devices have data buffered by the access point. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036498 | CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SWITCH CONTROLLING METHOD AND PROGRAM - A control apparatus includes a communication device controller that acts on a set of flow entries retained by one communication device of a group of communication devices(s) to control the group of the communication devices(s), and a flow statistics information management unit that gathers and manages the flow statistics information collected by the communication device per flow entry. On occurrence of a new flow, the communication device controller finds an estimated lifetime of the new flow based on the flow statistics information, and sets a flow entry on the communication device(s) on a path of the new flow. The flow entry has set an aging time consistent with the estimated lifetime. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036499 | FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET - The present invention provides methods and devices for implementing a Low Latency Ethernet (“LLE”) solution, also referred to herein as a Data Center Ethernet (“DCE”) solution, which simplifies the connectivity of data centers and provides a high bandwidth, low latency network for carrying Ethernet and storage traffic. Some aspects of the invention involve transforming FC frames into a format suitable for transport on an Ethernet. Some preferred implementations of the invention implement multiple virtual lanes (“VLs”) in a single physical connection of a data center or similar network. Some VLs are “drop” VLs, with Ethernet-like behavior, and others are “no-drop” lanes with FC-like behavior. Some preferred implementations of the invention provide guaranteed bandwidth based on credits and VL. Active buffer management allows for both high reliability and low latency while using small frame buffers. Preferably, the rules for active buffer management are different for drop and no drop VLs. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036500 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TCP MAPPER - A system for congestion control of traffic in a network that uses Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) includes a plurality of TCP congestion control programs having one or more parameters, a plurality of TCP congestion control units running the TCP congestion control programs, and a TCP mapper adapted to map incoming TCP traffic flow from a plurality of incoming TCP traffic flows to the TCP congestion control units based on at least one of (a) the type of application program from which the incoming TCP traffic flow originated (b) the type of network for which the incoming TCP traffic flow is destined, (c) parameters related to network performance (d) network constraints (e) source of the incoming TCP traffic flow, and (f) destination of the incoming TCP traffic flow. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036501 | TRIGGER BASED RECORDING OF FLOWS WITH PLAY BACK - The various embodiments provide selective real-time monitoring of one or more flows of packets over a network, real-time buffering of packets for the one or more monitored flows, real-time recording of packets for one or more monitored flows and its corresponding buffered packets based on initiation of at least one trigger, and real-time analysis of the one or more recorded flows of packets regarding at least the occurrence of the at least one trigger. One or more flows of packets may be selected for monitoring by an administrator or an automated process based on different factors. In at least one of the various embodiments, the one or more monitored flows of packets are tagged and threaded so that they are separately accessible in a ring buffer. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036502 | Packet Processing Indication - A network, network devices, and methods are described for packet processing indication. A method includes tunneling a packet from a first network device to a second network device associated with a first checking functionality. The second network device has an address different than an original destination address of the packet. The method also includes return-tunneling the packet from the second network device to the first network device with an indication of whether the packet was processed by the first checking functionality. The method includes tunneling the packet from the first network device to a third network device associated with a second checking functionality in response to the indication being that the packet was not processed by the first checking functionality. The third network device has an address different from the original destination address of the packet. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043347 | METHOD OF OPERATING A NETWORK USING DIFFERENTIATED PRICING AND A NETWORK CONFIGURED TO OPERATE USING DIFFERENTIATED PRICING - The method of operating a network includes receiving a measurement of total traffic intensity, receiving an expected quality of service associated with a packet, and assigning the packet to one of two or more priority queues based on the measurement of total traffic intensity and the expected quality of service, the two or more priority queues having different delay metrics. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043348 | Traffic Flow Redirection between Border Routers using Routing Encapsulation - In response to receiving one or more packets from an interface, an anchoring border router classifies the traffic flow and either transmits the packets based upon the routing control table as usual, or determines that the packets of the traffic flow are to be forwarded to a forwarding border router. Upon determining that the packets are to be forwarded, the packets are encapsulated with a routing encapsulation key corresponding to a routing path and are forwarded from the anchoring border router to the forwarding border router via a routing encapsulation tunnel. When a forwarding border router receives the redirected packets over the routing encapsulation tunnel, the forwarding border router removes the routing encapsulation key from the packets of the traffic flow and transmits the packets via a routing path corresponding to the routing encapsulation key. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043349 | MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS IN MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe techniques and configurations for managing communications in a radio access network. An apparatus may include computer-readable media having instructions and one or more processors coupled with the computer-readable media and configured to execute the instructions to measure flow context information based on data extracted from an internet protocol (IP) data flow between a user equipment (UE) and a network entity, and provide the measured flow context information to the UE to facilitate management of one or more IP data flows by the UE. The management of the IP data flow may include selecting a radio access network from one or more radio access networks available for communicating the IP data flow between the UE and the network entity, based at least in part on the provided flow context information. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043350 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING A QOS PRIORITIZED DATA TRAFFIC - A method for transmitting data packets of a data traffic between a sending device ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150049611 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) CONGESTION CONTROL USING TRANSMISSION DELAY COMPONENTS - According to the present disclosure, methods and apparatus are provided to improve the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) for data such as delay sensitive or bursty data. A maximum send window is adjusted using forward queuing delay and maximum bandwidth parameters. Reverse queuing delay and the number of packets drops are not factored into generation of the maximum send window. Network buffer occupation is bounded and a congestion window is effectively varied using rate shaping and gradual size increases based at least partially on the number acknowledged packets. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049612 | Determining a Traffic Bearer for Data Traffic Between a Terminal and a Content Data Source of a Content Data Network - A method for determining a traffic bearer for data traffic between a terminal ( | 02-19-2015 |
20150049613 | SMART DELIVERY OF LI DATA IN EMERGENCY CONDITIONS - Methods and arrangements are provided for maintaining a wanted Quality of Service transmission level of Lawful Interception (LI) payload data to a Law Enforcement Agency (LEA) via an HI3 interface in a LI system. The data is acquired from an intercepted IP packet flow and belongs to one or more target identities using a specific Internet communications service. The method, which is performed by the arrangement, includes monitoring the state of congestion of IP packets in the HI3 interface in relation to a first threshold level T1 and a second threshold level T2. The first threshold level T1 corresponds to a lower level of congestion than the second threshold level T2. The transmission of LI payload data is controlled based on the monitoring and a priority classification assigned to the LI payload data to be transmitted. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055469 | REAL-TIME TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - A device may receive machine-to-machine (M2M) traffic associated with an M2M application. The device may determine parameters associated with managing the M2M traffic. The parameters may include information identifying a time window. The device may determine a weighted average traffic rate associated with the M2M traffic based on the parameters. The device may determine a holding time to be applied to the M2M traffic based on the weighted average traffic rate and the parameters. The device may determine an outgoing traffic rate to be applied to the M2M traffic based on the weighted average traffic rate and the parameters. The device may manage the M2M traffic based on the holding time and the outgoing traffic rate. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055470 | Congestion And Analytics Based Access Selection Control - An example method includes obtaining from an Access Network Discovery and Selection (ANDSF) server an ANDSF policy specifying a rule for access selection, the rule specifying one or more attributes to be compared to a corresponding one or more expressions, at least one of the corresponding one or more expressions being a sum of a corresponding threshold parameter and a corresponding offset parameter. The example method further includes obtaining one or more threshold parameter values, obtaining at least one offset parameter value, and determining the access selection based on the at least one rule, the one or more threshold parameter values, and the at least one offset parameter value. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055471 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR QUALITY-BASED OPTIMIZATION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - The protocol determines the quality of each node to node link(s), based on an exponentially weighted moving average of the time each packet spends within the network node. Once determined, that quality of link is then mapped into the physical QoS resources of the networking hardware in use (within the network). Packets destined for higher quality links will see an upgrade of their QoS rating, while packets destined to lower quality links will see a downgrade of their QoS rating. That adjustment permits the higher quality links to be processed before the lower quality links resulting in more efficient and complete communications in the network. Poorer quality links will no longer act as roadblocks to the higher quality packets. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055472 | Method and Base Station for Controlling Wireless Communication of Data - A method and a base station ( | 02-26-2015 |
20150055473 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A CAN controller, which is connected to a communication bus constituting a network mounted on a vehicle, transmits and receives communication messages to and from the network. The CAN controller comprises a bus load measurement unit that calculates a bus load rate of the network on the basis of receiving communication messages flowing through the network for a measurement time period established for a bus load rate calculation. Further, the bus load measurement unit determines, on the basis of the calculated bus load rate, whether the load of the network is heavy or light. The CAN controller also comprises a CAN protocol engine that voluntarily restricts the transmission of communication messages on the basis of a result of the determination by the bus load measurement unit to the effect that the load is heavy. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055474 | Virtual Machine Traffic Engineering - A mechanism to allow switch manager software to determine bandwidth consumption and cooperate with a VM manager. Counter hardware measures network traffic between the various ports of the switch stack. The switch manager determines the MAC or IP addresses of devices connected to each port, which are provided to the VM manager to correlate VMs to ports. The switch manger collects statistics from the counter hardware to determine traffic flow levels between the various ports. A list of high traffic port pairs is provided to the VM manager. In conjunction with each port is a list of available ports, identified by at least one MAC or IP address associated with that port, having capacity to receive the traffic of the respective ports of each port pair and provided in order of least to most hops, to allow the VM manager to select a closer port to receive a migrated VM. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055475 | LOAD CONTROL METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a load control method and device for a wireless communication system. The method includes: when a load of a first communication system is higher than a set threshold value, the first communication system sends an overload notification message to a second communication system ( | 02-26-2015 |
20150055476 | Scalable Flow and Cogestion Control with OpenFlow - A method of performing congestion management in a network is provided. The method includes monitoring a congestion status at a switch in the network. It is determined at the switch that the congestion status indicates that there is congestion at the switch. Based on the congestion being related to data received at the switch from a source at a first rate, a first message is transmitted from the switch to the source requesting the source to send the data at a second rate that is slower than the first rate. Based on the congestion being related to data requests received at the switch from a destination at third rate, a second message is transmitted from the switch to the destination requesting the destination to request the data at a fourth rate slower than the third rate. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055477 | System and Method for Routing Internet Traffic Over Internet Links - An apparatus and method for IP transit is described. Embodiments include a platform for routing IP traffic in real time from at least one network user to a plurality of internet links. Embodiments further include assigning different ranks to different internet links based on network monitoring. In one embodiment, a system for routing internet traffic includes an internet route optimizer to generate routing instructions for incoming data packets using financial costs of routing data packets on the internet links, the traffic condition information corresponding to the internet links, and the types of data of the incoming data packets. In another embodiment, a method to generate a routing instruction to route an internet data packet uses financial costs of routing data packets on the internet links serving the end destination, traffic condition information of the internet links serving the end destination, and the type of data of the incoming data packet. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063106 | EXECUTING VARIABLE-PRIORITY JOBS USING MULTIPLE STATISTICAL THRESHOLDS IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and arrangements for managing variable-priority flows in a network. Requests for transmission of digital content are received from client devices, each request being associated with a priority, the requests including at least one lower-priority delayable request and at least one higher-priority request. A usable bandwidth for delivery of the requested digital content through the network is estimated and, within the estimated usable bandwidth, there is controlled at least one flow associated with the at least one lower-priority request in the presence of at least one flow for the at least one higher-priority request. Other variants and embodiments are broadly contemplated herein. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063107 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATED QUALITY OF SERVICE CONFIGURATION THROUGH THE ACCESS NETWORK - A system comprises a plurality of access nodes configured to provide one or more services to customer equipment; and a plurality of transport elements coupled together to form a network. Each transport element is configured to receive data packets committed to the network by one or more of the other transport elements and to commit data packets to the network, each data packet assigned to one of a plurality of traffic classes. Each respective transport element is further configured to shape a first set of traffic comprising data packets received from another transport element based on the respective traffic class of each data packet and to shape a second set of traffic comprising data packets to be committed to the network by the respective transport element based on the respective traffic class of each data packet, the first set of traffic shaped separately from the second set of traffic. Each respective transport element is further configured to shape the shaped first set of traffic together with the shaped second set of traffic based on respective weights associated with the first set of traffic and the second set of traffic. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063108 | OPENFLOW SWITCH MODE TRANSITION PROCESSING - Embodiments of the invention relate to switch mode transition and processing upon loss of controller communication. One embodiment includes losing a connection with a controller by a switch device, entering a particular mode by the switch device, transferring flow entries of the switch device to one or more tables, and notifying network application protocols that correspond to the transferred flow entries. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063109 | APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK TRAFFIC - An apparatus for controlling network traffic is provided. The apparatus includes: a data object service providing module generating a data check service frame; a message service providing module generating a data transmission service frame; a frame delay module adjusting a generation period of the data check service frame generated by the data object service providing module; a traffic analysis module comparing a data transmission amount of the data transmission service frame generated by the message service providing module with a reference data transmission amount, wherein the traffic analysis module determines a generation period of the data check service frame according to a comparison result, and controls the operation of the frame delay module according to a determined generation period; and a transmit queue transmitting a service frame transmitted from the traffic analysis module to a control area network open (CANopen) network. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063110 | PROGRAMMABLE SENSOR NETWORKING APPARATUS AND SENSOR NETWORKING SERVICE METHOD USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a programmable sensor networking apparatus. In accordance with an embodiment, the sensor networking apparatus includes a gateway for receiving application service information from an application, generating information to be processed by each sensor node based on the received application service information, and transmitting the generated information to each sensor node, and one or more sensor nodes for receiving the information to be processed from the gateway, and processing the received information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063111 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication is provided. The method includes transmitting a quality of service (QoS) message to a device. The QoS message includes a request for a transmission opportunity for sending uplink data to the device. The QoS message includes at least one of a sequence control field or a QoS control field. The method further includes receiving a clear to transmit (CTX) message in response to the QoS message. The method further includes transmitting data to the device in response to the CTX message. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063112 | DYNAMIC PRIORITY QUEUE MAPPING FOR QOS ROUTING IN SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS - A QoS management scheme for SDN. Network resource availability of routers and switches are maintained in a central resource database of a SDN controller. The SDN controller performs resource reservation, admission control and route calculation. When a flow is admitted or completed, the resource database is updated accordingly. Dynamic queue mapping for QoS routing in SDN is also provided. For a traffic flow with a certain traffic description and delay requirement, the queue mapping protocol dynamically assigns the flow to different priority queues at different switches along its routing path. Compared with the static mapping of a flow to a specified priority queue, the disclosed mapping is more flexible and uses network resources more efficiently. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063113 | TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD AND TRAFFIC CONTROL APPARATUS - The present invention is contrived to implement more granular traffic control and improve a traffic control method. A traffic control method disclosed herein performs the following: with respect to a plurality of terminals that connect to a network and perform communication via a communication link, analyzing signaling during a session performed by each terminal from a time when a terminal initially connects to the network, thereby associating a terminal, an application, and signaling required for the application; generating control information including identifiers for implementing traffic control on a per-signaling basis, based on preconfigured information on an object that should be under traffic control and the analysis results; assigning to a received packet an identifier on a per-signaling basis based on the control information; and referring to the identifiers and the control information and performing a specified traffic control action on signaling included in the packet. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063114 | MULTIPLE CONCURRENT DATA LINK MANAGEMENT - An apparatus and method of determining an allocation of data across multiple data communications networks. A respective characteristic of the first data communications network and the second data communication network are determined based on receiving a respective first and second portion of a data set sent through respective channels to a receiver. Based on determining these respective characteristics and based upon the respective characteristics, an allocation of data between the first data communications network and the second communications network is determined such that the allocation satisfies at least one data transfer performance requirement associated with the data set. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063115 | SYNCHRONIZING STATE AMONG LOAD BALANCER COMPONENTS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for synchronizing state among load balancer components. Embodiments of the invention include load balancers using a consistent hashing algorithm to decide how new connections should be load balanced. Use of consistent hashing algorithm permits load balancers to work in a stateless manner in steady state. Load balancers start keeping flow state information (destination address for a given flow) about incoming packets when it is needed, i.e. such as, for example, when a change in destination host configuration is detected. State information is shared across load balancers in a deterministic way, which allows knowing which load balancer is authoritative (e.g., is the owner) for a given flow. Each load balancer can reach the authoritative load balancer to learn about a flow that cannot be determined locally. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071067 | Adaptive Private Network with Path Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) Discovery Process - Systems and techniques are described for a path maximum transmission unit (MTU) discovery method that allows the sender of IP packets to discover the MTU of packets that it is sending over a conduit to a given destination. The MTU is the largest packet that can be sent through the network along a path without requiring fragmentation. The path MTU discovery method actively probes each sending path of each conduit with fragmentation enabled to determine a current MTU and accordingly increase or decrease the conduit MTU. The path MTU discovery process is resilient to errors and supports retransmission if packets are lost in the discovery process. The path MTU discovery process is dynamically adjusted at a periodic rate to adjust to varying network conditions. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071068 | Control Signal Traffic Profile Based Mobile Application Access Management - A computer implemented method and system manages selective access of a mobile application to one of multiple networks based on a control signal traffic profile of the mobile application created by a profile creation component. A mobile application access component (MAAC) processes a control signal request transmitted by the mobile application to a service provider. The MAAC receives threshold limits for different modes of operation of the mobile application from a service entity. The MAAC accesses control signal traffic profile parameters defining the control signal traffic profile, embedded in the mobile application. The MAAC normalizes and compares the control signal traffic profile parameters of the mobile application with the threshold limits. The MAAC grants, terminates, or switches access of the mobile application to a network based on the comparison of the control signal traffic profile parameters with the threshold limits for associated modes of operation of the mobile application. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071069 | INJECTING CONGESTION IN A LINK BETWEEN ADAPTORS IN A NETWORK - Provided are a computer program product, system, and method for injecting congestion in a link between adaptors in a network. A congestion request is sent to a selected adaptor in a containing network component comprising one of a plurality of network components. The selected adaptor is in communication with a linked adaptor in a linked network component comprising one of the network components. The congestion request causes a delay in servicing the selected adaptor to introduce congestion on a link between the selected adaptor and the linked adaptor. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071070 | INJECTING CONGESTION IN A LINK BETWEEN ADAPTORS IN A NETWORK - Provided are a computer program product, system, and method for injecting congestion in a link between adaptors in a network. A congestion request is received for the selected adaptor at a containing network component comprising one of the network components. In response to the received congestion request, servicing the selected adaptor is delayed to introduce congestion on a link between the selected adaptor and the linked adaptor. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071071 | LOAD BALANCING BETWEEN NODES PROCESSING DATA AND BACKHAUL UTILIZATION - The proposed embodiment provides a method and system for load balancing between one or more nodes and a plurality of backhaul links over a communication network. The method includes computing processing data of the node(s) using parameters associated with the node, and computing backhaul link loading data using parameters associated with the plurality of backhaul links. Further, the method includes analyzing the processing data and the backhaul link loading data using one or more rules, and determining whether load balancing is required in accordance to the analysis. Furthermore, the method includes performing one or more actions in the communication network to load balance between the node and the plurality of backhaul links in response to determining that the load balancing is required. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071072 | Traffic Flow Classification - Systems and methods are disclosed for classifying traffic flows. A traffic agent operable to collect classification information for one or more traffic flows may be deployed at an end host communicatively coupled to a data-center network. The traffic agent, deployed in a user space independent of the operating system, may compare the classification information for a given traffic flow to a metric value. Where the classification information achieves a certain threshold indicated by the metric value, the traffic agent may classify the traffic flow as an elephant flow. In some examples, a library may be included with the traffic agent that may include a modified send function. The modified send function may provide classification information to the traffic agent indexed to the traffic flow for which it is called so that the traffic agent may analyze the classification information to potentially provide a classification for the traffic flow. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071073 | APPLICATION DATA FLOW MANAGEMENT IN AN IP NETWORK - Disclosed herein is a method for serving an aggregate flow in a communication network node, the aggregate flow including a plurality of individual flows. The method includes identifying in the aggregate flow, based on serving resources allocated to the network node, individual flows that may be served without substantial detriment to perceived performance, and serving the identified individual flows with priority in respect of the remaining individual flows in the aggregate flow. The method allows the presence of individual flows that may not be served without substantial detriment to perceived performance due to shortage of serving resources to be notified to an external control entity. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078161 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR RADIO NETWORKS - According to an aspect of an embodiment, a method of controlling radio resources includes calculating multiple sets of scaled load estimates based on a single set of initial load estimates associated with estimated radio resource loads of multiple base stations. Each of the sets of scaled load estimates includes the single set of initial load estimates scaled by one of multiple scale factors. The method further includes determining multiple objective function results. Each objective function result is based at least in part on a result of an objective function for an individual set of scaled load estimates of the multiple sets of scaled load estimates. The method further includes determining an operating set of radio resources for multiple base stations based at least in part on the multiple objective function results. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078162 | BACKHAUL SELECTION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Different types of backhauls are used to provide connectivity for an access point. In some implementations, an access point monitors conditions on at least one backhaul to determine whether each backhaul is capable of supporting any QoS requirements of the access point's traffic flows. If the access point determines that a backhaul is capable of supporting the QoS requirement of a given traffic flow, the access point may configure the traffic flow to be routed via that backhaul. In some implementations, an access point selects a different backhaul for a traffic flow based on the type of traffic flow. For example, upon determining that a traffic flow is destined for an entity associated with another backhaul, the access point may switch to the other backhaul for routing that traffic flow. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078163 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCALING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING ROUTING IN A NETWORK - A method for scaling traffic engineering, TE, routing in a network, having a plurality of network elements (nodes) connected in a given layer to each other via links TE domain segments of a TE domain of said network are collapsed into a virtual TE nodes (VNs). Each VN having an allocated DE domain unique identifier and a detailed connectivity matrix, DCM, to provide a hierarchically virtualized network topology of the network. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078164 | METHODS OF IMPLEMENTING DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE OR BANDWIDTH PROVISIONING - A method of operating a data network may include establishing a data path through the data network between a routing gateway and service provider equipment providing a data service. Moreover, the data service may be provided for use at the routing gateway over the data path during a data session. A request may be received from the service provider equipment where the request defines a data flow characteristic for the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment providing the data service. The data flow characteristic may then be transmitted to a network element along the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment. A request from service provider equipment can include an allowed bandwidth or prioritization. Related methods, data networks, data service providers, routing gateways, and computer program products are also discussed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078165 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND FILE TRANSFER METHOD - A radio communication device includes: a controller, provided in a cell belonging to a first base station at a position, configured to obtain a start time of transfer of a file from a file server based on a first delay time that is based on a physical cell identity of the cell and a second delay time that is based on reception power measured at the position in the cell. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078166 | NETWORK SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, AND LOAD DISTRIBUTION METHOD - A network system has a switch which transfers a packet and a controller which sets a flow entry to the switch. The controller has a heavy load switch detecting section which detects a heavy load switch with the heavy load of new flow entry setting processing; a storage section which stores a switch list; an alternate route searching section which searches an alternate route; and a flow entry setting section which assigns a flow of packets to be transferred by using a new flow entry of the heavy load switch to the switch on the alternate route, without changing the flow entry which is already set to the heavy load switch. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078167 | Systems and Methods for Providing LTE-Based Backhaul - Systems and methods are disclosed for enabling a mesh network node to switch from a base station role to a user equipment role relative to a second mesh network node, and vice versa. By switching roles in this manner, the mesh network node may be able to benefit from increased uplink or downlink speed in the new role. This role reversal technique is particularly useful when using wireless protocols such as LTE that are asymmetric and allow differing throughput on uplink and downlink connections. Methods for determining whether to perform role reversal are disclosed, and methods for using role reversal in mesh networks comprising greater than two nodes are also disclosed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078168 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRAFFIC LOAD BALANCING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A load distribution method and apparatus of a base station are disclosed. The method includes measuring load information associated with the BS; transmitting the measured load information to at least one adjacent BS; receiving load information from the at least one adjacent BS; generating a first cluster including the BS and the at least one adjacent BS; and executing a load distribution operation with respect to the first cluster, wherein at least one BS included in the first cluster is included in a second cluster. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085656 | Technique for Projecting Network Load in a Communication Network - A technique for predicting network load in a communication network is described. For multiple subscriptions, a network load snapshot is provided. The network load snapshot comprises multiple network load records. Each network load record reflects network load caused by an associated subscription in the network at a particular point of time. Each network load record comprises at least one network load value reflecting a network load caused by the corresponding subscription and at least one network load influencing factor reflecting a parameter associated with the subscription which has the potential of influencing the network load value. The network load snapshot is transformed into a predicted network load snapshot comprising at least one predicted network load record, each predicted network load record reflecting estimated network load caused by the corresponding subscription at a particular point of time in the future. The transformation of a network load snapshot into a corresponding predicted network load snapshot is done based on both the network load values and the associated network load influencing factors. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085657 | Data Transmission Mechanism with Improved Robustness Using Multiflow Connection - There is provided a mechanism for conducting data transmission from a network management entity of communication network control element to a terminal or UE with improved robustness. After a multiflow connection for data units via at least one network transceiver device and via at least two different paths is set up towards a terminal, selection criteria are applied so as to decide which data units are sent on which transmission path. Specifically, dependent on the applied selection criteria, data units of specific data are selected to be subjected either to bicasting each selected data unit using the at least two paths, or to dynamic flow switching so as to transmit each selected data unit using one of the at least two paths and wherein each selected data unit can be in dependently chosen to be transmitted over either of the at least two paths. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085658 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING ACCESS TO MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING DUAL PRIORITY APPLICATION - A method for controlling access to a machine-type communication (MTC) device having a dual priority application in a mobile communication network. More particularly, a signaling method executed in a terminal configured to perform non-access stratum (NAS) signaling including low access priority indication in a mobile communication network and configured such that the low access priority is negligible. The signaling method may include performing one of a procedure of mobility management and a session management including the low access priority, receiving a back-off timer due to one of mobility management congestion control and session management congestion control and operating the back-off timer, and performing one of the mobility management procedure and the session management procedure without including the low access priority. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085659 | Method and Apparatus For Offloading Data - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for enabling efficient allocation of discovery resources for device to device communications. An example method may comprise establishing a cellular network connection to an access point. The method may further comprise establishing a local area network connection to a user equipment. Additionally, the method may comprise either receiving offloaded data for the user equipment from the access point via the cellular network connection and relaying the offloaded data to the user equipment via the local area network connection, or receiving offloaded data for the access point from the user equipment via the local area network connection and relaying the offloaded data to the access point via the cellular network connection. Similar and related example methods, example apparatuses, and example computer program products are also provided. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085660 | LINK SPEED FLUCTUATION REDUCTION - Link speed fluctuation reduction can be useful in a variety of communication systems. Such smoothing may have various benefits and may be achieved in various ways. For example, a policy and charging rules function can be leveraged to avoid repeated transfers of a same section of over-the-top video. A method can include detecting, for a link, a link traffic condition above a predetermined threshold. The method can also include estimating link speed to obtain an initial link speed value. When the detected link traffic condition is above a predetermined threshold, the method can further include limiting fluctuation of the link speed to within a threshold amount of the initial link speed value. The method can additionally include periodically re-estimating the recently achieved link speed as an updated link speed value and limiting the fluctuation based on the updated link speed value. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085661 | Stateless Fibre Channel Sequence Acceleration for Fibre Channel Traffic Over Ethernet - A method for offloading Fibre Channel transmit data in an I/O operation. The transmit data includes Fibre Channel sequences, each Fibre Channel sequence includes multiple frames. The method includes generating a single transmit sequence request descriptor for transmitting all of the plurality of frames; creating an Ethernet header, a FCoE encapsulation header, and a Fibre Channel header for each frame in response to information in the transmit sequence request descriptor; creating start of frame and end of frame delimiters; inserting data into each frame; computing Fibre Channel CRC and Ethernet FCS for each frame; and transmitting the plurality of frames over a network. In each of the plurality of frames, the Ethernet header precedes the FCoE encapsulation header, which precedes the Fibre Channel header, which precedes the data The data is followed by the Fibre Channel CRC, which is followed by the Ethernet FCS. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085662 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING SERVICES - A method, an apparatus, and a system control services, where the method includes: receiving, by a PCRF, congestion state information on a cell, resource-related information on the cell, and subscriber-related information on a UE in an activated state in the cell that are sent by an access network device; generating, by the PCRF, a QoS policy and/or a charging policy for the UE in the activated state in the cell according to the congestion state information on the cell, the resource-related information on the cell, and the subscriber-related information on the UE in the activated state in the cell; sending, by the PCRF, the generated QoS policy and/or charging policy to a PCEF, so as to enable the PCEF to execute the QoS policy and/or the charging policy. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092550 | Capturing data packets from external networks into high availability clusters while maintaining high availability of popular data packets - A method and high availability cluster configuration for capture of data packets propagating in an external network into the cluster through a wired-tap connection between the cluster and at least one router of the external network. Captured packets are supplied with popularity tags and striped over high-access-rate non-transitory storage media belonging to a capture pool of serving nodes that are specially provisioned and selected by the master node. The captured packets are either devolved or demoted to low-access-rate non-transitory storage media of at least two serving nodes not including any backup master based on popularity metrics contained their tags. The demotion, devolution as well as determination of popularity metrics and setting of a popularity threshold are managed by a distributed management protocol. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092551 | SESSION-AWARE SERVICE CHAINING WITHIN COMPUTER NETWORKS - Techniques are described for providing session-aware, stateful network services to subscriber packet flows. Devices within a service provider network direct subscriber packets along service chains. Each tunnel is established to direct traffic according a particular ordered set of network services for the corresponding service chain. An ingress device for the tunnels encapsulate the subscriber packets and embed opaque session cookies that each uniquely identifies a collection of packet flows of a subscriber session amongst other packet flows transported by a given service tunnel. Each service node need only identify the tunnel on which a tunnel packet was received and the session cookie embedded within the tunnel packet to uniquely associate the encapsulated subscriber packet with a subscriber session, without needing to further inspect the encapsulated subscriber packet, and to index or otherwise retrieve state and statistics required to enforce the network service the service nod is programmed to deliver. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092552 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DEPLOYMENT OPERATIONS FOR SMALL CELLS IN SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORKS - A multi-modal multi-modulation base station such as a small cell eNB is disclosed. The small cell eNB includes multiple radio devices that can be configured to communicate with user devices using different protocols and different frequencies. The small cell eNB also includes a sniffer module to detecting signal from other base stations. The small cell eNB include functions to automate deployment in a self-organizing network, such as network monitoring, neighbor peer discovery, processing of neighbor peer reports, automated transmit-power adaptation, processing of user equipment reports, physical cell identity selection, automatic neighbor relation, handover configuration, private access connections, load balancing, RACH preamble power control, RACH preamble set selection, RACH preamble splitting, PRACH configuration, and mobility robustness. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092553 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRAFFIC OFFLOADING - Wireless communication traffic can be offloaded from a user equipment (UE) to two wireless points of access. For example, user equipment (UE) is connected to a radio access network (RAN) using a radio access technology (RAT) such as a long term evolution (LTE) network. The UE can determine which network capabilities are available for traffic offloading and adapt to the capabilities presented. In one embodiment, the UE can determine whether the network supports three different configurations and configure traffic offloading to operate within the network conditions: (1) RAN rules without access network detection and selection function (ANDSF), (2) ANDSF in conjunction with RAN rules or (3) enhanced ANDSF with RAN assistance. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092554 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, an eNB and a UE transmit and receive a UE monitoring message for confirming the state of the UE in a predetermined UE monitoring period. For example, in UE monitoring periods, a UE monitoring procedure is performed, so that the UE transmits the UE monitoring message to the eNB. Upon receipt of the UE monitoring message, the eNB transmits delivery confirmation information to the UE. The UE monitoring period is set as, for example, a period shorter than a TAU period. This allows the UE monitoring process to confirm the state of the UE even if the TAU period is lengthened. The eNB may transmit the UE monitoring message to the UE. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092555 | DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING WIRELESS STATION CONNECTIONS IN A CO-LOCATED ACCESS POINT SYSTEM - A method for equalizing an average throughput of a plurality of wireless communication network access points is provided. Each access point having a respective average throughput value and at least one control parameter, the at least one control parameter controlling wireless connectivity at the access point. An average throughput value received from each of the plurality of access points is determined. A first wireless communication network access point for configuration is determined based on the average throughput values received from each of the plurality of access points. The at least one control parameter of the determined first wireless communication network access point is set to at least one threshold value to effect equalization of the average throughput values among the wireless communication network access points. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092556 | TWO-STAGE PRECODING AND USER GROUPING FOR LARGE SCALE MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEMS - Methods are provided. A method includes determining respective weighted likelihoods corresponding to a plurality of users in a multiple-input multiple-output communication system. The method further includes forming a plurality of user groups from the plurality of users using an iterative K-means clustering technique applied to the plurality of users. The iterative K-means clustering technique is responsive to the respective weighted likelihoods. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092557 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE REPOSITIONING LOAD BALANCING AND LOCATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A dynamic resource repositioning load balancing and location management system repositions an incoming resource in a grid network of nodes. The system includes a first mapping device to map topology of said gird network of nodes, along with its resources; a determination device to determine at least an incoming resource's initial placement in terms of relative position of said node that the resource currently occupies and in terms of relative number of edges on which said resource currently resides; and resource repositioning device to reposition said at least a resource, in said grid network of nodes, in response to an incoming resource, said repositioning based on said determined position of said incoming resource; characterized, in that, said repositioning mechanism being guided by at least a step or a combination of steps or repetition of steps selected from a group of steps. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092558 | Exploiting Cell dormancy and Load Balancing in LTE HetNets - At a coarse time-scale, at the start of each frame the choice of TPs to be made active and users to associate with the active TPs are determined by solving an optimization problem. The inputs to the optimization problem are averaged slowly varying metrics that are relevant for a period longer than the backhaul latency. At a the fine time-scale, in each slot each active TP independently does scheduling over the set of users associated with it, without any coordination with any of the other active TPs, based on fast changing information, such as instantaneous rate or SINR estimates. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092559 | FLOW ADMISSION CONTROL IN AN IP NETWORK - A flow admission control module for IP traffic types monitors network topology and usage. A new flow is not admitted if it is determined that the flow would push the utilization of available bandwidth reserved for the traffic type on a link in the associated path beyond a predetermined threshold. The admission control module may, as a result of dynamic changes to network topology capacity, re-compute the link utilization for effected active flows The admission control module may also account for protection regimes in flow admission calculations. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092560 | DISTRIBUTED NODE MIGRATION BETWEEN ROUTING DOMAINS - In one embodiment, a device connected to a network receives at a network interface a first network size indicator for a first network and a second network size indicator for a second network. A difference between the first network size indicator and the second network size indicator is determined and a switching probability is calculated if the difference between the network size indicators is greater than a predetermined network size difference threshold. The device may then migrate from the first network to the second network based on the switching probability. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098329 | VEHICULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ROUTING METHOD THEREOF - The invention discloses a vehicular communication system and a routing method thereof. The routing method includes the following steps. When a first relay node of the relay nodes, which locates in a last road slot of each of the road section, receives the route reply packet, the first relay node is configured to obtain a plurality of moving traces of a plurality of specific relay nodes according to the route reply packet; estimate at least one connection life period related to a plurality of specific road slots according to the moving traces; estimate at least one connection available interval of the specific road section according to the at least one connection life period; and append the at least one connection available interval to the route reply packet and forward the route reply packet. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098330 | BONDING MULTIPLE RADIOS IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP MESH NETWORKS - In a mesh network composed of multiple-radio nodes, we assign each radio to one of a plurality of channels, and treat a plurality of links between a pair of nodes as one logical link (bonded link). In some embodiments, the routing protocol is adapted to view each bonded link as one link having a combination of at least some of the properties of the constituent physical links. Traffic sent along a path is dynamically load balanced between the interfaces at each intermediate node based on the current utilization of each interface. In at least some embodiments, route discovery packets record the metrics of each component link of the bonded links leaving a node, but only one route discovery packet per pair of nodes is forwarded, reducing the route discovery packet traffic compared to if each route discovery packet were forwarded over each component link between the pair of nodes. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098331 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR HANDLING ACCESS NETWORK DISCOVERY AND SELECTION FUNCTION (ANDSF) RULES FOR OFFLOADING DATA TRAFFIC - A mobile communication device is provided with a first wireless module, a second wireless module, and a controller module. The first wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a telecommunication network using a cellular technology. The second wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from an Access Point (AP) using a Short Range Wireless (SRW) technology. The controller module receives at least one Radio Access Network (RAN) rule, at least one Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) rule, and at least one indicator from the telecommunication network via the first wireless module, and determines whether to use the RAN rule or the ANDSF rule according to the indicator for offloading data traffic from the telecommunication network to the AP via the second wireless module. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098332 | Transmitting Radio Node, a Receiving Radio Node, and Methods Therein for Handling Data Packets Within a Radio Bearer - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a transmitting radio node ( | 04-09-2015 |
20150098333 | An Iterative Optimization Method for Site Selection in Global Load Balance - Systems, devices, and methods, including executable instructions and/or logic thereon, are provided for server site selection. A system includes a load balancing master configured to have a domain name server (DNS) capability with extensions to support iterative control and a manager capability to select among server sites to probe. The system includes a load balancing slave, communicatively coupled to the master, configured to have a DNS reflection capability to measure a round trip time (RTT) between the load balancing slave and a client local DNS server and an actor capability to respond to commands from the manager and to report a measured RTT to the load balancing master. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098334 | CELLULAR OR WIFI MOBILE TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION BASED ON PUBLIC OR PRIVATE NETWORK DESTINATION - Systems and methods for optimization of mobile traffic directed to private networks and operator configurability thereof are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method, which may be implemented on a system, for identifying a network accessed by mobile traffic at a mobile device, identifying an operator of the network, and/or determining whether the mobile traffic is directed towards a private or public network. In response to determining that the mobile traffic is directed towards a private network, determining whether the private network is owned by or operated by the operator. Optimization of the mobile traffic is performed based on policies set by the operator. In general, the system maintains and/or enforces different sets of policies regarding mobile traffic optimization set by different and multiple operators. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098335 | SELECTING AMONG MULTIPLE CONCURRENTLY ACTIVE PATHS THROUGH A NETWORK - Methods and systems for selecting among multiple concurrently active paths through a network are provided. According to one embodiment, a method is performed by a network interface of a source node within a loop-free, reverse-path-learning network. The network is divided into multiple virtual networks. A packet destined for a destination node and specifying an address for the destination or including information from which the address can be derived is received from the source. A set of virtual networks that can be used to transport the packet from the source node to the destination node is determined. Each virtual network in the set of virtual networks provides a different path through the network from the source to the destination. A particular virtual network from the set of virtual networks is selected, thereby effectively selecting a particular path from multiple selectable paths between the source and the destination. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103659 | QUANTIZED CONGESTION NOTIFICATION FOR COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS - Embodiments of the invention relate to providing quantized congestion notification (QCN) in networks. One embodiment includes a method that includes determining a traffic flow congestion by a particular congestion point (CP) unit of multiple CP units that communicate with at least one end unit, at least one reaction point (RP) unit and at least one controller in a network. A first congestion notification message (CNM) and a second CNM are generated by the particular CP unit. The particular CP unit sends the first CNM directly to the controller and the second CNM directly to the RP unit. Traffic flow is managed among the multiple CP units by the controller based on the first CNM. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103660 | PACING ENHANCED PACKET FORWARDING/SWITCHING AND CONGESTION AVOIDANCE - The subject technology discloses configurations for receiving, at a first network device, a set of network packets corresponding to a first flow from a client, wherein the set of network packets includes a destination address of a second network device; detecting, in the received set of network packets, pacing rate information indicating a specified pacing rate for transmission of the network packets; determining, based on the detected pacing rate, a desired pacing rate to reduce packet dropping on route to the second network device; and transmitting, by the first network device, the set of network packets over an egress link at the desired pacing rate. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103661 | HOST SIDE METHOD OF USING A CONTROLLER ASSIGNMENT LIST - Some embodiments provide a novel method for distributing control-channel communication load between multiple controllers in a network control system. In some embodiments, the controllers manage physical forwarding elements that forward data between several computing devices (also called hosts or host computers), some or all of which execute one or more virtual machines (VMs). The method of some embodiments distributes a controller assignment list to the host computers. The host computers use this list to identify the controllers with which they need to interact to perform some of the forwarding operations of their associated logical forwarding elements. In some embodiments, agents executing on the host computers (1) review the controller assignment list to identify the appropriate controllers, and (2) establish control channel communications with these controllers to obtain the needed data for effectuating the forwarding operations of their associated physical forwarding elements. These agents in some embodiments are responsible for out-of-band control channel communication with the controllers. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103662 | ROUTING SYSTEM FOR INTERNET TRAFFIC - A deterministic approach for route selection in the Internet and other multi-homed networks is presented that is based upon a mathematical model that takes into consideration performance and costs while satisfying commitment constraints. The approach is expressed with a linear programming formulation that can be solved with conventional linear programming solver software. Performance metrics can be defined and combined in order to achieve the best route selection depending on requirements. Some of the potential benefits of the approach include: a global optimal solution for routing traffic (using metrics such as performance, cost, and other constraints), a dynamic weight assignment for performance metrics, and a flexible problem definition to add routing rules (e.g. static and restricted routes) to the model. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103663 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS LOAD BALANCING AND CHANNEL SELECTION FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE USING WLAN MODULES OPERATING SIMULTANEOUSLY IN DIFFERENT WIRELESS BANDS - Systems and methods for enabling a WLAN client to communicate simultaneously over more than one band at a time are described, where each client has at least one radio that is operational in each supported band. Load balancing based on traffic requirements optimizes the use of the multiple bands. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103664 | REPORTING OF USER PLANE CONGESTION - Technology for as radio access network (RAN) node that is operable to report user plane congestion (UPCON) is disclosed. The RAN node may include computer circuitry configured to receive, from a Core Network (CN), an information element (IE) including UPCON related Policy and Control Charging (PCC) information. The RAN node may identify a location of an UPCON event, at the RAN node, based on an UPCON event trigger included in the UPCON related PCC information. The RAN node may report Radio Access Network Congestion Information (RCI) about the UPCON event to one or more network elements in the CN. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103665 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING PDN CONNECTIONS - A method, apparatus and system related to a packet data network (PDN) connection for a radio access network (RAN) are provided. The PDN connections between eNB of the RAN and an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) are forward though Ethernet switching network. A controller at Evolved Packet Core (EPC) site such as EPC controller or centralized switch controller is configured to configure flow table entries along the transport path from eNB to a gateway of the EPC. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103666 | COGNITIVE FLOW CONTROL BASED ON CHANNEL QUALITY CONDITIONS - A system and method which improve the performance of a wireless transmission system by intelligent use of the control of the flow of data between a radio network controller (RNC) and a Node B. The system monitors certain criteria and, if necessary, adaptively increases or decreases the data flow between the RNC and the Node B. This improves the performance of the transmission system by allowing retransmitted data, signaling procedures and other data to be successfully received at a faster rate, by minimizing the amount of data buffered in the Node B. Flow control is exerted to reduce buffering in the Node B upon degradation of channel qualities, and prior to a High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-DSCH) handover. | 04-16-2015 |
20150109923 | Proxy Address Resolution Protocol on a Controller Device - Techniques are presented herein for reducing network congestion in data center environments. A controller device in a network receives a registration request from a physical switch device and from a virtual switch that is hosted by a server device in the network. The controller device registers the physical switch device such that the controller device is able to send configuration messages to the physical switch device. The controller device also registers the virtual switch such that the controller device is able to receive mapping information from the virtual switch. The controller device receives from the virtual switch the mapping information comprising Media Access Control address information of one or more virtual machines that are in communication with the virtual switch. The mapping information is stored in a database maintained by the controller device. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109924 | SELECTIVE SERVICE BASED VIRTUAL LOCAL AREA NETWORK FLOODING - The present disclosure discloses a method and network device for selective service based virtual local area network (VLAN) flooding. The disclosed system receives a packet originated from a device received on a first VLAN, and flood one or more copies of the packet to a second and different VLAN if the packet is received on an access port. Furthermore, the system will flood copies of the packet to the first and same VLAN if the packet is received on a trunk port. The device originating the packet is a member of the first VLAN but not a member of the second VLAN. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109925 | Media Playout for VOIP Applications - To address limitations of conventional packet buffer management strategies, the various embodiments provide methods implemented by a processor operating on a VoIP receiver device for managing media packet rejection logic on the receiving device to improve audio playout. The embodiment methods enhance the likelihood that a receiver device will buffer (rather than reject) an incoming media packet by maintaining a history of previously rejected media packets (i.e., a packet rejection history) and referencing the packet rejection history when determining whether to reject or to accept an incoming packet the receiver device has just received. Thus, the various embodiments may reduce gaps in playback by avoiding unnecessary packet rejections and may promote an overall increase in playout quality. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109926 | CONTENT CENTRIC AND LOAD-BALANCING AWARE DYNAMIC DATA AGGREGATION - A method of determining a communication link for sending communication data from a first communications node to any one of a plurality of neighbouring candidate nodes, comprising i) for each candidate node, determining a marginal processing gain comprising a measure of the communication data reduction available through aggregating the communication data at the candidate node; and ii) selecting one of the candidate nodes for forming the communication link, wherein the selection is based at least in part on the marginal processing gain determined for each candidate node. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109927 | BASE STATION TO ACCESS POINT INTERFACE FOR DATA BEARER ROUTING - Methods and apparatus for routing data bearers of a user equipment (UE) while the UE is handing over or associating to a base station (BS) of a first radio access technology (RAT) while being served by a BS of a second RAT are disclosed. An Xw interface that is used to control offloading and routing of data bearers between base stations of disparate RATs is disclosed. Call flows illustrating the use of the Xw interface and apparatus using the Xw interface are also disclosed. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109928 | ENABLING CONCURRENT OPERATION OF TAIL-DROP AND PRIORITY-BASED FLOW CONTROL IN NETWORK DEVICES - In one embodiment, a network device is provided that includes a plurality of ports, where each port is associated with a plurality of traffic classes for prioritizing traffic received on the port. The network device further includes a packet buffer memory, an ingress traffic management engine, and an egress traffic management engine. The network device is configured to allow, for each port, concurrent operation of tail-drop and priority-based flow control (PFC) with respect to different traffic classes of the port. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109929 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR PACKET FLOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may compress wireless communications frames and communicate compressed frames that do not include the duplicative bit sequences within the packet flow. Logic may include the compressed frames in flow frames. Logic may generate, encode, transmit, decode, parse, and interpret flow frames after a packet flow is created. Flow frames may comprise a flow frame control field, a compressed frame, and a frame sequence check. Logic may decompress the compressed flow frame based upon flow decompression rules associated with a flow index of the flow frame. Flow frames may include a duration field to set the network allocation vectors of other stations. And the frame sequence check may be generated based upon the entire flow frame. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109930 | Data Flow Control Method, and Related Device and Communications System - A data flow control method, and related device and communication system are provided. In the solutions of a data flow control, a first gateway receives a first message sent by a user equipment (UE) through a first access network, where the first message carries first Internet Protocol (IP) flow identification information; the first gateway sends a second message to a packet data network gateway, and receives a third message sent by the packet data network gateway, where the third message carries third IP flow identification information, and the third IP flow identification information is used to identify an IP flow that is allowed by a network to be transmitted by the UE through the first access network and/or an IP flow that is allowed by a network to be transmitted by the UE through a second access network; and the first gateway sends a fourth message to the UE. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109931 | FLOW CONTROL SCHEME FOR PARALLEL FLOWS - A method includes a proxy device receiving from a source device a request to establish a flow to a destination device; generating, based on the request, a meta-packet that indicates that the flow to the destination device is to be proxied; determining whether a pre-established flow connecting the proxy device to another proxy device that leads toward the destination device exists; sending the meta-packet on the pre-established flow, when it is determined that the pre-established flow exists; receiving by the other proxy device, the meta-packet, and establishing the flow to the destination device based on the meta-packet, where the proxy devices assign one or more of a source address, a source port, a destination address, or a destination port, associated with the source device and the destination device, to the pre-established flow. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117198 | Service Policies for Communication Sessions - Techniques for service policies for communication sessions are described. According to various embodiments, a service policy specifies various rules and/or procedures for handling communication sessions. For instance, a service policy can specify service priority designations to be applied to communication sessions based on various attributes of the communication sessions. Techniques discussed herein provide for automated and dynamic management of service policies in a variety of communication scenarios, e.g., via per-session customization of service policies. In at least some embodiments, techniques may be employed to remedy problems that may occur during a communication session, such as via bandwidth reallocation, dynamic remapping of routing paths, and so forth. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117199 | Multi-Level iSCSI QoS for Target Differentiated Data in DCB Networks - In an embodiment, a method can include setting metadata of a first data packet to have a first priority level based on a first internal classifier of the first data packet and setting metadata of a second data packet to have a second priority level based on a second internal classifier of the second data packet. The first data packet and second data packet can be of the same traffic type (e.g., iSCSI). The method can further include sub-classifying (e.g., the same traffic type), based on the first and second priority levels, to direct the first data packet into a first data channel and second data packet into a second data channel for the same traffic type. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117200 | Bandwidth Optimization Using Coalesced DUP ACKs - After sending M consecutive DUP ACKs, M generally being three, the TCP receiver generates DUP ACKs every N packets, with N greater than one, with the eventually transmitted DUP ACK containing SACK information. After receiving the third DUP ACK the TCP transmitter uses the positive acknowledgements provided in the SACK information in the TCP header to inflate the congestion window. With the reduced DUP ACKs from the TCP receiver to the TCP transmitter, the impact of TCP DUP ACKs on the data rate from the TCP receiver to the TCP transmitter is substantially reduced. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117201 | DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FOR NETWORKS WITH NON-FULL-DUPLEX OR ASYMMETRIC TRANSPORT - A data transfer method and system are provided for networks having gateway-mediated asymmetric transport. Separate data and feedback channels are established between sender and receiver units, along with a gateway feedback channel between a gateway and the sender. The sender transmits datagrams to the gateway in temporal chunks corresponding to the asymmetric transport's timing to keep the gateway's buffer at an optimum fill for maximal throughput without transmit-end packet drops. The receiver acknowledges those datagrams that have been successfully received and identifies any missing or corrupt datagrams. At least some messages include timing information indicative of network latency and congestion. The sender resends datagrams identified as missing or corrupt. The sender self-tunes its transmission rate in reaction to changing network conditions, based upon gateway buffer fill, network latency and datagram loss rate to keep datagram loss rate below a specified upper bound. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117202 | OPENFLOW DATA CHANNEL AND CONTROL CHANNEL SEPARATION - A control channel for routing management messages to or from an OpenFlow controller is separated from a reserved port within a data channel for routing unknown data packets to or from the OpenFlow controller. The port may be reserved by setting a reserved port flag. A packet routing table may include a table miss entry that indicates the unknown packets should be routed via the reserved port. By utilizing the reserved port to route unknown packets, the unknown packets do not traverse into the control channel, and the separation of the OpenFlow control channel from the OpenFlow data channel is enhanced. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117203 | SEGMENT ROUTING BASED WIDE AREA NETWORK ORCHESTRATION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for segment routing based wide area network (WAN) orchestration in a network environment is provided and includes monitoring a segment routing (SR) enabled WAN environment in at least near real-time by a path computation element (PCE) located outside the WAN, receiving an event notification at the PCE, and performing traffic engineering using SR to reroute traffic off shortest paths. In one embodiment, where a current state of the WAN is not pre-computed, performing traffic engineering comprises optimizing routes to remove violation of any utilization policies, deploying the optimized routes in the WAN, re-optimizing routes for other parameters, and further deploying the re-optimized routes in the WAN. In another embodiment, performing traffic engineering comprises optimizing routes to remove violation of any utilization policies and for other parameters, and deploying the optimized routes in the WAN. In another embodiment, performing traffic engineering comprises deploying optimized routes in the WAN. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117204 | METHOD AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR TRAFFIC FLOW TREATMENT IN A CORE NETWORK OF A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for traffic flow treatment in a core network of a communication network. The method may comprise receiving cell information from an access network of the communication network, wherein the received cell information comprises an indication of a congested cell of the communication network. Furthermore, the method may comprise receiving subscriber specific information comprising real-time information of a subscriber in a cell of the communication network. The method may further comprise analyzing the received subscriber specific information and controlling the traffic flow in the core network according to the analysis of the subscriber specific information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117205 | Method and Network Node for Controlling Sending Rates - A method performed by a network node for controlling sending rates in a communications network, and a related network node. The method controls the sending rate by dropping received data packets if the transport network experiences congestion. If the transport network experiences congestion the received data packets are dropped based on a packet drop precedence value comprised in a radio access network or IP header. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117206 | BACKHAUL MANAGEMENT OF A SMALL CELL USING PASSIVE ESTIMATION MECHANISM - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for passive estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station. For example, the method may include determining, at the small cell base station, whether a time slot utilization of a flow at a user equipment (UE) in communication with the small cell base station is above a first threshold, wherein a plurality of time slots are associated with the flow, determining whether an average throughput of the flow is below a second threshold in response to determining that the time slot utilization is above the first threshold, and identifying that the flow is not satisfied in response to determining that the average throughput of the flow is below the second threshold. As such, passive estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station may be achieved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117207 | BACKHAUL MANAGEMENT OF A SMALL CELL USING A LIGHT ACTIVE ESTIMATION MECHANISM - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for a light active estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station. For example, the method may include transmitting a first data packet from the small cell base station to a network entity, receiving a second data packet from the network entity in response to the transmission, calculating a time delay between the transmitting of the first data packet and the receiving of the second data packet, and determining whether or not a backhaul of the small cell base station is congested based on the calculated time delay. As such, light active estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station may be achieved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117208 | BACKHAUL MANAGEMENT OF A SMALL CELL USING HEAVY ACTIVE ESTIMATION MECHANISM - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for heavy active estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station. For example, the method may include identifying, at the small cell base station, that a throughput of a user equipment (UE) in communication with the small cell base station is potentially limited due to backhaul congestion at the small cell base station, establishing a proxy flow between the small cell base station and a transmission control protocol (TCP) proxy peer in response to the identifying, wherein the proxy flow data packets are transmitted from the small cell base station to the TCP proxy peer or from the TCP proxy peer to the small cell base station, calculating a throughput of the proxy flow for a pre-determined time period, and determining whether the throughput of the UE is limited by backhaul congestion at the small cell base station based on the calculated throughput of the proxy flow. As such, heavy active estimation mechanism for backhaul management at a small cell base station may be achieved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117209 | TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION IN HETEROGENOUS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - The disclosure is related to a method for distributing data traffic of a wireless local area network (WLAN) in a WLAN access network while providing service continuity and internet protocol (IP) mobility in a heterogeneous network environment. The method may include receiving data traffic generated by user equipment and from a wireless local area network, selecting one of a first data path and a second data path for the received data traffic based on path decision information associated with the received data traffic, and transmitting the data traffic to Internet through the selected data path. The first data path may transmit the data traffic to Internet through a packet data network (PDN) gateway and the second data path may transmit the data traffic to Internet without passing through the PDN gateway. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117210 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING ACCESS POINTS FOR BACKHAUL AGGREGATION IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND DEVICE - In the method, a plurality of access points forming a cluster in a telecommunication network monitors network data traffic information from at least one user computing device connected thereto; obtains a status profile; reports an own identifier to a remote server; builds, by using a record including the corresponding identifier of each access point, a list of access points available for performing backhaul aggregation; and establishes connections between available access points forming sub-clusters of access points. Wherein, one of the access points acts as a cluster coordinator coordinating said formed sub-clusters of access points for a backhaul aggregation. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117211 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BASE STATION EXTENSION - Apparatus and methods to permit the deployment of wireless base stations, where a deployed remote base station is backhauled to the core network over a wireless connection to an operatively attached donor base station using protocols that encapsulate backhaul communications within standard subscriber communication protocols. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117212 | Multilink-Based Data Transmission Method and Device - A multilink-based data transmission method includes establishing separately, by a first device, first tunnels in different types of links in which the first device and a second device have established a communication connection, establishing, by the first device, a second tunnel that crosses the first tunnels established in the multiple different types of links, analyzing, by the first device, a load state of each first tunnel crossed by the second tunnel, and selecting a first tunnel used to transmit a target packet, and encapsulating, by the first device, the target packet into the second tunnel, and sending, to the second device, through the first tunnel used to transmit the target packet, the packet encapsulated into the second tunnel. Correspondingly, a data transmission device is provided. A utilization rate of links supported by a network device can be improved with the method and device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117213 | PROVISIONING OF APPLICATION CATEGORIES AT A USER EQUIPMENT DURING NETWORK CONGESTION - Technology for provisioning categories of applications on a mobile device is disclosed. A wireless network element can communicate Application Specific Congestion Control for Data Communications (ACDC)/Application and Service Access Control (ASAC) information to the mobile device. The ACDC/ASAC information can include a preconfigured list of application categories. Each application category can include a set of applications that are allowed to access a wireless network from the mobile device during at least one defined condition level. The wireless network element can activate ACDC/ASAC for one or more condition levels while a capacity threshold of the wireless network is exceeded. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124606 | Routing Packet Traffic Using Hierarchical Forwarding Groups - Routing packet traffic using hierarchical forwarding groups is disclosed. In an embodiment, a packet is received at a packet router. Data related to the packet is received at a first forwarding group. Based on a first forwarding policy associated with the first forwarding group, a particular second forwarding group is selected from a set of forwarding groups that are members of the first forwarding group. Each forwarding group of the set of forwarding groups that are members of the first forwarding group is associated with a unique set of paths. Data related to the packet is provided to the particular second forwarding group. Based on a second forwarding policy associated with the particular second forwarding group, a particular path is selected from a set of paths that are associated with the particular second forwarding group. The packet is forwarded to a network node via the particular path. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124607 | APPLICATION AWARE SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods disclosed in certain implementations relate to identifying, by a processor, user equipments (UEs) associated with a base station, determining applications associated with the UEs; allocating portions of a bandwidth associated with the base station to the applications; and scheduling transmission of data from the base station based on allocating the portions of the bandwidth to the applications. Scheduling transmission of data from the base may include, for example, determining a particular application associated with the data; determining a particular bandwidth associated with the particular application; determining whether the data can be transmitted from the base station based on the particular bandwidth; and scheduling the data for delivery when the data can be transmitted from the base station based on the particular bandwidth. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124608 | Adaptive Scheduling of Data Flows in Data Center Networks for Efficient Resource Utilization - An approach is provided in which a first virtual machine, executing on a host computer system, generates a data packet with a target destination at a second virtual machine over a computer network. The host computer system identifies a data flow corresponding to the data packet based the data packet's header information, and analyzes path weightings of available paths that are made available to the identified data flow. In turn, the host computer system assigns one of the available paths to the identified data flow corresponding to a pre-defined physical layer path from the first virtual machine to the second virtual machine. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124609 | SESSION-BASED TRAFFIC ROUTING POLICIES - The invention is directed to systems, methods and computer program products for optimizing a configuration associated with a network. An exemplary method comprises: determining a node of the network is running a data session associated with an amount of data greater than a predetermined amount of data, and associated with a duration greater than a predetermined duration; configuring the network such that the node acts as an access point; and establishing a direct connection between the access point and a backbone of the network. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124610 | NETWORK TRAFFIC PREEMPTION USING INTERMITTENT ENCAPSULATION - An example method for intermittent encapsulation of preemptable network traffic at a network node can include receiving a frame at the network node and determining if the frame is a preemptable frame. A preemptable frame is a frame that can be preempted, suspended, interrupted, etc. after transmission begins in order to transmit a preemptive frame. If the frame is a preemptable frame, the method can include determining if the preemptable frame satisfies a selective encapsulation rule. If the preemptable frame does not satisfy the selective encapsulation rule, the method can include transmitting the preemptable frame from the network node without encapsulation. Alternatively, if the preemptable frame satisfies the selective encapsulation rule, the method can include encapsulating and transmitting the preemptable frame from the network node. The preemptable frame can be encapsulated with a preemption header and/or a preemption trailer. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124611 | DYNAMIC FLOWLET PRIORITIZATION - In one embodiment, a next set of packets in a first flow may be identified. A counter may be incremented, where the counter indicates a first number of initial sets of packets in first flow that have been identified. The identified next set of packets may be prioritized such that the first number of initial sets of packets in the first flow are prioritized and a sequential order of all packets in the first flow is maintained. The identifying, incrementing, and prioritizing may be repeated until no further sets of packets in the first flow remain to be identified or the first number of initial sets of packets is equal to a first predefined number. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124612 | MULTI-TENANT NETWORK PROVISIONING - Multi-tenant network provisioning is disclosed. An example method of multi-tenant network provisioning includes setting at least one rate limiter on output ports of a node in the network on a tenant-by-tenant basis. The method also includes enforcing communication rates over shared edge links based on the rate limiter. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124613 | DISTRIBUTED ANCHOR DENB SOLUTION FOR MOBILE RELAY - It is provided an apparatus, comprising storing means adapted to store a group identifier of a cooperative group of one or more network nodes and related one or more node identifiers, wherein each node identifier is related to a network node in the cooperative group; selecting means adapted to select at least one of the network nodes in the cooperative group to provide a gateway function for a relay node upon a request received from the relay node, wherein the request comprises the group identifier of the cooperative group; providing means adapted to provide the respective node identifiers of the at least one selected network node to an access network node for which the providing means is aware that the relay node is connected to the access network node via a radio interface, and to provide an identification of the access network node to each of the at least one selected network node. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124614 | RANDOMIZED PER-PACKET PORT CHANNEL LOAD BALANCING - Systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for per-packet load balancing in a port channel. The system first maps an incoming traffic flow to queues containing packets to be transmitted through a port channel at the system, the port channel including ports grouped into a single virtual port. Next, the system assigns a port from the port channel to a queue for a predetermined period of time, wherein the port is assigned to the queue based on at least one of a port state and a service history associated with the queue. The system then de-queues at least a portion of the packets in the queue through the port for the predetermined period of time. This load balancing can ensure that traffic is efficiently and fairly load balanced across the links of the port channel, and packets of each queue are not reordered. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124615 | CONGESTION AVOIDANCE AND FAIRNESS IN DATA NETWORKS WITH MULTIPLE TRAFFIC SOURCES - A traffic controller for a data network that includes a plurality of network nodes, a plurality of network links connecting the network nodes, and one or more edge routers, each edge router being configured to control network traffic based on permitted link capacities, and wherein one or more sources of downstream traffic data enter the network downstream of the one or more edge routers, the traffic controller including a receiver operable to periodically receive downstream transmission byte counts from at least some of the network nodes, a processor coupled with the receiver, operable to periodically update the permitted link capacities based on the network node downstream byte counts received by the receiver, and a transmitter coupled with the processor operable to periodically transmit the thus-updated permitted link capacities to the one or more edge routers for their use in controlling the network traffic. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124616 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SATELLITE BACKHAUL OFFLOAD FOR TERRESTRIAL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - An approach for cost effective backhaul services in terrestrial mobile communications systems is provided. Data traffic over a terrestrial communications path between a cell site and a core network of a cellular communications network is monitored. The presence of a threshold level of congestion over the terrestrial communications path is determined. Appropriate portions of the data traffic for transfer to a satellite communications link between the cell site and the core network of the cellular communications network are determined. The determined portions of the data traffic are transferred from the terrestrial communications path to the satellite communications link. Once the threshold level of congestion over the terrestrial communications path has subsided, the determined portions of the data traffic are transferred from the satellite communications link back to the terrestrial communications path. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124617 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT FOR BROWSING OR STREAMING ACTIVITY IN A WIRELESS NETWORK BASED ON PREDICTION OF USER BEHAVIOR WHEN INTERACTING WITH MOBILE APPLICATIONS - System and method of dynamic bandwidth adjustment for browsing or streaming activity in a wireless network based on prediction of user behavior when interacting with mobile applications are disclosed. One embodiment includes mobile device which throttles radio use based on user habit. The mobile device is able to throttle the radio between high and lowered power states based on the user habit of a user using the mobile device in mobile usage sessions relating to, for example, browsing activity or content streaming activity, where, the radio can be throttled among three power states when connected to a 3G wireless network or throttled among two power states when connected to a 4G or LTE network/pre-LTE. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124618 | Method and Apparatus for Ethernet Data Compression - A method and apparatus for Ethernet data compression enables the size of Ethernet frames to be reduced. Compression and decompression of Ethernet frames occur by the Ethernet network elements, rather than by user computers or end devices that transmit data on the Ethernet network. A new EtherType value may be used to identify the type of compressed Ethernet frames and optionally the type of mechanism used to compress the payload of Ethernet frames. The new EtherType may be inserted into a newly assembled frame ahead of the original EtherType. Alternatively, the new EtherType may replace the original EtherType and a short subheader may be used to identify the original EtherType. Out-of-band network signaling by the Ethernet control plane may also be used to determine whether frames are to be compressed and decompressed over controlled Ethernet links and tunnels, with or without use of the new EtherType. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131441 | Load balancing method and system for multi-band network - A load balancing method and system is provided. When a terminal enters an idle, access or service state, and a base station determines that the terminal is in a multi-band covering section, load conditions of the bands in the section are recorded; and when determining that a preset idle or access or service state condition is met based on the recorded load conditions of the bands in the section, the base station performs load balancing control on the terminal. For the terminal in the idle, access or service state, load balancing for a multi-band network can be implemented. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131442 | Dynamic Profiling for Transport Networks - A method is provided for transporting data packets over a telecommunications transport network. The data packets are carried by a plurality of bearers, and are sent over the transport network from a serving node. Information is received relating to a current capacity of the transport network. A current maximum total information rate for the serving node is dynamically adjusted based on information relating to a current capacity of the transport network. A current maximum information rate for each of the bearers is determined based on the current maximum total information rate. Bandwidth profiling is applied to the data packets of each of the bearers, independently of the other bearers, to identify the data packets of each of the bearers that are conformant with the determined current maximum information rate for the bearer. The data packets are forwarded for transport through the transport network. If there is insufficient bandwidth available in the transport network, data packets not identified by the profiling as being conformant are discarded. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131443 | Method For Transmitting Data In A Packet-Oriented Communications Network And Correspondingly Configured User Terminal In Said Communications Network - A method for transmitting data in a packet-oriented communications network, in particular of a motor vehicle, with a guaranteed maximum transmission time for the data packets in the communications network, and to a user terminal for carrying out said method. According to the method, before the data transmission a specific quality of service is reserved by a reservation request from the sender of the data to the receiver of the data. The reservation request including the data rate of the data stream and the latency as parameters of the requested quality of service. Once the reservation request is confirmed, the requested quality of service for the communication link between the sender and the receiver is guaranteed in the network for the data stream. In addition, the quality of service for the data stream is adjusted by the sender on the basis of the topology of the communication network and/or the resources of the communication link. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131444 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING DYNAMIC MULTI-MODAL COMMUNICATION - A system and method that includes receiving a messaging request that includes communication intent parameters and a set of communication destinations, wherein the messaging request is authenticated as a request of a first account; dynamically transforming messages according to individual communication destinations, wherein for the set of communication destinations: selecting a communication mode according to communication intent parameters, transforming content of the messaging request, and transmitting transformed content to a destination endpoint in the selected communication mode. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131445 | SIMILARITY MATCHING METHOD AND RELATED DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A similarity matching method and a related device and a communication system are provided. The method may include: obtaining unknown traffic; and separately calculating similarities between the unknown traffic and sampled traffic according to N dimensions; and performing weighted harmonic averaging for calculated similarities that are corresponding to the dimensions, to obtain a matching similarity between the unknown traffic and the sampled traffic, where, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the N dimensions include N dimensions of the following dimensions: n1 dimensions related to a packet of the traffic, n2 dimensions related to a session corresponding to the traffic, and n3 dimensions related to the traffic itself, where n1, n2, and n3 are positive integers. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention help to improve efficiency and accuracy of traffic analysis. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131446 | ENABLING VIRTUAL QUEUES WITH QOS AND PFC SUPPORT AND STRICT PRIORITY SCHEDULING - To reduce latency in a network device that buffer packets in different queues based on class of service, packets received from a network are stored in physical queues according to a class of service associated with the packets and a class of service associated with each of the physical queues. The physical queues are scheduled based quality of service requirements of their associated class of service. The physical queues are shadowed by virtual queues, and whether congestion exists in at least one of the virtual queues is determined. Packets departing from at least one of the physical queues are marked when congestion exists in at least one of the virtual queues. The service rate of the virtual queues is set to be less than or equal to a port link rate of the network device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131447 | Tunnel Acceleration for Wireless Access Points - A method and system for network offloading includes receiving a packet at a communication interface of a wireless access point and processing the packet at a flow acceleration processor prior to processing the packet at a host processor. The flow acceleration processor may process the packet for header checking or security processing. The flow acceleration processor may provide the packet to a security coprocessor for security processing. The flow acceleration processor may generate a result code indicating whether the processing at the flow acceleration processor was successful. If the processing was unsuccessful, the packet is provided to the host processor for exception processing. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131448 | ROUTER AND RAPID RESPONSE NETWORK - A router includes a plurality of wireless network carrier cards, each of the network carrier cards adapted for use with one of a like plurality of different carrier networks, means for determining which of the plurality of network carrier cards provides a suitable connection to a carrier network and means for selecting one or more suitable connections to one or more carrier networks and for connecting the router to the carrier network through a particular one of the plurality of network carrier cards and a load balancing processor for load balancing between a plurality of different backbone networks and wherein the load balancing processor directs traffic among multiple networks to provide a desired throughput. In one embodiment, the router is provided as an evolution-data optimized (EVDO) wireless router. | 05-14-2015 |
20150138972 | Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) Communication System with Remote Back-Pressure - The present disclosure extends the flow control in a DSL communication system to include a remote back-pressure flow control within a DSL receiver of the DSL communication system. The remote back-pressure flow control can prevent a DSL transmitter of the DSL communication system from overwhelming the DSL receiver. The remote back-pressure flow control is implemented within a receiving network processor (rx-NP) of the DSL receiver to prevent the DSL transmitter from overwhelming the rx-NP. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138973 | SHORTENING OF SERVICE PATHS IN SERVICE CHAINS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving at a network element a flow offload decision for a first service node comprising a portion of a service chain for processing a flow; recording the flow offload decision against the first service node at the network element; and propagating the flow offload decision backward on a service path to which the flow belongs if the first service node is hosted at the network element. Embodiments may also include propagating the flow offload decision backward on a service path to which the flow belongs if the flow offload decision is a propagated flow offload decision and the network element hosts a second service node that immediately precedes the service node on behalf of which the propagated flow offload decision was received and a flow offload decision has already been received by the network element from the second service node. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138974 | SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE IMPLEMENTATION METHOD, LTE NETWORK SYSTEM AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A supplementary service implementation method, a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network system and a mobile terminal are provided. The method may include: receiving an Uplink NAS Transport message from a mobile terminal; analyzing the Uplink NAS Transport message; and performing a supplementary service if an SS message is determined to be contained in the Uplink NAS Transport message based on a NAS message container of the Uplink NAS Transport message. The method in the present disclosure can solve problems that an LTE terminal can not directly provide CISS when it is in an LTE network, or it has to fall back to a circuit-switched 3G/2G network so as to support CISS. Therefore, the method can reduce overheads introduced by network switching, and improve performances of LTE networks and LTE mobile terminals. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138975 | Method for verifying and/or preprocessing data packets and control device set up to carry out the method - A method for verifying and/or preprocessing data packets received by a receiving device in a vehicle during wireless vehicle-to-environment communication includes: determining, in the receiving device, relevance of the received data packets; prioritizing, and verification and/or preprocessing according to their relevance, the data packets for the determination of the relevance depending on the distance between a transmitting device and the receiving device; and checking the signature of the transmitting device of the data packets and/or preprocessing the data packets in an order predefined by the prioritizing. The determination of the relevance also depends on the type of data packet and/or the type or position of the transmitting device, taking into account the position of the transmitting device based on another safety-relevant object. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138976 | PACKET PROCESSING APPARATUS USING PACKET PROCESSING UNITS LOCATEDAT PARALLEL PACKET FLOW PATHS AND WITH DIFFERENT PROGRAMMABILITY - A packet processing apparatus has an ingress packet processing circuit, an egress packet processing circuit, and a traffic manager. The ingress packet processing circuit processes ingress packets received from ingress ports. The egress packet processing circuit processes egress packets to be forwarded through egress ports. The traffic manager deals with at least packet queuing and scheduling. At least one of the ingress packet processing circuit and the egress packet processing circuit includes a first packet processing unit located at a first packet flow path, and a second packet processing unit located at a second packet flow path. The first packet flow path is parallel with the second packet flow path, and programmability of the first packet processing unit is higher than programmability of the second packet processing unit. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138977 | TERSE MESSAGE NETWORKS - A tree-shaped mesh network is discussed which uses a mesh of wireless nodes that form a tree shaped network with one root node having a connection to an external network; chirp clients; and wireless network clients. Chirp clients comprise low cost chirp devices wherein said low cost chirp devices transmit short duration messages wherein transmission of said short duration messages are scheduled at preset transmission intervals. At least one wireless node of the mesh of wireless nodes is a designated chirp-aware node wherein said chirp-aware node sets the preset transmission intervals for chirp client communication by broadcasting a beacon prior to transmission by chirp clients and said chirp-aware node further comprises a bridge between the short duration messages and IP based devices wherein said bridge includes a wireless receiver to receive the short duration messages and is connected to said external network. The short duration messages are encapsulated into action frames, for onward transmission to other chirp aware routers. Each wireless node further comprises two logical radios and a service radio wherein each wireless node uplink and downlink operates on distinct non-conflicting frequencies. The wireless network clients communicate with the wireless nodes using node service radios. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138978 | RELAY APPARATUS AND RELAY METHOD - It is provided a relay apparatus, comprising: a plurality of ports coupled to a network; a Layer 2 processing module for relaying, via the network, a frame comprising a Layer 2 header and a Layer 2 data segment, the Layer 2 data segment comprising a Layer 3 header and a Layer 3 data segment; and an output unit, wherein the module updates a value of a particular field of the Layer 3 header, uses a first characteristic value related to the Layer 3 header, which is stored in a given field, and a pre-update value and post-update value of the particular field to compute a second characteristic value related to the Layer 3 header, and updates the value of the given field from the first characteristic value to the second characteristic value, and wherein the output unit outputs the updated frame as an output destination of the updated frame. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138979 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL DEVICE, NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM, AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL METHOD - A network is optimized quickly and flexibly according to a request from a user who conducts data communication, or a trend of the traffic. Plural packet transport devices have plural paths between the respective devices, and packets transmitted from plural packet transfer devices can be transferred on the path. A management control device calculates a path most suitable for transmitting the packet, identifies an identifier necessary for transferring the packet on the path, and sets the packet transfer devices so as to allocate the identifier to the packet from the user, and transport the packet to the packet transport devices. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138980 | NEW ARCHITECTURAL MODEL FOR LTE (LONG TERM EVOLUTION) EPC (EVOLVED PACKET CORE) DEPLOYMENT - A new deployment model enables a seamless migration to LTE (long term evolution)/EPC (Evolved packet core). In addition, an intelligent edge gateway (IEG) supports future distributed architecture and a converged network for service providers. Specifically, the model supports existing data services (e.g. UMTS) and the delivery of LTE services does not affect the existing data services. Moreover, a distributed architecture is employed, such that, local traffic is optimally routed at the edge and backhaul is minimized. The system can also provide support for enhanced Femto cell 3GPP access to a home network. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138981 | METHOD FOR MANAGING LOAD BALANCE IN A CELLULAR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method is provided for managing load balance in cellular heterogeneous networks. The method comprises: providing a plurality of spectrum carriers for conveying communication signals to/from a macro cell. At least one of the carriers is a shared carrier for conveying communication signals to/from the macro cell and to/from at least one small cell located at the geographical vicinity of the macro cell, and wherein the shared carrier is characterized in that data is the only type of communication signals being conveyed thereat when the cellular network is under congestion. One or more other spectrum carriers are dedicated carriers adapted to essentially convey voice calls, and wherein user terminals are steered away from dedicated carriers to the shared carrier, so that when a data session is initiated for a user terminal camped on the shared carrier, that session will be conveyed one or more of the small cells. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138982 | Policy Control Method, and Device - Embodiments of the present invention provide a policy control method and a device. The method includes: receiving a quality of experience QoE report sent by a user equipment UE, where the QoE report includes a QoE metric and a cell identity of a serving cell of the UE; and performing cell policy control according to the QoE report. In the embodiments of the present invention, a QoE server receives a QoE report sent by a UE, where the QoE report not only includes a QoE metric, but also includes a cell identity of a serving cell of the UE. Therefore, the QoE server performs policy control within a cell range according to the QoE report, thereby effectively improving flexibility of QoE service deployment and enhancing user experience. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138983 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING BANDWIDTH USAGE OF A NETWORK - A method of reducing the bandwidth usage of a network comprises intercepting traffic between a TCP server and a TCP client using TCP protocols that use client acknowledgements; identifying client acknowledgements from the TCP protocols; identifying the sequence number of a last received client acknowledgements from the intercepted traffic; identifying the sequence number of a last sent client acknowledgement from the intercepted traffic; calculating an unacknowledged byte value based on the difference between the last received client acknowledgement sequence number and the last sent client acknowledgement sequence number; comparing the calculated unacknowledged byte value with a predetermined threshold value, to determine whether the calculated unacknowledged byte value is at least as great as the predetermined threshold value; and transmitting the identified client acknowledgements into the network when the compared unacknowledged byte value is at least as great as the predetermined threshold value. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146529 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a system for operating a radio network controller (RNC) in a wireless communication system. The RNC generates a group database comprising a plurality of transmitting groups and a resultant Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) associated with the transmissions received from each member within each transmitting group meets a pre-defined SINR threshold. The RNC tests the received SQMs associated with a new transmitting subscriber unit with the resultant SINR associated with each transmitting group to assign the new subscriber unit to at least one transmitting group on determining that the new transmitting subscriber unit could be added to the at least one transmitting group without reducing a resultant SINR associated with the at least one transmitting group below the pre-defined SINR threshold. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146530 | METHOD FOR REPORTING MOBILITY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - A method for reporting mobility information by a terminal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises: determining whether or not mobility information is reported, wherein the mobility information indicates a mobility state of the terminal; and reporting the mobility information to a network if it is determined that the mobility information is reported. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146531 | Adaptive MTU size optimization using IGP - The present invention relates to methods and routing and/or switching devices for determining a path maximum transmission unit MTU | 05-28-2015 |
20150146532 | MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS NETWORK MOBILITY PROCEDURES - Connection management techniques for wireless network mobility procedures are described. In one embodiment, for example, an evolved packet core (EPC) node may comprise a processor circuit to receive a notification of a mobility procedure for a user equipment (UE), determine whether to release a local gateway (L-GW)-provided packet data network (PDN) connection of the UE, and in response to a determination that the L-GW-provided PDN connection is to be released, send either a detach request message or a delete session request message to initiate a process for releasing the L-GW-provided PDN connection. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146533 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, HOME BASE STATION DEVICE, POSITION MANAGING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - Provided is a mobile communication system in which a SIPTO@LN capable LGW is selected and a PDN connection is established during a GW selection process of an MME in a PDN connection establishment procedure. A home base station device acquires identification information of an access control device and availability information of offload of the access control device through a local network, a position managing device receives information including the identification information of the access control device and the availability information of offload of the access control device from the home base station, makes a request for establishment of PDN connection, the position managing device selects an offload possible access control device, based on the request from the mobile station device, the identification information of the access control device, the availability information of offload of the access control device, and information of the home base station device, and establishes the PDN connection between the access control device and the mobile station device. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146534 | NODE OF AN IMPROVED MULTIHOP AD-HOC RADIO NETWORK AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - This node, applying an information broadcasting service of the flooding type, includes a controller for accessing the radio resource able to perform dynamic containment for accessing the radio resource. It is characterized in that it includes a network coder allowing generation of the data packets so that each packet includes, in the payload portion, a message (M) resulting from the combination of a plurality of pieces of information (Info_id | 05-28-2015 |
20150146535 | ADAPTIVE NON-REAL-TIME TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR SAME - A terminal device includes: a signal generator to generate a traffic request signal; a policy manager to transmit a policy request signal to a policy provider, and to receive a policy answer signal corresponding to the policy request signal; a traffic transceiver to perform a download of a traffic answer signal corresponding to the traffic request signal from a content provider via a path network; a terminal network detector to detect a network status of the path network based on the policy answer signal; and a traffic control processor, at a time of the download, to determine a traffic control status based on the network status, and control the download based on the traffic control status. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295728 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK AND SERVICE CONTROLLED HYBRID ACCESS - A method for network controlled optimization of hybrid access traffic management for a residential user connected via a hybrid access home gateway, which provides at least two different network links with different technology to a core network, wherein the core network has a connection to the internet, wherein in the core network a Hybrid Access Server is located, includes: extracting by the Hybrid Access Server one or more of the following information: Network link availability, Network link utilization, Quality of Service information with respect to the services requested from the home gateway; and selecting networks links, network traffic routing, and/or service routing by the Hybrid Access Server in communication with the hybrid access home gateway and/or other components in the network. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295826 | Offloading Packet Treatment using Modified Packet Headers in a Distributed Switch System - According to one embodiment, a method comprises an operation of receiving a packet with a packet header indicating that a first treatment is needed to be applied to the packet. The first treatment is applied and the packet header is modified to indicate that the first treatment is no longer needed to be applied to the packet. The packet is forwarded with the modified header. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295828 | PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method of the present invention includes: determining, when packet congestion occurs or network bandwidth decreases, at least one to-be-discarded packet in a packet buffer; and discarding the at least one to-be-discarded packet so that at least one unbuffered packet enters the packet buffer to prevent discarding too many unbuffered packets, where the unbuffered packet is a packet that has not entered the packet buffer. The present invention is primarily applied in a packet buffering process. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295830 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF EMULATING A NIC FOR PACKET TRANSMISSION ON HARDWARE RSS UNAWARE NICS IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - Emulating a NIC for packet transmission on hardware RSS unaware NICs in a multi-core system enables each of a plurality of slave packet engines to emulate a NIC for packet transmissions locally even though the actual NIC transmissions from the queue are handled by a master packet engine only. Each slave packet engine treats a local software-implemented transmission queue as a device queue and uses the local queue to keep track of status of data from the packet engine in the device output queue, handled by the master packet engine on behalf of the slave packet engines. As the master packet engine transmits the data from the queue and the status of the queue changes, the master packet engine and the slave packet engines may use pointers to keep track of which data packets are transmitted, which data packets are drained and which data packets are still in the queue. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295831 | NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION OFFLOAD TO NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE FOR SERVICE CHAINS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for network address translation (NAT) offload to network infrastructure for service chains in a network environment is provided and includes receiving a packet at a network infrastructure in a network comprising a plurality of service nodes interconnected through the network infrastructure, each service node executing at least one service function, identifying the packet as belonging to a first flow based on a cookie in a network service header of the packet that indicates a service chain that includes a sequence of service functions to be executed on the packet at the service nodes, determining that a service function in the service chain is to be offloaded from one of the service nodes to the network infrastructure for subsequent packets of the first flow, and executing the offloaded service function at the network infrastructure for subsequent packets of the first flow. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295832 | MULTI-CARRIER LOAD-BALANCING - Methods, systems, and computer readable media can be operable to perform load-balancing across a plurality of channels based upon a likelihood of a load imbalance occurring across the plurality of channels. Service flows can be configured to use one or more channels of a plurality of channels based upon determinations of a minimum and/or a maximum bandwidth potential of each of the plurality of channels. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295833 | NETWORK SYSTEM, METHOD, APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A switch is provided between a first network and a second network and an offloading determination unit determines whether or not to offload traffic for the first network, and configures an offload path to bypass the first network for the switch when the offloading is performed. When the traffic is offloaded, the switch forwards a packet to be offloaded to the offload path. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295834 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING TIERED LOAD BALANCING FOR A HOSTED VOICE-OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VoIP) PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE (PBX) - A system and method is provided for two-tiered load balancing on a hosted voice-over Internet protocol (VoIP) private branch exchange (PBX). The system includes a plurality of client devices, at least one device load balancer, and at least one call load balancer. The device load balancer identifies a device group to which each client device belongs; and a cluster of computing resources for processing calls for the device group. The cluster is assigned to the device group based on prescribed conditions. In response to a communications request, call load balancers in communication with the device load balancers dynamically determine if predefined conditions are currently being met within an identified cluster of computing resources. If the predefined conditions are currently being met, then the communications request for a primary client device associated with the request is established via one of a plurality of server nodes within the cluster of computing resources. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295835 | OPTIMIZING RADIO ACCESS NETWORK RESOURCES BASED ON END-TO-END ANALYTICS - A system may be configured to determine a measure of end-to-end latency associated with traffic sent from a first user device to a second user device, the traffic being sent via at least one radio access network (“RAN”); determine that the measure of end-to-end latency exceeds a threshold latency; and output, based on determining that the measure of end-to-end latency exceeds the threshold latency, one or more parameters to the RAN. The one or more parameters may cause the RAN to elevate a priority associated with the traffic when transported via the RAN. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295838 | UPSTREAM CONTENTION MEASURMENT REPORTING AND MITIGATION IN DOCSIS REMOTE PHY NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - An example method for upstream contention measurement and reporting in Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS) remote physical layer (R-PHY) network environments is provided and includes receiving, at a Converged Cable Access Platform (CCAP) core from a R-PHY node over a converged interconnect network (CIN) in the DOCSIS R-PHY network environment, an indication of a collision level in an upstream network between the R-PHY node and a plurality of cable modems (CMs), calculating a congestion level in the upstream network based on the collision level indicated by the R-PHY node, adjusting back-off window parameters for cable modem retransmissions based on the calculated congestion level, and adjusting a contention transmission opportunity density in a downstream Media Access Protocol (MAP) message based on the adjusted back-off window parameters. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295842 | Queue Scheduling Method, Apparatus And System - A queue scheduling method, apparatus and system are provided. The method comprises: performing categorizing processing on a message, and forwarding a message in a sub-queue, wherein, performing categorizing processing on a message comprises: receiving the message, obtaining a next hop address of the message, and adding the message to a sub-queue corresponding to the next hop address of the message. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295849 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK FUNCTION PLACEMENT - A method implemented for network function placement is disclosed. The method optimizes network function placement for each traffic flow, to minimize the overall inter-pod traffic volume. For each traffic flow going through a data center, the method initiates a pod list. The network functions of the traffic flow is sorted in a descending order by resource demanded. Then one network function is selected one at a time according to the descending order. For each network function, the pods in the pod list is sorted in an ascending order by resource available in each pod. The method selects a first pod for the network function when possible. When no pod in the pod list has enough resource for the network function, the method adds a pod with the most available resource from a pod pool to the pod list, and selects the added pod for the network function. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296403 | CONGESTION CONTROL SCHEME - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for congestion control are provided. The apparatus measures respective signal qualities in at least two regions of a resource block, compares the respective signal qualities to each other, and determines a network congestion level based on the comparison. In an aspect, the apparatus may further decide whether to use resources respectively included in the at least two regions based on the network congestion level. Alternatively, the apparatus may further identify at least one MTC device or UE to refrain from using resources respectively included in the at least two regions when the network congestion level is above a threshold, and transmit a congestion control signal to the at least one identified MTC device or identified UE when the network congestion level is above the threshold. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304213 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND MAINTENANCE METHOD OF COMPUTER SYSTEM - A communication system includes a control device configured to calculate a packet forwarding path and set a flow based on the packet forwarding path in a node, and a plurality of nodes configured to forward a received packet based on a flow set by the control device. The control device, when receiving a detour instruction, calculates a new packet forwarding path which detours a detour target node and sets a flow based on the new packet forwarding path in the plurality of nodes on the new packet forwarding path. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304221 | Method for Generating a Load Sharing Vector - The invention relates to a method for generating a load sharing vector indicating a plurality of communication targets for load sharing in a communication network. The method comprises providing a target distribution vector comprising a first number of entries indicating a first communication target, and comprising a second number of entries indicating a second communication target, and generating the load sharing vector upon the basis of active entries of the target distribution vector, the active entries indicating the communication target of the first or the second communication target which is available for load sharing in the communication network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304224 | Method and Universal Interface Chip for Achieving High-Speed Data Transmission - A method for achieving high-speed data transmission is disclosed. The method includes: repacking a data packet to be transmitted using a preset bit width and adding a check code; for a correct response message, releasing system resources immediately, and for an incorrect response message, implementing an automatic retransmission operation on the data packet, thereby reducing the complexity and power consumption level of a chip, and ensuring the data exchange speed and quality. Also provided is a universal interface chip for achieving high-speed data transmission. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304226 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION DATA OUTPUT CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR SAME - A communication device and the like are provided in which a throughput during a congestion avoidance operation in a communication session can be improved by considering a congestion state of a network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304238 | Bandwidth Management in Local Premise Networks - A router has a processor, a data repository, a primary port to Internet connection on a primary path, wired connection or wireless coupling to individual ones of a plurality of bandwidth-using devices forming a local premise network, the router and the bandwidth-using devices sharing bandwidth on the primary port, software executing on the processor from a non-transitory medium, execution of the software providing a mechanism for configuration, applying a priority level to individual ones of the bandwidth-using devices in the local premise network, monitoring bandwidth available on the primary path on a periodic or continuous basis, apportioning bandwidth share among the devices in the local premise according to the priority level of each device and the current bandwidth available, and managing receipt and transmission of packets to and from individual ones of the devices according to the bandwidth share apportioned. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304879 | CHIRP NETWORKS - A network combining wireless and wired elements is described, using a multi-slot modular mesh node to house diverse transceiver elements (e.g. IR, Wi-Fi, Powerline). A radio agnostic tree based mesh network is formed, based on what type of wireless links are formed on the uplink and downlink of the backhaul and what type of radios are used for the Access Points AP. In addition to servicing IP based clients (e.g. Wi-Fi, WiMax, Bluetooth), the modular mesh nodes APs may also serve as receivers/collectors for low cost chirp devices. The method of transport is standard IP based packets yet security is inherent in this chirp-based implementation: only mesh nodes are privy to the routing tables that indicate that packet addresses are not IP. Multiple methods to obfuscate packet flow are presented. An organic approach to providing category/class based form of data type identification is proposed, to support a (dynamic) M2M Social Network Applications in-device discovery, registration and control are presented. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304881 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DIGITAL UNIT, AND METHOD OF ESTABLISHING JOINT TRANSMISSION AREA IN THE SYSTEM - Provided are a mobile communication system, a digital unit, and a method of establishing a joint transmission area in the system. When the digital unit determines that a terminal is located in a joint transmission area based on signal strength values received from two of radio units and transmission powers of the two radio units, the digital unit adjusts the joint transmission area depending on the load on the network including the two radio units belong in order to allow the two radio units to perform a joint transmission function to send at least one of the same signal and a spatiotemporally coded signal of the same data to the terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304889 | LOAD BALANCING METHOD AND NETWORK CONTROL NODE - Embodiments of the present application provide a load balancing method and a network control node. An entity in which a serving cell is located selects a scheduling cell for an edge UE, and instructs the scheduling cell to allocate a data channel for the edge UE, and a control channel is retained in the serving cell and is not handed over. In this way, in a case of being transparent to the UE, an objective of load balancing is achieved by automatic fast coordinating and scheduling without handover. It can be seen that, in the foregoing load balancing manner, a data channel is used as transferring granularity, and a handover time delay does not need to be introduced, thereby implementing a function of fast balancing instantaneous load, and improving load balancing efficiency. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304898 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OFFLOADABILITY OF PUBLIC DATA NETWORK CONNECTIONS TO WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS AND DETACH FROM CELLULAR NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for controlling offloadability of public data network (PDN) connections to wireless local area networks (WLANs) and detach from cellular wireless networks are described herein. An apparatus for wireless communication comprises a receiver configured to receive a first indication from a cellular wireless network that the apparatus may selectively offload all data connections except one between the apparatus and the cellular wireless network to the non-cellular wireless network. The apparatus further comprises a processor configured to selectively offload at least a subset of the data connections to the non-cellular wireless network based on the first indication. The receiver may further be configured to receive a second indication indicating that all data connections between the apparatus and the cellular wireless network may be offloaded to the non-cellular wireless network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312147 | SWITCHING SYSTEM, SWITCHING CONTROL SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus to forward a packet, the communication apparatus comprising of a control unit to communicate with a controller, based on a predetermined control protocol, being capable of transmitting a first packet forwarding rule to a plurality of the communication apparatus, and a table divided into a first region to store the first packet forwarding rule and a second region to store a second packet forwarding rule set by the communication apparatus. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312153 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOAD-BALANCING IN A DATA CENTER - Methods of load-balancing in a network are provided herein. One such method includes steps of receiving network traffic at a network device, the network traffic having a destination address and of performing a look-up in a multipath group table using the destination address. The multipath group table includes entries for recursive next-hops, each recursive next hop being associated with a connected next hop in the multipath group table. The method also include a step of hashing the network traffic according to a number of recursive next-hops associated with the destination address in the multipath group table. Additional methods and information handling system are also provided. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312156 | BANDWIDTH CONTROL DEVICE AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD - A bandwidth control device includes: a management unit to subtract, when a first bandwidth control device (first device) or one or more second bandwidth control devices (second devices) allow a packet to pass, an amount of the passed packet from a permissible passage amount to be passed the first device; and a correction unit to correct the permissible passage amount of the first device or a threshold value of the first device based on a result of a comparison between a passage amount of packets passed the first device and passage amounts of packets passed the second devices, wherein the first device determines whether a packet is to be allowed to pass through or not based on a result of a comparison between the permissible passage amount and the threshold value and allows the packet to pass or discard the packet according to the determination result. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312158 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) LAYER SPECIALIZATION FOR VOICE AND MULTIMEDIA DATA STREAMS - Aspects of a method and system for medium access control (MAC) layer specialization for voice and multimedia data streams are presented. Aspects of the method include determining a number of attempts for transmitting one or more medium access control (MAC) frames. Aspects of the system may include a processor that enables determination of a number of attempts for transmitting one or more MAC frames. A maximum number for such attempts may be determined based on one or more priority levels associated with different portions of multimedia information being communicated via a wireless medium and contained within the one or more MAC frames. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312385 | Insertion and Use of Application or Radio Information in Network Data Packet Headers - Techniques are described herein for receiving, by node of a telecommunication service provider, a network data packet from one of an application client of a telecommunication device and an application server. The node may then retrieve application information from a header of the network data packet and apply the application information to adapt radio delivery. Alternatively or additionally, the node may then insert radio information into the header of the network data packet in place of the application information. After performing the inserting or the retrieving, the node may transmit the network data packet to the other of the application client and the application server. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312776 | ENHANCEMENT OF ACCESS POINTS TO SUPPORT HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - An interface between access points is enhanced by enabling an exchange of a cell characteristic information element (IE). The cell characteristic information can provide an access point with information about the characteristics/features/capabilities of its neighbor cells. Automatic neighbor relations are also enhanced to store and/or manage the cell characteristic information. Moreover, the cell characteristic information can be utilized by the access point to significantly improve handover (HO) decisions, increase load balancing performance, and/or decrease inter cell interference. The cell characteristic information can also improve network efficiency and avoid bottlenecks during cell reselection in Heterogeneous Networks (HetNets). | 10-29-2015 |
20150312801 | MOBILE SERVICE ROUTING IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A data flow is received from a mobile network relating to a mobile subscriber. Subscriber data is received for the subscriber identifying a service path corresponding to the subscriber and at least one service policy corresponding to the subscriber, the service path including a set of network service nodes in a plurality of network service nodes. Packets of the data flow are routed according to the service path, the packets corresponding to a request for a resource. At least one packet is appended with service header data identifying the service policy. Each service node performs at least one service based on received request data, each service node in the set of service nodes performing a service defined in a service subscription of the subscriber. At least one particular service node in the set of network service nodes performs a particular service based at least in part on the service policy. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312802 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIDEBAND COMMUNICATION ARCHITECTURE FOR SUPPORTING MANAGEABILITY OVER WIRELESS LAN (WLAN) - A management controller in a network device may support performing management operations based on management traffic communicated wirelessly via a wireless network controller of the network devices. The management controller may perform the management operations and/or to support wireless communication of the management traffic independent of operations of the network device. The management controller may be integrated into a network controller in the network device. The management traffic may comprise out-of-band (OOB) management related traffic. A direct interface may be established between the management controller and the wireless network controller, to support direct sideband communication between the management controller and the wireless network controller. The sideband interface may incorporate Network Controller Sideband Interface (NC-SI) and/or Secure Digital Input Output (SDIO) interface. The management controller may control operations of the wireless network controller, by utilizing an embedded wireless controller driver. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319080 | BASIC SELF-ROUTING UNIT AND METHOD FOR BUILDING ITS HALF-CLEANERS, SORTERS, NETWORK CONCENTRATORS AND MULTICAST SWITCHING NETWORK - The invention relates to a basic self-routing unit for multicast. The basic self-routing unit includes two input ports and two output ports. The input signal of the input ports includes the route signal and the following data priority control section and data content. The route signal has an algebraic lattice structure. The route signal includes a bicast signal, a unicast signal and an idle signal. When the route signals of the two input ports are the bicast signal and the idle signal respectively, the output value of the first output port is a Boolean product of the two input route signals and the output value of the second output port is a Boolean sum of the two input route signals. The invention relates to the use of a concentrator built by the basic self-routing unit and its network-forming method. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319090 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING NETWORK ABNORMALITY - A method and an apparatus for notifying a network abnormality are provided. An OpenFlow switch detects whether an abnormality occurs in an OpenFlow network. The OpenFlow switch sends a first asynchronous message for describing the abnormality occurring in the OpenFlow network to a controller when detecting an abnormality occurring in the OpenFlow network, so that the controller processes, according to the first asynchronous message, the abnormality occurring in the OpenFlow network. In this way, the abnormality in the network is notified in time, thereby improving efficiency in processing the abnormality in the OpenFlow network. A technical problem in the prior art that an abnormality occurring in an OpenFlow network and caused by an unexpected event cannot be notified in time, so that the abnormality occurring in the OpenFlow network cannot be processed in time and efficiency in processing the abnormality occurring in the OpenFlow network is relatively low is solved. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319091 | WI-FI OFFLOAD OF CELLULAR DATA - A security gateway system offloads cellular data from user equipment (“UE”). The system receives a dynamic host configuration protocol (“DHCP”) message from a Wi-Fi access point (“AP”) in communication with the UE. The system converts the DHCP message into an authentication, authorization and accounting (“AAA”) access request and sends the AAA access request to an AAA server. The system receives an AAA access accept from the AAA server and initiates a gateway general packet radio service tunneling protocol tunnel setup with a setup node. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319095 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZATION OF DATA FOR INTELLIGENT DISCARD IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods for optimizing system performance of capacity and spectrum constrained, multiple-access communication systems by selectively discarding packets are provided. The systems and methods provided herein can drive changes in the communication system using control responses. One such control responses includes the optimal discard (also referred to herein as “intelligent discard”) of network packets under capacity constrained conditions. The systems and methods prioritize packets and make discard decisions based upon the prioritization. Some embodiments provide an interactive response by selectively discarding packets to enhance perceived and actual system throughput, other embodiments provide a reactive response by selectively discarding data packets based on their relative impact to service quality to mitigate oversubscription, others provide a proactive response by discarding packets based on predicted oversubscription, and others provide a combination thereof. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319642 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE APPLICATION OF SELECTED IP TRAFFIC OFFLOAD AND LOCAL IP ACCESS - A method and apparatus are described for controlling the application of Selected Internet Protocol (IP) traffic offload (SIPTO) or Local IP Access (LIPA) services for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The SIPTO and LIPA services may be performed over packet data network (PDN) connections. A user of the WTRU may be prompted to accept or reject the usage of the SIPTO or LIPA services. The user of the WTRU may request switching from SIPTO or LIPA services to non-SIPTO or non-LIPA services. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319705 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REAL TIME TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for real time transmission power control in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving transmission power control related information from at least one base station, generating transmission power control information for load balancing of the at least one base station based on the transmission power control related information, and controlling the transmission power of the at least one base station based on the transmission power control information. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326476 | PREFIX-AWARE WEIGHTED COST MULTI-PATH GROUP REDUCTION - Methods and systems for generating a forwarding table for a packet switch. The system includes a route manager for the packet switch, configured to identify a plurality of multi-path groups each corresponding to a respective initial set of routing entries in the forwarding table and generate, for one or more multi-path groups, at least one replacement set of routing entries with fewer routing entries than the initial set corresponding to the respective multi-path group. The route manager selects, based on a traffic reduction cost metric, one or more of the replacement sets of routing entries, each corresponding to a different respective multi-path group, and updates the forwarding table with the selected replacement sets. In some implementations, the traffic reduction cost metric includes a traffic characteristic. In some implementations, the packet switch participates in a software-defined network (SDN) and the route manager is part of an SDN controller. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326478 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PROVIDING SERVICE INSERTION IN A TRILL NETWORK - The methods and devices discussed herein provide service clustering within a TRILL network without relying on an additional service insertion framework. A TRILL network can include one or more flow distribution RBridges for distributing flows to service nodes. Each flow distribution RBridge can have a virtual base identifier and one or more virtual cluster identifiers. An example method can include maintaining service cluster load balancing structures and receiving a packet that is encapsulated with an inner header and an outer header. The method can include determining whether the egress RBridge identifier is a virtual cluster identifier, and if so, selecting a service node from one of the service cluster load balancing structures. The method can include forwarding the packet to the selected service node. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326508 | QUEUE BUFFER DE-QUEUING - A method and apparatus determine which of a plurality of queue buffers ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150327113 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD - [Problems] A device and a method which can secure the communication quality of a high priority traffic and efficiently accommodate the traffic in a link aggregation in which a plurality of wireless links are bundled are provided. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327114 | UPDATES TO SUPPORT NETWORK BASED INTERNET PROTOCOL FLOW MOBILITY - Various embodiments may be generally directed to techniques for UE initiated and network initiated IP flow mobility. Various embodiments provide techniques for sharing IP flow routing rules and/or filters between a UE and various network infrastructure components using existing network based protocols or extensions thereto. Various embodiments provide techniques for provisioning network based IP flow mobility triggers and for ensuring UE connections to a 3GPP network are maintained in the absence of any 3GPP network IP flows. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327117 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) OFFLOADING INFORMATION BETWEEN CELLULAR MANAGERS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) offloading information between cellular managers. For example, a first cellular manager of a first cellular network may send to a second cellular manager of a second cellular network one or more WLAN offload parameters corresponding to Radio Access Network (RAN) assisted WLAN interworking information, which is sent to one or more User Equipment (UE) in the first cellular network. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327153 | NON-CONFLICTING TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF NETWORK SELECTION INFORMATION - There are provided measures for non-conflicting traffic control with different types of network selection information. Such measures exemplarily comprise performing traffic control based on a combination of (e.g. cellular type) access-related network selection information with respect to a network or a network technology type with (e.g. non-/cellular type) routing-related network selection information with respect to traffic type based routing information. Such measures are exemplarily, but not exclusively, applicable in the context of coexisting cellular and non-cellular networks or network technology types providing connectivity to a transport network. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327264 | IN-BUILDING WIRED/WIRELESS CONVERGENCE APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD THEREOF - A wired/wireless convergence apparatus may be provided for integrally transmitting wired network traffic and wireless network traffic in an in-building cloud network composed of a plurality of digital units and a plurality of radio units includes. The wired/wireless convergence apparatus may include a traffic monitoring unit and a wired/wireless traffic control unit. The traffic monitoring unit may be configured to monitor wireless network traffic and wired network traffic input to the in-building cloud network. The wired/wireless traffic control unit may be configured to allocate wireless network traffic resources to optical fibers on the basis of monitored information of the traffic monitoring unit and to allocate wired network traffic to idle resources remaining after allocation of the wireless network traffic. | 11-12-2015 |
20150334023 | SYSTEM DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS AND FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE - A system detection method and apparatus. The throughput and response time of the system are acquired, where the throughput reflects the number of requests from outside the system that has been processed by the system. The response time reflects time required by the system to process requests from outside the system. The system performance characteristic parameter based on the throughput and response time is obtained and is used to describe congestion condition of the system to determine whether there is a bottleneck in the system. Also provided are a method and device for flow control. The system detection method and apparatus allow detecting a bottleneck and flow control in a simple and effective way to ensure that requests are processed in time. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334026 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A quality of service management system includes a rules engine that receives information associated with a communication path having an assigned quality of service (QoS) to be provided for a customer communication device, and identifies one or more network elements assigned to provide the communication path. Each network element having a plurality of queues configured to provide varying QoS levels relative to one another. For each of the network elements, the rules engine determines at least one queue that is configured to provide the communication path at the assigned quality of service, and transmits queue information associated with the determined queue to its respective network element, the network element conveying the communication path through the determined queue. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334029 | DIFFERENTIATED QUALITY OF SERVICE USING SECURITY AS A SERVICE - Various embodiments are disclosed for prioritizing network flows and providing differentiated quality of service in a telecommunications network. In some embodiments, a SecaaS can be utilized to signal flow characteristics of one or more network flows to a connector in a network so that the network can install differentiated quality of service against the one or more network flows based upon the received flow characteristics. Some embodiments enable a connector in a network to act as a PCP client to signal received flow characteristics to an upstream PCP server hosted by an adjacent access network. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334593 | APPLICATION-SPECIFIC TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING - A system may be configured to multiplex traffic, on a per-application basis, over multiple networks. The traffic may be multiplexed based on weights, associated with each application, and key performance indicators (“KPIs”) associated with the networks. The system may output a first proportion of traffic, associated with the application, via a first network, and may output a second proportion of traffic, associated the application, via the second network. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334595 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSPORTING INFORMATION TO SERVICES IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided in one example embodiment and may include receiving a packet for a subscriber at a gateway, wherein the gateway includes a local policy anchor for interfacing with one or more policy servers and one or more classifiers for interfacing with one or more service chains, each service chain including one or more services accessible by the gateway; determining a service chain to receive the subscriber's packet; appending the subscriber's packet with a header, wherein the header includes, at least in part, identification information for the subscriber and an Internet Protocol (IP) address for the local policy anchor; and injecting the packet including the header into the service chain determined for the subscriber. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334597 | Method and Apparatus for Non-Access Stratum Signaling - For a targeted wireless device that is operating in a communication network that includes a first access network and an associated core network, the teachings herein advantageously provide for the conditional selection of a second access network, for exchanging NAS signaling between the communication network and a targeted wireless device, to offload such signaling from the first access network. The second access network is different from the first access network and may or may not be integrated with the core network, but the first access network and/or the associated core network are adapted to provide for the conditional routing of certain NAS signaling through the second access network, which NAS signaling would conventionally be conveyed via the first access network. In an example, the first access network is a 3GPP RAN and the core network is a 3GPP core network, while and the second access network is a non-3GPP RAN. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334724 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTIONS FOR TRAFFIC AGGREGATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to communicating with one or more wireless networks using multiple radio access technologies (RATs). A device can communicate with a first access point using a first RAT over a first connection to access a first wireless network, and communicate with a second access point using a second RAT over a second connection, wherein the second connection is configured to implement traffic aggregation with the first connection based at least in part on a configuration received from the first access point. The device can also manage the second connection based at least in part the implementation of the traffic aggregation with the first connection. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341827 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR MANAGING DATA FLOW - An apparatus and a method of managing a data flow in an electronic device is provided. The method includes monitoring a tethering including monitoring a tethering state using a first data flow connected to a first backhaul in a tethering group, determining whether a new data flow is added according to the monitored tethering state, selecting an auxiliary terminal including a second backhaul from among one or more terminals in the tethering group and generating a second data flow connected to the second backhaul, and configuring one of the first data flow and the second data flow according to the tethering state and a state of data that is to be transmitted through one of the first data flow and the second data flow. | 11-26-2015 |
20150350024 | Configuring Network Devices/US - Systems and methods for configuring network devices are provided. Aspects of the disclosure relate to Quality of Service (QoS) configuration parameters and methods for using QoS configuration parameters to provide enhanced services to users in a network. A first computing device may receive an indication that a network device requires an updated communication parameter. The indication may be generated, for example, based on traffic on a port of the network device exceeding a threshold level. The first computing device may communicate with a second computing device to request and retrieve the updated communication parameter. The first computing device may provide the updated communication parameter to the network device. The transmission of the updated communication parameter may cause alteration of a first QoS associated with a first communication protocol of the network device. A second QoS associated with a second communication protocol of the network device may be left unchanged. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350065 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - An RB includes a grouping unit that groups VLANs in a TRILL network into patterns by using the low 3 bit sequence of a VLANID; a calculating unit that calculates the number of redundant paths with equal costs among physical paths in the TRILL network; and a sorting unit that sorts the patterns of VLANs, which are to be assigned to the physical paths, into the groups that are equivalent to the number of redundant paths according to a predetermined order. The RB includes an assignment table for managing, with respect to each of the groups, an assignable output destination path among the physical paths. The RB includes a control unit that refers to the assignment table, determines the output destination path for each of the groups, and collectively assigns all the VLANs of all the patterns of an appropriate group to the output destination path of the group. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350081 | VIRTUAL NETWORK DATA CONTROL WITH NETWORK INTERFACE CARD - Embodiments relate to managing data flows through a virtual network. An aspect includes receiving, by a network interface card (NIC) connected to a hypervisor of a source computer, flows of data packets from one or more virtual machines managed by the hypervisor. The aspect includes running, by the NIC, an overlay network protocol to encapsulate the data packets, and to manage the flow of data through tunnels for the virtual network to a destination computer based on the overlay protocol, the tunnels transmitting the data packets through an underlying physical network underlying the virtual network. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350086 | Network Congestion Management Systems and Methods - Systems, methods and software useful for overcoming network congestion problems including head-of-line blocking issues and other network congestion problems. In certain aspects, flow control mechanisms implemented in a switch device or other network device manage buffer and system level resources using a scheduler to control the amount of data requested from a local SAN fabric. Switches and other network devices configured according to the present invention monitor each individual SCSI task, and are configured to apply flow control measures to each active session when buffering resources become scarce, such as when buffering data for a slower-speed WAN link or TCP/IP based interconnects of any speed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350091 | System and method for concurrently sharing GSM coverage by mobile operators and for implementing local switching without impact on core networks - A System to perform concurrent GERAN sharing with local switching and traffic shaping, comprising BSC-proxy (proxy base station controller), being connected as a regular BSC (base station controller) to one or multiple PLMNs (public land mobile networks); plurality of BSCs, geographically co-located with BTSs (base transceiver stations) and interfaced to BSC-proxy by A-over-IP and traffic shaping software; and optional signaling probes for GSM MAP (mobile application part). Methods providing concurrent sharing of radio access network and local switching connectivity without involving mobile network cores. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350094 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SETTING NETWORK TRAFFIC FLOW QUALITY OF SERVICE BY MODIFYING PORT NUMBERS - In one exemplary aspect, a method of managing computer network traffic flow quality of service includes the step of configuring a configurable network device to provide a specified quality of service to a data packet with a specified quality of service configuration based on a quality of service classification port number in a data packet header of the data packet. At the source node, a data packet is generated. At the source node, replacing the destination port number in the data packet header with a quality of service classification port number. At the source node, the destination port number is included in an options field of the data packet's header. The data packet is communicated to the configurable network device. At the destination node, receiving the data packet, replacing the quality of service classification port number with the original destination port number, and forwarding the packet to a destination process. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350155 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IP SHARING ACROSS WIDE AREA NETWORKS - Computer connectivity is dependent on network availability. When networks are offline, relocating systems and data to an available network is an inefficient, time consuming, and error prone process. A system and method is disclosed for instant IP sharing and relocation between geographical locations by combining BGP announcement in one or multiple locations and applying stateless NAT to the IP traffic. Thereby, IP traffic is redirected to the desired location and delivered to the final device using the shared/relocated IP address. This system and method allows a single IP address to actively respond to network requests from numerous locations which can be spread around the globe. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350953 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL (RRC) PROTOCOL FOR CELL SELECTION AND TRAFFIC STEERING FOR INTEGRATED WLAN/3GPP RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - An integrated WLAN/WWAN Radio Access Technology (RAT) architecture is described in which signaling used to control the integration of the WLAN/WWAN architecture is performed over the Radio Resource Control (RRC) plane. The integrated architecture may allow for User Equipment (UE) assistance in cell selection and traffic steering. In particular, UE-assisted RRC signaling is described for managing inter-RAT session transfers and secondary cell (SCell) selection. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358236 | ADAPTIVE LOAD BALANCER AND METHODS FOR INTELLIGENT DATA TRAFFIC STEERING - An adaptive load balancer intelligently steers data traffic through a software defined network (SDN) to which the load balancer is operatively coupled. The network has egress ports to which a plurality of servers is connected. The network has an SDN controller which generates statistical information concerning the network. The adaptive load balancer includes a weighted round robin scheduler module which receives client requests and, based on the statistical information generated by the SDN controller, determines a weight to be attributed to each server of the plurality of servers connected to the network. The adaptive load balancer operates in a passive port mode, a passive path mode, an active path mode and an active path with quality of service (QoS) overlay mode. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358237 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USER PLANE TRAFFIC FLOWS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method performed by a first network node for controlling user plane traffic flows relating to wireless devices in a wireless telecommunications network is provided. The first network node is configured to transmit the user plane traffic flows over a first transmission path to a second network node in the wireless telecommunications network. The first network node determines that a user plane traffic flow related to a wireless device is to be transmitted over a second transmission path to an intermediary network node configured to communicate with the first and second network nodes in the wireless telecommunications network based on the type of the user plane traffic flow, the wireless device related to the user plane traffic flow and/or the content of the user plane traffic flow. Then, the first network node controls the user plane traffic flow such that the user plane traffic flow is transmitted over the second transmission path to the intermediary network node in the wireless telecommunications network. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358238 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A TCP MAPPER - A system for congestion control of traffic in a network that uses Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) includes a plurality of TCP congestion control programs having one or more parameters, a plurality of TCP congestion control units running the TCP congestion control programs, and a TCP mapper adapted to map incoming TCP traffic flow from a plurality of incoming TCP traffic flows to the TCP congestion control units based on at least one of (a) the type of application program from which the incoming TCP traffic flow originated (b) the type of network for which the incoming TCP traffic flow is destined, (c) parameters related to network performance (d) network constraints (e) source of the incoming TCP traffic flow, and (f) destination of the incoming TCP traffic flow. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358239 | NETWORK POLICY AND NETWORK DEVICE CONTROL - A policy enforcer device may determine a value of multiple controls included on a control device. The multiple controls may be associated with zones of a facility. The policy enforcer device may determine, based on the values of the plurality of controls, relative amounts of bandwidth to allocate, of a total amount of available bandwidth, to the zones of the facility; and control one or more network devices to provide the determined amounts of bandwidth to the zones of the facility. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358244 | UNIFIED FRAMEWORK FOR ISOLATING MULTICAST AND BROADCAST FRAMES TO A TRAFFIC CLASS SEPARATE FROM A TRAFFIC CLASS USED FOR UNICAST FRAMES - Embodiments presented herein describe techniques for isolating multicast and broadcast frames to a traffic class that is separate from a traffic class used for unicast frames. According to one embodiment, a network switch receives an incoming Ethernet virtual local area network (VLAN)-tagged frame. The switch evaluates priority bits of the VLAN tag of the frame. The switch also determines a type of frame (e.g., whether the frame is unicast, broadcast, multicast, or flood). Based on the priority field values and the type of the frame, the switch identifies a mapping of the frame to a particular traffic class. The network switch assigns the frame to the traffic class. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358245 | UNIFIED FRAMEWORK FOR ISOLATING MULTICAST AND BROADCAST FRAMES TO A TRAFFIC CLASS SEPARATE FROM A TRAFFIC CLASS USED FOR UNICAST FRAMES - Embodiments presented herein describe techniques for isolating multicast and broadcast frames to a traffic class that is separate from a traffic class used for unicast frames. According to one embodiment, a network switch receives an incoming Ethernet virtual local area network (VLAN)-tagged frame. The switch evaluates priority bits of the VLAN tag of the frame. The switch also determines a type of frame (e.g., whether the frame is unicast, broadcast, multicast, or flood). Based on the priority field values and the type of the frame, the switch identifies a mapping of the frame to a particular traffic class. The network switch assigns the frame to the traffic class. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358401 | LOAD BALANCING WITH LAYERED EDGE SERVERS - An edge server node comprises an edge server, a DNS, and a load controller. The DNS is assigned to a layer of edge server nodes where each layer of edge server nodes has a DNS anycast IP address for the DNSs of that layer and a FQDN for that layer. The DNS either handles or offloads requests to resolve the FQDN for the assigned layer to balance the load on the edge server. A request is offloaded by returning the FQDN for another layer. The load controller monitors the load on the edge server and directs the DNS to offload requests to reduce the load on the edge server. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358472 | Load Balancing of Distributed Media Agents in a Conference System - A load balancer controls a cluster of media agents each configured to perform media packet processing operations in a conference session. The load balancer receives a Session Traversal Utilities for Network Address Translation/Translator (NAT) (STUN) request from a caller to establish media. The STUN request includes a conference identifier (ID) for the session. The load balancer determines an availability of each of the media agents in the cluster, selects a media agent for the caller based on the conference ID and the determined media agent availabilities, forwards the STUN request to the selected media agent, and routes media packets between the caller and the selected agent for the session. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365323 | DISTRIBUTED NETWORK ADDRESS AND PORT TRANSLATION FOR MIGRATING FLOWS BETWEEN SERVICE CHAINS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for distributed network address and port translation (NAPT) for migrating flows between service chains in a network environment is provided and includes distributing translation state for a flow traversing the network across a plurality of NAPT service nodes in the network, with packets belonging to the flow being translated according to the translation state, associating the flow with a first service chain at a flow classifier in the network, and updating the association when the flow migrates from the first service chain to a second service chain, with packets belonging to the migrated flow also being translated according to the translation state. The method may be executed at a pool manager in the network. In specific embodiments, the pool manager may include a distributed storage located across the plurality of NAPT service nodes. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365327 | Reducing network and appliances load through cooperative control plane decisions - Systems and methods for forwarding data packets in a communications network, the method comprising: providing information included in a first portion of a data packet to a network policy unit, in response to a forwarding device receiving a data packet to be forwarded over one or more network routes; forwarding the data packet according to a flow policy, in response to the forwarding device receiving the flow policy from the network policy unit, wherein the flow policy applied to the data packet by the forwarding device is determined by the network policy unit based on the network policy unit performing an analysis of the information included in the first portion of the data packet in view of policy information provided to the network policy unit. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365329 | INVERSE WEIGHTED ARBITRATION - A data communication apparatus includes a router, first and second packet producers, and a penalizer. The router is directly connected to the first and second producers. The penalizer assesses penalties against each producer whenever that producer is serviced. The penalty value depends at least in part on an expected extent to which the first producer requires service. The penalizer then accumulates penalties against each producer. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365330 | PACKET I/O SUPPORT FOR A LOGICAL SWITCH ROUTER ARCHITECTURE - A tool for packet transmission and delivery in a distributed system. The tool determines one or more packets is classified as a L3 packet. The tool determines translation of the one or more packets classified as L3 packets to one or more corresponding net devices. The tool sends the one or more packets classified as a non L3 packet to a user space packet dispatcher service. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365336 | METHOD TO SCHEDULE MULTIPLE TRAFFIC FLOWS THROUGH PACKET-SWITCHED ROUTERS WITH NEAR-MINIMAL QUEUE SIZES - A method to schedule multiple traffic flows through a multiplexer server to provide fairness while minimizing the sizes of the associated queues, is proposed. The multiplexer server minimizes a quantity called the maximum Normalized Service Lag for each traffic flow. In each time-slot, the normalized service lag of every traffic flow may be updated by adding the normalized lag increment value, whether or not there is a packet in the queue associated with the flow. In each time-slot, a multiplexer server selects a traffic flow to service with an available packet and with the maximum normalized service lag. When the traffic rate requested by each traffic flow is stable, the multiplexer server schedule may repeat periodically. Efficient methods to compute periodic schedules are proposed. The methods can be applied to packet-switched Internet routers to achieve reduced queue sizes and delay. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365843 | Congestion Monitoring of Mobile Entities - A method, by a policy control unit of a mobile communications network, to control a signalling of congestion information of mobile entities at a plurality of congestion monitoring units that monitor which mobile entities are affected by a congestion state in a radio access network of the mobile communications network. The method comprises receiving, from one of the congestion monitoring units, an indication that one of the mobile entities is affected by a congestion state, storing said one congestion monitoring unit from which the indication is received as the current congestion monitoring unit for said one mobile entity, receiving, from another congestion monitoring unit, the indication that said one mobile entity is affected by a congestion state, and indicating, in response to the indication received from the other monitoring unit, to the current congestion monitoring unit a release of congestion information relating to said one mobile entity. | 12-17-2015 |
20150372899 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND NETWORK CONTROL DEVICE - A communication system is capable of re-examining an allocated communication path and a reserved communication path and implementing a rapid service provision in which a resource utilization efficiency is high without an interruption of service or an abrupt deterioration of quality when a reserved communication path is created in advance, and a reserved communication path is allocated according to an allocation request of a user. A communication path with quality assurance of data communication is implemented in a communication network with a communication path calculation device having a communication path managing unit and communication path calculating unit. The communication path managing unit manages reserved communication paths with quality assurance constructed based on a quality assurance communication path construction request of a communication system administrator and a use communication path allocated from among the reserved communication paths according to the quality assurance communication path allocation request of the communication network user. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372920 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD - A data transmission method and network system are provided. The data transmission method is applied to a data center when a data packet can't be transmitted from the first virtual machine of a first server to the second virtual machine of a second server due to the data center occurring lookup fail. The data transmission method includes the steps of transmitting the data packet through a downlink port of a first TOR switch according to an ISID; encapsulating the data packet and setting a CVID to a first value; transmitting the encapsulated data packet to a first spine switch; and transmitting the encapsulated data packet to the second virtual machine by the first spine switch according to the flooding information, wherein the flooding information is generated according to an f-BVID. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372921 | NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - Technologies for managing congestion of a communication channel includes a network device for receiving a network packet from a computing device destined for another computing device, analyzing network traffic flows over a communication channel established between the network device and an upstream network device, and determining whether the communication channel is congested as a function of the network traffic flows. Such technologies may also include storing the received packet in a local storage in response to determining that the communication channel is congested, transmitting an acknowledgement packet to the computing device in response to storing the received network packet local storage, and transmitting the stored network packet to the upstream network device in response to determining that the communication channel is no longer congested. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372922 | Data multi-stream transmission method and device - A data multi-stream transmission method and device are provided. The method includes that: a sending terminal determines an offloading way of offloading the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) data in a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer according to an offloading strategy; the sending terminal offloads all or part of the PDU data as offloading data from a first connection to a second connection in the offloading way, wherein the first connection and the second connection are both connections between the sending terminal and a receiving terminal; the sending terminal implements a data multi-stream processing on the offloading data in the PDCP layer, forwards the processed offloading data to a low-level layer for processing, sends the other PDU data except for the offloading data to the receiving terminal through the first connection and the processed offloading data to the receiving terminal through the second connection. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372924 | NETWORK ROUTING OVERLAY - The present disclosure relates to a network routing overlay (NRO) system. The NRO system includes an NRO master that includes an NRO master module and a master network interface. The NRO system further includes a first plurality of NRO remote systems (RSs). Each NRO RS includes an NRO RS module, an internal network interface and an external network interface. The external network interface is related to an NRO interface. Each NRO RS is coupled to the NRO master by a respective data channel and a respective control channel. A first NRO RS is configured to receive a network frame from an end system coupled to the first NRO RS via a first NRO interface. A first NRO RS module is configured to generate an NRO message and to write the NRO message to a first data channel. The NRO message includes an NRO prefix and the received network frame. The NRO prefix includes a length and a frame identifier (ID). The first data channel is configured to carry an NRO frame that includes one or more NRO message(s). The NRO master module is configured to extract the network frame based, at least in part, on the length and frame ID. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372928 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR QOS DIFFERENTIATION OF VPN TRAFFIC ACROSS DOMAINS - A node in a first network domain and a method performed thereby for transmitting a data packet to a VPN client in a second network domain, the node and the VPN client being part of a VPN, wherein the first and second network domain are connected by means of a third network domain are provided. The method comprises receiving, from an application server, a first packet comprising a first IP header and a payload; and determining a DCSP. The method further comprises adding a second header comprising the determined DCSP and an IP address of a VPN client resulting in a second packet and encrypting the second packet. Further the method comprises adding a third header to the encrypted second packet resulting in a third packet, the third header comprising a destination address of a node in the second network domain, and transmitting the third packet in an IP tunnel terminating at the node in the second network domain. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373507 | METHOD FOR REPORTING MBMS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for reporting multimedia broadcast and multicast service (MBMS) information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: determining whether or not to perform the logging of MBMS information; logging the MBMS information if the logging is determined to be performed; and reporting the logged MBMS information to a network. Whether or not to perform the logging of the MBMS information is determined on the basis of conditions for performing the logging of the MBMS information. The conditions for performing the logging of the MBMS information comprise the failure of receiving MBMS provided from the network and/or deterioration in the quality of receiving the MBMS. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373569 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING NETWORK SUPPORT INFORMATION FOR REMOVING INTERFERENCE AND SERVING CELL BASE STATION - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for transmitting network assistance information in one serving cell in order to perform interference cancellation of a terminal. The method may be performed by a serving cell and may comprise: determining whether a traffic load is above or below a first threshold; determining whether a traffic load of a neighbor cell is above or below a second threshold; determining a target for which the interference cancellation is to be performed by the terminal, on the basis of the determined result for the traffic load of the serving cell and the determined result for the traffic load of the neighbor cell; and transmitting to the terminal the network assistance information including the information regarding the determined target. | 12-24-2015 |
20150381499 | LOAD BALANCING TRAFFIC IN A MPLS NETWORK - A method and system for managing traffic in a network. Label switch paths are identified. Each label switch path begins at a first provider edge and ends at a second provider edge. For each label switch path, logical paths are identified. Most recent data received from the first provider edge is transmitted to the second provider edge via a selected logical path. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381501 | Method for congestion avoidance - Datalink frames or networking packets contain protocol information in the header and optionally in the trailer of a frame or a packet. We are proposing a method in which part of or all of the protocol information corresponding to a frame or a packet is transmitted separately in another datalink frame. The “Separately Transmitted Protocol Information” is referred to as STPI. The STPI contains enough protocol information to identify the next hop node or port. STPI can be used avoid network congestion and improve link efficiency. Preferably, there will be one datalink frame or network packet corresponding to each STPI, containing the data and the rest of the protocol information and this frame/packet is referred to as DFoNP. The creation of STPI and DFoNP is done by the originator of the frame or packet such as an operating system. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381503 | Wireless Area Network (WAN) Overloading - Incoming packets communicated over a common WAN interface of a distributed host device may be processed differently depending on their traffic classification. A virtual forwarding unit classifies incoming packets as tunneled traffic, tunnel-related control traffic, remote agent traffic, or local internet traffic. Tunneled traffic classifies packets transported over data or control tunnels extending between WAN interfaces of distributed host devices. Tunnel-related control traffic classifies packets communicated to measure a quality parameter of the data or control tunnels, such as operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) packets. Remote agent traffic classifies packets associated with existing remote agent sessions, which are created and tracked based on outgoing management traffic originating from the virtual remote agent. Local internet traffic classifies packets associated with existing local internet sessions, which are created and tracked based on outgoing local internet traffic. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381505 | Framework for Early Congestion Notification and Recovery in a Virtualized Environment - The congestion notification system of some embodiments sends congestion notification messages from lower layer (e.g., closer to a network) components to higher layer (e.g., closer to a packet sender) components. When the higher layer components receive the congestion notification messages, the higher layer components reduce the sending rate of packets (in some cases the rate is reduced to zero) to allow the lower layer components to lower congestion (i.e., create more space in their queues by sending more data packets along the series of components). In some embodiments, the higher layer components resume full speed sending of packets after a threshold time elapses without further notification of congestion. In other embodiments, the higher layer components resume full speed sending of packets after receiving a message indicating reduced congestion in the lower layers. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381507 | NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS - A network control apparatus is configured to acquire packets sent from a first network node to a second network node, manage packet types of the packets, monitor condition of a network between the first network node and the second network node based on the packets, and delay a specific packet in reaching the second network node based on an order of procedures determined based on packet types in the second network node when the condition of the network is assessed as worse than normal. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381510 | FLOW CONTROL CREDITS FOR PRIORITY IN LOSSLESS ETHERNET - In one embodiment, a system includes a hardware processor and logic integrated with and/or executable by the processor. The logic is configured to classify a traffic flow into a traffic class based on at least one criteria related to the traffic flow and request that a credit manager remap flow credits corresponding to a first traffic class to flow credits corresponding to a second traffic class. In another embodiment, a method for providing credit-based flow control includes classifying a traffic flow into a traffic class based on at least one criteria related to the traffic flow, the traffic class being selected from a plurality of traffic classes. The method also includes storing an identifier indicating the traffic class of packets of the traffic flow according to a virtual local area network (VLAN) identifier in a three bit VLAN tag portion of a header of one or more of the packets. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382244 | Upsell Framework for Network Services - Processes and systems described herein enable improvement of quality of experience (QoE) of network services using an upsell framework of the network services. Embodiments of the present disclosure include determining, by a computing device, a network throttling event associated with a network throttling imposed on an account of a user. In response to the determining, the computing device may at least cause presenting of one or more upgrade options in a user interface. After receiving a user selection of an upgrade option of the one or more upgrade options, the computing device may at least cause an adjustment of the network throttling. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382295 | METHOD FOR GROUP UPDATE OF ASSOCIATIONS BETWEEN ADDRESSES OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - The invention relates to a method for transmitting a message for updating associations between at least one first address and one second address of a mobile terminal, implemented by a mobile terminal attached, by a plurality of first addresses, to first devices of at least one first packet-switching mobile communication network, said first devices being capable of directing a plurality of communication flows toward the mobile terminal, the method including: a step of obtaining a second address when the mobile terminal is attached to a second device of a second network; a step of generating a group update message, including individual information relating to the plurality of first devices, and information relating to the second device; a step of transmitting the group message to a management device previously associated with the mobile terminal and capable of generating and transmitting individual update messages, from the group update message, to the first devices. | 12-31-2015 |
20160006659 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTER-CELL LOAD BALANCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for an inter-cell load balance in a wireless communication system are provided. The method of an inter-cell load balance of a first base station in a heterogeneous network wireless communication system including the first base station and a second base station includes configuring a first reserve area for the second base station, for the inter-cell load balance and controlling an inter-base station load balance according to the first reserve area. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006660 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication control method includes: comparing the number of messages to be transmitted which are stored in a buffer with the number of communication processings in execution, each of the communication processings being to execute processing to transmit the messages stored in the buffer; and determining, by a processor, whether integration processing is performed on a newly generated first message to be transmitted based on a result of the comparing, the integration processing being processing that integrates the first message and a message which is in the buffer and of which the destination as a destination of the first message is specified. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006664 | PORT-BASED FAIRNESS PROTOCOL FOR A NETWORK ELEMENT - Methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable medium for providing a fairness protocol in a network element are disclosed herein. An example method includes receiving one or more packets at each of a plurality of ingress ports of the network element, and scheduling the packets into a plurality of queues, wherein each of the queues is associated with packets that are sourced from one of the ingress ports. The method also includes monitoring a bandwidth of traffic sourced from each of the ingress ports, identifying a port among the ingress ports that sources a smallest bandwidth of traffic, and arbitrating among the queues when transmitting packets from an egress port of the network element by giving precedence to the identified port that sources the smallest bandwidth of traffic. Additionally, arbitrating among the queues distributes a bandwidth of the egress port equally among the ingress ports. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007265 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS AND WIRELESS DATA TRAFFIC - Apparatus and method are disclosed for controlling wireless network access and wireless data traffic. The method may include obtaining a recognition identifier of a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) hotspot device. The method may also include determining a type of the Wi-Fi hotspot device according to the recognition identifier. In addition, the method may include controlling information downloading or wireless data traffic of an information processing device according to the type of the Wi-Fi hotspot device. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007320 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO RESOURCES MANAGEMENT - Various examples provide a method for radio resources management. An MCE or a GCSE AS or a UE receives usage information of eMBMS radio resources, and adjusts radio resources in response to a determination that there is an overload state. The MCE may re-configure the eMBMS radio resources. Alternatively, the UE or the GCSE AS may establish a unicast channel for transporting a GCSE service which was transmitted on an overloaded eMBMS bearer, and release the eMBMS bearer. The technical mechanism can make effective use of radio interface resources and reduce data loss. | 01-07-2016 |
20160013885 | Long-Distance RapidIO Packet Delivery | 01-14-2016 |
20160014033 | DELAYED PROXY ACTION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014035 | Voice Adaptation for Wireless Communication | 01-14-2016 |
20160014036 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SWITCH, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014045 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014204 | GRID GATEWAY AND TRANSMISSION TOWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE GRID GATEWAYS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014229 | A METHOD FOR OPERATING A NETWORK | 01-14-2016 |
20160020998 | A PACKET DATA NETWORK, A METHOD FOR OPERATING A PACKET DATA NETWORK AND A FLOW-BASED PROGRAMMABLE NETWORK DEVICE - A packet data network includes a flow-based programmable network device. The flow-based programmable network device includes a data plane having a plurality of input and output ports, a control interface and forwarding rules that map packets received on one of the input ports to one of the output ports based on a packet matching a rule in the forwarding rules. A controller entity is configured to program the flow-based programmable network device via the control interface. The flow-based programmable network device has a connection via the data plane to at least one delegated entity which is a network device configured to process network traffic on behalf of the flow-based programmable network device in a transparent manner from a perspective of the controller entity. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021003 | PROXIES FOR PSEUDO-WIRE ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION - Communicating is disclosed. A first communication associated with a first mechanism for configuring a pseudo-wire is received. The first communication is transformed into a second communication, where the second communication is associated with a second mechanism for configuring a pseudo-wire. The second communication is transmitted, where a pseudo-wire that is configured using the second communication is associated with (1) a first node that is configured to support the first mechanism and (2) a second node that is configured to support the second mechanism. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021006 | DISTRIBUTED ARBITRATION OF TIME CONTENTION IN TSCH NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a parent node in a network observes time slot usage of a channel hopping schedule by one or more child nodes of the parent node to communicate with the parent node. The parent node also identifies high priority traffic from a particular child node. The parent node detects time contention for the high priority traffic based on an indication that at least a portion of the traffic has been rerouted by a particular child node to a different parent node. In response to detecting the time contention, the parent node adjusts a communication strategy used by the one or more child nodes. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021007 | SERVER MEDIATED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION OFFLOADING FROM NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE - The disclosure generally relates to offloading communication from a network infrastructure to direct peer-to-peer communication. In particular, a server may receive peer-to-peer status information over the network infrastructure from at least two client devices that intend to communicate, wherein the peer-to-peer status information may include at least coarse or precise location information associated with the client devices. The server may then instruct the client devices to communicate over a direct peer-to-peer connection that bypasses the network infrastructure in response to determining that the location information received from the client devices and other conditions permit offloading the communication from the network infrastructure. For example, the server may determine whether the communication can be offloaded based at least in part on whether an estimated distance between the client devices falls within a maximum range associated with one or more peer-to-peer interfaces supported on one or more of the client devices. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021009 | REAL-TIME ROUTE SELECTION BASED-ON ESTIMATED TRANSMISSION OVERHEAD - In one embodiment, one or more neighboring nodes that neighbor a sending node in a channel-hopping network are determined. Each neighboring node has multiple channels on which a data packet can be received at a particular time according to a channel-hopping receive schedule. Then, a currently active channel of each neighboring node is determined, where a data packet can be received on the currently active channel at the current time. A channel quality of the currently active channel of each neighboring node is computed, and based on the computations, a transmission overhead is estimated for communicating with each neighboring node. A data packet can then be transmitted to io the neighboring node that provides a path that minimizes the estimated transmission overhead. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021010 | DYNAMIC CAPACITY-BASED ROUTING DOMAIN LOAD BALANCING - In one embodiment, a device in a network identifies a routing domain migration candidate node in a first routing domain that is in range of a second routing domain. The device determines that the second routing domain is able to accommodate the candidate node sending traffic via the second routing domain. The device determines that the candidate node should send traffic via the second routing domain, based in part on a determination that the second routing domain is able to accommodate the candidate node sending traffic via the second routing domain. The device causes the candidate node to send traffic via the second routing domain. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021011 | PREDICTIVE TIME ALLOCATION SCHEDULING FOR TSCH NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a device in a network receives one or more time slot usage reports regarding a use of time slots of a channel hopping schedule by nodes in the network. The device predicts a time slot demand change for a particular node based on the one or more time slot usage reports. The device identifies a time frame associated with the predicted time slot demand change. The device adjusts a time slot assignment for the particular node in the channel hopping schedule based on predicted demand change and the identified time frame associated with the predicted time slot demand change. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021012 | CONTROL MESSAGE RELAY APPARATUS, CONTROL MESSAGE RELAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A control message relay apparatus is arranged between a switch that processes a packet(s) based on externally set control information and a control apparatus that sets the control information in the switch. The control message relay apparatus comprises a control information storage unit that stores control information received from the control apparatus and information indicative of a setting status of the control information in the switch; and a control information conversion unit that reflects a control content(s) received from the control apparatus in control information held in the switch based on a predetermined control policy(ies). | 01-21-2016 |
20160021013 | NETWORK TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING LIMITED POWER SITUATIONS - In one embodiment, a device in a network detects a power outage event. The device monitors one or more operational properties of the device, in response to detecting the power outage event. The device determines whether to initiate a traffic control mechanism based on the one or more monitored operational properties of the device, according to a power outage traffic control policy. The device causes one or more nodes in the network that send traffic to the device to regulate the traffic sent to the device, in response to a determination that the traffic control mechanism should be initiated. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021014 | LIGHTWEIGHT FLOW REPORTING IN CONSTRAINED NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a device in a network receives one or more packets that are part of a traffic flow. The device provides a sample packet to a path computation element (PCE) that includes a signature that uniquely identifies the traffic flow. The device receives a traffic flow policy for the traffic flow from a policy engine and enforces the traffic flow policy for the traffic flow. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021015 | REDUCING TRANSIENT PACKET DUPLICATION AND IMPROVING SPLIT-HORIZON FILTERING - In one embodiment, a method includes obtaining, at a first provider edge (PE) included a plurality of PEs multi-homed to a first customer edge (CE), traffic intended for the first CE, wherein the traffic includes a first indication, the first indication being configured to identify the traffic as flood traffic. A forwarding PE included in the plurality of PEs suitable to use to forward the traffic to the first CE is identified based on identifying traffic as the flood traffic. The method also includes determining whether the first PE is the forwarding PE, and providing the traffic to the first CE using the first PE when it is determined that the first PE is the forwarding PE. When it is determined that the first PE is not the forwarding PE, the traffic is filtered using the first PE. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021016 | CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL FOR LONG-HAUL LINKS - A method for communication includes storing packets received from a sending node over a communication link in a receive buffer of a receiving node. The receive buffer includes one or more blocks having a first block size. A first credit count, corresponding to a number of available blocks in the receive buffer, is derived. The first credit count is converted to a second credit count so as to represent an available space in the receive buffer in accordance with a second block size, which is different from the first block size. A transmission rate of the sending node is controlled by publishing the second credit count to the sending node over the communication link. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021017 | DISTRIBUTED RESCHEDULING OF BOUNDED FLOWS IN A TIME SENSITIVE NETWORK - In one embodiment, a device determines that a latency between a receive timeslot of a channel hopping schedule of the device and a transmit timeslot of the channel hopping schedule is greater than a latency threshold for a particular traffic flow to be received during the receive timeslot. The device requests an additional transmit timeslot for the channel hopping schedule from a parent node of the device in the network. The device receives an indication of a newly allocated transmit timeslot for the channel hopping schedule from the parent node. The device maps the receive timeslot to one of the transmit timeslots of the channel hopping schedule, wherein the particular traffic flow is to be forwarded to a second device during the mapped transmit timeslot. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021569 | Apparatus and Method to Reduce Denial of Service During MME Overload and Shutdown Conditions - A communication device configured to perform a load balancing procedure in response to a mobility management entity being overloaded and/or shut down. The base station can be configured to generate a radio resource control (RRC) Connection Reject message including a load balancing clause. The communication device can be configured to initiate a load balancing procedure based on the RRC Connection Reject message. The communication device can also be considered to initiate a load balancing procedure after a predetermined wait time has expired and/or after a predetermined number of received RRC Connection Reject messages. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021570 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING OFFLOADABILITY INFORMATION TO A USER-EQUIPMENT (UE) - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of providing offloadability information to a User Equipment (UE). For example, a core network (CN) may provide to the UE Packet Data Network (PDN) offloadability information corresponding to one or more PDN connections of the UE, the PDN offloadability information indicating which PDN connection of the one or more PDN connections is able to be offloaded to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). | 01-21-2016 |
20160021572 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZED LOAD BALANCING ACROSS DISTRIBUTED DATA PLANE PROCESSING ENTITIES FOR MOBILE CORE NETWORK - A system and an algorithm in a mobile core network to distribute the data load across multiple data processing entities. The system is seen as having one data plane entity to the external entities like routers; hence the system can scale without needing to update the external nodes. In general when a data plane processing entity is added or removed, a new distribution rule is provided to the remaining data plane processing entities. Only after some number of sessions have been migrated does the new distribution get provided to the data distribution entities. This delay allows sufficient sessions to be migrated to minimize the overall number of packets that have to be forwarded for processing. This benefit can be maximized by taking advantage of cellular network's idle mode behavior and by migrating the sessions while they are in idle mode. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021573 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDLE MODE TRANSFER FOR LOAD BALANCING ACROSS DISTRIBUTED DATA PLANE PROCESSING ENTITIES FOR MOBILE CORE NETWORK - A system and an algorithm in a mobile core network to distribute the data load across multiple data processing entities. The system is seen as having one data plane entity to the external entities like routers; hence the system can scale without needing to update the external nodes. In general when a data plane processing entity is added or removed, a new distribution rule is provided to the remaining data plane processing entities. Only after some number of sessions have been migrated does the new distribution get provided to the data distribution entities. This delay allows sufficient sessions to be migrated to minimize the overall number of packets that have to be forwarded for processing. This benefit can be maximized by taking advantage of cellular network's idle mode behavior and by migrating the sessions while they are in idle mode. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021677 | MULTI-BOARD ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER STATION - A transceiver station provides wireless resources including at least one communication feature for users in a geographical coverage area. The geographical coverage area includes a plurality of cells, and each of the plurality of cells is associated with a different combination of at least one carrier and at least one sector. The transceiver station includes: a first board having a first L1 processing circuit configured to perform functions associated with providing the at least one communication feature for the user in a first subset of the plurality of cells; and a second board configured to exchange at least control information with the first board. The second board includes a second L1 processing circuit configured to perform functions associated with providing the at least one communication feature for the user in a second subset of the plurality of cells. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028635 | Traffic Control Method, Device And Storage Medium - The present disclosure discloses a traffic control method and device. According to the technical scheme, the method includes: allocating a queue respectively for a plurality of service types of data packets, and determining a priority of each queue; after data packets are received, identifying the service types of the data packets, and distributing the data packets to corresponding queues according to the identification result; and dequeuing the data packets in each queue according to the priority in each scheduling cycle. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028636 | DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE BEHAVIOR BASED ON DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES CODE POINT (DSCP) BITS - A device may be configured to receive an Internet Protocol (IP) packet from a client device. The IP packet may include DiffServ Code Points (DSCP) information and payload data. The device may read the DSCP information included in the IP packet. The device may determine a module to load based on the DSCP information and before reading the payload data included in the IP packet. The device may load the module and provide a service to the client device based on the loaded module and the IP packet. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028637 | SELECTIVELY EMPLOYING DYNAMIC TRAFFIC SHAPING - In one embodiment, a device in a network identifies a set of one or more destination addresses for which traffic shaping is to be performed by controlling the data rate at which traffic is sent to the one or more destination addresses. The device sends the traffic to one of the destination addresses along a communication path in the network and at a particular data rate. The device identifies a change in a performance characteristic for the communication path. The device adjusts the data rate at which the traffic is sent along the communication path, in response to identifying the change in the performance characteristic for the communication path. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028639 | Buffer relay management within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A relay wireless communication device is implemented to perform buffer management and coordination with a source wireless communication device. A relay wireless communication device (generally, a relay) informs a source wireless communication device (source) of the status of memory therein to store messages intended for a destination wireless communication device (destination). For example, the source transmits information to the relay, which buffers information before forwarding it on to the destination. This buffering may be a function of the source having additional information intended for the relay and/or destination. The relay performs appropriate signaling, such as suspend transmission requests and resume transmission requests, to inform other devices in the system of its memory storage status (e.g., such as when having an actual or anticipated overflow). In one implementation, a suspend transmission request may be implemented by setting a particular bit within a communication from the relay to the source. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028643 | ARBITRATION OF MULTIPLE-THOUSANDS OF FLOWS FOR CONVERGENCE ENHANCED ETHERNET - In one embodiment, a method includes selecting a flow from a head of a first control queue or a second control queue. The method also includes providing service to the selected flow. Moreover, the method includes decreasing a service credit of the selected flow by an amount corresponding to an amount of service provided to the selected flow. In another embodiment, a computer program product includes a computer readable storage medium having program code embodied therewith. The embodied program code is readable/executable by a device to select, by the device, a flow from a head of a first control queue or a second control queue. The embodied program code is also readable/executable to provide, by the device, service to the selected flow, and decrease, by the device, a service credit of the selected flow by an amount corresponding to an amount of service provided to the selected flow. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029246 | Signaling Storm Reduction from Radio Networks - A method for signaling storm reduction is disclosed, comprising concentrating a plurality of signaling messages from a radio access network node to a core network node at a signaling concentrator; and processing the plurality of signaling messages with a mobile device identifier rule, at a rate equal to or greater than a line rate of a link from the radio access network to the signaling concentrator, wherein processing the plurality of signaling messages further comprises determining whether to drop each of the plurality of signaling messages. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029247 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS USING A CENTRALIZED NODE TO COLLECT RAN USER PLANE CONGESTION INFORMATION - A centralized node collects and stores radio access network (RAN) user plane congestion information (RCI) that is reported from the RAN to a core network. The centralized node provides a congestion information collection function (CICF) and includes one or more interface to communicate with a mobility management entity (MME) and/or a serving general packet radio service (GPRS) support node (SGSN). The MME and/or SGSN allows the centralized node to determine user equipments (UEs) and associated access point name (APNs) impacted by RAN congestion. The centralized node reports the RCI to a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) associated with the APNs for congestion mitigation. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029248 | WIRELESS SPECTRUM USAGE AND LOAD-BALANCING - A mobile communication device generates a respective request (such as a wireless communication) to access a network. An access point supporting communications over multiple carrier frequency bands receives the request from the mobile communication device to establish a wireless connection. A connection manager associated with the access point analyzes current load conditions associated with other mobile communication devices communicating with the access point over the multiple carrier frequency bands. Based at least in part on the current load conditions, the connection manager selects a carrier frequency band from the multiple carrier frequency bands. The connection manager initiates notification to the mobile communication device to connect to the access point using the selected carrier frequency band. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029357 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method and device for processing resource allocation information. The method includes that: an AP allocates resources for data transmission between the AP and one or more STAs in a STA group according to a resource granularity, wherein the resource granularity comprises a preset time length and/or a preset bandwidth (Step | 01-28-2016 |
20160036657 | DEEP PACKET INSPECTION (DPI) AWARE CLIENT STEERING AND LOAD BALANCING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) INFRASTRUCTURE - Methods and systems are described for intelligently steering client devices operating in an enterprise network system to an appropriate access point based on types of traffic on each client device and/or types of traffic on access points. In particular, client devices may be moved to a different access point when the wireless channel provided by a current access point fails to meet the signal strength requirements of latency sensitive traffic utilized by the client device. Client devices may be further steered to new access points based on load conditions on access points. For example, client devices with low priority traffic sessions may be steered away from access points with high traffic load levels. Accordingly, the methods and systems described herein ensure improved network access for latency sensitive access categories and/or access categories that are considered important to an enterprise system with minimal disruptions to these sessions. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING RESPONSE TIME IN INFORMATION-CENTRIC NETWORKS - A method for reducing response times in an information-centric network includes receiving an indication from an ingress node of a content object entering a network, the content object associated with a new delivery flow through the network. An egress node in the network for the content object and a size of the content object are identified. A backlog and bandwidth for the new delivery flow is determined based in part on the size of the content object. Backlogs and bandwidths for existing delivery flows in the network are determined. A set of candidate paths in the network for the new delivery flow from the ingress node to the egress node is determined. For each candidate path, a total response time is estimated for completion of all delivery flows for each candidate path based on the backlog and bandwidth. The candidate path having the lowest total response time is selected for the new delivery flow. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036709 | LOAD CONDITION BASED TRANSFER OF PROCESSING RESPONSIBILITY - According to one embodiment, a method comprises an operation of determining whether an ingress control message is locally terminated control traffic on a digital device prior to the ingress control message being forwarded to a hardware processor of the digital device for processing. A priority is assigned to the ingress control message based on information within the ingress control message, if the ingress control message is determined to be locally terminated control logic. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036710 | NETWORK SYSTEM, TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND BASE STATION MANAGEMENT SERVER - In a traffic management server, base station control corresponding to application information is instructed and it is instructed to control traffic, with respect to a specific application of a specific user, on a core network-side in cooperation with information related to a radio area calculated in a base station management server, whereby quality of experience (QoE) in a mobile terminal of a subscriber is improved. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036711 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information terminal | 02-04-2016 |
20160036732 | System and Method for Network Protocol Offloading in Virtual Networks - Disclosed herein are a system and method for network protocol offloading in virtual networks. An embodiment method of offloading a network protocol processing task for a message includes receiving, at a virtual switch, the message from a virtual source node destined for a virtual receiver node. The network protocol processing for the message is offloaded from the virtual source node and deferred when the virtual receiver node is safe for network protocol offloading. When the virtual receiver node is unsafe for network protocol offloading, the network protocol processing task is executed within the virtual switch. When the virtual receiver node is safe for network protocol offloading and a path between the virtual switch and the virtual receiver node includes a physical network interface, the network protocol processing task is executed using the physical network interface. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037381 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL FOR A VEHICLE AND METHOD FOR SETTING A COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATION THEREOF - Disclosed herein is a communication terminal for a vehicle and a method for setting the communication configuration of the communication terminal for a vehicle, comprising: a first converting unit for receiving and decoding encoded detail traffic information from an on-board equipment for receiving traffic information from a road-side equipment (RSE) and extracting detail traffic information for the traffic information; a communication control unit for receiving the decoded detail traffic information from the first converting unit and setting a communication configuration to correspond to the detail traffic information referring to a data storing unit; and a first communication unit for communicating with the communication configuration set in the communication control unit. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043876 | CONTROLLED SWITCHING OF MULTICAST TRAFFIC BETWEEN SELECTIVE AND INCLUSIVE ROUTES BASED ON NUMBER OF MULTICAST RECEIVERS - A first network device adapted for communication with one or more other network devices is configured to determine a number of receivers of a multicast, and to control switching of traffic between selective and inclusive routes for the multicast based at least in part on the determined number of receivers. For example, in some embodiments the first network device is configured to control switching of traffic between the selective and inclusive routes for the multicast by utilizing a selective route for the multicast responsive to a determination that traffic for the multicast is at or above a bandwidth threshold and the number of receivers is below an add threshold, and utilizing an inclusive route for the multicast responsive to a determination that traffic for the multicast is below the bandwidth threshold or the number of receivers is above a delete threshold. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043943 | APPLICATION WIRE - Transferring data over a network includes identifying an application flow and mapping the application flow to a network bound connection. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043954 | AVOIDING TRAFFIC LOSS DUE TO ROUTE FAILURES - Embodiments of the present invention include systems and methods for preventing traffic loss of data directed to a destination in a network. A router in the network attempts to install a route prefix of a destination or an ARP entry in the router. If the attempt fails, the router determines whether the routing device originates the uninstalled route prefix or a set of route prefixes pointing the uninstalled ARP entry as next hop in an internet protocol (IP) reachability. If the determination is negative, the router sends a message to a neighboring router to add the router to the exclude route list of the neighboring router. When the neighboring router determines an optimal route involving the uninstalled route prefix or the set of route prefixes pointing the uninstalled ARP entry, it looks up the exclude route list so that the router is not included when determining the optimal route. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043955 | DELIVERY OF PROTOCOL DATA UNITS - Delivery of protocol data units or other suitable data or information units in various communication systems can be enhanced by appropriate methods and devices. For example, in-sequence delivery of protocol data units received in parallel from several lower-layer acknowledged-mode protocol entities may benefit from timers and/or forwarding status reports. A method can include observing a gap in a sequence of protocol data units received from a plurality of lower-layer protocol entities providing data transfer. The method can also include starting a timer upon the gap observation. The method can further include preventing the gap from blocking delivery of service data units to a higher layer, when the timer expires. The method can additionally include detecting a forwarding-status report. The method can also include immediately proceeding with data delivery to higher layer, containing the gaps because of the lack of forwarding at handover. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044527 | Systems and Methods for Data Transmission - Systems and methods are provided for data transmission. For example, packet loss is detected based on at least information associated with a first data packet; and in response to packet loss being detected, a packet-retransmission request is sent to a data-transmission terminal and the packet-retransmission request is repeatedly sent to the data-transmission terminal during a retransmission life-cycle associated with the first data packet, the packet-retransmission request including a first identification of the packet-retransmission request. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044528 | Method of and a Network Server and Mobile User Equipment for Providing Chat/VoIP Services in a Mobile Telecommunications Network - A method of and an application server and user equipment for providing at least one of chat and Voice over Internet Protocol, chat/VoIP, services to the mobile user equipment in a mobile telecommunications network. The mobile user equipment comprises a chat/VoIP client for accessing a chat/VoIP service application interfacing the mobile telecommunications network. The chat/VoIP service application interfaces a plurality of proprietary chat/VoIP clients for accessing a plurality of proprietary chat/VoIP communication environments operated by a plurality of chat/VoIP service providers, for providing chat/VoIP services to the chat/VoIP client of the mobile user equipment. The chat/VoIP client and the chat/VoIP service application may be arranged such that privileged use of the mobile telecommunications network is enabled, providing a session between the user equipment and a communication environment with a predetermined or agreed Quality of Service. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A congestion management method is provided. The radio access node detects and determining a congestion. The radio access node performs a process of a congestion mitigation decision if the congestion is detected and determined. The radio access node performs a congestion mitigation process based on a result of the congestion mitigation decision. The radio access node detects and determines a congestion relief The radio access node stops the congestion mitigation process, and the congestion control process according to the congestion is stopped accordingly. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044538 | SHARED SPECTRUM LOAD BALANCING - A wireless telecommunications system may be configured to provide wireless service via licensed and/or shared frequency bands (e.g., frequency bands that are shared with other telecommunications systems, and for which access is regulated by an external entity). A load balancing technique, described herein, may provide load balancing between licensed and shared frequency bands based on traffic type (e.g., real-time or non-real-time traffic) and/or based on device type (e.g., whether a device is typically involved in real-time communications). Techniques described herein may also provide for the staggered or gradual reduction of the transmit power of a radio associated with a shared frequency band (e.g., in response to an instruction from the external entity), in order to minimize the abrupt increase in load on other frequency bands that may result from reducing coverage of the shared frequency band. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044539 | LOAD BALANCING SCHEMES FOR IDLE MODE USER EQUIPMENT - A user equipment device (UE) comprises physical layer circuitry configured to transmit and receive radio frequency electrical signals with one or more nodes of a radio access network; and processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to receive system information via the network, wherein the system information indicates cell specific priority and frequency priority; identify candidate cells that have a cell specific priority that is higher than a cell priority of the current serving cell, have a frequency priority that is higher than a frequency priority of a current serving frequency, and satisfy a cell suitability criterion; and determine a candidate cell from the identified candidate cells to replace the current serving cell for communicating with the network. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044571 | METHOD FOR DELIVERING OPTIMUM PATH INCLUDING PLURALITY OF PASSAGE PLACES AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving a trip path including a plurality of passage places calculated by a server according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: enabling a terminal to send a request for a trip path including a plurality of passage places to the server, the request containing an indicator for representing the request for the path including the plurality of passage places from the server, wherein if the proposed trip path consists of a plurality of sub-paths, and thus the information of a proposed trip path contains the information indicating the sub-paths of the first sub-path is received through the link for the first sub-path, and the information of the first sub-path may include an indicator indicating whether there exists a second sub-path subsequent to the first sub-path, and a link for the second sub-path. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050148 | CONTROLLING THE REACTIVE CACHING OF WILDCARD RULES FOR PACKET PROCESSING, SUCH AS FLOW PROCESSING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - Software-Defined Networking (“SDN”) enables flexible flow control by caching policy rules at OpenFlow switches. Compared with exact-match rule caching, wildcard rule caching can better preserve the flow table space at switches. However, one of the challenges for wildcard rule caching is the dependency between rules, which is generated by caching wildcard rules overlapped in field space with different priorities. Failure to handle the rule dependency may lead to wrong matching decisions for newly arrived flows, or may introduce high storage overhead in flow table memory. A wildcard rule caching system, which may be used for SDN partitions the field space into logical structures called buckets, and caches buckets along with all the associated wildcard rules. Doing so resolves rule dependency while using control network bandwidth efficiently. Further, controller processing load and flow setup latency are reduced. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050152 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF DATATRAFFIC - There is provided an apparatus for controlling transmission of data traffic to a destination node. The apparatus includes: an interface unit configured to obtain information regarding a congestion condition that has occurred on a first routing path during transmission of the data traffic; and a control unit configured to select, based on the information, a second routing path to route, to the destination node, a first portion and a second portion of the data traffic along the first routing path and the second routing path, respectively. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050155 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DOWNLOADING FILE - A method for downloading a file for use in a first mobile terminal, includes: determining at least one second mobile terminal, connected with the first mobile terminal, as a receiving mobile terminal; sending a request for splitting and downloading a file for a server to split the file into a plurality of subfiles and send at least one of the plurality of subfiles to the receiving mobile terminal; after the receiving mobile terminal completes receiving of the subfile, acquiring the subfile from the receiving mobile terminal; and after all of the plurality of subfiles are acquired, combining the plurality of subfiles into the file and saving the file. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050156 | LINK AGGREGATION GROUP (LAG) LINK ALLOCATION - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for link aggregation group (LAG) link allocation are disclosed. According to one method for indirect LAG link allocation, the method includes status information associated with a LAG. The method also includes at a first network node, utilizing the status information to set path identifiers in packets for controlling LAG allocation. The method further includes at a second network node separate from the first network node, receiving the packets and allocating LAG links to the packets based on the path identifiers. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050584 | APPLICATION SPECIFIC TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION IN A WIRELESS LINK - A packet data system such as a TCP/IP network transmits packets containing a variety of data types along links in the network. Packets are transmitted in a stream between nodes interconnected by the links connections, which conform to a transport layer protocol such as TCP, UDP, and RSTP, and include wireless links, which transmit packets using a radio frequency (RF) medium. By examining the data in a packet, performance characteristics such as a port number are determined. The performance characteristics indicate the application type, and therefore, the data type, of the packets carried on the connection. Since certain data types, such as streaming audio and video, are more loss tolerant, determination of the data type is used to compute link control parameters for the wireless link which that are optimal to the type of data being transmitted over the link. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050585 | REDUCTION OF USER PLANE CONGESTION - Technology for reducing user plane congestion is disclosed. An inquiry request message can be received at a mobility management entity (MME) from a congestion information collection function (CICF). The inquiry request message can request an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) and a packet data network (PDN) connection identifier (ID) associated with user equipments (UEs) that are impacted by radio access network (RAN) user plane congestion. The IMSI and the PDN connection ID that are associated with the UEs can be identified based in part on the inquiry request message. An inquiry response message that includes the IMSI and the PDN connection ID can be sent to the CICF to enable the CICF to discover an assigned policy and charging rules function (PCRF) for the UEs that are impacted by the RAN user plane congestion, wherein the PCRF is configured to implement network policies to reduce the RAN user plane congestion. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050587 | PROACTIVE NETWORK CONGESTION MITIGATION - A device may proactively mitigate network congestion and reduce network load on a network device. In some implementations, the device may monitor load information associated with a base station in communication with a user device via a wireless cellular network; determine, based on the load information, that load on the base station should be reduced; determine, in response to the determination that the load on the base station should be reduced, and based on a type of traffic being transmitted to the user device via the base station, whether traffic for the user device can be offloaded to an access point within communications range of the user device; and cause, based on determining that the traffic for the user device can be offloaded to the access point, the user device to communicate via the access point and discontinue transmitting the traffic via the base station. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050682 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - Priority control is performed using FPIs. A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a bearer management unit | 02-18-2016 |
20160057017 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GROUP BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS NETWORK - An embodiment is a method of managing bandwidth, performed by a computing system. The system receives user-selected connection parameters associated with a subscriber device. The system associates a network identifier of the subscriber device with a group bandwidth policy, based on the user-selected connection parameters. The system stores, in computer-readable storage media, parameters associated with the group bandwidth policy, in association with the network identifier of the subscriber device. The system receives, at a gateway device, network communication data from the subscriber device. The system limits, at the gateway device, bandwidth available to the network communication data, based on the stored parameters associated with the group bandwidth policy. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057037 | DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - To provide a data transmission device for effectively improving throughput (transmission efficiency) regardless of whether a physical bandwidth in a network varies frequently; the data transmission device for transmitting data to a user terminal via a network and controlling subsequent transmitting operations by correlating delay of a packet pertaining to this transmission with network information includes: a variation detection circuit that detects, on the basis of the delay and the network information, that a minimum value of the delay has increased; and an alteration processing circuit that calculates, when the increase is detected by the variation detection circuit, the increased minimum delay value by using data pertaining to a specific packet, and updating a current minimum delay value with the calculated value. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057061 | Learning Or Emulation Approach to Traffic Engineering in Information-Centric Networks - A method implemented in a network element (NE) configured to operate in an information centric network (ICN), comprising receiving a plurality of test traffic flows, wherein the test traffic flows are copies of a number of traffic flows received in a forwarding plane of the ICN during a defined interval; emulating the ICN at a state determined at an arrival time of the test traffic flows to the NE and defined based on a plurality of active traffic flows in the ICN; measuring a first impact of a plurality of first candidate paths for a first test traffic flow from the test traffic flows in the emulated ICN to the active traffic flows; selecting one of the first candidate paths based on the first impact measurement; measuring a second impact of a plurality of second candidate paths for a second test traffic flow from the test traffic flows in the emulated ICN to active traffic flows and the selected first candidate test path; selecting one of the second candidate paths based on the second impact measurement; and constructing a plurality of forwarding rules based on the state and the candidate paths selections. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057062 | System and Method for Improving Network Performance Using a Connection Admission Control Engine - The disclosed embodiments include a method, apparatus, and computer program product for modifying a three-dimensional geocellular model. For example, one disclosed embodiment includes a system that includes at least one processor and at least one memory coupled to the at least one processor. The memory stores instructions that when executed by the at least one processor performs operations that includes gathering network performance information regarding data flow communicated with a client of a network over a plurality of connections utilizing performance information packets; and automatically balancing the data flow of the plurality of connections between access points of the network that are available to the client using connection admission control engines. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057065 | RE-MARKING OF PACKETS FOR QUEUE CONTROL - A method and apparatus for changing a packet tag status value from a first value to a different value upon said packet arriving at a buffer if there already is a packet in the buffer queue having the same first status value. A sequence of tag status values ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057649 | OPTIMIZED QUALITY OF SERVICE TRANSPORT ARCHITECTURE TO COMPENSATE FOR SINR VARIATIONS - A device may receive performance information for a traffic flow assigned to a quality of service (QoS) class. The device may determine an overall packet delay, associated with the traffic flow, based on the performance information. The device may determine a radio access network (RAN) delay, associated with the traffic flow, based on the performance information. The device may determine a target packet delay associated with the QoS class. The device may identify, based on the target packet delay, the RAN delay, and the overall packet delay, a QoS sub-class to which the traffic flow is to be assigned. The QoS sub-class may be associated with the QoS class. The device may cause packets, associated with the traffic flow, to be marked for treatment in accordance with the QoS sub-class. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057650 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile station UE notifies a radio base station of a total amount of data accumulated in a buffer with granularity finer than an LCG. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a management unit | 02-25-2016 |
20160057651 | MOBILE DEVICE EQUIPPED WITH MOBILE NETWORK CONGESTION RECOGNITION TO MAKE INTELLIGENT DECISIONS REGARDING CONNECTING TO AN OPERATOR NETWORK FOR OPTIMIZE USER EXPERIENCE - The disclosed technology includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for optimizing network traffic management in a mobile network. One method includes determining, by a network optimization client of a mobile device, a packet call quality (PCQ) associated with transmission of packets between the mobile device and a mobile communications network. The PCQ includes a numerical indication of call quality. A congestion recognition (CR) module of the mobile device determines a measure of user congestion based on the PCQ that indicates a total delay experienced by a user of the mobile device during the transmission of packets. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057652 | ENHANCED BACK-OFF TIMER SOLUTION FOR GTP-C OVERLOAD CONTROL - A system, a method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for general packet radio service (GPRS) tunneling protocol control plane (GTP-C) overload control is provided. One method includes sending a message indicating overload to a network entity. The message may comprise a back-off time value to indicate the overload. The method may further include selectively reducing signaling based on the message. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057655 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for requesting a status report from a second node. The first node and the second node are both comprised within a wireless communication network. The status report comprises positive and/or negative acknowledgement of data sent from the first node, to be received by the second node. The first node comprises a first counter configured to count the number of transmitted Protocol Data Units, PDUs, and a second counter configured to count the number of transmitted data bytes. The method and arrangements comprises initialising the first and the second counter to zero, transmitting data to be received by the second node, comparing the value of the first and the second counters with a first threshold limit value and a second threshold limit value and requesting a status report from the second node if any of the threshold limit values is reached or exceeded. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057656 | DELAY SPREAD ESTIMATION AND UTILIZATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a wireless communication device. A wireless communication device may receive a data frame and use it to estimate a residual channel length (RCL). The device may then modify a finite impulse response (FIR) filter based on the estimated RCL. For example, the device may add additional taps to the FIR filter. The device may continue to adjust the FIR filter until the RCL is at or near zero. In some cases, the wireless communication device may send an indication to the transmitting device to adjust an FIR filter based on the estimated RCL. In some cases, the length of a guard interval may also be adjusted based on the estimated RCL. | 02-25-2016 |
20160065423 | Collecting and Analyzing Selected Network Traffic - A tracking system is described herein for investigating the behavior of a network. In operation, each switch in the network (or each switch in some subset of switches) may determine whether each original packet that it processes satisfies one or more packet-detection rules. If so, the switch generates a mirrored packet and sends that packet to a load balancer multiplexer, which, in turn, forwards the mirrored packet to a processing module for further analysis. The packet-detection rules hosted by the switches can be designed to select a subset of packets that are of greatest interest, based on any environment-specific objectives. As a result of this behavior, the tracking system can effectively and quickly pinpoint undesirable (and potentially desirable) behavior of the network, without being overwhelmed with too much information. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065424 | Network Congestion Analysis - A network monitoring and network congestion analysis can be performed based on a comparison of data packets at multiple different network nodes installed at different locations on a communication path. A downstream network node may be installed at a user location while an upstream network may be installed at an access router further up the network. A network congestion analyzer may receive data packet information including timestamps from both network nodes, and may compare the data packet information to group the data packets into application flows and match the corresponding packets from the different network nodes. Based on the data packet matching, the network congestion analyzer may calculate packet loss, packet delay, packet delay variation, and perform other network congestion analysis techniques for the application flows corresponding to a user's various devices and the applications executing on those devices. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065427 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, INFORMATION COLLECTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: a plurality of nodes; a link(s) for forwarding a packet(s) between (and/or among) the plurality of nodes; and a control apparatus that collects information about the link(s) from a node selected based on a load on the node from the plurality of nodes. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065449 | Bandwidth-Weighted Equal Cost Multi-Path Routing - A plurality of equal cost paths through a network from a source node to a destination node are determined. A maximum bandwidth capacity for each link of each of the plurality of equal cost paths is determined, and a smallest capacity link for each of the plurality of equal cost paths is determined from the maximum capacity bandwidths for each link. An aggregated maximum bandwidth from the source node to the destination node is determined by aggregating the smallest capacity links for each of the plurality of equal cost paths. Traffic is sent from the source node along each of the plurality of equal cost paths according to a value of a capacity for the smallest capacity link for each of the plurality of equal cost paths, wherein a total of the sent traffic does not exceed the aggregated maximum bandwidth. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065453 | COOPERATIVELY MANAGING ROLE BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE - According to one exemplary embodiment, a method for managing a quality of service level associated with an active communications channel is provided. The method may include receiving an indication of network degradation corresponding with a degradation event from a router, wherein the degradation event is associated with the active communications channel. The method may include requesting an identifier corresponding with a user operating a user device, wherein the user device is associated with the active communications channel. The method may include prompting the user operating the user device to select the quality of service level. The method may include receiving a user selected quality of service level and the identifier corresponding with the user, wherein the user selected quality of service level is associated with the identifier. The method may include configuring the quality of service level to match the user selected quality of service level. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065478 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTIVE WIRELESS LAN SELECTION - A method for selecting an access network in a terminal of a mobile communication system according to one embodiment of the present specification comprises the steps of: if traffic is generated in the terminal, selecting an access network according to the characteristics of the generated traffic and network selection policy information; and transmitting and receiving the generated traffic via the selected access network. According to the embodiment, the present invention adjusts priorities of accesses given to users and applications in a wireless communication system including heterogenerous networks, thereby reducing processes for reselecting an access network of a user terminal, and reducing the cases of unnecessarily accessing a network having a low priority or requiring high costs for a long time. Therefore, the present invention can enhance user convenience and improve communication efficiency. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065480 | CONTROLLING APPLICATION TRAFFIC - A wireless communication device controls whether an application can access a service provided by a server. The wireless communication device maintains a policy that specifies a particular action (e.g., blocking traffic) to be taken at the wireless communication device if a particular network condition occurs (e.g., congestion at a server). The wireless communication device also monitors network conditions (e.g., in real-time) so that it can take appropriate action whenever a trigger condition occurs according to the policy. In some scenarios, the policy supports mission-critical applications. | 03-03-2016 |
20160072635 | LAYERED MULTICAST AND FAIR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION AND PACKET PRIORITIZATION - Embodiments include an overlay multicast network. The overlay multicast network may provide a set of features to ensure reliable and timely arrival of multicast data. The embodiments include a congestion control system that may prioritize designated layers of data within a data stream over other layers of the same data stream. Each data stream transmitted over the network may be given an equal share of the bandwidth. Addressing in routing tables maintained by routers in the may utilize summarized addressing based on the difference in location of the router and destination address. Summarization levels may be adjusted to minimize travel distances for packets in the network. Data from high priority data stream layers may also be retransmitted upon request from a destination machine to ensure reliable delivery of data. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072636 | LAYERED MULTICAST AND FAIR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION AND PACKET PRIORITIZATION - Embodiments include an overlay multicast network. The overlay multicast network may provide a set of features to ensure reliable and timely arrival of multicast data. The embodiments include a congestion control system that may prioritize designated layers of data within a data stream over other layers of the same data stream. Each data stream transmitted over the network may be given an equal share of the bandwidth. Addressing in routing tables maintained by routers in the may utilize summarized addressing based on the difference in location of the router and destination address. Summarization levels may be adjusted to minimize travel distances for packets in the network. Data from high priority data stream layers may also be retransmitted upon request from a destination machine to ensure reliable delivery of data. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072684 | DISTRIBUTED DEEP PACKET INSPECTION - Exemplary methods, apparatuses, and systems receive a copy of or make a copy of one or more packets of a flow of packets between a source and a destination. While or after the one or more packets are forwarded to the destination, the content of the one or more packets is compared to a policy to determine if the flow of packets triggers a policy response. A map of devices within a datacenter cluster of devices is maintained and used to select one or more available devices when packet inspection is distributed. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072702 | MULTIPATH TRANSMISSION BASED PACKET TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present application disclose a multipath transmission based packet traffic control method, including: monitoring egress traffic of a data packet set sent by a source node; determining, according to a preconfigured mapping relationship between traffic ranges and forwarding paths, a target forwarding path set corresponding to the egress traffic of the data packet set, and a weight parameter of the egress traffic borne on each target forwarding path in the target forwarding path set; and distributing the data packet set according to the weight parameter, and transferring the data packet set to a destination node by the target forwarding path set. The embodiments of the present application further disclose a traffic control apparatus. By using the present application, centralized policing and classification can be performed on user traffic in a multipath transmission scenario. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073312 | INTEGRATED IDLE MODE AND ACTIVE MODE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - A base station modifies one or more cell reselection parameters for idle user equipment camped on a carrier of the base station in response to changes in a measured load of active user equipment on the carrier. The base station may then transmit the one or more cell reselection parameters. | 03-10-2016 |
20160080235 | SELECTIVE FORWARDING IN MOBILE CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for selecting data packets for forwarding in a vehicle network. In one example, a method includes receiving a first data packet at a first vehicle in a vehicular network and determining a geographic destination of the received first data packet. The method may also include forwarding the first data packet based at least in part on the geographic destination and a current wireless capacity of the vehicle network. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080265 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK CONGESTION CONTROL - A network congestion control method is provided. The method includes detecting whether a new network connection is established by a source endpoint; obtaining a destination endpoint of the new network connection when it is detected that a new network connection is established by a source endpoint; and assigning the new network connection to an established network group corresponding to the destination endpoint of the new network connection. Further, the method includes, based on a predefined network congestion control mechanism for each network group, obtaining a data transfer rate of each network group and controlling the data transfer rate of each network group to control data transfer rates of network connections in each network group including the new network connection. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING BANDWIDTH FOR A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for performing traffic engineering, e.g., allocating bandwidth, on a wireless access network are disclosed. For example, the method determines a number of subscriber stations (SSs) that a Base Station (BS) is capable of supporting in accordance with at least one performance objective for voice traffic, wherein the at least one performance objective for voice traffic comprises a type of codec. The method then allocates bandwidth by the base station in accordance with the number of subscriber stations that the base station is capable of supporting. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080276 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENT FOR ADAPTING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR A PRIVATE CHANNEL BASED ON SERVICE AWARENESS - Methods, a user node and an arrangement for adapting a quality of service of a network connection during a user application session. A whole network connection between a user node and a network node, for instance a VPN tunnel, is assigned to a single QoS level at any given time, after which this assignment may be modified dynamically based on detected data traffic belonging to certain applications. Furthermore, by correlating an identity as obtained from the detected data traffic with authentication information, the identity of the user for which an adaptation of the QoS shall be requested is obtained. The QoS of an encrypted or scrambled network connection during an application session is adapted for the identified user. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080278 | LOW PROFILE APPROXIMATIVE RATE LIMITER - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method for detecting that messages are incoming to a networked device above a target rate, the method including recording a timestamp for at least three representative samples of messages arriving at the networked device; calculating the duration of a focus group including one or more of the representative samples, wherein the target rate is a number r messages over a number m seconds and the focus group represents r/2 messages; and determining the duration of the focus group is less than m seconds. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080280 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR APPLICATION PERFORMANCE PROFILES, LINK CAPACITY MEASUREMENT, TRAFFIC QUARANTINE AND PERFORMANCE CONTROLS - A method includes issuing a tuned request on a specified active link having an ingress shaper and an egress shaper to a server utilizing a link capacity to an extent in both a forward path and a return path, determining a link capacity for the active link, monitoring the active link and dropping any traffic traveling via the active link when a limit of at least one of the ingress shaper and the egress shaper is exceeded. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080281 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING NETWORK CONGESTION BASED ON DESTINATION NODE - An apparatus and a method for detecting network congestion based on a destination node are provided. To elaborate, the apparatus may include: a physical information extraction unit that extracts physical information of an electrical signal received through an antenna of the destination node; a MAC information extraction unit that extracts a size of a MAC frame payload from a MAC frame on the basis of the extracted physical information; a TCP information extraction unit that extracts a size of service data included in the MAC frame payload; a data size comparison unit that compares the size of the MAC frame payload with the size of the service data and generates comparison result data; and a congestion detection unit that receives the comparison result data, compares the comparison result data with a predetermined threshold value, and determines presence or absence of network congestion. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080290 | OVERLOAD PROTECTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In an apparatus of a communication network it is determined whether or not overload protection processing has been requested by a server, the over-load protection processing being performed by dropping messages. In case it is determined that the overload protection processing has not been requested, a message to be sent from a client to the server is processed according to a security protocol. In case it is determined that the overload protection processing has been requested, the message is processed according to the security protocol by adopting the overload protection processing, and a predetermined indication is included in the message processed according to the security protocol by adopting the overload protection processing, in case the message is not dropped. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080481 | METHODS OF OPERATING LOAD BALANCING SWITCHES AND CONTROLLERS USING MODIFIED FLOW ENTRIES - A method of operating a load balancing switch may include providing a flow entry in a flow table, the flow entry may include a match pattern that is satisfied by a data flow identification, and the flow entry may identify a first server. A first data packet including a first data flow identification may be received, and the first data packet may be transmitted to the first server responsive to the first data flow identification satisfying the match pattern. After transmitting the first data packet to the first server, the flow entry may be modified so that the flow entry identifies the first server and a second server. After modifying the flow entry, a second data packet including a second data flow identification may be received, and the second data packet may be transmitted to the first and second servers responsive to the second data flow identification satisfying the match pattern. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080971 | MULTICAST PAGING MESSAGE FOR INDICATING PROPRIETARY PROTOCOL SUPPORT - Various communication systems may benefit from appropriate indications of protocol support. For example, certain wireless communication systems may use a multicast paging message for indicating proprietary protocol support. A method can include listening, at a user equipment, for a proprietary information message. The proprietary message can be configured to be un-interpreted by non-configured user equipment. The listening can be configured to follow a predefined timing. The method can also include interpreting the proprietary information according to a predetermined configuration when the message is received by the user equipment. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080975 | System and Method for Overlapping Rate Region Zoning - System and method embodiments are provided for configuring a network to forward traffic from a first network zone to a second network zone. In an embodiment, a first zone controller of the first zone receives information indicating network capability. The information includes a plurality of parameters of a constraint function. The first network controller provisions a network node, e.g., at the second zone, to forward traffic from the first zone to the second zone in accordance with the received information. The information indicating network capability includes one or more variables relating to the constraint. The constraint relates to at least one current traffic level or at least one wireless link in the second zone. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087896 | Interface Switching Method and Device - Disclosed is an interface switching method and device, which relates to the field of communications and solves the problem of affecting the data transmission efficiency due to an undue interface selection. The method includes: an abstraction layer selecting or switching an interface or interface group used for transmitting data based on a forwarding rule matching the data. The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present document is applicable to a home network, achieving a mechanism in which the abstraction layer of a multi-media home network device intelligently selects or switches the interface for data transmission according to information such as the link quality. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087898 | CONGESTION MANAGEMENT FOR DATACENTER NETWORK - Technologies are generally described to provide a congestion management system for a datacenter network. According to some examples, the congestion management system may detach management of congestion at the datacenter network from switches of the datacenter network. The congestion management system may also incorporate a distributed detection mechanism that is configured to detect a potential congestion culprit. Furthermore, detachment of the management of the congestion may allow the datacenter network to incorporate switches with limited traffic management capabilities. The switches may monitor a local congestion status and forward the congestion status to a centralized congestion controller that manages the congestion. The congestion management system may also be deployed for a cross-layer congestion management scheme. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088522 | Method and Apparatus in a Base Station for Controlling Communication Resources to a Plurality of Antenna Sites of the Base Station - Disclosed is a method performed by a base station ( | 03-24-2016 |
20160094450 | REDUCING INTERNAL FABRIC CONGESTION IN LEAF-SPINE SWITCH FABRIC - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods and system to reduce needless data traffic in leaf-spine switch fabric. In embodiments, in a static solution, data rates of data flows having a common destination port may be measured and responsive to the data flows having a combined data rate that exceeding a rate limit of the common destination port, one or more of the data flows may be limited. Embodiments may also comprise a global scheduler to provide dynamic data rate controls of traffic flows from source ports to destination ports in which to reduce the handling of data traffic that would otherwise be discarded due to oversubscription. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094453 | LOAD BALANCER OF LOAD BALANCERS - Some embodiments provide an elastic architecture for providing a service in a computing system. To perform a service on the data messages, the service architecture uses a service node (SN) group that includes one primary service node (PSN) and zero or more secondary service nodes (SSNs). The service can be performed on a data message by either the PSN or one of the SSN. However, in addition to performing the service, the PSN also performs a load balancing operation that assesses the load on each service node (i.e., on the PSN or each SSN), and based on this assessment, has the data messages distributed to the service node(s) in its SN group. Based on the assessed load, the PSN in some embodiments also has one or more SSNs added to or removed from its SN group. To add or remove an SSN to or from the service node group, the PSN in some embodiments directs a set of controllers to add (e.g., instantiate or allocate) or remove the SSN to or from the SN group. Also, to assess the load on the service nodes, the PSN in some embodiments receives message load data from the controller set, which collects such data from each service node. In other embodiments, the PSN receives such load data directly from the SSNs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094454 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A SERVICE WITH A PLURALITY OF SERVICE NODES - Some embodiments provide an elastic architecture for providing a service in a computing system. To perform a service on the data messages, the service architecture uses a service node (SN) group that includes one primary service node (PSN) and zero or more secondary service nodes (SSNs). The service can be performed on a data message by either the PSN or one of the SSN. However, in addition to performing the service, the PSN also performs a load balancing operation that assesses the load on each service node (i.e., on the PSN or each SSN), and based on this assessment, has the data messages distributed to the service node(s) in its SN group. Based on the assessed load, the PSN in some embodiments also has one or more SSNs added to or removed from its SN group. To add or remove an SSN to or from the service node group, the PSN in some embodiments directs a set of controllers to add (e.g., instantiate or allocate) or remove the SSN to or from the SN group. Also, to assess the load on the service nodes, the PSN in some embodiments receives message load data from the controller set, which collects such data from each service node. In other embodiments, the PSN receives such load data directly from the SSNs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING LOAD AMONG A PLURALITY OF SERVICE NODES - Some embodiments provide an elastic architecture for providing a service in a computing system. To perform a service on the data messages, the service architecture uses a service node (SN) group that includes one primary service node (PSN) and zero or more secondary service nodes (SSNs). The service can be performed on a data message by either the PSN or one of the SSN. However, in addition to performing the service, the PSN also performs a load balancing operation that assesses the load on each service node (i.e., on the PSN or each SSN), and based on this assessment, has the data messages distributed to the service node(s) in its SN group. Based on the assessed load, the PSN in some embodiments also has one or more SSNs added to or removed from its SN group. To add or remove an SSN to or from the service node group, the PSN in some embodiments directs a set of controllers to add (e.g., instantiate or allocate) or remove the SSN to or from the SN group. Also, to assess the load on the service nodes, the PSN in some embodiments receives message load data from the controller set, which collects such data from each service node. In other embodiments, the PSN receives such load data directly from the SSNs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094456 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING LOAD AMONG A PLURALITY OF SERVICE NODES - Some embodiments provide an elastic architecture for providing a service in a computing system. To perform a service on the data messages, the service architecture uses a service node (SN) group that includes one primary service node (PSN) and zero or more secondary service nodes (SSNs). The service can be performed on a data message by either the PSN or one of the SSN. However, in addition to performing the service, the PSN also performs a load balancing operation that assesses the load on each service node (i.e., on the PSN or each SSN), and based on this assessment, has the data messages distributed to the service node(s) in its SN group. Based on the assessed load, the PSN in some embodiments also has one or more SSNs added to or removed from its SN group. To add or remove an SSN to or from the service node group, the PSN in some embodiments directs a set of controllers to add (e.g., instantiate or allocate) or remove the SSN to or from the SN group. Also, to assess the load on the service nodes, the PSN in some embodiments receives message load data from the controller set, which collects such data from each service node. In other embodiments, the PSN receives such load data directly from the SSNs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094457 | Tunnel-Enabled Elastic Service Model - Some embodiments provide novel inline switches that distribute data messages from source compute nodes (SCNs) to different groups of destination service compute nodes (DSCNs). In some embodiments, the inline switches are deployed in the source compute nodes datapaths (e.g., egress datapath). The inline switches in some embodiments are service switches that (1) receive data messages from the SCNs, (2) identify service nodes in a service-node cluster for processing the data messages based on service policies that the switches implement, and (3) use tunnels to send the received data messages to their identified service nodes. Alternatively, or conjunctively, the inline service switches of some embodiments (1) identify service-nodes cluster for processing the data messages based on service policies that the switches implement, and (2) use tunnels to send the received data messages to the identified service-node clusters. The service-node clusters can perform the same service or can perform different services in some embodiments. This tunnel-based approach for distributing data messages to service nodes/clusters is advantageous for seamlessly implementing in a datacenter a cloud-based XaaS model (where XaaS stands for X as a service, and X stands for anything), in which any number of services are provided by service providers in the cloud. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094461 | DATA TRAFFIC POLICY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An information handling system (IHS) network includes a switch IHS that coupled together a plurality of server IHSs. A source software-defined (SD) virtual appliance is located on one of the plurality of server IHSs. A destination SD virtual appliance is located on one of the plurality of server IHSs. An SD network controller is located on at least one of the plurality of server IHSs. The SD network controller is configured to receive a data traffic flow identifier and policy information that is associated with at least one data traffic flow policy from the source SD virtual appliance. The SD network controller determines a plurality of ports located between the source SD virtual appliance and the destination SD virtual appliance using the data traffic flow identifier. The SD network controller then configures each of the plurality of ports using the at least one data traffic flow policy. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094463 | NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEM USING SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING APPLICATIONS - A network switching system includes a storage device including a plurality of application-provided flow-based rules provided by a plurality of applications. A packet processor is coupled to the storage device and includes a flow-based handler that is operable to receive a packet, determine that the packet is associated with a flow session, and associate a plurality of the application-provided flow-based rules with the packet based the association of the packet with the flow session. The packet processor also includes a flow-based rule processing engine that is operable to determine a priority for the plurality of application-provided flow-based rules and apply at least one of the plurality of application-provided flow-based rules to the packet according to the priority. The system allows a plurality of SDN applications to operate in a network switching system independently and without knowledge of each other. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094465 | Apparatus and Method for Controlling Data Flow in Communication System - Provided is an apparatus for controlling a data flow for multiple paths in a receiving node of a communication system. The apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive data for a specific sub-flow among a plurality of sub-flows; a controller configured to calculate an optimal transmission rate of the received data, determine a window reference value for generating the optimal transmission rate, and generate an artificial response message if a window size for the specific sub-flow is greater than or equal to the window reference value; and a transmitter configured to transmit the artificial response message to a transmitting node. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094466 | NETWORK NODE FOR CONTROLLING TRANSPORT OF DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A first network node, for supporting transport of data in a wireless communication network. One or more first data transmission connections, for first data flows, are established between the first network node and one or more service providing entities. One or more second data transmission connections, for second data flows associated with the first data flows, are established between the first network node and one or more wireless terminals via a target node. The first network node obtains a buffer measure that is indicative of a buffering degree at the target node for a first group of the second data flows. The first network node controls, based on the obtained buffer measure, a transmission pace between the first network node and the target node for a second group of the second data flows. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094467 | APPLICATION AWARE MULTIHOMING FOR DATA TRAFFIC ACCELERATION IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A method for application aware multihoming with multipath tunneling protocols is provided. A message client data packet is classified based an application from which the data packet originated. The header structure of the data packet is modified to generate a proxy data packet comprising the client data payload and a proxy header structure. The proxy header structure comprises source-client and destination-server parameters and an identifier of a client-proxy device, protocol parameters indicating a source protocol sequencing of the message client data packet, and protocol parameters including source parameters of the client-proxy device and destination parameters of a server-proxy device. A network communications link is selected for transmission of the proxy data packet to the server-proxy device, where the selection is based on the classification of the message client data packet. The proxy data packet is transmitted to the server-proxy device via the network communications link. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095132 | HOME-BASED ROUTER WITH TRAFFIC PRIORITIZATION - Systems and methods provide for traffic prioritization in a Wi-Fi router which may have separate private and public networks. A software prioritization engine component may inspect incoming data packets, may assign a priority value to each packet according to prioritization rules, and may distribute each packet into an output queue accordingly. A probing functionality may measure router uplink. A rate limiter may dynamically allocate bandwidth to output queues according to bandwidth allocation rules. The prioritization rules and bandwidth allocation rules may favor emergency data, voice call data, private Wi-Fi network data, and data relating to a particular cellular network. | 03-31-2016 |
20160099872 | FAST ADJUSTING LOAD BALANCER - Some embodiments of the invention provide a load balancer for distributing packet flows that are addressed to a group of data compute nodes (DCNs) amongst the DCNs of the group. In some embodiments, the load balancer includes a connection data storage comprising several different destination network address translation (DNAT) tables. Each particular DNAT table is defined at a particular instance in time and stores the identity of a plurality DCNs that are part of the group at the particular instance in time. Each time a DCN is added to the group, the load balancer of some embodiments creates a new DNAT table in the connection data storage for processing new packet flows, while using previously created DNAT tables to process packets that are part of previously processed packet flows. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099873 | Technique of Operating a Network Node for Load Balancing - According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method of operating a network node of a communication network is provided, the network node being connected to a downstream network node, and to a non-downstream loop free alternate (LFA) network node comprising a load balancing identifier indicating whether it is allowed to load balance the data packet via a non-downstream LFA net-work node or not; changing, if the load balancing identifier indicates that it is allowed to load balance the data packet via a non-downstream LFA network node, and if the network node decides to load balance the data packet via the non-downstream LFA network node, the load balancing identifier of the data packet such that it indicates that a further load balancing of the data packet via a further non-downstream LFA network node is not allowed; and forwarding the thus modified data packet to the non-downstream LFA network node. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099879 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BITRATE ON NETWORKS - A method and system for managing bitrate of network traffic are provided. The method for managing bitrate of network traffic includes: receiving a packet; retrieving metadata from the packet and associating the packet with at least one traffic aggregate; determining a drop rate for the at least one traffic aggregate based on network flow data; and determining, based on the drop rate and the metadata, to forward or drop the packet. The system includes a packet processing module configured to receive a packet; a deep packet inspection module configured to retrieve metadata from the packet and associate at least on traffic aggregate with the packet; a control module configured to determine a drop rate for the at least one traffic aggregate based on network flow data; and a policy decision module configure to determine whether to forward or drop the packet based on the drop rate and the metadata of the packet. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099880 | GLOBAL RANDOM EARLY DETECTION PACKET DROPPING BASED ON AVAILABLE MEMORY - An apparatus and method for receiving a packet descriptor and a queue number that indicates a queue stored within a memory unit, determining a first amount of free memory in a group of packet descriptor queues, determining if the first amount of free memory is within a first range, applying a first drop probability to determine if the packet associated with the packet descriptor should be dropped when the first amount of free memory is within the first range, and applying a second drop probability to determine if the packet should be dropped when the first amount of free memory is within a second range. When it is determined that the packet is to be dropped, the packet descriptor is not stored in the queue. When it is determined that the packet is not to be dropped, the packet descriptor is stored in the queue. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099881 | PACKET STORAGE DISTRIBUTION BASED ON AVAILABLE MEMORY - A method for receiving a packet descriptor including a priority indicator and a queue number indicating a queue stored within a first memory unit, storing a packet associated with the packet descriptor in a second memory, determining a first amount of free memory in the first memory unit, determining if the first amount of free memory is above a threshold value, writing the packet from the second memory to a third memory when the first amount of memory is above the threshold value and the priority indicator is equal to a first value, not writing the packet from the second memory unit to the third memory unit if the first amount of memory is below the threshold value or when the priority indicator is equal to a second value. The priority indicator is equal to a first value for high priority packets and a second value for low priority packets. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099882 | SIMULTANEOUS QUEUE RANDOM EARLY DETECTION DROPPING AND GLOBAL RANDOM EARLY DETECTION DROPPING SYSTEM - A method for receiving a packet descriptor associated with a packet and a queue number indicating a queue stored within a memory unit, determining a priority level of the packet and an amount of free memory available in the memory unit. Applying a global drop probability to generate a global drop indicator and applying a queue drop probability to generate a queue drop indicator. The global drop probability is a function of the amount of free memory. The queue drop probability is a function of instantaneous queue depth or drop precedence value. The packet is transmitted whenever the priority level is high. When the priority level is low, the packet is transmitted when both the global drop indicator and the queue drop indicator are a logic low value. When the priority level is low, the packet is not transmitted when either drop indicator is a logic low value. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100271 | NETWORK CONTROL OF APPLICATIONS USING APPLICATION STATES - Application states of applications associated with a communication device can be network controlled. An application agent, associated with an application used by the communication device, controls transitioning the application between application states based on network indicators received or network events detected from a communication network. The application states include active state or doze state. An application management component associated with the communication network at least partially controls transitioning the application between application states to facilitate controlling network traffic or reducing network congestion. The application agent or application management component can map application states to various factors, including radio states, congestion level, application performance indicators, network policies, or user policies, to facilitate determining which application state to apply to an application at a given time. The application agent can be in a centralized location, or at a same or different location as the application source. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100329 | TECHNIQUES FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING THE STREAMING OF MEDIA CONTENT FROM A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques are described for wireless communication. One method includes determining, by a wireless device, channel conditions associated with an uplink of a wireless network. The method also includes determining a loading parameter of a cell of the wireless network and dynamically adjusting a format of media content streamed from the wireless device over the wireless network based on the determined channel conditions and the loading parameter of the cell of the wireless network. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105364 | NETWORK TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT USING MACHINE LEARNING - A system and method for management of network traffic flow for one or more networks of interconnected computing devices, including predicting one or more types of network traffic data flows using a Machine Learning (ML) classifier, and updating the ML classifier according to identified changes in the network traffic data flows. Using software-defined-networking (SDN) tools and an updated ML classifier, training data is generated to formulate accurate new predictions of the one or more types of network traffic data flows. Network traffic flow is regulated based on the generated new predictions. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105366 | SELECTING AMONG MULTIPLE CONCURRENTLY ACTIVE PATHS THROUGH A NETWORK - Methods and systems for selecting among multiple concurrently active paths through a network are provided. According to one embodiment, a method is performed by a network interface of a source network device within a loop-free, reverse-path-learning network. The network is divided into multiple virtual local area networks (VLANs). Network traffic destined for a destination network device and specifying an address for the destination or including information from which the address can be derived is received from the source. A set of VLANs that can be used to transport the packet from the source to the destination is determined. Each VLAN in the set of VLANs is associated with a different path through the network from the source to the destination. A particular VLAN from the set of VLANs networks is selected, thereby effectively selecting a particular path from multiple selectable paths between the source and the destination. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105367 | Traffic shaping drive method and driver - A traffic shaping drive method and a driver are described. The method includes that: when traffic shaping is executed, timing time is set, and a data packet in a cache queue is sent at a preset constant rate in the timing time; when the timing time is reached, sending the data packet is stopped, and sending an ACK acknowledgement packet in the cache queue is started; and after the ACK acknowledgement packet is sent, returning to execute the traffic shaping. By conducting the traffic shaping on a drive layer, the disclosure enables the data packet to be sent at the constant rate, and reserves a certain bandwidth to send the ACK acknowledgement packet in time, thereby avoiding network congestion caused by delayed sending of the ACK acknowledgement packet, and improving the user experience. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105820 | Controlling Communication Devices in a Communication System - Access technology priority lists and related access list identifiers are maintained in a radio access system such that at least one access list identifier is associated with a plurality of access technology priority lists. Behaviour of at least one communication device in the radio access system is controlled by selecting one of the access technology selection priority lists based on information (such as load conditions or quality of service class) regarding an access list identifier and the radio access system. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105897 | Device, Network, and Method for Communications with Carrier Sensing and Coexistence - A network and method for wireless communications are provided. A first network element in the network may transmit a first reservation signal to reserve a channel. The first reservation signal may at least partially overlap a second reservation signal transmitted by a second network element for channel reservation. The first network element and the second network element share the same channel. The first network element may also perform interference cancellation to cancel the second reservation signal transmitted by the second network element for carrier sensing. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112215 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING LOAD IN CAN COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for reducing a communication load in controller area network (CAN) communication. A method for reducing communication load in a transmission node connected to a CAN communication network may include: generating a first CAN data frame including first data and transmitting the first CAN data frame to the CAN communication network at a first transmission time; comparing second data with the first data at a second transmission time; and transmitting, to the CAN communication network, a second CAN data frame in which a data length code (DLC) field value is set to a predetermined value indicating that the data has not changed, when the second data is identical to the first data. Accordingly, CAN communication load can be effectively reduced without CAN hardware modification. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112305 | QOS ON A VIRTUAL INTERFACE OVER MULTI-PATH TRANSPORT - Exemplary methods receiving a packet of a virtual interface provisioned with a virtual interface QoS, wherein the virtual interface comprises a hierarchy of sub interfaces. The methods include selecting a virtual adjacency from a plurality of virtual adjacencies, wherein each virtual adjacency is associated with the virtual interface or a sub interface of the virtual interface. The methods include using the selected virtual adjacency to select a queue based on a priority of the packet, and store the packet in the selected queue. The methods include performing hierarchical scheduling based on the virtual interface QoS to select the queue from all sets of virtual interface queues of all virtual adjacencies, and sending the packet from the selected queue and a transport link identifier (ID) to a physical network processing unit. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112324 | NETWORKS HAVING MULTIPLE PATHS BETWEEN NODES AND NODES FOR SUCH A NETWORK - A method of operating a network that contains a plurality of nodes is disclosed. The plurality of nodes include a first node and a second node with the first and second nodes being connected via a first path and a second path that aer different. The method includes operating the network in first and second modes of operation. In the first mode, traffic between the first and second nodes is transmitted over the first path and not the second path. In the second mode, traffic is transmitted over the first and second paths. The mode of operation is selected based upon a level of traffic between the first and second nodes. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112325 | LOAD BALANCING AMONG A CLUSTER OF FIREWALL SECURITY DEVICES - A method for balancing load among firewall security devices in a network is disclosed. According to one embodiment, a switch causes firewall security devices (FSDs) of a cluster to enter into a load balancing mode. Responsive to receiving a heartbeat signal from an FSD, information regarding the FSD and the port on which the heartbeat signal was received are added to a table maintained by the switch that maps outputs of a load balancing function to ports of the switch. A received packet is forwarded to an FSD of the cluster by: (i) extracting a configurable number of bit values from a configurable set of bit positions within the packet; (ii) determining the output of the load balancing function; (iii) identifying the port to which the FSD is coupled based on the output and the table; and (iv) transmitting the packet to the FSD via the identified port. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112329 | Multi-Level Flow Table Search Method and Apparatus - A multi-level flow table search method includes extracting matching information of a data packet when the data packet is received and selecting a keyword from the matching information of the data packet according to flow-table match-field configuration information. The method also includes searching for a match field of each-level flow table in a multi-level flow table starting from a first-level flow table in the multi-level flow table by using the keyword as a search keyword, and matching the search keyword with the match field. If matching of a match field of a current-level flow table is completed, the method includes executing a corresponding instruction, and if the current-level flow table is not a last-level flow table or there is an instruction for executing an action, executing a corresponding action. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112331 | PROGRAMMING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CORE ROUTING AND SWITCHING SYSTEM - A programming method and a programming apparatus for a core routing and switching system are provided. The method includes: obtaining a number of routing nodes and a number of resource types in each routing node in the core routing and switching system; judging whether a first requirement for resources in the routing nodes is changed to a second requirement; judging whether resources in a first routing node group corresponding to the first requirement meet the second requirement if the first requirement is changed; searching for a plurality of second routing node groups with resources meeting the second requirement if the resources in the first routing node group do not meet the second requirement; calculating a plurality of migration overheads corresponding to the plurality of second routing node groups; selecting a second routing node group corresponding to a smallest migration overhead from the plurality of second routing node groups. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112545 | TCP LINK CONFIGURATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a TCP link configuration method, apparatus, and device. The method includes: acquiring data information in a data packet transmitted on a target TCP link or transmission information generated in a process of transmitting the data packet; determining, according to the data information or the transmission information, a target network type of a network on which the target TCP link is located; searching a pre-established configuration library for a target TCP configuration file corresponding to the target network type; and configuring the target TCP link by using the searched target TCP configuration file. According to the method, the configured target TCP link is better adapted to a network on which the target TCP link is located; use of network bandwidth can be maximized; and TCP transmission efficiency can be improved. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112824 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A MACHINE TO MACHINE WIRELESS NETWORK - Method and apparatus for sending and receiving data in a wireless machine to machine communication network comprising at least a gateway ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160112895 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, SERVICE QUALITY CONTROL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHODS - A base station device comprises a detection unit which obtains the results of detection of the packet lengths of packets which are transmitted by data communications of a mobile station device and a service-quality request control unit which controls a request for service quality for data communication corresponding to the results of detection. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112898 | TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE DETERMINATION - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques that may be applied in systems comprising machine type communication (MTC) user equipments (UEs). An exemplary method performed by a base station comprises using a first transport block size (TBS) table to communicate with a first type of user equipment (UE), using a second TBS table to communicate with a second type of UE, wherein the first type of UE supports a reduced peak data rate relative to the second type of UE, signaling information to the first type of UE for use in determining a TBS from the first TBS table, and communicating with the first type of UE, with one or more transmissions having a payload with a number of bits determined based on a TBS value from the first TBS table selected based, at least in part, on the signaled information. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112902 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BALANCING TRAFFIC LOAD USING INTER-SITE CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for selecting a serving cell by a user equipment (UE) to which the inter-site carrier aggregation (CA) technology is according to the intensity of a reception signal of each carrier wave is provided. However, in order to improve resource usage and a throughput of the entire cells, a method is performed in which a PCell and an SCell are selected considering the intensity of a reception signal and a load between cells, the SCell is activated, and loads of the PCell and the SCell are adjusted. The method can balance an inter-cell traffic load, and eventually, increase usage of the entirety of a network and improve a throughput. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112903 | SELF-PROVISIONING OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING COORDINATION OF DATA PLANE BEHAVIOR TO STEER STATIONS TO PREFERRED ACCESS POINTS - A wireless communication network is self-provisioned using coordination of data plane behavior to steer stations to preferred access points. To do so, a policy concerning traffic flow for the wireless communication network is received. Data plane traffic flow is monitored at each of the plurality of access points distributed around the wireless communication network. At some point, it may be determined the data plane traffic flow at a first access point from needs to be reduced based on the data plane traffic flow relative to the policy. In response, a station is steered to a preferred access point using OpenFlow rules to affect data plane routing decisions at the access point (e.g., drop, delay, or reprioritize packets). | 04-21-2016 |
20160119187 | MANAGING TRAFFIC CONTROL IN A NETWORK MITIGATING DDOS - Embodiments are provided for managing routes of data traffic within a network. The management may be performed via a graphical user interface that interacts with a Web server to update a configuration file. The configuration file can be converted to router management commands by a network management device (e.g., a BGP speaker). The commands can then be sent to a border routers for controlling network traffic. Embodiments are also provided for capturing and logging routing updates made in a network. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119236 | SOURCE ROUTING WITH FABRIC SWITCHES IN AN ETHERNET FABRIC NETWORK - In one embodiment, a computer program product includes a computer readable storage medium having program instructions embodied therewith. The embodied program instructions are readable/executable by a processor to receive, by the processor, a packet via a network fabric, the network fabric having a plurality of interconnected fabric switches. The embodied program instructions are also readable/executable by the processor to determine, by the processor, a path through the network fabric by consulting a source-routing table. Moreover, the embodied program instructions are readable/executable by the processor to store, by the processor, source-routing information to a packet header for the packet, the source-routing information including the path. In addition, the embodied program instructions are readable/executable by the processor to send, by the processor, the packet according to an indication in the source-routing information. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119237 | WIRED DATA-CONNECTION AGGREGATION - According to at least one embodiment, a computer-implemented method to transmit data is described. The data being transmitted over a wired data-connection may be identified. The identified data may be parsed into two or more parts. A first part of the identified data may be transmitted over a primary wired data-connection. A second part of the identified data may be transmitted over an auxiliary wired data-connection. The auxiliary wired data-connection may be connected to the primary wired data-connection via a wireless data-connection. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119240 | DATA-CONNECTION AGGREGATION - A method for security and/or automation systems is disclosed. The method may include identifying data being transmitted over a wired data-connection and parsing the identified data into two or more parts. The method may additionally include transmitting a first part of the identified data over a primary wireless data-connection and transmitting a second part of the identified data over an auxiliary wireless data-connection connected to the primary wireless data-connection via a wireless data-connection. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127240 | CONTENT COMPRESSION IN MOBILE NETWORK - There is provided a method of data over a radio interface in a radio communication network based on a protocol layers model, the model comprising an IP layer on which IP packets are handled, wherein before the transmission of a determined IP packet, the method comprises: determining whether the IP packet is compressible under a predetermined condition and. if the IP packet is compressible under said predetermined condition, performing a compression of the IP packet. There are also provided a user equipment (UE) and a node adapted to perform the steps of a method according to the invention. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127243 | METHOD FOR FLOW CONTROL IN NETWORK - Methods for flow control in a network are disclosed. In a dual connectivity network environment where a master base station and a secondary base station exist, an operation method of a master base station may comprise transmitting a data frame including a plurality of data packets to a secondary base station; receiving, from the secondary base station, a delivery status frame requesting retransmission of error data packet among the plurality of data packets; and retransmitting the error data packet indicated by the delivery status frame to the secondary base station. Therefore, network performance can be enhanced. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127249 | PACKET TRANSFER PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A write preference determination unit ( | 05-05-2016 |
20160127250 | Low Jitter Traffic Scheduling on a Packet Network - A data traffic scheduling method that includes selecting, using a network controller, plurality of flows that traverses a network node, generating an augmented graph based on a flow rate of the plurality of flows and link capacities of the network node, computing a flow schedule for the flow using the augmented graph to minimize delay or delay variance of the flows, and outputting the flow schedule. A data traffic scheduling method that includes obtaining, using a network controller, a network topology for a network, generating an augmented graph based on the network topology, converting the augmented graph to a mixed-integer linear program, scheduling a flow in the network using the mixed-integer linear program to minimize delay or delay variance of the flow, and outputting a flow schedule. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127946 | ARCHITECTURAL MODEL FOR LTE (LONG TERM EVOLUTION) EPC (EVOLVED PACKET CORE) DEPLOYMENT - A new deployment model enables a seamless migration to LTE (long term evolution)/EPC (Evolved packet core). In addition, an intelligent edge gateway (IEG) supports future distributed architecture and a converged network for service providers. Specifically, the model supports existing data services (e.g. UMTS) and the delivery of LTE services does not affect the existing data services. Moreover, a distributed architecture is employed, such that, local traffic is optimally routed at the edge and backhaul is minimized The system can also provide support for enhanced Femto cell 3GPP access to a home network. | 05-05-2016 |
20160134516 | OPTIMIZING BIDIRECTIONAL TRAFFIC FLOWS - In one embodiment, a device in a network detects a bidirectional traffic flow along a primary path in the network. The device determines that a self-interference condition exists along the primary path. The device selects an alternate path in the network. The device causes the traffic flow to use the primary path for packets of the traffic flow sent in a first direction and to use the alternate path for packets of the traffic flow send in a second direction that is opposite that of the first direction. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134540 | CONGESTION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Provided are a congestion control method, device and system. The congestion control method includes: receiving, by a source device, through a first port a local anti-congestion response message sent from a sink device, wherein the local anti-congestion response message is sent after the sink device determines that the length of data cached in a port sending queue for a second port of the sink device corresponding to the first port exceeds a threshold; and suspending, by the source device, sending of a data packet which needs to be sent to the second port through the first port. Hop-by-hop congestion control for the data packets of nodes in a content centric networking (CNN) is timely and accurately realized. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134541 | Flow Control Method and Device - The present invention provides a flow control method and a device. The method includes: obtaining, by a gateway, a data packet of a user; determining N value-added services required by the data packet, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; modifying a first IP address in the data packet to an M | 05-12-2016 |
20160134543 | METHOD AND ASSOCIATED NETWORK DEVICE FOR MANAGING NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method and associated network device for managing network traffic by selecting one of multiple equal-cost paths for a packet of a flow is provided. The method comprises: selecting one of path sequences for the packet, each path sequence being an orderly list, e.g., an evenly randomized permutation, of multiple tokens respectively associated with the paths; marking each token as valid or invalid according to whether the associated path is active; and selecting one of the paths according to an order of the tokens in the selected path sequence. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134544 | SERVICE PLAN BASED FLOW CONTROL - Systems and methods are provided to achieve traffic flow control in accordance with traffic priority as well as service plan considerations. A weight for flow control and a per service plan minimum flow control meter (FCM) can be defined for different throttle rates for different service plans. An FCM value based upon traffic priority can be converted to a per service plan group FCM value so that each service plan can be assigned/configured with its own FCM for each uplink queue. An average throttled data rate is then calculated to determine whether the traffic in a particular gateway is under or over throttled based on the current per service plan FCM with current input data rates. The per service plan FCM can then be revised for use by an Internet Protocol Gateway sending traffic to a Satellite Gateway. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134545 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DELIVERING SUBSCRIBER SERVICES - Techniques for tracking and adjusting packet flows through a network having a service delivery node and one or more demarc points. Packet flows recognized as they pass through one or more demarc point and flow analytics information corresponding to the packet flows are transferred from the demarc points to the flow identification control unit. The flow analytics information is analyzed within the flow identification control unit and traffic through one or more of the service access platform and the demarc points is adjusted, if necessary, as a function of the flow analytics information analyzed by the flow identification control unit. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134546 | Network Throughput - A technology is provided for improving computer network throughput. Data located in memory of a processing device may be identified. The data packets located in the memory may be sent through a tunneling interface to encapsulate the data packets using a tunneling protocol on a first computing device. Alternatively, the data packets can be sent through a split proxy interface system. The data packets received in the interface may also be encoded using random linear network coding (RLNC) to form encoded packets, using a processor. Further, the encoded packets may be sent across a packet network to a second computing device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134547 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING LABEL SWITCHED PATH - A method, a device, and a system establish a traffic engineering label switched path, which can implement effective isolation between tenants or between services, to ensure security of tenant topology information or service topology information. The method includes: receiving, by an egress node, a resource reservation protocol-traffic engineering RSVP-TE-based Path message sent by an ingress node; determining, by the egress node, whether identification information of a TE LSP and owner-related information corresponding to the TE LSP are stored; and if it is determined that the identification information of the TE LSP and the owner-related information corresponding to the TE LSP are not stored, storing, by the egress node, a correspondence between the identification information of the TE LSP and the owner-related information, and sending an RSVP-TE-based resource reservation Resv message to the ingress node. The present application is applicable to the field of communications. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135074 | METHOD FOR ENABLING CONTROL OF DATA PACKET FLOWS BELONGING TO DIFFERENT ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - The present invention relates to embodiments of nodes and methods in a node in a data telecommunication network. The method and embodiments thereof enables control of data packet traffic belonging to different access technologies to be sent with the same Quality of Service class over an aggregated encrypted Internet Security tunnel, IPsec tunnel. The received data packets are encrypted and encapsulated as payload in an IP data packet to be sent over an aggregated encrypted IPsec tunnel, which header is marked with an access technology index comprising a code for the identified access technology of the one or more received data packets encrypted and encapsulated as payload in the IPsec tunnel and a hash identifier code enabling enhanced scheduling and routing. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135075 | Methods and Apparatuses for Recovering Data Packet Flow Control Against Radio Base Station Buffer Run Away - Recovery control is provided for recovering data packet flow control between a network node ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160135076 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING CELL CONGESTION LEVEL - A metric of cell congestion is determined using an average physical resource block rate that is expected to be allocated for a very active user equipment bearer that is a persistent average rate. The average physical resource block rate is mapped to congestion levels and this information is exported to an application function or a radio access network function in order to mitigate congestion. An average bearer throughput for the user equipment can be calculated based on the average physical resource block rate. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135088 | Load Distribution in a Network of Small-Cell Base Stations - A network device may make a determination that a first backhaul connection, which serves a first base station, is congested and that a second backhaul connection, which serves a second base station, is not congested. This determination may be made based on a first periodic data cap imposed on the first backhaul connection, a traffic load on the first backhaul connection, a second periodic data cap imposed on the second backhaul connection, and a traffic load on the second backhaul connection. In response to the determination, the network device may configure a value of a cellular communication parameter utilized by one or both of the base stations. The configuration may comprise periodic adjustments of the value of the cellular communication parameter. The periodic adjustments may cause one or more mobile devices to be handed-over between the first base station and the second base station. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142222 | Data Transmission Method, Apparatus, and System - A data transmission method includes: receiving, by an access gateway, data packets; transmitting, by the access gateway, the data packets to an operator network using a digital subscriber line DSL channel; detecting, by the access gateway, a status of a bandwidth occupied when the data packets are transmitted on the DSL channel; determining, by the access gateway, that the DSL channel cannot satisfy a user requirement and some data packets need to be overflowed; and overflowing, by the access gateway to an LTE channel, the data packets needing to be overflowed, and transmitting the data packets to the operator network using the DSL channel in combination with the LTE channel. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142242 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY IN WI-FI OFDM SYSTEMS - Wireless networks that use orthogonal frequency division multiplexing require a receiving device to accurately acquire and maintain synchronization with a transmitting device with respect to carrier and sampling frequency for coherent demodulation. Described herein are techniques for enabling such synchronization using pilot signals with reduced transmission overhead. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142267 | MODIFIED NEAR-OPTIMAL LOW-LATENCY COMMUNICATION PATHS FOR GRADED SERVICE - In described embodiments, a relatively optimum, ultra-low latency communication path with communication links operating in accordance herein provide for graded service in a near optimal, ultra-low latency communication system between points A and B. Points A and B are separated geographically over a relatively long distance where the curvature of the earth affects a direct path. Unlike typical systems, to provide the graded service in ultra-low latency networks, the service provider adds delay, or other service degradation, to one or more user connections, which is provided at greater implementation expense (e.g., higher cost to the service provider) in order to provide a lower fee service (e.g., lower cost to the service user) for certain users of the ultra-low latency network. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142314 | STATEFUL SERVICES ON STATELESS CLUSTERED EDGE - In order to enable dynamic scaling of network services at the edge, novel systems and methods are provided to enable addition of add new nodes or removal of existing nodes while retaining the affinity of the flows through the stateful services. The methods provide a cluster of network nodes that can be dynamically resized to handle and process network traffic that utilizes stateful network services. The existing traffic flows through the edge continue to function during and after the changes to membership of the cluster. All nodes in the cluster operate in active-active mode, i.e., they are receiving and processing traffic flows, thereby maximizing the utilization of the available processing power. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142321 | System and Method for Flow-Based Addressing in a Mobile Environment - Embedding a flow handle (FH) in an IPv6 address portion of a packet may reduce the amount of overhead needed to support path selection in flow-based packet forwarding. The FH may replace an interface identifier in a standard IPv6 address such that the FH does not add any additional overhead to the IPv6 packet itself. Information specified by the FH embedded in the IPv6 address may be used to select the path or next-hop. In addition, the FH may identify a quality of service (QoS) requirement associated with the packet, and the route selection function may identify a path capable of satisfying the QoS requirement, a service function chain (SFC) ID, an access point (AP) ID, a radio bearer ID, a path ID, and/or a device ID. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142325 | METHODS OF IMPLEMENTING DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE OR BANDWIDTH PROVISIONING - A method of operating a data network may include establishing a data path through the data network between a routing gateway and service provider equipment providing a data service. Moreover, the data service may be provided for use at the routing gateway over the data path during a data session. A request may be received from the service provider equipment where the request defines a data flow characteristic for the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment providing the data service. The data flow characteristic may then be transmitted to a network element along the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment. A request from service provider equipment can include an allowed bandwidth or prioritization. Related methods, data networks, data service providers, routing gateways, and computer program products are also discussed. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142328 | Systems And Methods For Managing A Network - Systems and methods for managing congestion in a network are disclosed. One method can comprise receiving a service tag at a first node, the service tag representing congestion information of at least a portion of the network. If the first node is a boundary node, the method comprises modifying a downstream data rate based upon the congestion information, and if the first node is not a boundary node, the method comprises transmitting the congestion information to a second node. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142935 | RAN USER-PLANE CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - There are provided measures for improving/enhancing RAN user-plane congestion management. Such measures exemplarily comprise detecting a congestion indication for at least one bearer, which indicates user-plane congestion for the at least one bearer in a radio access network, deciding on activation of application detection for the at least one bearer on the basis of the detested congestion indication, and activating application detection for the at least one bearer upon an activation decision. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142940 | INTELLIGENT MOBILE DATA OFFLOADING - A method for offloading mobile data may include determining a micro-cell performance parameter associated with a micro-cell of a mobile communication system. Further, the method may include determining whether to offload mobile data operations to a micro-cell access point that corresponds to the micro-cell based on the micro-cell performance parameter. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149797 | METHOD FOR GENERATING ROUTE ENTRY, AND BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL SPEAKER - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for generating a route entry, including: receiving, by a first BGP speaker, a first route message and a second route message that are distributed respectively by a second BGP speaker by using a first distribution path and a second distribution path; determining, by the first BGP speaker, that a quantity of next hops in a first next hop list attribute is less than a quantity of next hops in a second next hop list attribute; and generating, by the first BGP speaker, a route entry according to path attributes, of a path towards a destination, in the first route message. In addition, the embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a first BGP speaker. The foregoing technical solution helps reduce a workload in configuring route preference policies. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149803 | Route Advertisement Method, System and Controller - Embodiments of the present invention provide a route advertisement method, and controller, where the method is applied to a BGP-based routing network, a physical controller in the routing network is connected to multiple physical routers, and the method includes: receiving, by the physical controller, routing information reported by at least one physical router; obtaining a traffic path in which the at least one physical router is used as an egress router to transmit traffic to a destination router; generating a route for a physical router in the traffic path; and delivering the generated route to a corresponding physical router. In these embodiments, it is avoided that congestion occurs at an egress router, and a router that receives the traffic may generate a route for the router according to the traffic path so as to transmit the traffic to a next-hop router of the router without a need of recalculation. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149814 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING NETWORK TRAFFIC IN A DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM WITH A POINT OF CONVERGENCE - Techniques are disclosed herein for managing network bandwidth in a distributed system having multiple endpoints that upload data to a central server or server cluster. One embodiment provides a computer-implemented method that includes collecting network measurements from traffic flows in a network over which the endpoints upload the data to the central server or server cluster. The method further includes determining a logical topology of the network based on the network measurements, and solving an optimization problem to determine a bandwidth allocation scheme for the endpoints uploading data, wherein capacity of links in the logical topology are constraints in the optimization problem. In addition, the method includes controlling bandwidth consumption by the endpoints based on the determined bandwidth allocation scheme. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149815 | QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR MIXED SERVICE TIERS - Improving the quality of service in multiple service tiers, particularly during periods of Internet congestion, may be accomplished by scaling back the bitrate from a maximum rate to a minimum reserved rate in a non-linear fashion. The use of an intermediate value for scaling back enables a quick drop off of high maximum rates. In embodiments, the shape of a non-linear curve may be configured and controlled to make the drop-off steeper for heavy users. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149816 | Fault Tolerant and Load Balanced Routing - Techniques are described for balancing traffic load for networks configured in multi-rooted tree topologies, in the presence of link failures. Maximum flows (through minimum cuts) are calculated for subgraphs that incorporate effective link capacities on links between source and destination nodes. Effective link capacities may be determined that take into account link failures, as well as sharing of current available link capacities by multiple nodes. Traffic is balanced while simultaneously fully utilizing available link capacities, even available link capacities on partially failed links (e.g., partially failed Link Aggregation Groups (LAGs)). | 05-26-2016 |
20160150421 | System and Method for Modifying a Service-Specific Data Plane Configuration - A method for network adaptation includes receiving, by an adaptation coordinator of a virtual network, a performance measurement generated at a performance checkpoint located in the virtual network. The method also includes generating, by the adaptation coordinator, a first update of a service-specific configuration of the virtual network. The first update includes at least one of a modification of a performance checkpoint configuration, a modification of a Virtual Network Function (VNF) configuration, a modification of a protocol configuration, a modification of a resource allocation input, or a modification of a logical graph. The service-specific configuration includes a configuration of a plurality of logical nodes and a plurality of logical links of the virtual network in accordance with a service-specific data plane logical topology. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150568 | Method to Prevent Data Stalls Due to Blanking in Multi-SIM Multi-Active Devices - Various embodiments implemented on a multi-subscription-capable communication device (e.g., a mobile communication device capable of supporting more than one wireless subscription) enable a data connection for a blanked subscription to be kept alive during transmit (Tx) blanking by ensuring at least one Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH) transmission is sent to the network before the network's counter for PDTCH transmissions expires. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156559 | DECENTRALIZED STRUCTURED PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK AND LOAD BALANCING METHODS THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160156562 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE OVER DEDICATED LOCAL LOOP NETWORKS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157128 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP SEGMENTATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-02-2016 |
20160164782 | Traffic Flow Redirection between Border Routers using Routing Encapsulation - In response to receiving one or more packets from an interface, an anchoring border router classifies the traffic flow and either transmits the packets based upon the routing control table as usual, or determines that the packets of the traffic flow are to be forwarded to a forwarding border router. Upon determining that the packets are to be forwarded, the packets are encapsulated with a routing encapsulation key corresponding to a routing path and are forwarded from the anchoring border router to the forwarding border router via a routing encapsulation tunnel. When a forwarding border router receives the redirected packets over the routing encapsulation tunnel, the forwarding border router removes the routing encapsulation key from the packets of the traffic flow and transmits the packets via a routing path corresponding to the routing encapsulation key. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164787 | METHODS FOR INTELLIGENT DATA TRAFFIC STEERING - Data traffic is intelligently steered by an adaptive load balancer through a software defined network (SDN) to which the load balancer is operatively coupled. The network has egress ports to which a plurality of servers is connected. The network has an SDN controller which generates statistical information concerning the network. Data traffic is steered through the SDN by the adaptive load balancer using a passive port method, a passive path, method, an active path method and an active path with quality of service (QoS) overlay method. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164791 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR CONGESTION MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Method in and a network node ( | 06-09-2016 |
20160164793 | EFFICIENT DISCARD MECHANISM IN SMALL CELL DEPLOYMENT - The invention relates to a method for efficiently discarding data packets destined to a mobile station connected to both a master base station and a secondary base station. The master base station configures a secondary discard function in a lower layer of the secondary base station, based on the master discard function in the higher layer of the master base station. The master base station forwards the data packet from the higher layer to the lower of the secondary base station. The secondary discard function of the lower layer at the secondary base station discards the received data packet upon expiry of the secondary timer started by the lower layer upon reception of the data packet from the higher layer at the master base station. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164794 | DETECTING PATH MTU MISMATCH AT FIRST-HOP ROUTER - Embodiments of the present invention include systems and methods for detecting and correcting mismatches between a flow's size and the path maximum transmission unit (PMTU) size. In embodiments, a controller is notified of a new flow's size and compares that to the route path's MTU size. If the controller recognizes a mismatch, it informs an information handling device, such as the first-hop router, to notify the sender of the correct path MTU size—thereby effectively and efficiency notifying the sender to correct the MTU size for that flow. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165484 | RECONFIGURING MOBILE SERVICES BASED ON SHARED CONTROL SIGNALING LOAD INFORMATION - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, determining a first indication of a signaling load of a first wireless access node. The first wireless access node also receives, from a second wireless access node, a second indication of a signaling load of the second wireless access node. The first and second indications of signaling loads are based on coordination of first and second network traffic of first and second groups of mobile devices in wireless communication, respectively, with the first and second wireless access nodes. One of the first or second network traffic is identified in response to one of the first indication, the second indication, or both. A redirection of the one of the first network traffic or the second network traffic is also initiated in response to one of the first indication, the second indication, or both. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173380 | REMOTELY CONTROLLED MESSAGE QUEUE | 06-16-2016 |
20160173382 | Methods and Packet Network Devices for Forwarding Packet Data Traffic | 06-16-2016 |
20160173383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIORITY FLOW AND CONGESTION CONTROL IN ETHERNET NETWORK | 06-16-2016 |
20160173389 | HIERARCHICAL ENFORCEMENT OF SERVICE FLOW QUOTAS | 06-16-2016 |
20160173393 | NETWORK FEEDBACK IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS | 06-16-2016 |
20160173398 | Method, Apparatus And System For Encoding Command Information In a Packet-Based Network | 06-16-2016 |
20160173400 | CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL FOR MULTICAST PACKETS IN LOSSLESS ETHERNET NETWORKS | 06-16-2016 |
20160173401 | SCHEDULING PACKETS WITH MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS IN A VIRTUAL OUTPUT QUEUE NETWORK SWITCH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174105 | Method And Device For Transmitting Data And Method And Device For Transmitting An Identification Signal | 06-16-2016 |
20160182201 | COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN BASED ON SEMI-UNIFORM PILOT SPACING AND ORTHOGONAL COVER CODE | 06-23-2016 |
20160182300 | Selective Configuring of Throttling Engines for Flows of Packet Traffic | 06-23-2016 |
20160182369 | REORDER RESILIENT TRANSPORT | 06-23-2016 |
20160182376 | INTERMEDIATE NODE, AN END NODE, AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING LATENCY IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160182378 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOAD BALANCING IN A SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKING (SDN) SYSTEM UPON SERVER RECONFIGURATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160182381 | Path Computation Method and Path Computation Element | 06-23-2016 |
20160182384 | OVERLAY CAPABILITIES EXCHANGE USING DCBX | 06-23-2016 |
20160182385 | SHORTENING OF SERVICE PATHS IN SERVICE CHAINS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160182386 | A Method For Seamless Multi-Link Network Connectivity | 06-23-2016 |
20160182387 | FAST FRIENDLY START FOR A DATA FLOW | 06-23-2016 |
20160183117 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THROTTLING UPLINK DATA BASED ON TEMPERATURE STATE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183122 | Contention Adjustment Method, Apparatus, and System in Wireless Local Area Network | 06-23-2016 |
20160183127 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES FOR SUPPORTING LOCAL BREAKOUT IN SMALL CELL ARCHITECTURE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183148 | SETUP OR MODIFICATION OF DATA FLOWS BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY | 06-23-2016 |
20160183163 | CONTROL METHOD, CONTROLLER AND PACKET PROCESSING METHOD FOR SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160191389 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD, AND MEDIUM - An information processing device includes: a first analyzing unit which estimates whether or not a protocol related to a communication flow is a first protocol set in advance by analyzing, each time data is received, the data in accordance with characteristics of the first protocol; and a second analyzing unit which estimates whether or not the protocol related to the communication flow is a second protocol set in advance by analyzing, each time data belonging to the communication flow is received, the data in accordance with characteristics of the second protocol regardless of a result of analysis by the first analyzing unit. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191391 | POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT PATH COMPUTATION FOR WIDE AREA NETWORK OPTIMIZATION - In some examples, a controller for a network includes a path computation module configured for execution by one or more processors to obtain configuration information for at least one point-to-multipoint label switched path (P2MP LSP); obtain, from the network via at least one protocol, network topology information defining a network topology for the network; determine, based on the network topology, a first solution comprising first respective paths through the network for the at least one P2MP LSP; determine, after generating a modified network topology based on the network topology, a second solution comprising second respective paths through the network for the at least one P2MP LSP. The controller also includes a path provisioning module configured for execution by the one or more processors to configure the network with the solution of the first solution and the second solution having the lowest total cost. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191392 | DATA PACKET PROCESSING - The present invention relates to data packet processing in a data network, and provides a method and system for processing data packets. The method comprising: dividing flows containing data packets into elephant flows and mice flows according to a particular division parameter, wherein, an elephant flow contains more data packets than a mice flow; transmitting the divided elephant flows and mice flows to a virtual switch in a server; processing the mice flows at the virtual switch, and transmitting the elephant flows and the processed mice flows to a hardware switch in network; and processing the elephant flows at the hardware switch, and forwarding the received mice flows and the processed elephant flows. With the method and system, network performance may be effectively improved. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191395 | APPLYING POLICIES BASED ON UNIQUE CONTENT IDENTIFIERS - A first server device may receive, from a second server device, a unique identifier (ID) relates to content stored by the second server device; determine a policy based on the unique ID; generate a policy tag identifying the determined policy; and output the policy tag to the second server device. Outputting the policy tag may cause the second server device to apply the policy tag to a packet associated with the content, and output the packet towards a requesting user device that requests the content. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191403 | Data Frame Sending Method and Apparatus - A data frame sending method and apparatus for effectively improving sending efficiency by, acquiring a basic speed set, determining a current sending speed which is the maximum speed in a candidate speed set, and the candidate speed set is the set of elements from the basic speed set and whose packet sending success rate is greater than a threshold, acquiring an aggregation length value according to the current sending speed, where the aggregation length value is the maximum length of a frame that can be sent at the current sending speed, determining multiple medium access control (MAC) protocol data units (MPDUs) from to-be-sent MPDUs according to the aggregation length value, and aggregating the multiple MPDUs to obtain an aggregate MAC protocol data unit (A-MPDU), where a length of the A-MPDU is less than or equal to the aggregation length value, and sending the A-MPDU at the current sending speed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191405 | DELAYCAST QUEUE PRIORITIZATION - Systems and methods are described for optimizing resource utilization in a communications network while also optimizing subscriber engagement with media content over the communications network. Requested content objects can be identified as delayable objects that can be queued for opportunistically delayed communication to both requesting and non-requesting subscribers. Queued delayed content objects are scored with an eye toward optimizing both subscriber engagement and utilization of opportunistically available communications link resources. For example, a storage manager calculates a likelihood that each subscriber will engage with the content if it is opportunistically delivered, and a scheduler calculates a priority order in which to queue each requested delayable content object. Content objects can then be multicast to the subscribers in priority order and with associated information that can be used by the subscribers to determine whether to locally store the content objects as they are opportunistically received. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191406 | Method and Device for Implementing QoS in OpenFlow Network - Provided are a method and device for implementing QoS in an OpenFlow network. The method includes that: for a packet entering an OpenFlow switch, when a flow table is successfully matched, an instruction which is used for calling a scheduler and adding the packet into a specified queue in the scheduler is executed; and under the triggering of the instruction, queue scheduling is managed by using the scheduler. By using the technical means provided by the disclosure, the technical problem in related art that the OpenFlow switch cannot implement Hierarchical QoS (HQoS) is solved, so that the OpenFlow switch may implement both single-layer QoS and HQoS. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192237 | MAC Sharing Method for Distributed Processing of UE Traffic in Mobile Communication System - Provided is a media access control processing unit (MAC) sharing method applied to a fifth generation (5G), which is a next generation, mobile communication system and making it possible to efficiently share a plurality of MACs so as to efficiently distribute and process traffic of user equipment (UE). | 06-30-2016 |
20160192238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER/BASE-STATION SIGNALING AND ASSOCIATION ACHIEVING LOAD BALANCING ACROSS WIRELESS MULTI-BAND HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are disclosed herein for user/base station signaling and load balancing across a wireless network. In one embodiment, the method comprises broadcasting, by a first base station in the wireless network, information indicative of the load of the first base station; receiving an association request from the user terminal for association with the first base station in response to the user terminal predicting a net throughput from the first base station, based on the information indicative of the load, being greater than net throughput from a second base station to which the user terminal is currently associated; and determining whether to accept the association request while performing an association process for selectively allowing only a fraction of requests from user terminals to associated with the base station. | 06-30-2016 |
20160198358 | System and Method for Digital Communications with Interference Avoidance | 07-07-2016 |
20160205022 | LOAD BALANCING METHOD AND SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205024 | LARGE SCALE BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT OF IP FLOWS USING A HIERARCHY OF TRAFFIC SHAPING DEVICES | 07-14-2016 |
20160205025 | COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205026 | METHOD & IMPLEMENTATION OF ZERO OVERHEAD RATE CONTROLLED (ZORC) INFORMATION TRANSMISSION VIA DIGITAL COMMUNICATION LINK | 07-14-2016 |
20160205585 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205591 | EFFICIENT STEERING FOR USER EQUIPMENTS IN EITHER AN IDLE STATE OR A CONNECTED STATE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205593 | TRAFFIC STEERING INTERFACE BETWEEN MOBILE NETWORK OPERATOR AND WI-FI SERVICE PROVIDER | 07-14-2016 |
20160254841 | SYNCHRONIZED MULTI-CHANNEL ACCESS SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160254959 | PROVISIONING A NETWORK FOR NETWORK TRAFFIC DURING A SESSION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255004 | SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC SELECTION AND APPLICATION OF TCP CONGESTION AVOIDANCE FLAVORS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255007 | Matrix Load Balancing Within Network Packet Communication Systems | 09-01-2016 |
20160255009 | SYSTEM FOR BANDWIDTH OPTIMIZATION WITH TRAFFIC PRIORITY DETERMINATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255010 | DYNAMICALLY RESIZING AGGREGATION WINDOWS BASED ON NETWORK CONGESTION FEEDBACK FROM MIXED TYPES OF TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 09-01-2016 |
20160255011 | Terminal Device, Terminal-Device Control Method, and Terminal-Device Control Program | 09-01-2016 |
20160255532 | TRANSMISSION OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS DATA USING DISRUPTED CONNECTIVITY | 09-01-2016 |
20160255568 | Quality of Service Control in Multiple Hop Wireless Communication Environments | 09-01-2016 |
20160380869 | Enhanced Packet Flow Monitoring in a Network - In one embodiment, enhanced packet flow monitoring is performed by packet switching devices in a network. A packet switching device is configured to monitor a flow of packets passing through the packet switching device, including detecting a gap in consecutive packets of the flow of packets, and attributing the gap as not being dropped one or more packets based on a particular time duration between a last received packet of the flow of packets before said detected gap and a first received packet of the flow of packets after said detected gap. In one embodiment, the gap is attributed to not being dropped packets when the particular time duration is greater than a threshold value; and conversely, attributed to being dropped packets when the particular time duration is less than a same or different threshold value. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380896 | IN-LINE NETWORK ACCELERATOR - A smart NIC (Network Interface Card) is provided with features to enable the smart NIC to operate as an in-line NIC between a host's NIC and a network. The smart NIC provides pass-through transmission of network flows for the host. Packets sent to and from the host pass through the smart NIC. As a pass-through point, the smart NIC is able to accelerate the performance of the pass-through network flows by analyzing packets, inserting packets, dropping packets, inserting or recognizing congestion information, and so forth. In addition, the smart NIC provides a lightweight transport protocol (LTP) module that enables it to establish connections with other smart NICs. The LTP connections allow the smart NICs to exchange data without passing network traffic through their respective hosts. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380898 | CONTROLLING A TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL WINDOW SIZE - A method and apparatus for controlling a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) window size for data sent from a TCP sending node via a mobile network. The TCP sending node receives a TCP request message from a remote node requesting a TCP data stream. The TCP request message includes a parameter relating to conditions in the mobile network and/or the presence of a TCP proxy node. The TCP sending node uses the parameter to determine an initial permissible window size for a TCP slow start mechanism. It can then send a TCP data stream towards a TCP receiving node using the slow start mechanism starting with the initial permissible window size. This allows the slow start phase to start with a higher initial window size. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380899 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC TRAFFIC CONTROL IN SDN ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for dynamic traffic control in real-time through a linkage of a controller and a network device. The method for dynamic traffic control comprises the steps of: creating at least one flow entry for controlling the traffic of the network device; and controlling the traffic of the network device by transferring the created at least one flow entry to the network device, wherein the at least one flow entry contains information of a threshold value or a target value for the traffic for controlling the traffic. Accordingly, a communication load between the network device and the controller and a system load of the network device can be reduced. Further, it is possible to provide real-time service through a dynamic traffic control. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380900 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING TRAFFIC RECEIVED FROM A CLIENT DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 12-29-2016 |
20160380903 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING TOKEN IN TRAFFIC SHAPING - A method and an apparatus for adding tokens in traffic shaping are provided. According to the method, a weight of each data stream is configured, and each data stream is added to corresponding token schedulers based on the weight of the each data stream. Based on a weight of each token scheduler, each token scheduler is sequentially added to corresponding token scheduler groups, and all the token scheduler groups are aggregated into a token scheduler of a total data stream. The token scheduler of the total data stream is added to a top token scheduler. Based on a preset cycle, a token is assigned to the token scheduler of the total data stream in the top token scheduler, and the assigned token is delivered to each token scheduler group or to a respective data stream. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380910 | Method and System for Processing RSVP-TE Signaling - A method and system for processing RSVP-TE signaling, including: extending an object using unnumbered resources within an RSVP-TE signaling, representing link resources in the signaling with a triple consisted of an area ID, a router ID and an interface; when configuring network resources, configuring each area ID to be different, while an intra-area router ID to be unique; representing resources in a signaling message with the triple when applying cross-area services. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381599 | INCREASING ACCESS POINT THROUGHPUT BY EXCEEDING A-MPDU BUFFER SIZE LIMITATION IN A 802.11 COMPLIANT STATION - An 802.11-compliant device for high throughput is disclosed. A plurality of TCP packets received in a buffer for transmission are stored. The plurality of TCP packets can be aggregated as A-MSDU sub-frames to form a A-MSDU frame in accordance with an IEEE 802.11 standard. Additionally, a plurality of A-MSDU frames can be aggregated as A-MPDU sub-frames to form a A-MPDU frame. The A-MPDU frame is compliant with a number of allowable sub-frames and a maximum size in accordance with an 802.11 standard. The A-MPDU frame is sent for transmission as an IEEE 802.11 packet. | 12-29-2016 |
20170237668 | TCP/UDP ACCELERATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170237670 | END TO END QUALITY OF SERVICE IN STORAGE AREA NETWORKS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237671 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR QOS WITHIN HIGH PERFORMANCE FABRICS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237672 | NETWORK SERVER SYSTEMS, ARCHITECTURES, COMPONENTS AND RELATED METHODS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237676 | Method and system for storing packets for a bonded communication links | 08-17-2017 |
20180026891 | PREDICTIVE TIME ALLOCATION SCHEDULING FOR COMPUTER NETWORKS | 01-25-2018 |
20180026895 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING BALANCE ADJUSTMENT ON EGRESS TRAFFIC OF SDN BASED IDC NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
20180026896 | ADAPTIVE AND DYNAMIC QOS/QOE ENFORCEMENT | 01-25-2018 |
20180026900 | Method Of Transmitting Data Between A Source Node And Destination Node | 01-25-2018 |
20180027444 | TRAFFIC PRIORITY FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORKS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027446 | COGNITIVE FLOW CONTROL BASED ON CHANNEL QUALITY CONDITIONS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027450 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING OFFLOADABILITY INFORMATION TO A USER-EQUIPMENT (UE) | 01-25-2018 |
20180027451 | SERVICE TRAFFIC STEERING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027468 | TECHNIQUES FOR LOAD BALANCING IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT | 01-25-2018 |
20180027473 | SELF-EVOLVING WIRELESS BACKHAUL | 01-25-2018 |
20180027479 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONGESTION CONTROL FOR DATA COMMUNICATION (ACDC) | 01-25-2018 |
20180027569 | BASE STATION SYSTEM AND RADIO APPARATUS | 01-25-2018 |
20190149475 | UNIFIED STREAMLINING FOR DATA TRAFFIC | 05-16-2019 |
20190150023 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING REFLECTIVE QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR | 05-16-2019 |
20190150027 | DYNAMIC CONGESTION CONTROL ALGORITHM SELECTION IN A PROXY DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150028 | ENVIRONMENT CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INFERRING AN OPTIMAL WIRELESS DATA TRANSFER RATE USING A NEURAL NETWORK | 05-16-2019 |
20190150048 | RAN for Multimedia Delivery | 05-16-2019 |
20220141094 | TOPOLOGY DEDUCTION SYSTEM, TRAFFIC ADDITION DEVICE, AND TRAFFIC ADDITION METHOD - To make it possible to correctly understand a connection relationship of interfaces. A traffic addition device | 05-05-2022 |
20220141137 | FLOW RATE CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - This application provides a flow rate control method and apparatus. The flow rate control method in this application includes: receiving N explicit congestion notification packets CNPs from a first device, where the N CNPs correspond to a first data flow, and N is a natural number; and sending M CNPs to a second device based on the N CNPs, where the M CNPs correspond to the first data flow, and M is an integer greater than N. This application resolves a problem that rate increase processing is still performed on a data flow when the data flow is congested. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141140 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD - A resource management system and a resource management method are provided. The resource management method is applicable to a plurality of worker nodes and master nodes that are communicatively connected with one another, and the worker nodes and the master node each include a resource pool, a resource monitor, a collector agent module, a traffic steering inference module, and a request processing module. The master node further includes a data collector, an artificial intelligence computing module, and a load balancer. The resource management method includes performing internal resource management processes and external resource management processes for the worker nodes and the master node, to mix and apply a centralized resource management mechanism and a distributed resource management mechanism. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141145 | FILTERING AND CLASSIFYING MULTICAST NETWORK TRAFFIC - Described herein are systems and methods to filter and classify multicast network traffic. In one example, a first computing node may receive a multicast communication from a second computing node and register a for a flow associated with the multicast communication, wherein the context includes at least the multicast port associated with the multicast communication. The first computing node further identifies an outbound communication destined for the second computing node and determines that addressing attributes in the outbound communication match the context for the flow. Once it is determined that the attributes match the context for the flow, the first computing node associates the outbound communication with the flow. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141147 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a transceiver circuit, a memory circuit, and a processor circuit. The transceiver circuit transmits data through subchannels that includes a first subchannel and a second subchannel. The memory circuit stores a lookup table that indicates corresponding relations between transmission rates and channel indicators. The processor circuit selects a first channel indicator from the lookup table according to a first transmission rate of the first subchannel during a statistics interval, determines a difference between the first channel estimated value of the first subchannel and a second channel estimated value of the second subchannel, determines a reference channel indicator according to the difference and the first channel indicator, and selects a corresponding transmission rate from the lookup table according to the reference channel indicator, in order to set a transmission rate of the transceiver circuit over the second subchannel to be the corresponding transmission rate. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141705 | Reflective QoS Enhancements - Apparatuses, systems, and methods for Reflective Quality of Service (RQoS) enhancements. Methods may include enhancements for both UE behavior and network function behavior. Network function behaviors may include enhancements to UPF behavior and SPF behavior. Enhancements to RQoS may include methods for resetting an RQoS indicator (RQI) bit for downlink packets of a flow destined for a UE, methods for generating a flow ID to include in a SDAP header destined for a UE, methods for using the flow ID to limit L3 and L4 header parsing, methods for sending/receiving feedback regarding processing of the RQI bit, methods for maintaining a QFI mapping table, methods for skipping parsing of SDAP header fields, methods for specifying and signaling a QoS Flow Identifier (QFI) range to a UE, methods for limiting downlink header parsing, methods for updating a QFI, and methods for performing high efficiency RQoS processing. | 05-05-2022 |